Shawnee State University

2003-2005 CATALOG

Shawnee State University does not discriminate in admission, access, or treatment in programs and activities or employment policies or practices on the basis of race, creed, sex, color, national or ethnic origin, religion, marital status, age, sexual orientation, Vietnam-era or qualified disabled veteran status, or qualified handicap. Accordingly, Shawnee State University complies with Title VI (34 C.F.R. Part 100) and Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 (34 C.F.R. Part 106), the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, The Age Discrimination Act of 1975, the Equal Pay Act of 1963, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (34 C.F.R. Part 104), the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and other appropriate state and federal statutes, regulations, and/or guidelines as they exist and may be amended from time to time. Inquiries regarding compliance with Title VI, Title IX, and Section 504 may be directed to the Affirmative Action Coordinator, located in the Office of the President, Commons Bldg., Shawnee State University, Portsmouth, OH 45662, telephone 740.354.3205; to the Director, Ohio Civil Rights Commission, 220 Parsons Ave., Columbus, OH 43266; to the Director, Office for Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Education, Region V, 401 S. State St., Chicago, IL 60605; or to the Assistant Secretary for Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Education, Washington, D.C. 20202.

3Welcome 58 College of Arts and 4How to Reach Us Sciences 5About the University 65 English and Humanities Past and Present • Mission Statement • 72 Fine, Digital, and The Strategic Plan • Accreditations and Approvals Performing Arts 10 Academic Calendar 79 Mathematical Sciences 2003 -2004 Academic Calendar • Tentative 2004-2005 Academic Calendar 86 Natural Sciences 14 Admission Policies 96 Social Sciences Degree-Seeking High School Graduates • Applicants with the GED • Undeclared 107 Teacher Education Major/Undecided Student • Freshman Studies • Transfer Students • International Students • Non-Degree Students • Campus Tours 126 College of Professional Studies 24 Registration Information Registration • Student Success Center • 130 Business Administration Placement Testing • Orientation 28 Fees and Financial Aid 143 Health Sciences Fees and Expenses • Financial Aid 165 Industrial and 36 Academic Policies and Engineering Technologies Programs 176 Pre-College Programs Academic Integrity • Grading/Awarding of Credit • Catalog Rights • Class Ranking • BASICS • BEAR CUBS Program • Talent Incomplete Grades • Administrative Hold • Search • Upward Bound • Upward Bound Math Academic Assessment • Dean’s List/President’s List Science Center • Pass/No-Credit • Credit by Examination • College Level Examination Program • Credit for 179 University Outreach Military Experiences • Prerequisites • Repeating Services Coursework • Grade Appeals • Grade Point College Tech Prep Ohio South Consortium • Average • Academic Probation • Fresh Start • Contract and Targeted Industries Training • Academic Suspension/Dismissal • Audit (Non- School-to-Work, Urban/Rural Opportunities Grant Credit) • Course Credit by Arrangement • • 21st Century Community Learning Centers Internship Guidelines • Faculty Advising • Faculty Expectations and Responsibilities • Visitors 183 Affiliated Organizations to Class • Bringing Children to or Leaving Children at the University • Adding a Class • Ohio Appalachian Center for Higher Education Dropping a Class • Withdrawing Completely • • Ohio Appalachian Educational Opportunity Transcripts/Grade Reports • Graduation Center • ROAD:MAP 2005 Requirements • Graduation with Honors • Honors Program • Graduate Center • Center for 185 Course Descriptions International Programs and Activities • Academic Support • Developmental Education • 277 Trustees, Staff, & Faculty Clark Memorial Library 285 Index 46 Student Development Athletics • Bookstore • Children’s Learning Center 291 Survey • Counseling • Health Services • Student Activities 53 Academic Programs Programs of Study • General Education Program MESSAGE FROM THE PRESIDENT — 3 Message from the President

When you prepare to go on vacation or a business or recreational trip, most likely you will take out the atlas and map out your travel route. You may be one of the many who utilizes services on the World Wide Web for directions to your destination. An accurate roadmap is extremely important to ensure that you reach your travel objective in a timely fashion.

This 2003-2005 edition of the Shawnee State University catalog is your “roadmap” to reaching your academic and career objectives. Each course you take complements others that add up to the route you follow to get to your destination. The courses you take may not mean much individually. Collectively, however, they represent the overall outcome—a two- or four-year degree that prepares you to succeed in whatever field you choose.

Do not lose sight of your overall objective, and do not simply read your “roadmap” once and then stash it in a drawer somewhere. Keep it handy so you reach your “travel” objective in an accurate and timely fashion. The General Education Program and the curriculum that was designed by your academic department give you the solid foundation and background, respectively, to become the best educator, graphic designer, business owner, author, health care professional, engineering technology professional, or other professional that you can possibly become.

Always remain focused. Through hard work, perseverance, and following your “roadmap” closely, you will attain your goals. I wish you the best at Shawnee State University.

Sincerely,

Rita Rice Morris, Ph.D. President 4— KEEPING IN TOUCH

CLEP Testing • 351.3594 Presidential and Trustee Affairs How to Clubs and Organizations • 351.3217 • 351.3208 Communications • 351.3810 Professional Studies, College of • 351.3270 Counseling and Psychological Reach Us Services • 351.3539 Provost’s Office • 351.3472 Degree Programs, Admission Registration • 351.3262 Mailing Address • 351.4778 Social Sciences, Department of Shawnee State University Dental Hygiene Clinic • 351.3241 • 351.3234 940 Second Street Student Activities • 351.3217 Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344 Development • 351.3284 Developmental Education: Student Affairs • 351.3280 Telephone Number English & Humanities • 351.3300 Student Employment • 351.3213 740.354.3205 Mathematics • 351.3301 Student Government Association 740.351.3205 Disability Services •351.3276 • 351.3320 TTY 740.351.3159 Donations, Gifts, Bequests Student Newspaper • 351.3278 • 351.3284 FAX Number Student Programming Board English and Humanities, Dpt. of • 351.3467 740.351.3416 • 351.3300 Student Success Center • 351.3594 Financial Aid • 351.4AID E-Mail Student Support Services • 351.4777 [email protected] Fine, Digital, & Performing Arts, Talent Search • 351.3436 Dpt. of • 351.3118 Teacher Education, Dpt. of World Wide Web General Education Program • 351.3451 • 351.3137 www.shawnee.edu Title III • 351.3594 Graduate Center • 351.3177 Transcripts • 351.3403 Communication with Shawnee State Greek Council • 351.3541 Transfer Admission • 351.4778 will be easier if your first message is Health Sciences, Department of addressed to the people listed below. • 351.3225 Tutoring, Supplemental The telephone numbers listed provide Instruction, Learning Assistance direct access to those offices. Housing • 351.3217 • 351.3594 Industrial and Engineering University Advancement Technologies, Department of • 351.3171 Admission • 351.4SSU • 351.3224 Alumni Relations • 351.3810 University Outreach Services Institutional Research • 351.3450 • 351.3274 or 866.672.8778 Arts and Sciences, College of International Students • 351.3221 • 351.3554 University Center • 351.3217 L.E.A.D. (Leadership Development Upward Bound • 351.3439 Assessment Office • 351.3583 Program) • 351.3217 Veterans Coordinator • 351.4441 Athletic Center • 351.3285 Library • 351.3323 Athletics, Intercollegiate and Mathematical Sciences, Dpt. of Intramural • 351.3285 • 351.3301 BASICS • 351.3325 Media Services • 351.3319 Bookstore • 351.3418 Millers Analogies Test • 351.3594 Business Administration, Dpt. of Multicultural Student Services • 351.3215 • 351.3553 Business Office (payment of bills) Natural Sciences, Department of • 351.3279 • 351.3456 Cafeteria • 351.3617 Orientation, New Student Campus Tours • 351.4778 • 351.3594 Career Services • 351.3259 Personnel, Faculty • 351.3260 Center for International Programs Personnel, Staff • 351.3420 • 351.3127 Placement Testing • 351.3594 ABOUT THE UNIVERSITY 6— HISTORY

world. Clark Memorial Library offers multimedia and streaming video resources, access to both Shawnee State traditional hard copy and electronic full-text books and articles, a variety of study-space options, and University: Past personal assistance to students and faculty. The 102,000 square foot Vern Riffe Center for the Arts features an acoustically superior 1,139 seat and Present Main Theater and is home to both cultural and In 1986, an act of the Ohio Legislature (put in academic programs. The James A. Rhodes Athletic effect on July 2) created Shawnee State University, Center offers a gymnasium that is home to the from what was formerly a community college. Shawnee State Bears, weight rooms, racquetball courts, a dance classroom, and a junior Olympic- Since then, Shawnee State University—the regional size swimming pool. Shawnee State’s Children’s state university of south central Ohio—has Learning Center serves as a center of learning for continued to incorporate baccalaureate degree area children as well as a lab school for teacher programs with its already successful associate education students at the University. degree programs. Shawnee State has a rich tradition of success in Shawnee State offers more than 80 bachelor’s athletics. A member of the National Association of and associate degree programs in areas such as the Intercollegiate Athletics, the University has partici- fine, digital, and performing arts; English and pated in 18 national championships in 5 of 11 humanities; mathematical sciences; natural sciences; sponsored sports. The women’s basketball team won social sciences; teacher education; business admin- the NAIA Division II National Championship on istration; industrial and engineering technologies; March 16, 1999. A member of the American and health sciences. Shawnee State University, the Mideast Conference since 1991, formerly the university of opportunity, has one of the lowest Mid-Ohio Conference, the Shawnee State Bears tuition rates among Ohio’s public universities, and have garnered 17 championships in 4 sports. it offers an in-state tuition rate to eligible students Engaged in relationships with universities in in Kentucky. Enrollment at Ohio’s newest four-year Germany, China, and Spain, Shawnee State Uni- institution is typically around 3,600. versity attracts a growing number of international Shawnee State University’s federally funded students while SSU students themselves have the TRIO programs prepare qualified individuals opportunity to travel and study abroad thanks to from disadvantaged backgrounds for programs of the Hodgden Travel Fund and the Center for post-secondary education. The University features International Programs and Activities (CIPA). five TRIO programs—Upward Bound, Educa- Students come to SSU for many reasons tional Talent Search, Student Support Services, including a low student/teacher ratio, more than Educational Opportunity Center, and Upward $1.5 million in scholarships, and proven programs Bound Math Science—and has made application that ensure success in the classroom and in finding to begin a sixth program, Veterans Upward Bound. jobs. Shawnee State University is also home to the Because of these and many other reasons, more Ohio Appalachian Center for Higher Education and more individuals are realizing that Shawnee (OACHE), an organization that sponsors projects State University is southern Ohio’s Dream in 40 partner public school districts and ten Machine—where student dreams become careers. member institutions. Its goal is to break down the barriers to access and success in higher education. Twenty-nine Ohio Appalachia counties are in the project area, and OACHE-sponsored projects have Mission Statement been responsible for increasing the college-going Shawnee State University—the regional state rate in the school systems in these counties. university of Southern Ohio—prepares students for The only public university in Ohio located on the changing needs of business, industry, education, the banks of the Ohio River, Shawnee State features and society through its diversified degree programs. a beautifully landscaped campus. Its 26 buildings Recognizing the importance of knowledge, values, include the Advanced Technology Center, home and cultural enrichment, Shawnee State University of one of only 50 Digistar II planetariums in the is committed to providing education that fosters STRATEGIC PLAN — 7 competence in oral and written communication, that assist in developing the economic, educational, scientific and quantitative reasoning, and critical and cultural base of South Central Ohio. analysis/logical thinking. To enrich the lives of the Commitment to increasing quality. Shawnee community, the University provides opportunities State University is committed to a process of quality for continuing personal and professional develop- improvement in its desire to serve the changing ment, intellectual discovery, and appreciation for needs of society, its institutions, and agencies. That the creative and performing arts. improvement is implemented at SSU in several ways: conducting required academic program Goals and Priorities reviews every five years, meeting the quality standards of professional accrediting agencies, Dedication to the region. The University’s conducting multiple assessments of student primary focus is the higher education of the region’s learning outcomes, utilizing selective degree first-generation college population, offering program advisory groups of practicing professionals, baccalaureate and associate degrees in traditional surveying alumni and employers annually, and academic fields, innovative interdisciplinary cur- applying Total Quality Improvement principles in ricula, and technical and career-oriented programs. selected classrooms and student-serving offices. While emphasizing undergraduate education, Shawnee State through its Graduate Center provides the opportunity for other institutions to offer graduate programs on the Portsmouth campus. The Strategic Plan Currently the University is exploring select gradu- Theme: Teaching and Learning ate programs of its own. Although Shawnee State’s programs focus on the interests and needs of the Goal: To be widely recognized as an exemplary public Southern Ohio region, increasing numbers of university committed to student success and excellence students from other areas of Ohio, the tri-state, in teaching and learning. and the nation are enrolling. They are attracted by STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES: the quality and distinctiveness of the programs 1. Promote the value of higher education to the and the appeal of a moderate-cost education community and region. offered at a small, public university by a friendly, 2. Support and advance effective teaching. accessible faculty and staff. Focus on excellence in teaching. Teaching and 3. Improve student proficiency levels in basic learning are Shawnee State’s most important knowledge and skills needed for success in the functions. Service and scholarship, including 21st century, such as oral and written commu- creative activities and applied research, are essential nication, mathematics, and computer skills. parts of this function, especially as they inform 4. Create a “culture of planning” to guide decisions teaching. Faculty are evaluated first and foremost on about possible changes in academic programs excellence in teaching and second on scholarship and services. and/or service to the University and the community. 5. Sustain academic and student services supporting Dedication to motivating college attendance technical, career-oriented, and professional and graduation. Shawnee State University serves an programs. ever-increasing number of traditional, nontraditional, and transfer students who find themselves competing for jobs and careers in a global techno- Theme: Growth and Development logical society. The vision of larger size for the Goal: To assure the full development of the University University is a calling to increase the quality of life through planned enrollment growth and wise of people—through education. investment in educational initiatives. Pledge to developing cooperative relationships. STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES: As a state university, SSU fulfills Ohio’s public 1. Increase enrollment. service expectations by meeting state priorities, including the continuing education and training 2. Respond selectively to opportunities for growth needs of business and industry. Shawnee State is, and expansion of academic programs. therefore, a willing partner in cooperative ventures 3. Improve graduation and completion rates of with educational institutions and organizations students significantly. 8— ACCREDITATIONS

4. Improve institutional procedures through orga- Association of Collegiate Business Schools and nizational change and continuous attention to Programs student needs and human resource development. 7007 College Boulevard, Suite 420 Overland Park, Kansas 66211 Theme: Community 913.339.9356 Goal: To increase opportunities for students, the www.acbsp.org campus community, and area residents by pursuing joint initiatives with the larger community and by Committee on Accreditation for Respiratory cultivating a shared sense of purpose within the Care (CoARC) University. 1248 Harwood Road Bedford, TX 76021-4244 STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES: 800.874.5615 1. Enhance internal and external communication. 2. Enhance commitment to collective planning Commission on Accreditation in Physical and decision making through effective shared Therapy Education, American Physical governance. Therapy Association 3. Build a more vital campus life. 1111 North Fairfax Street Alexandria, VA 22314-1488 4. Develop partnerships that involve the University 703.706.3245 in collaborative activities with other groups and 703.684.2782 institutions. www.apta.org

Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Accreditations and Education Programs (CAAHEP) 35 East Wacker Drive, Suite 1970 Approvals Chicago, IL 60601 Shawnee State University is accredited by The 312.553.9355 Higher Learning Commission and a member of www.caahep.org the North Central Association, 30 North LaSalle Street, Suite 2400, Chicago, IL 60602-2504, tele- Joint Review Committee on Education in phone 312.263.0456 or 800.621.7440. Graduates Radiologic Technology of the University are awarded baccalaureate and 20 North Wacker Drive, Suite 900 associate degrees and certificates. Chicago, IL 60606-2901 In addition, the institution or specific programs 312.704.5300 are accredited or approved by the following agencies: National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Accreditation Council for Occupational Laboratory Sciences Therapy Education 8410 West Bryn Avenue, Suite 670 4720 Montgomery Lane Chicago, IL 60631-3415 P. O. Box 31220 773.714.8880 Bethesda, MD 20824-1220 www.naacls.org 301.652.2682 www.aota.org National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) American Dental Association, Commission on 2010 Massachusetts Ave. NW, Suite 500 Dental Accreditation Washington, DC 20036-1023 211 East Chicago Avenue 202.466.7946 • Fax: 202.296.6620 Chicago, IL 60611 www.ncate.org 312.440.2500 www.ada.org ACCREDITATIONS — 9

National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission, Inc. (NLNAC) 61 Broadway, 33rd Floor New York City, NY 10006 800.669.1656 x153 www.nlnac.org

Ohio Board of Nursing 17 South High Street, Suite 400 Columbus, OH 43215-3413 614.466.3947 www.state.oh.us/nur/

Ohio Board of Regents 30 East Broad Street 36th Floor Columbus, OH 43266-0417 614.466.6000

Ohio Department of Public Safety, Division of Emergency Medical Services (EMT-B and Paramedic Training Programs) 1970 West Broad Street P. O. Box 182073 Columbus, OH 43218 614.466.3250 www.state.oh.us/odps

State of Ohio, Board of Examiners of Nursing Home Administrators 246 North High Street Columbus, OH 43216 614.466.5714

State of Ohio, Department of Education 65 South Front Street Columbus, OH 43216-4183 614.466.4838

State of Ohio, Department of Education, Division of Vocational Education 65 South Front Street, Room 910 Columbus, OH 43215-4183 614.466.2901

United States Department of Education 400 Maryland Avenue, SW Washington, DC 20202-0498 800.USA.LEARN (800.872.5327) ACADEMIC CALENDAR ACADEMIC CALENDAR — 11

August 11 Last day to apply for non-credit (full summer quarter); 2003-2004 Last day to drop a class (full summer quarter) Academic August 21 Last day to drop a class (second five-week term) August 25 Last day to apply for non-credit Calendar (second five-week term) August 25-30 Final Exams (second five-week Please note the 2003-2004 Academic Calendar as term and full summer term) approved by the SSU Board of Trustees on April 17, Final exams scheduled for last class 2003. The calendar is subject to change. session of this week August 30 Last day of quarter (full summer Summer Quarter, 2003 term and second five-week term) September 3 Grades due in Office of the May 5 Advance registration opens for Registrar by noon (full summer summer quarter qtr. and second five-week term) June 23 Late registration for summer qtr.; First day of summer quarter — classes begin (full summer quarter Fall Quarter, 2003 and first five-week term) May 8 Advance registration opens for June 25 Last day to add a class (first five- fall quarter week term) September 1 Labor Day — University closed June 27 Last day for 100% refund upon September 8 Late registration for fall quarter; complete withdrawal (all summer First day of fall quarter — terms); classes begin Last day to apply for pass/no-credit September 12 Last day for 100% refund upon (first five-week term); complete withdrawal from full Last day to add a class (full quarter; summer term) Last day to add a class July 4 Independence Day Holiday — September 19 Last day to apply for pass/no-credit University closed October 1 Last day to apply for fall quarter July 7 Last day to apply for pass/no-credit graduation (full summer term); October 6 Yom Kippur — University open Last day to apply for non-credit October 13 Columbus Day — Univ. open; (first five-week term) Last day to apply for non-credit July 17 Last day to drop a class (first October 27 Last day to drop a class five-week term) November 3 Advance registration opens for July 25 Last day of first five-week term winter quarter July 21-26 Final Exams (first five-week term) November 11 Veteran’s Day Observed — Final exams scheduled for last class University closed session of this week November 15 Last day of fall quarter July 28 First day of second five-week term Nov. 17-22 Final Exams July 29 Grades due in Office of the November 26 Grades due in Office of the Registrar by noon (first five- Registrar by noon week term) November 27 Thanksgiving Day — University July 30 Last day to add a class (second closed November 28 Thanksgiving Holiday — five-week term) University closed (in lieu of August 1 Last day to apply for summer Columbus Day) quarter graduation December 25 Christmas Day — Univ. closed August 4 Last day to apply for pass/no-credit December 26 Christmas Holiday — University (second five-week term) closed (in lieu of President’s Day) 12 — ACADEMIC CALENDAR

Winter Quarter, 2004 November 3 Advance registration opens for Tentative winter quarter January 1 New Year’s Day — Univ. closed January 5 First day of winter quarter — 2004-2005 classes begin; Late registration for winter quarter January 9 Last day for 100% refund upon Academic complete withdrawal from winter quarter; Calendar Last day to apply for winter quarter graduation; The following calendar for the 2004-2005 academic Last day to add a class year is tentative and subject to change. January 19 Martin Luther King, Jr. Day — University closed Summer Quarter, 2004 January 20 Last day to apply for pass/no-credit May 3 Advance registration opens for February 16 President’s Day — Univ. open summer quarter February 18 Advance registration for spring June 21 First day of summer quarter — quarter opens classes begin (full summer term February 23 Last day to drop a class; and first five-week term) Last day to apply for non-credit June 23 Last day to add a class (first five- March 13 Last day of winter quarter week term); March 15-20 Final Exams Last day to apply for pass/no-credit March 22-26 Spring Break (first five-week term) March 23 Grades due in Office of the June 25 Last day for 100% refund upon Registrar by noon complete withdrawal (all summer terms); Spring Quarter, 2004 Last day to add a class (full summer term) January 31 Last day to apply for spring qtr. July 2 Last day to apply for pass/no-credit graduation (and participate in (full summer term) June commencement) July 5 Independence Day Holiday February 18 Advance registration opens for Observed — University closed spring quarter July 14 Last day to apply for non-credit March 29 First day of spring quarter — (first five-week term) classes begin; July 22 Last day to drop a class (first Late registration for spring qtr.; five-week term) Last day for 100% refund upon July 23 Last day of first five-week term complete withdrawal from July 19-23Final Exams (first five-week term) spring quarter Final exams scheduled for last class April 2 Last day to add a class session of this week April 12 Last day to apply for pass/no-credit July 26 First day of second five-week term May 3 Advance registration opens for July 28 Grades due in Office of the summer quarter Registrar by noon (first five- May 10 Advance registration opens for week term); fall quarter Last day to add a class (second May 14 Last day to apply for non-credit five-week term) May 18 Last day to drop a class July 30 Last day to apply for summer May 31 Memorial Day — Univ. closed quarter graduation June 5 Last day of spring quarter August 2 Last day to apply for pass/no-credit June 7-11 Final exams (second five-week term) June 12 Commencement June 15 Grades due in Office of the Registrar by noon ACADEMIC CALENDAR — 13

August 9 Last day to apply for non-credit Winter Quarter, 2005 (full summer term); Last day to drop a class (full November 1 Advance registration opens for summer term) winter quarter August 17 Last day to apply for non-credit December 31 New Year’s Day Observed — (second five-week term) University closed August 19 Last day to drop a class (second January 3 First day of winter quarter — five-week term) classes begin; August 27 Last day of quarter (full summer January 7 Last day for 100% refund upon term and second five-week term) complete withdrawal from winter August 23-27 Final Exams quarter; Final exams scheduled last class Last day to apply for winter session of this week quarter graduation; September 1 Grades due in Office of the Last day to add a class Registrar by noon (full summer January 17 Martin Luther King, Jr. Day — term and second five-week term) University closed January 18 Last day to apply for pass/no-credit February 21 Last day to apply for non-credit; Fall Quarter, 2004 Last day to drop a class; May 10 Advance registration opens for President’s Day — Univ. open fall quarter February 23 Advance registration opens for September 6 Labor Day Holiday — spring quarter University closed March 12 Last day of winter quarter September 8 First day of fall quarter — March 14-19 Final Exams classes begin March 21-26 Spring Break September 14 Last day for 100% refund upon March 21 Grades due in Office of the complete withdrawal from fall Registrar by noon quarter; Last day to add a class Spring Quarter, 2005 September 21 Last day to apply for pass/no-credit September 25 Yom Kippur — University open January 31 Last day to apply for spring qtr. October 1 Last day to apply for fall quarter graduation (and participate in graduation June commencement) October 11 Columbus Day — Univ. open February 23 Advance registration opens for October 26 Last day to apply for non-credit spring quarter October 27 Last day to drop a class March 28 First day of spring quarter — November 1 Advance registration opens for classes begin winter quarter April 1 Last day for 100% refund upon November 11 Veteran’s Day Observed — complete withdrawal from University closed spring quarter; November 17 Last day of fall quarter Last day to add a class Nov. 18-24 Final Exams April 11 Last day to apply for pass/no-credit November 25 Thanksgiving Day — Univ. closed May 2 Advance registration opens for November 26 Thanksgiving Holiday — Univ. summer quarter closed (in lieu of Columbus Day) May 13 Last day to apply for non-credit December 1 Grades due in Office of the May 16 Advance registration opens for Registrar by noon fall quarter December 23 Christmas Holiday Observed — May 17 Last day to drop a class University closed May 30 Memorial Day — Univ. closed December 24 Christmas Holiday — University June 4 Last day of spring quarter closed (in lieu of President’s Day) June 6-11 Final exams June 11 Commencement June 15 Grades due in Office of the Registrar by noon ADMISSION POLICIES ADMISSION POLICIES — 15

ACT/SAT Admission to the All students pursuing the four-year baccalaureate or two-year associate degrees or the one-year certificate are required to have scores from the University American College Test (ACT) or Scholastic Admission to degree programs at Shawnee State Aptitude Test (SAT) forwarded to Shawnee State University is open to graduates who hold a state- University. Only applicants who are 21 years of approved diploma from state chartered or regionally age or older, as of the first day of their first quarter accredited high schools and to students who have of enrollment, are exempt from providing ACT or earned high school equivalency through the General SAT scores. Education Development (GED) program. However, Although Shawnee State has an open admission admission to the University does not guarantee policy and does not use the ACT or SAT for admission to specific programs of study. If you determining admission to the University, it does intend to apply for admission to a health science require results of these tests for use in advisement program in the College of Professional Studies, and placement. Students who have not yet taken you should refer to the appropriate section of this the ACT or SAT may contact the Shawnee State catalog for specific admission requirements. University Admission Office for information Admission to students not seeking a degree at about future ACT test dates. Applicants who have Shawnee State University is also open. not taken the ACT or SAT will be accepted as You may request an application for admission “provisional students” but must take the exam to the University by contacting the Office of during the initial quarter of enrollment. Admission, or you may complete and submit the application form on-line via the SSU home page at www.shawnee.edu. There are varying additional requirements for Degree-Seeking High students in different categories, including recent School Graduates high school graduates, transfer students, special non-degree students, transient students, interna- High school graduates who have been awarded tional students, and eligible students who are still a state-approved diploma are required to submit a attending high school. Requirements for each are final, official transcript of academic work to discussed in the following sections. Shawnee State University. Students may send a It is recommended that the high school high school transcript request form (which is background of the entering freshman pursuing a attached to the application) or a written request to degree include: the high school requesting an official transcript to •4 units English be forwarded directly to the University. Transcripts may be mailed directly from the •3 units mathematics (algebra 1 and 2, geometry) high school to the following address: Office of •3 units social studies Admission, Shawnee State University, 940 Second •3 units science Street, Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344. Applicants may also hand-carry the transcript in an envelope •2 units foreign language sealed with a guidance counselor’s signature. •1 unit visual, performing arts (drama, music, art) Guidance counselors or high school officials may These courses are recommendations, not send transcripts via FAX to 740.351.3111 if requirements. However, if you have a deficiency in accompanied by a signed transmittal form or by English or mathematics, you will be required to electronic transfer. The University reserves the take developmental courses prior to attempting right to verify the final, official authenticity of any college level work. student’s transcript. Any transcript document You must apply to the University prior to found to be fraudulent becomes the student’s applying to a health science program. A separate responsibility and the University reserves the right health science application form is available in the to withdraw admission acknowledgement and/or Office of Admission. approval of acceptance. 16 — APPLICANTS WITH THE GED

Advanced Placement If the University is not in receipt of your GED transcript, you may only register for classes as a You may be awarded college credit for satisfactory special non-degree student and are ineligible for performance on certain proficiency examinations. financial aid awards. Each May, participating high schools provide their students with an opportunity to take examinations in a variety of subject areas through the Advanced Placement Program (APTM), sponsored by the Undeclared Major/ College Board and administered by Educational Testing Service (ETS). Students who achieve a Undecided Student grade of 3 or above may receive college credit on If you intend to pursue a degree but are the basis of these examinations. Credit given undecided about a major, you may remain through the AP program does not apply toward ‘‘undeclared’’ until you earn your first 45 quarter the residency requirement for graduation. hours of credit. At the completion of 45 hours, you In addition, Shawnee State University recognizes are required to declare a major or you are prohibited that some courses completed in high school or from registering for classes. The Student Success vocational school may be equivalent to some Center will assist you with this process. Please see entry-level coursework at Shawnee State. In order to Freshman Studies below. avoid repetition of such courses and to encourage advanced study in the respective disciplines, Shawnee State has entered into ‘‘Articulation Freshman Studies Agreements’’ with high schools, vocational schools, and school districts. This allows the award of All new degree seeking students are admitted to advanced placement credit for certain coursework the Freshman Studies Program. By the end of the completed at the high school where articulation 45th credit hour attempted, students must move agreements are in place. Such credit waives your into academic major areas as follows: course requirement. A more advanced class must 1. Score at the collegiate level on the required be completed to replace the waived course. Shawnee State University placement test(s). Please contact the registrar for information ACT or SAT scores may be used to satisfy concerning eligibility for credit through advanced placement test requirements as stated in this placement. catalog. and Declare an academic major or be accepted into Applicants with the GED a selective program. Students who have successfully completed the OR GED may use the special GED transcript request form (available in the admission office) to have 2. Satisfactorily complete prescribed developmental official GED transcripts sent to the University or education courses if placement test scores are they may request official transcripts directly from not at the collegiate level. the State GED Office, Ohio Department of and Education, 25 South Front Street, Room 210, Declare an academic major or be accepted into Columbus, Ohio 43215 or State GED Office, a selective program. Kentucky Department of Education, Frankfort, The Freshman Studies Program has two goals: Kentucky 40601. If you obtained your GED in another state, please contact the respective state •To prepare students to meet the academic stan- department directly. dards of the faculty. Transcripts should be mailed to the following •To help students select the appropriate degree address: Office of Admission, Shawnee State program that leads toward graduation. University, 940 Second Street, Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344. Transcripts must be received directly from the State GED Office. TRANSFER STUDENTS — 17

Transfer Students State Policy On Articulation Students who have attended other regionally and Transfer accredited colleges or universities may transfer to Institutional Transfer. The Ohio Board of Shawnee State University provided they were in Regents, following the directive of the Ohio good academic standing at the institution attended General Assembly, has developed a statewide most recently. In addition to the application for policy to facilitate movement of students and admission and high school transcript, you are transfer credits from one Ohio public college or required to provide an official transcript from each university to another. The purpose of the State college or university previously attended. College Policy is to avoid duplication of course requirements transcripts must be received directly from those and to enhance student mobility throughout Ohio’s institutions. Photocopies, fax, and hand-carried higher education system. Since independent colleges transcripts are not accepted. You may be admitted and universities in Ohio may or may not be par- as a ‘‘provisional student’’ until such time as the ticipating in the transfer policy, students interested official transcripts are received from all previous in transferring to an independent institution are colleges. encouraged to check with the college or university Credits applicable to the curriculum for which of their choice regarding transfer agreements. you are applying which were earned at regionally accredited colleges or universities are accepted at the Transfer Module. The Ohio Board of Regents’ time of admission. Generally, courses completed Transfer and Articulation Policy established the with a grade of C or better are eligible for Transfer Module, which is a specific subset or the transfer. Under certain circumstances, a D may be entire set of a college or university’s general educa- transferable. See the registrar for further information requirements. The Transfer Module contains tion. The credit hours transferred do not become 54-60 quarter hours or 36-40 semester hours of a part of the grade point average at Shawnee State specified course credits in English composition, University. mathematics, fine arts, humanities, social science, To receive transfer credit, you must file an behavioral science, natural science, physical science, official transcript of previous college work. You and interdisciplinary coursework. must earn a minimum of 30 credit hours at A transfer module completed at one college or Shawnee State University to be considered for the university will automatically meet the requirements award of an associate degree and a minimum of of the transfer module at the receiving institution, 45 credit hours to be considered for the award of once the student is accepted. Students may be a baccalaureate degree. required, however, to meet additional general If you have attended non-regionally accredited education requirements that are not included in colleges or universities, you may transfer to Shawnee the Transfer Module. State University provided you meet all admission Conditions for Transfer Admission. Students standards applicable to other transfer students. meeting the requirements of the Transfer Module Credits applicable to the curriculum for which you are subject to the following conditions: are applying which were earned at non-regionally accredited institutions will be considered for 1. The policy encourages receiving institutions to acceptance as transfer credit if: give preferential consideration for admission to students who complete the Transfer Module •You have completed the associate degree at that and either the associate of arts or the associate institution, and of science degrees. These students will be able •You validate the award of credit by completing, to transfer all courses in which they received a with a grade of C or better, a planned program passing grade of D or better. Students must of courses totaling a minimum of 30 credit have an overall grade point average of 2.0 to be hours applicable to a four-year curriculum as given credit for the Transfer Module. approved by the registrar. For students transferring credit from non-regionally accredited colleges 2. The policy also encourages receiving institutions or universities, a maximum of 90 quarter hours to give preferential consideration for admission will be considered for transfer. to students who complete the Transfer Module with a grade of C or better in each course and 90 quarter hours or 60 semester hours. 18 — TRANSFER STUDENTS

Students must have an overall grade point institution have been exhausted, the institution average of 2.0 to be given credit for the Transfer shall advise the student in writing of the availability Module and only courses in which a C or better and process of appeal to the state level Articulation has been earned will transfer. and Transfer Appeals Review Committee. 3. The policy encourages receiving institutions to The Appeals Review Committee shall review admit, on a non-preferential consideration and recommend to institutions the resolution of basis, students who complete the Transfer individual cases of appeal from transfer students Module with a grade of C or better in each who have exhausted all local appeal mechanisms course and less than 90 quarter hours or 60 concerning applicability of transfer credits at semester hours. These students will be able to receiving institutions. transfer all courses in which they received a grade of C or better. Appeal Procedure Regarding Admission to a given institution, however, does Transfer Credit Applicability not guarantee that a transfer student will be automatically admitted to all majors, minors, or fields Historical Context. On November 16, 1990, of concentration at that institution. Once admitted, the Ohio Board of Regents passed a resolution transfer students shall be subject to the same mandating that public institutions of higher regulations governing applicability of catalog education establish a multilevel appeal procedure requirements as all other students. Furthermore, to be followed by students dissatisfied with the transfer students shall be accorded the same class applicability of transferred credit. The following standing and other privileges as native students on multilevel appeal procedure at Shawnee State the basis of the number of credits earned. All University is designed to meet the needs of these residency requirements must be successfully students and to comply with the Ohio Board of completed at the receiving institution prior to the Regents’ mandate. granting of a degree. Acceptance of Transfer Credit. Transfer credit Responsibilities of Students. In order to facil- is awarded and posted to your Shawnee State itate transfer with maximum applicability of transfer University transcript in accordance with accepted credit, prospective transfer students should plan a national and state standards. Generally, all courses course of study that will meet the requirements of satisfactorily completed at regionally accredited a degree program at the receiving institution. institutions are transferable. The Office of the Specifically, you should identify early in your col- Registrar is responsible for posting this credit to legiate studies an institution and major to which your transcript. you desire to transfer. Furthermore, you should Applicability of Transfer Credit. After transfer determine if there are language requirements or any credit has been posted to your transcript, the Office special course requirements that can be met during of the Registrar posts the courses to your Degree the freshman or sophomore year. This will enable Audit and provides you with a copy of the audit. you to plan and pursue a course of study that will articulate with the receiving institution’s major. Multilevel Appeals Procedure. State mandate You are encouraged to seek further information requires that you be notified of your right to appeal regarding transfer from both your advisor and the a transfer credit applicability decision. You must college or university to which you plan to transfer. file your written appeal within ninety days following receipt of your Degree Audit. The University must Appeals Process. A multi-level, broad based respond to your appeal within thirty days of receipt appeal process is required to be in place at each of the appeal, at each appeal level. The appeal levels institution. A student disagreeing with the appli- are defined below. cation of transfer credit by the receiving institution shall be informed of the right to appeal the decision Level 1 and the process for filing the appeal. Each institution You meet with the dean of the college in which shall make available to students the appeal process you are enrolled to discuss the course(s) in question. for that specific college or university. If both the dean and you are in agreement that a If a transfer student’s appeal is denied by the change in applicability is desirable, the dean reports institution after all appeal levels within the the necessary change with rationale to the registrar. TRANSFER STUDENTS — 19

Shawnee State University Transfer Module (TM)

I. General Education II. Additional General III. Additional General Requirements Needed to Education Requirements Education Requirements Meet Minimum Required to Complete TM Beyond the TM for Field Hours in Each Category Graduation at SSU

English ENGL 111S (4) ENGL 112S (4) minimum ENGL 115S (4) 6 qtr. hours

Mathematics One of the following: MATH 132 (4) minimum MATH 110S (4) MATH 201 (4) MATH 202 (4) MATH 131 (4) MATH 220 (4) 3 qtr. hours MATH 170 (4) MATH 250 (4) MATH 190 (4)

Arts/Humanities One of the following: ARTH 261 (4) MUSI 221 (3) minimum IDST 225S (4) PHIL 200 (4) ARTH 262 (4) MUSI 222 (3) IDST 226S (4) ENGL 200 (4) MUSI 223 (3) 9 qtr. hours and two of the following: ENGL 211 (4) PHIL 105 (4) ARTH 101 (4) MUSI 120 (4) ENGL 212 (4) PHIL 200 (4) ENGL 275 (4) MUSI 220 (4) IDST 227S (4) THAR 100 (4)

Social Science One of the following: ECON 201 (4) HIST 203 (4) minimum ANTH 250 (4) SOCI 101 (4) GEOG 201 (4) PSYC 151 (4) GEOG 130 (4) SOSC 110S (4) GOVT 240 (4) PSYC 273 (4) 9 qtr. hours and two of the following: GOVT 250 (4) SOCI 201 (4) ANTH 101 (4) HIST 111 (4) HIST 201 (4) SOCI 205 (4) ECON 202 (4) HIST 112 (4) HIST 202 (4) GEOG 125 (4) HIST 113 (4) GOVT 101 (4) PSYC 101 (4)

Natural Sciences Select at least 9 hours from the GEOL 202 (4) minimum following courses: NTSC 240 (4) BIOL 151 (5) GEOL 111 (4) 9 qtr. hours BIOL 162 (5) GEOL 112 (4) BIOL 202 (5) GEOL 201 (4) BIOL 203 (5) PHYS 201 (4) CHEM 121 (4) PHYS 202 (4) CHEM 122 (4) PHYS 203 (4) CHEM 141 (5) PHYS 210 (4) CHEM 142 (5) PHYS 211 (4) CHEM 143 (5) PHYS 212 (4) CHEM 200 (4) PHYS 213 (4) Note: Credit is not allowed for both CHEM 121/122 and CHEM 141/142 series.

Interdisciplinary NTSC 110S (4) up to 9 qtr. hours may substitute for a natural science course in column I (above).

Subtotal 45-48 qtr. hours 9-12 qtr. hours IDST 490S (4) minimum and one of the following: PHIL 320S (4) PHIL 331 (4) 36 qtr. hours PHIL 330 (4) ROCI 485S (4)

Total 54 - 60 qtr. hours 20 — INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS

If the dean determines that an applicability change if you wish to pursue the matter further, a state- is not warranted, the dean notifies you, the Transfer wide appeals procedure is available. Credit Appeals Committee chair, and the provost Transfer Credit Appeals Committee regarding the decision and the rationale. Membership. Faculty representatives to the Transfer Level 2 Credit Appeals Committee are determined by a If you and the dean are unable to reach a procedure agreed upon by the faculty within their mutually agreeable resolution, you present your respective units as indicated in Level 2. Committee case before the Transfer Credit Appeals Committee. members annually elect a chair. The committee The Transfer Credit Appeals Committee is charged chair votes only in the event of a tie. Staggered terms with reviewing the manner in which transfer credit of three years begin January 1. Elected representa- has been applied to your degree program when tives may be required to meet during the summer you and the appropriate dean are unable to reach months if a student submits an appeal during that a mutually satisfactory agreement. The committee time period. Deans may appoint alternates if may vote to support the dean’s position, your necessary. The registrar and the GEP director position, or suggest alternatives for the dean and serve as voting ex officio committee members. you to consider. This committee reports to the provost and is composed as follows: •One faculty representative from each of the International Students following departments International students who are seeking admission Business Administration to Shawnee State University must submit the English and Humanities following materials: Fine, Digital, and Performing Arts • An application for admission and $50.00 Health Sciences nonrefundable application fee Industrial and Engineering Technologies •All official secondary and postsecondary tran- Mathematical Sciences scripts. These transcripts must be in the student’s Natural Sciences native language and be accompanied by a Social Sciences certified English translation. If these credentials Teacher Education cannot be evaluated by the University, they will • The registrar and the GEP director serve as be sent to an evaluation service, and you will voting ex officio members of the committee. be responsible for the cost of the evaluation. If the committee determines that a change in • An official score of at least 500 on the Test of applicability is desirable, the committee chair reports English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or an the necessary change with rationale to you, the equivalent score on the Michigan Test of dean, and the registrar. If the committee determines English Language Proficiency (MTELP) is that an applicability change is not warranted, the required for admission to a degree program for committee chair notifies you, the dean, and the students whose native language is not English. provost regarding the decision and the rationale. •Proof of financial resources which are adequate Level 3 to support the student for one year. If you intend If you and the Transfer Credit Appeals Com- to finance your education yourself, you must mittee are unable to reach a mutually agreeable supply a statement from your bank showing resolution, you present your case to the provost. If funds equal to those required for one year. If the provost determines that a change in applicability you are being sponsored, an affidavit of support is desirable, he or she reports the necessary change and a bank statement showing adequate funds with rationale to you, the dean, the Transfer Credit for one year must be submitted. Appeals Committee chair, and the registrar. If the International students are required to purchase provost determines that a change in applicability is health insurance while in the United States. not warranted, the provost notifies you, the dean, Health insurance information may be found in and the Transfer Credit Appeals Committee chair the Bursar’s Office. of the decision and the rationale. You have no Those international applicants who are accepted further recourse within the institution. However, for admission will receive an acceptance letter and NON-DEGREE STUDENTS — 21 an I-20 form to be used to secure a student visa. at the home college or university as to the appro- The acceptance letter and I-20 will not be issued priate coursework to be taken at Shawnee State until the Office of Admission has received all and how that coursework will transfer to the required materials. To be assured consideration for home campus of the transient student. admission, all required materials must be received If, as a transient student, you decide to seek a 60 days prior to the beginning of the quarter in degree at Shawnee State University, you become a which you plan to enroll. ‘‘transfer student’’ and are bound to all requirements Questions pertaining to a student visa should for a degree-seeking transfer student, including be directed to the local office of the Department whatever requirements existed for the major to be of Immigration. pursued at Shawnee State at the time of your initial enrollment. Non-Degree Students Senior Citizens Shawnee State University admits senior citizens Special Non-Degree Students (60 years of age or older) for courses on an audit, Students who are not interested in pursuing a space-available basis. Although formal application degree but who wish to take courses are required and registration are required, no tuition fees are to file an application for admission. Transcripts of charged. Senior citizens who wish to take courses high school and college work are not required, nor for credit may participate in the SSU Senior Scholar is ACT/SAT testing. However, if at a later time, program, which pays tuition only. All other fees you decide to pursue a degree program, all admis- are the student’s responsibility. Applications are sion requirements in effect at the time of initial available in the Office of Financial Aid. enrollment must be met. These requirements include There is also a special, no cost, fitness program official transcripts from high school (and/or GED) for seniors. Applications may be obtained at the and college work and testing, recommendations, James A. Rhodes Athletic Center. etc., if any of these are required for the major being declared. Special, non-degree students may take courses High School Students which have no prerequisites or courses for which The Postsecondary Options Program (POP) they have the appropriate prerequisite. For courses offers academically talented high school students the assuming prior knowledge or a certain degree of opportunity to take, in a college setting, courses proficiency, placement testing may be advised or which enhance coursework available at their high required prior to registration. schools and which are clearly at the college level. Students interested in this program must qualify during their eighth grade year to participate as a Transient Students freshman, their freshman year to participate as a Students who are enrolled at or seeking a sophomore, sophomore year to participate as a junior, degree at another college or university, but who or in their junior year to participate as a senior. wish to take coursework temporarily at Shawnee Because the courses taken under this program State University, are considered transient students. are at the collegiate level, it should be expected As non-degree students (at Shawnee State), such that these courses are more demanding and students are required only to file an application completed at a faster pace than those taken in for admission. high school. They generally require more out-of- Although transcripts of high school and college class preparation than high school classes. You and work are not required of transient students, such your parents should also consider the emotional transcripts, especially those from your home campus, and social maturity necessary to study in an adult are helpful in advising appropriate coursework. environment in which most students are in their Unofficial transcripts or grade cards are acceptable late teens/early twenties and assess your ability to if these are needed to verify prerequisites for accept independence and responsibility for your courses to be taken at Shawnee State University. academic performance. Transient students are strongly advised to consult with the appropriate counselor or advisor 22 — HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS

Eligibility •Tuition, fees, books, and materials are paid for To be eligible for the Postsecondary Options by the state, based on an established formula. Program, you must: Note: If you withdraw from a class prior to the •Be a resident of the state of Ohio. end of the quarter, any and all fees may become the responsibility of you and your parent(s) or •Have completed eighth grade and be of fresh- guardian(s), depending upon the school district man status, as defined by the school district. policy. The application process begins during the student’s eighth grade, freshman, sophomore, •Successfully completed courses under Option B or junior years. receive appropriate high school credit as determined by your school district. After graduation •Be commuting from your permanent residence from high school, the college credits earned at and attending a high school within commuting Shawnee State as a high school student may be distance. applied toward a Shawnee State degree or trans- •Meet two of the four following requirements: ferred to another university according to the Provide evidence of passing all sections of the transfer policies of the receiving institution. Ninth Grade Proficiency Examination or pass • Courses may be taken under POP during fall, the High School Graduation Test (new in the winter, and spring quarters only. However, 2002/03 academic year). students may take summer courses at their own OR expense. Take the Shawnee State University placement • POP participants may register for a maximum test and place at a collegiate level in reading, of 16/18 credit hours per quarter, based upon English, and mathematics (i.e., 100 level or remaining number of Carnegie equivalent units above). The test may be taken prior to available at the high school. application for the POP program. OR Program Continuation Provide official results of the ACT, with a score Students participating in Shawnee State’s of at least 22 and 19, on the English and math- Postsecondary Options Program are required to ematics sections, respectively. maintain a cumulative GPA of at least 2.0 for all OR college courses completed. Students in Option B Show evidence of a 3.0 grade point average (tuition paid by state) whose cumulative GPA falls (GPA) for the student’s home school. below 2.0 are not permitted to continue in the POP •Maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.0 (C average) under Option B. They may participate under for coursework at Shawnee State. Option A (paying their own tuition) until the point at which their college GPA is once again 2.0 Qualified students have two options: or above and their high school GPA is 3.0. Once Option A (college credit only) the minimum GPA requirements are met at both •You/your parents/your guardian pay for tuition, Shawnee State and at the high school, they may fees, books, and materials. continue under Option B again. • All requirements listed under Option B below POP students must remain in academic and (except method of payment) apply to Option A. disciplinary ‘‘good standing’’ at the University and their local high school to remain eligible for this Option B (high school and college credit) program. Note: Shawnee State University will •You must take placement tests and place at honor any disciplinary action taken by the high collegiate levels in math, English, and reading school affecting a student in the Postsecondary (or place by minimum ACT scores) if wishing Options Program. to register for those areas. POP applicants are not required to take the placement test unless Application they wish to take English or math courses or You must complete the POP application for courses requiring those competencies. admission and submit it to your high school •You should seek counseling from high school counselor. The counselor should send the personnel as to which college courses will meet application, a copy of the applicant’s high school graduation requirements at your school. transcript, and the Shawnee State verification/ CAMPUS TOURS — 23 acknowledgement form (acknowledging the •Your status will be Special Non-degree. student’s understanding of the advantages, risks, •Tuition, books, and fees are the responsibility and responsibilities involved in participation in of the student/parent(s)/guardian. the program), to the following address: •You may attend only one course per quarter. Office of Admission •You must show evidence of a 3.0 (A=4.0) grade POP Program point average (GPA) in your local high school. Shawnee State University (The 3.0 GPA is not required for summer 940 Second Street quarter attendance by high school students.) Portsmouth, OH 45662-4344 •You must place into collegiate level math and A current transcript is required for each quarter English to enroll in courses requiring either of enrollment. The acknowledgement form is proficiency. needed only once, at the time of application. •You must apply for admission, submitting the To participate in the POP program you must high school application for admission, and meet all requirements and apply by the May 15 provide a written recommendation by your deadline in the previous academic year. Students high school counselor or principal along with are not admitted after the May 15 deadline. written permission from your parent(s)/guardian. •School and parent/guardian recommendation POP Orientation and Registration and permission forms must be submitted each A required POP orientation for students accepted quarter of enrollment. into the program is held in August. Parents are •Your course schedule must be approved by the encouraged to attend with their student. Office of Admission or the Registrar. Registration for fall quarter classes is by appointment for students who have attended the required orientation. Registration for classes is on a space- available basis and classes are subject to cancellation. Campus Tours Students admitted to this program are permitted The Office of Admission, located in the to register for most courses, provided necessary Administration Building, offers group tours of prerequisites are met. campus, Monday through Friday, at 10:00 a.m., 1:00 p.m., and 3:00 p.m. The office also schedules Acceptance, Notification, and Reporting Saturday appointments. For an individual campus In compliance with the law, ten days after tour and personal appointment, please contact the completion of the application process, the following Office of Admission at 740.351.4SSU or individuals are notified regarding admission status: 800.959.2SSU to schedule a time that is convenient for you. the student, the student’s parents (or guardian), the high school counselor, the district superintendent, and the state superintendent.

Validation of Credit Grades are reported to you and/or your parent(s) or guardian as appropriate. For students who have chosen to use courses to complete high school requirements, the University will supply an official transcript of grades to the student’s high school principal/counselor.

Other High School Students Students in high school who wish to enroll outside of the POP program may do so under the following requirements: • Courses are to be taken for college credit only. REGISTRATION INFORMATION REGISTRATION — 25

U.S. Post Office or via the Internet. If you wish to indicate exempt status, you can request materials Registration to do so by contacting the Office of the Registrar. New students for fall quarter must register for their initial quarter during the New Student Residency Information Orientation held each summer. (See ‘‘Orientation,’’ on page 26.) A nonresident surcharge is assessed to any If you are a degree-seeking freshman, you must student who does not qualify as a resident for contact the Student Success Center. Staff there subsidy and tuition surcharge purposes, in addition help you obtain an advisor who assists you in to other university fees. You are treated as a resident planning your schedule. The approval signature of of Ohio and are assessed in-state fees if: the academic advisor is required of degree-seeking •You are dependent upon at least one parent or freshmen with fewer than 45 credit hours earned. legal guardian who has been an Ohio resident (See page 26 for more information on the Student for the 12 months preceding your enrollment. Success Center.) •You have been a resident of Ohio for the 12 Continuing or returning students may register months preceding your enrollment and during for subsequent quarters during any registration this time you have not received financial support period. (Dates are found in the Academic Calendar, from outside the state. beginning on page 10.) •You are the dependent child of a parent or legal Designated registration “windows” are established guardian, or the spouse of a person, who, as of to offer the opportunity to register on a priority the first day of your enrollment, has accepted basis. See the quarterly course schedule for more full-time employment and established a domicile information. in Ohio for other reasons than gaining the The Office of the Registrar is open 8:00 a.m. benefit of favorable tuition rates. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday. You may also qualify if you are self-supporting while in Ohio pursuing a part-time course of study Improper Registration (conditional residents), are stationed in Ohio Admission or registration may be canceled by while on active duty in the military or have been the director of admission or the registrar in cases of an Ohio resident while involved in active duty improper registration or when false or incomplete military service prior to enrollment, have worked information is provided on the application for as a migrant in Ohio, or have been requested to admission, registration forms, or other official be out of the country by your employer. If you documents. In such cases, you will be notified in qualify under one of these conditions, your writing as to the action that was taken and the dependents may qualify as well. reasons for such action. Proof of residency may be presented in a Request for Resident Classification to the Office of the Registrar. This form and all documentation Selective Service Registration must be submitted by the following deadline dates Ohio law requires male students between the ages in order to be effective for the desired quarter: of 18 and 26 to be registered with the Selective •May 1 for summer quarter Service System, unless they are on active duty with •August 1 for fall quarter the armed forces of the United States (other than •November 1 for winter quarter the National Guard or reserves) or legally excluded, •February 1 for spring quarter to be eligible for state educational assistance programs. Residents who are not registered or Retroactive residency determinations cannot be have not indicated they do not need to register by made for tuition surcharge purposes. the first day of the quarter are required by Ohio For information on residency, conditional resi- law to pay the out-of-state tuition. You can register dency, Selective Service requirements, or to receive a Request for Resident Classification, write or visit with Selective Service in the year you become 18, the Office of the Registrar. and you must complete registration by 30 days after your 18th birthday. Selective Service registration can be accomplished in a few minutes at any 26 — STUDENT SUCCESS CENTER

Notification of Rights Under Placement Testing the Family Educational Rights All first-time, entering, degree-seeking students must participate in the University’s placement and Privacy Act testing program prior to registering for English The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act and mathematics courses. If you are entering the (FERPA) affords students certain rights with respect University with credits from other colleges or to their education records. They are: universities, you must participate in the English 1. The right to inspect and review the student’s and mathematics placement testing process if you education records. lack transferable English or mathematics credits. 2. The right to request the amendment of the ACT or SAT scores may be used in place of student’s education records to ensure that they placement results. If you enter Shawnee State are not inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in University with an ACT English subscore of 22 or violation of the student’s privacy or other rights. higher or an SAT English subscore of 520 or higher, you will be permitted to register for ENGL 111S. 3. The right to consent to disclosures of personally If you enter with an ACT mathematics subscore identifiable information contained in the of 19 or higher or an SAT mathematics subscore student’s education records, except to the of 460 or higher, you will be permitted to register extent that FERPA authorizes disclosure with- for MATH 110S, 130, and/or 150. out consent. Note: Students wanting to waive placement 4. The right to file with the U.S. Department of testing with ACT/SAT scores must present an Education a complaint concerning alleged ‘‘official’’ ACT/SAT score report at the time of failures by the State University to comply with testing or take it to the Student Success Center the requirements of FERPA. prior to registering for classes. 5. The right to obtain a copy of Shawnee State For students taking the placements and also, University’s student records policy. You can obtain later, submitting ACT/SAT scores, ACT/SAT scores a copy of the policy from the registrar’s office. will have precedence over any placement results. If you meet the qualifications for the mathematics portion of the test and wish to register in a Student Success Center mathematics class at a level higher than MATH 130, you must take the Advanced Placement Test. The Student Success Center is designed to offer For information about this option, contact the advising and registration services in many different Student Success Center. areas. Staff work collaboratively with faculty The placement tests direct you into the univer- members to provide advising for course sequencing sity curriculum and ensure that you register for and career goals. courses that match your level of academic pre- Issues affecting your successful participation paredness for college-level coursework. If your within the Shawnee State learning community are placement is not determined by the above criteria, always at the forefront of the services the Student placement testing is mandatory. Placement is Success Center provides. determined by test scores and other factors, which Determining your degree/program plan by are determined by the appropriate division and using the Degree Audit System and the current may include ACT scores and high school back- Shawnee State catalog makes your decisions for ground information. registration much easier. Please contact the Student Success Center at Other advising services include prerequisite 740.351.3594 for more information about the checks, counseling at the time of complete English and mathematics placement tests. withdrawal, reentry procedures for those students who wish to return, the completion of Academic Improvement Plans, and orientation to the Orientation University. New student orientation is required of every degree-seeking student entering Shawnee State University. As a first-year or transfer student at Shawnee State, you are special to us and we ORIENTATION — 27 endeavor to provide information that is crucial to being successful in college. The orientation process includes skills assessment in mathematics, English, and reading for appropriate placement into your initial courses in mathematics and English. Advising and registration for your first quarter courses occurs during the orientation session. New student orientation also introduces you to the myriad of support services across campus. In and out of classroom success is vital during your college life. The Division of Student Affairs has committed to total student development by offering you the opportunity for personal and social growth. Orientation programs at Shawnee State provide you with an introduction to cocurricular activities. Student Orientation Leaders direct you throughout the session on student life, leadership programs, activities, and clubs and organizations that you can join. All sessions are fully interactive and allow you the opportunity to get answers to all of your questions and concerns. Sessions for entering first year and transfer students for fall term are held during spring quarter and throughout the summer. If you plan to enroll for winter or spring terms, a modified session is available during the term preceding your entry. For more information, please contact the Student Success Center at 740.351.3594. FEES & FINANCIAL AID FEES AND EXPENSES — 29 Fees and Quarterly Tuition Expenses Special Note Regarding Fees The fees listed below are current for the 2002- Registration fees are payable at the Bursar’s Office 2003 academic year for “new” students (first term prior to the opening of classes and in accordance of attendance — Summer 2002 or after). Current with instructions issued with your quarterly bill. fees for “continuing” students (first term of atten- For students registering during late registration, dance Spring 2002 or before) are available from the fees are assessed as part of the registration process Bursar’s Office or by accessing the SSU website — and are due at that time. If you make changes in www.shawnee.edu/offices/brsr/tuition.html. All your class schedule which result in an increase in fees are subject to change. Shawnee State University your fees, it is your responsibility to go to the reserves the right to make, without prior notice, Bursar’s Office to get a revised bill. No additional any fee adjustments that may become necessary. bills will be mailed to you as a result of dropping and adding classes. The Bursar’s Office is located on the second Reciprocity floor of the University Center. This places it near Students residing in the following Kentucky the Offices of the Registrar and Financial Aid and counties — Boyd, Carter, Elliott, Fleming, should make it easier for you to—in one place— Greenup, Lawrence, Lewis, Mason, Rowan — take care of the ‘‘business’’ of going to college. may attend Shawnee State at Ohio resident rates. Fees may be paid by cash, check, money order, This reduction in fees is the result of a reciprocity Visa, or MasterCard. It is important that you agreement made by several colleges and universi- retain all fee receipts. Payment of fees owed is a ties in the area. This fee structure is subject to prerequisite for continuing enrollment, and you possible modification or cancellation. should have sufficient funds (cash and/or financial aid) to cover expenses. Shawnee State University is not required to furnish services (registration, Full-Time Students (12-18 hours) transcripts, etc.) to a student with unpaid fees. Instructional Fee ...... $ 1,275.00 General Fee ...... 150.00 Student Load Technology Fee ...... 24.00 Students scheduled for 12-18 credit hours are Total Tuition (Ohio Resident) ...... 1,449.00 considered full-time students. Students scheduled Out-of-State Student Fee ...... 1,032.00 for fewer than 12 credit hours are considered part- Total Tuition (Out-of-State) ...... 2,481.00 time students. The permission of the registrar is required for you to schedule over 18 hours of credit. Please refer to the fee schedule for the rate Part-Time Students (Fees are per credit hour, up to 11 and above 18) per credit hour. Certain students are restricted from carrying a Instructional Fee ...... $ 106.25 course load greater than twelve hours. These stu- General Fee ...... 12.50 dents include first-time entering freshmen placed Technology Fee ...... 2.00 into two or more developmental education courses Total Fees per cr. hr. (Ohio Resident) . . 120.75 and any student placed on academic probation for a second consecutive quarter. A student affected Out-of-State Student Fee ...... 86.00 by this policy may appeal to the director of the Total Fees per cr. hr. (Out-of-State) . . . . 206.75 Student Success Center. In special cases, when this policy would jeopardize a student’s participation Miscellaneous Student Fees in a degree program, a department chairperson may also request to waive the twelve-hour limit. Bad Check ...... $ 35.00 Credit by Arrangement . . . . .(per cr. hr.) 155.00 Tuition ...... 105.00 Administrative Fee ...... 50.00 30 — FEES AND EXPENSES

Credit by Exam ...... 105.00 having adequate financial aid to pay the fees, or Education Field ...... 155.00 by withdrawing from Shawnee State University by Graduation Petition ...... 45.00 the published deadlines. Please review the SSU Graduation Re-Petition ...... 5.00 course schedule, published in advance of each Health Sciences Application ...... 17.00 quarter, for details. ID Card Replacement ...... 5.00 International Student Application . . . 50.00 Lab Fees ...... see below Short Term Loan Late Payment ...... 105.00 Shawnee State University provides a Short Term (Short Term Loan not selected) Loan (a payment plan option) that can help you Late Payments on Short Term Loan with the payment of tuition, books, and certain fees. (max. $90.00 per quarter) Information about the Short Term Loan is First Late Payment ...... 40.00 available in the Bursar’s Office. Second Late Payment ...... 25.00 Third Late Payment ...... 25.00 Parking Tag Replacement ...... 20.00 Bad Check Policy Private Music Lessons ...... 85.00 Payment of fees owed is a prerequisite to official Short Term Loan ...... 10.00 enrollment, and you should have sufficient funds Transcript ...... 5.00 (cash and/or financial aid) to cover these expenses. A check returned for insufficient funds is a Graduation Petition Fee federal offense and constitutes nonpayment of A graduation fee is required. You are not billed your obligation to Shawnee State University. for this fee. It is your responsibility to pay this Therefore, any student who has a check returned when you submit your petition to graduate. Your for insufficient funds shall be subject to all related eligibility to graduate is determined by the registrar fees; and, until the same is cleared, the student shall after you petition for graduation. See the above be considered in noncompliance with institutional list for the graduation fee. policy and may be administratively dismissed. Any student administratively dismissed due to Health Science Application Fee a bad check has no recourse for readmission for A nonrefundable health sciences program the current quarter. application fee must accompany all health science admission applications. Student Insurance Student health insurance coverage is available Lab Fees to all full-time students. If you wish to participate A current schedule of lab fees is available in the in this plan, please complete and return the Office of the Registrar. Formulas for the fees enrollment form along with your payment to the which exist at the time of this catalog’s printing insurance company. Enrollment forms may be are listed on page 186. picked up in the Bursar’s Office. Transcript Fee The University will produce an official transcript Refund of Fees upon written request from the student. See the Continuing students dropping hours through above list for the transcript fee. the fourteenth day of the quarter, when such changes result in a reduction of fees, are entitled to receive the reduction. Changes made after the Responsibility for Fees fourteenth day of the quarter result in no refund. A student may register for classes by submitting Students who officially withdraw/drop from a registration form in person or via the Web. With Shawnee State receive a refund, if due, based upon the act of registering, a student promises to pay all the following schedule. If you do not officially tuition and fees for the quarter. This financial withdraw or drop, you are not eligible for any obligation may only be discharged by paying in refund and fees assessed are due and payable. full, by choosing the Short Term Loan option, by ROOM AND BOARD — 31

Withdrawal/Drop Dates Carriage House Rates Full Quarter Triple Occupancy . . . . . per academic year $5,583.00 1 to 7 calendar days ...... 100% of Tuition ...... per quarter 1,861.00 8 to 14 calendar days ...... 90% of Tuition Double Occupancy (available as space permits) 15 calendar days ...... 0% of Tuition ...... per academic year $6,297.00 Five-Week Summer Sessions ...... per quarter 2,099.00 1 to 3 calendar days ...... 100% of Tuition 4 to 5 calendar days ...... 90% of Tuition Cedar House Rates 6 calendar days ...... 0% of Tuition Double Occupancy . . . . per academic year $5,928.00 ...... per quarter 1,976.00 Please Note: The five-week summer session Private Room (available as space permits) refund schedule applies to students registered only ...... per academic year 6,681.00 in a five-week session. If you take classes from both ...... per quarter 2,227.00 a full summer (ten-week) quarter and a five-week session, refunds are issued under the regular term University Townhouse Rates policy. Questions concerning the above information should be referred to the Bursar’s Office. Double Occupancy . . . . per academic year $5,583.00 Students wishing to see examples of these refund ...... per quarter 1,861.00 calculations may do so in the Financial Aid Office. Private Room (available as space permits) ...... per academic year 6,339.00 ...... per quarter 2,113.00 Late Payment Policy Please see the special note regarding fees on A late payment fee is assessed when you fail to page 29. make payment in accordance with the due dates established by the Bursar’s Office. Such fees are assessed in accordance with the fee schedule approved by the University’s Board of Trustees. Financial Aid An extensive financial aid program is available to help you meet the expenses of a college education. Room and Board The financial aid program is administered by the Financial Aid Office and includes four categories: Shawnee State University provides apartment-style scholarships, grants, loans, and employment. residence halls within walking distance of all campus facilities. Students living on campus have access to a full service, buffet-style cafeteria in the University Application Procedure Center. The fees listed below include the 2003-2004 To apply for federal assistance at Shawnee State rates for each residence facility on campus and a 15- University, you must complete and submit an meals-per week meal plan. original or renewal Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) form to the federal processor. Housing Application Fee ...... $ 150.00 First-time applicants, refundable (less a $35 Federal aid consists of the Pell Grant, the Supple- administration fee) if housing cancellation notice mental Educational Opportunity Grant (SEOG), is received 30 days prior to first day of summer, Federal Work Study, Stafford Student Loan, and winter, or spring quarters or prior to May 1 for the Parent Loan for Undergraduates. Forms may upcoming fall quarter be obtained from your high school counselor or Communications Fee ...... per quarter $ 68.00 the Financial Aid Office at Shawnee State. The telephone and internet services FAFSA should be submitted as early as possible beginning in January preceding the academic year. Campus View Rates Federal regulations and institutional policies are Double Occupancy . . . . per academic year $6,309.00 subject to change without prior notice, but the ...... per quarter 2,103.00 Financial Aid Office attempts to keep you updated Private Room (available as space permits) through various media on campus and with written ...... per academic year 7,134.00 notices. Therefore, it is very important that you ...... per quarter 2,378.00 update your permanent and local addresses with 32 — FINANCIAL AID the Office of the Registrar as necessary. Failure to talent. Please apply on-line or contact the Financial notify the University of address and name changes Aid Office if you are interested in applying for a can seriously delay your award and can be very scholarship. The deadline for scholarship applica- costly to you. tion is January 15. Your FAFSA should be submitted by February 15 for scholarship consideration. Eligibility Requirements Federal financial aid, Ohio Instructional Grants, Grants and institutional scholarships require that you be Federal Pell Grant. Pell Grant funds are fully admitted to a degree program. Federal aid also awarded based on expected family contribution, is available for approved study abroad programs. enrollment status, and the cost of education. Federal recipients must have a complete financial Federal Supplemental Educational aid file, including necessary verification documents, Opportunity Grant (SEOG). SEOG is a federal before funds will be awarded. grant awarded to undergraduate students on the Federal aid is available to full-time students and, basis of exceptional financial need beyond the Pell in lesser amounts, to part-time students. Eligible Grant. These funds are limited to the amount students enrolled for a less-than-half-time course allocated to the University by the U.S. Department load may receive Pell Grant funds. Full-time and of Education. First priority is given to students who part-time Ohio Instructional Grant funds are complete the FAFSA by March 1. awarded. Ohio Instructional Grant (OIG). The OIG Ohio residents are required to provide docu- is a state-funded grant made available to eligible mentation of residence, including Selective Service Ohio residents for meeting the cost of education. numbers for male students, to the Office of the All Ohio residents who complete the FAFSA will Registrar. Financial aid will not be disbursed until be considered. Ohio Instructional Grants can be this requirement is met. used for tuition only. Please Note: Under the OIG program, you must be enrolled in an eligible associate or bachelor Notification and Disbursement degree program. After your FAFSA needs analysis and other documents have been received and reviewed for Student Loans accuracy (verified if applicable), you are notified in writing of any award for which you are eligible. Federal Stafford Loan. The Federal Family If you are denied scholarships or grants, you are Education Loan Program (FFELP) includes subsi- encouraged to continue in the process to be dized and unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans. considered for supplemental forms of assistance The interest on a subsidized loan does not start to such as loans or employment. accrue until you graduate, drop below half time, Disbursement dates and procedures vary or withdraw from school. The federal government depending on the type of assistance. Generally, pays the interest for you while you are in school. financial aid awards are credited toward your Payment of principal and interest does not begin account each quarter. When your grants and until six months after you leave school, and you scholarships are greater than your university have up to 10 years to repay the loan. charges, you are issued a refund, in the form of a You may also be awarded an unsubsidized check, approximately three weeks after the quarter Stafford loan. Interest on this loan is not govern- starts and weekly thereafter. Loan balances are ment subsidized; interest begins accruing at the returned to you by check after your scheduled time the loan is disbursed. You may choose to pay disbursement dates. the interest while you are in school or have the interest added to the principal loan amount (capitalized). As with the subsidized Stafford loan, Scholarships payment of principal begins six months after you leave school and you have up to 10 years to repay The Financial Aid Office administers a number the loan. of special scholarships for students who demonstrate a high degree of academic ability or special EMPLOYMENT — 33

DEPENDENT UNDERGRADUATE STUDENT Employment Freshman (0-44 hours) $ 2,625 Sophomore (45-89 hours) $ 3,500 Federal Work Study (FWS). The FWS Junior/Senior (90+ hours) $ 5,500 program is available to students who demonstrate financial need through the completion of the INDEPENDENT UNDERGRADUATE STUDENT FAFSA. All vacant positions are posted on SSU’s (Loan limits also apply to dependent undergraduate students College Work-Study web page at www.shawnee.edu/ whose parents were denied a PLUS loan.) prospective/financial. It is the student’s responsi- Freshman (0-44 hours) $ 6,625 bility to secure an interview. You must stop by the Sophomore (45-89 hours) $ 7,500 Financial Aid Office to obtain an “Authorization Junior/Senior (90+ hours) $10,500 to Hire” form before being interviewed. Federal PLUS Loan. Additional opportunities You are paid in accordance with current policy to borrow are available through the Federal Parent and, in most cases, work 10-20 hours per week. Loan for Undergraduate Students (PLUS) program. You are paid, based on the number of hours Students should apply for, and finalize, a Stafford worked, every two weeks with the regular univer- loan before applying for a PLUS loan because a sity payroll. Funding for FWS is limited, and first PLUS loan could reduce the Stafford loan amount priority for open positions is given to students for which a student is eligible. (For most families, who complete the FAFSA by March 1. Indicate the terms of a Stafford loan are more attractive on the FAFSA that you are interested in a job. You than those of a PLUS loan.) may apply for work-study throughout the year in PLUS loans allow parents to borrow up to the the Office of Financial Aid and will be placed on a full cost of education minus other financial aid job availability basis. (including the unsubsidized Stafford loan). PLUS Student Employment. Regular student loans are not dependent upon your family’s income employment is available to all full-time university or assets; however, a credit check is required. No students, regardless of financial need, on the basis collateral or cosigners are required. of current openings. Please contact the Office of The Federal PLUS Loan must be used for Career Services for further details. educational expenses at the school the student is or will be attending. Repayment begins in 60 days at a variable interest rate each academic year. The Veterans, State Programs parent borrower is responsible for all interest from Veterans and students receiving assistance the day the loan is disbursed. through approved state agency programs (Voca- tional Rehabilitation, National Guard, etc.) should Please Note: Loan applications can be obtained contact the Financial Aid Office for assistance from the Financial Aid Office. First-year, first-time with course and attendance requirements and borrowers cannot receive Federal Stafford funds tuition payment. until successful completion of 30 days of their first quarter. If you withdraw from the University, you are not eligible for your next quarter’s loan check Standards of Satisfactory and you must reapply if you wish to continue receiving student loan funds. Progress for Federal Financial Aid for Applicants and Recipients Student Emergency Loan Fund. The Bursar’s Federal legislation requires Shawnee State Office makes available to students, on a limited University to define and enforce Standards of basis, small, short-term loans for direct or related Academic Progress for students receiving federal educational expenses. These loans are interest free, financial aid. Failure to meet these requirements but if not paid back, your academic records will will result in the loss of federal aid until action is be placed on administrative hold. taken to regain eligibility. This policy is established for students who are receiving financial aid from one or more of the following programs: (1) Federal Pell Grant, (2) Federal Supplemental Educational 34 — ACADEMIC PROGRESS

Opportunity Grant (SEOG), (3) Federal Work count as hours attempted. Total hours attempted Study, (4) Federal Stafford Loan, and (5) Federal may include no more than 45 quarter hours of PLUS Loan. developmental education credits. Hours Earned/Hours Passed: Successful Standards Requirements completion is measured by the number of “hours passed’’ recorded on the student’s academic Maintain Grade Point Average transcript at the end of the evaluation period. Students must meet the grade point average Academic Year: For purposes of measurement requirements as defined in the ‘‘Academic Policies’’ of progress, academic year is defined as enrollment section of the current Shawnee State University during any or all of the following quarters: summer, catalog. The student’s cumulative grade point fall, winter, and spring. average will be reviewed quarterly to ensure the Enrollment Status: Federal financial aid following: recipients must be enrolled in approved degree or certificate programs. Credit Hrs. Attempted GPA Stafford Student Loans: In addition to the Up to 40 1.00 progress requirements listed above, federal regula- 41-55 1.30 tions require that students progress from one grade 56-65 1.55 level to the next before they are eligible to receive 66-75 1.80 additional loan amounts. Students in associate 76-85 1.90 degree programs may be certified for loans only at 86 and above 2.00 the freshman and sophomore levels. Enrollment in a Second Degree: Students Complete 66% of Attempted Credit Hours seeking federal financial assistance and pursuing a Satisfactory progress will be evaluated quarterly. second associate or second bachelor degree must Following the first quarter for which the student submit a degree audit signed by their academic fails to meet minimum credit hour requirements, advisor so that progress within the second program the student will receive a financial aid probation may be measured. This form is also used to deter- letter. Following the second consecutive quarter, mine grade level for federal loan certifications. financial aid will be terminated. Students who receive the following grades are considered to have Failure to Maintain Satisfactory Progress attempted those credit hours: withdrawals (WD), Students who fail the grade (qualitative) portion incomplete (I), no credit (NC), failure (F), not of the requirement are notified of their probation, reported (NR), and all passing grades (A, B, C, D, or dismissal status by the Office of the Registrar. P). Course repetitions (R) count as hours attempted. The first time a student does not complete successfully the hours passed (quantitative measure), Complete Your Degree Within a Specified Time he or she is placed on financial aid probation. The (150% of Graduation Requirements) deficiency must be satisfied in the next quarter of The financial aid regulations permit a student attendance. The probationary status, for students to use financial aid until the student has attempted who continue to have a marginal deficiency at the 150 percent of graduation requirements. Bachelor end of the initial probationary period, may be degree students are eligible to receive federal aid extended. If the student does not achieve the through the quarter in which they attempt to earn required number of credit hours at the end of the their 279th credit hour. Associate degree students probationary, or extended probationary, period, he are eligible to receive federal aid through the or she is suspended from financial aid. quarter in which they attempt or earn their 135th credit hour. Suspension Due to Non-Attendance Federal regulations require adjustment of Additional Definitions and Explanations financial aid awards for students who do not begin Attempted: “Cumulative number of hours” are attendance in all classes upon which the awards the total hours attempted at Shawnee State Uni- were based. Adjustments are based on registrar versity during all enrollment periods, irrespective records, including add/drop and withdrawal of receiving financial aid. Course repetitions (R) forms. Students are required to repay adjustment ACADEMIC PROGRESS — 35 amounts. Students who do not meet repayment Services’ staff to receive study skills and tutoring terms are suspended from financial aid. (See assistance. appeal section.) Students who withdraw from courses after the official add/drop period and students who receive Reinstatement of Financial Aid grades of F, W, NC, R, and I greatly increase their Unless eligibility is reinstated through appeal, potential for failing to meet the progress requirement. students remain ineligible until that time when they are again in compliance with the standards. It is the responsibility of students seeking reinstatement to request the Financial Aid Office to review their records when they believe they are again in compliance with the requirement.

Appeals Students may appeal to the director of financial aid. Students must submit a letter explaining the reason(s) for the failure and may be required to submit a degree audit from the student’s advisor or other supporting documentation. If the director denies the appeal, the student may request, in writing, that the appeal be reviewed by the Financial Aid Advisory Committee.

Extenuating Circumstances Regarding Appeals The major acceptable circumstances for making an appeal are the documented personal illness of the student, serious illness or death of an immediate family member (mother, father, sister, brother, husband, wife, child, legal guardian), or enrollment in a bachelor’s program requiring more than 186 credit hours or an associate program requiring more than 90 credit hours. The maximum number of credit hours attempted is considered to be adequate and fair under the progress policy. Change of major field of study, completion of developmental courses, or transfer of credits normally are not considered satisfactory grounds for appeal for additional time, but such appeals may be submitted using the process indicated above. Unacceptable circumstances for appeals are: continued enrollment while seeking admission to an academic program (i.e., health science) or the prior nonreceipt of Title IV aid since this is irrelevant to maintaining satisfactory progress in the course of study.

Comments about the Progress Requirement Students are encouraged to work with their academic advisors, the Student Success Center, the counseling center staff, and Student Support ACADEMIC POLICIESAND PROGRAMS ACADEMIC POLICIES — 37

catalog in place at the time of return to SSU. A student has the right to petition the academic Academic department that offers his or her major for a change in catalog. A student also has the right to Policies and request course substitutions and waivers of requirements. Waiver and/or substitution of a required course Programs or courses must comply with SSU “Guidelines Regarding Waivers and Substitutions of Required Courses.” Copies of these guidelines are available Academic Integrity from the dean’s office, College of Professional Students at Shawnee State University are required Studies; the dean’s office, College of Arts and to do their own work on all tests and assignments. Sciences; or the Office of the Registrar. Any form of cheating may result in your being Finally, it is important to note the following withdrawn from a particular course or courses, as statement printed on the inside cover of this catalog: well as possible dismissal from the University. (See “These requirements are subject to change prior to Student Handbook.) graduation in order to comply with federal, state, and accreditation requirements. Shawnee State University reserves the right to make changes in its programs, Grading/Awarding of Credit policies, and procedures prior to your graduation, Final grades are mailed at the end of each quarter which you will be required to meet unless specifically by the Office of the Registrar. Grades will not be exempted from the changes.” issued orally. Grade Description Quality Points Class Ranking AExcellent ...... 4.00 A- ...... 3.67 Student class ranking is determined by your B+ ...... 3.33 cumulative credit hours earned and your degree BGood...... 3.00 program (please note the following chart). Non- B- ...... 2.67 degree seeking students do not possess class rank. C+ ...... 2.33 CAverage ...... 2.00 Degree Program Class Rank Cumulative Hrs. Earned C- ...... 1.67 D+ ...... 1.33 Associate Freshman ...... 0 - 44 DPoor ...... 1.00 Associate Sophomore ...... 45 - no upper limit D- ...... 0.67 Baccalaureate Freshman ...... 0 - 44 FFailing ...... 0.00 Baccalaureate Sophomore ...... 45 - 89 TC Transfer Credit ...... 0.00 Baccalaureate Junior ...... 90 - 134 KE Credit by Exam...... 0.00 Baccalaureate Senior ...... 135 - no upper limit NC No Credit ...... 0.00 WD Withdrawal ...... 0.00 IIncomplete ...... 0.00 PPass ...... 0.00 Incomplete Grades AP Advanced Placement ...... 0.00 AU Audit...... 0.00 If you are unable to attend class for an extended NR No Report...... 0.00 period of time, you may contact the faculty member A grade of F receives no credit. Students making this responsible for the class to request an incomplete grade must repeat the course if credit is to be received. grade. Incompletes must be converted to a grade 30 calendar days after the quarter or they are recorded as Fs. This 30-day period begins the day Catalog Rights after the last day of the quarter. The academic requirements and policies that a student must follow are determined by the course catalog in place at the time of initial registration at Administrative Hold Shawnee State University. If a student fails to With the approval of the registrar, an adminis- enroll for four consecutive quarters, he or she must trative hold may be placed on the records or follow requirements and policies in the course accounts of any student who fails to comply in a 38 — ACADEMIC POLICIES reasonable period of time with an obligation Dean’s List/President’s List imposed under university rules or who has an overdue debt or fine. An administrative hold will Full-time students (12 or more hours per quarter) cause certain services to be withheld, including, but who achieve a 3.5 to 3.99 grade point average are not limited to: obtaining current quarter grades, placed on the Dean’s List for that quarter. Full-time registering or enrolling, being certified as eligible students who achieve a 4.00 grade point average to obtain a degree or certificate, receiving a tran- are placed on the President’s List for that quarter. script, borrowing books or equipment, or being certified to be eligible to participate in athletics. Pass/No-Credit Policy The unit originating an administrative hold on your records or accounts will notify you in writing The pass/no-credit option is designed to permit of the obligation that is overdue by providing you to take a select number of courses for which another itemized bill or list of action requested, no traditional letter grade (of A through F) is specifying when the administrative hold will recorded on your grade report and transcript. If become effective, whom you should contact for you wish to take a course on a pass/no-credit additional information, and how you should basis, you must complete the proper forms at the contact this person. registrar’s office within the first 14 calendar days Any disputes concerning the legitimacy of the of a regular quarter or the first 7 calendar days of hold or its processing will be resolved by the registrar. a 5-week term. Your decision to take a class on a pass/no-credit basis is not subject to change. To be eligible for the pass/no-credit option, you Academic Assessment must have earned a cumulative G.P.A. of 2.0 or The value of an educational degree is directly better. First quarter freshmen are considered as related to the reputation of the university that having met the above requirement. awards it. For this reason, students on our campus The pass/no-credit option is subject to the are given the unique opportunity to actively par- following restrictions: ticipate in academic assessment. The feedback •You may complete up to 8 quarter hours to be provided through assessment leads to changes that counted toward an associate degree or 16 quarter assure and maintain the quality and value of the hours to be counted toward a baccalaureate academic programs at Shawnee State University. degree under this option. Formal assessment testing, portfolio review, •You may take only one (1) course pass/no-credit surveys, and exit interviews allow the University to per quarter. assess the strengths and weaknesses of our programs. And, for all its benefits, the process actually •Applicability of courses taken pass/no-credit requires a minimal amount of your time. toward your major program of study is subject All students—except for transfer students and to departmental approval. those classified as special nondegree students (see •To receive a grade of P (pass), you must earn a page 21 of this catalog)—are required to complete grade of C- or better in the course. If you do the Academic Profile twice. The first time is during not receive a grade of C- or better, a grade of your first quarter—before your grades are issued— NC (no credit) is awarded. and the second time is prior to your graduation. •A grade will be turned in at the regular grade- Special nondegree students are not required to processing time and will be converted to a P or participate. Please note: the Academic Profile is not NC on the transcript by the Office of the the same test as Placement Testing (see page 26). Registrar. You must complete the Academic Profile during the quarter you are completing your degree or certificate or are enrolled in Senior Seminar in Credit by Examination order to receive your degree or certificate. Students have the opportunity to earn credit By measuring what you’ve learned as well as for selected courses offered at Shawnee State Uni- what you can do with what you’ve learned, assess- versity via proficiency examinations. If you have ment helps you monitor your own progress, and it prior training, innate skills, extensive preparation, leads to changes that benefit future Shawnee State or experience, you may qualify to attempt the students and the University as a whole. examination. You should first secure the advice of ACADEMIC POLICIES — 39 your advisor or program director as to its appro- Credit awarded for military educational experiences priateness for your program of study. Then, final does not apply toward the residency requirement for approval must be obtained from the appropriate graduation. Please contact the Office of Transfer chairperson, program director, or dean. Please Placement for more information. note that only selected courses are available ‘‘by examination.’’ Prerequisites A fee is charged for course credit by examination and must be submitted prior to attempting Most learning beyond basic skills is dependent the examination. A ‘‘KE’’ symbol, indicating upon the mastery of some prior skill or subject ‘‘credit by exam,’’ is recorded on the academic content. As a result, many courses at the University transcript of those students who demonstrate require the satisfaction of prerequisites prior to proficiency by passing the exam. Credit earned by course enrollment. Prerequisites may be met by examination is not included in the calculation of successful completion of the prior courses listed or your cumulative grade point ratio. You are not by placement, via testing, into the course. eligible to attempt a proficiency examination for a The academic division/school may request that course in which you have been enrolled for 20 a student be withdrawn from a course for which class days or more. prerequisites have not been satisfied. Credit hours awarded by examination do not apply toward the residency requirement for Repeating Coursework graduation. Courses may be repeated for credit if so identified in the course description located elsewhere in College Level Examination this catalog. Courses may also be repeated for other Program (CLEP) purposes (e.g., attempt to raise grade), but only the highest grade earned and the associated credit Students may be awarded credit for College will be reflected in your GPA (grade point average). Level Examinations taken under the College The lower course grade will be replaced by the Entrance Examination Board. If you take the symbol R, indicating the course was repeated. general examinations in English composition, While most courses are eligible for repetition, mathematics, natural sciences, humanities, social the following transcript symbols cannot be removed sciences, and history and achieve the recommended by subsequent course repetition: WD, AP, P, KE, scores of the Commission on Educational Credit NC, AU, TC (please note Grading/Awarding of and Credentials of the American Council on Credit section on page 37 of this catalog). Education (ACE), you are given KE credit for the first sequential course in the above areas. Many subject examinations may be used to Grade Appeals earn KE credit for courses in the same subject If you question a grade in a particular course, areas, but you must achieve recommended ACE you must contact the faculty member or the scores to receive credit. academic department responsible for the class for Credit given through the College Level information on the grade appeal process. Examination Program does not apply toward the residency requirement for graduation. Grade Point Average For more information regarding taking a CLEP exam, contact the Student Success Center. Quality points for a course are determined by multiplying the total credit hours by the numerical equivalent of the letter grade received in the course. Credit for Military The formula for calculating grade point average is:

Educational Experiences Total Quality Points =Grade Point Average Credit may be awarded for military educational Total Division Hours experiences. The Guide to the Evaluation of Educational Experiences in the Armed Forces, published by the American Council on Education, is used to determine possible college credit eligibility. 40 — ACADEMIC POLICIES

Academic Probation to 18 credit hours toward graduation in this manner, with all credit being considered resident A student achieving a grade point average of credit, but you are limited to eight hours of credit 1.5 or less for any quarter is placed on academic by arrangement per quarter. Students enrolling in probation for the following quarter provided the a course by arrangement have until the date grades cumulative grade average does not fall below that are due the following quarter to have all work required to remain enrolled. completed in the course. Credit hours attempted/earned via this option Fresh Start do not count toward full-time student status except in the computation of federal financial aid The Fresh Start policy allows former students eligibility. See the fee schedule for course by with poor grades and other circumstances to reenter arrangement fees. All fees must be paid prior to the University and have prior grades disregarded the beginning of the course. for GPA computation purposes. For details, please contact the Office of the Registrar. Internship Guidelines Academic Suspension/Dismissal Guidelines for internship have been established by faculty for those programs which require Students are academically suspended when their internship as part of their graduation requirements. cumulative grade point average falls below that If internship is a part of the program in which you listed for each category of credit hours attempted: are enrolled, you are urged to request a copy of the guidelines from your faculty advisor. Credit Hrs. Attempted <40 41-55 56-65 66-75 76-85 86+ GPA 1.00 1.30 1.55 1.80 1.90 2.00 or below or below or below or below or below or below Faculty Advising An academically suspended student may reenroll Academic advising is intended to help you with on “academic warning status” after two quarters. A your immediate academic concerns. Toward that second suspension results in academic dismissal. end, advising is provided to degree-seeking students “Academic dismissal” is the permanent withdrawal by faculty advisors. of the privilege of enrollment and attendance. Faculty members will meet with you by appointment, and each faculty member has available hours posted near his or her office. Audit (Non-Credit) Undecided students, pre-health science students, You may elect to take a course for non-credit and students who place into two or more develop- (audit) during the first 35 class days of a quarter mental courses (math and/or English) are guided (17 days of the 5-week summer sessions) by com- by Student Success Center advisors. pleting the proper forms in the Office of the Registrar. Election of this option may affect federal Faculty Expectations and financial aid eligibility. Responsibilities Faculty expect regular and punctual attendance Course Credit by Arrangement at all classes. Attendance policy for individual Students have the opportunity to fulfill require- classes is made by the faculty member responsible ments for selected courses offered at Shawnee State for the class. Grades are also controlled by the University via independent study or specially faculty member responsible for the class. arranged instruction. If you are interested in In the event that a faculty member is not present pursuing this educational option, you should first at the normal time class begins, you are to remain secure the advice of your faculty advisor as to its in the classroom an additional 15 minutes. If the appropriateness for your program of study. You class meets once a week for 3 to 5 hours, you should then contact the appropriate dean, director, must remain in the classroom for 45 minutes. If or chairperson. This individual, after consultation the faculty member has not arrived or no special with appropriate faculty, makes a determination as instructions have been received within that time, to the feasibility of your request. You may earn up you may leave class without penalty. ACADEMIC POLICIES — 41

All faculty members post office hours during forms. Faculty members are notified by the college which they are available to discuss individual dean of these emergency withdrawals. problems relating to your academic progress. You are encouraged to take full advantage of your academic advisors. They want to see you succeed. Withdrawing Completely Should your circumstances warrant a complete withdrawal from the University, you must contact Visitors to Class the Office of the Registrar to complete the proper Students planning to bring a visitor to a class forms. The staff will direct you to the Student with them are asked to obtain the permission of Success Center where proper information is given the faculty member responsible for the class in regarding the possible academic and financial aid advance of the visit. ramifications of complete withdrawal. Many times, staff in the Success Center can provide alternatives so that departure can be avoided. It is never Bringing Children to or Leaving advisable to withdraw from the University without Children at the University first speaking to a representative from the Success Children are welcome at the University, with Center. Additionally, reentry into the University is you, at any family event. However, please do not made more convenient for you by the Center’s bring children to the University and leave them staff. You will automatically receive subsequent unattended while you are in class or at another quarter schedules with an invitation to register. university-related event. The University cannot be Grades for scheduled classes are recorded as responsible for children who are left unattended. withdrawals (WD). See the fee schedule for our refund policy. If you do not follow the withdrawal procedure, Adding a Class you are considered enrolled in the class and are You may add a class to your schedule through graded accordingly. the first five class days of the quarter (three days of a five-week summer session) by completing a Transcripts/Grade Reports registration form in the Office of the Registrar. Each quarter you receive a grade report that includes grades achieved that quarter. Please Dropping a Class contact the registrar within 30 days of receiving You may withdraw from a class through the the grade report if you discover an error. seventh calendar day of the quarter by completing You may request transcripts from the Office of the proper form (or its electronic counterpart) in the Registrar. Requests for official transcripts must the Office of the Registrar. During the first seven be in writing and addressed to the Office of the calendar days, if class withdrawal affects fees, a Registrar. Refer to the “Fees and Expenses” section refund is possible. Any withdrawal after the seventh of this catalog for the transcript fee. calendar day results in a WD being placed on Shawnee State University is not required to your academic record. Withdrawing from courses furnish a transcript to any student whose financial may affect Title IV student financial aid funds. obligation to the University has not been satisfied. Please read the Financial Aid Satisfactory Progress section on pages 33 through 35 of this catalog. Graduation Requirements You may withdraw from a class the 8th through 49th calendar days of the quarter by obtaining the In addition to the specific requirements listed signature of the instructor on a form obtained by the individual divisions, the following are from the Office of the Registrar. The form must general graduation requirements for all students at be returned to the Office of the Registrar. Shawnee State University: In case of emergency, as determined by the • Baccalaureate Degrees—A minimum of 186 college dean, you may withdraw from a class after credit hours, including the 48 credit hours of the 49th calendar day, but no later than 5:00 p.m. the General Education Program. on the final day of class, by obtaining permission Associate Degrees—A minimum of 90 credit from the college dean and completing appropriate hours. 42 — HONORS PROGRAM

•A minimum of a 2.0 cumulative grade point supportive environment which nourishes their average for all courses taken at Shawnee State intellectual, social, and creative growth. University and in your major field of study. Honors Classes. The Honors Program •A minimum of 60 credit hours in the major requires 20 hours of special Honors sections of field of study (baccalaureate’s degrees). general education requirements. In addition, •Petition for graduation in accordance with the Honors Students are required to take one Honors rules prescribed by the University. Symposium. Symposia focus upon subject matter and texts not typically taught in other courses, •Receive recommendations of faculty in academic and which not only challenge the students intel- major. lectually, but also give them insight into significant • Complete a minimum of 30 hours of credit for thinkers, ideas, or historical eras. the associate degree or 45 hours of credit for Other Activities. The Honors Program the baccalaureate in residence at Shawnee State organizes special trips, outings, and activities for University. Honors Students that are both academic and Students having outstanding institutional bills or social in nature. notes are not issued a degree. You must petition to graduate by the deadline published in the calendar. Petitions are available in the Office of the Registrar. Honors Program Admission Policy Graduation with Honors Honors applicants qualify for admission if their Students entering SSU prior to the 1997-98 academic standing places them in one or more of academic year. Students who achieve a cumulative the following categories. grade point average of 3.25-3.49 prior to the •Incoming full-time freshmen whose scores on quarter of graduation are graduated cum laude. the ACT or SAT provide evidence of high Students who have achieved a cumulative grade academic potential; point average of 3.50-3.74 prior to the quarter of •Incoming full-time freshmen who are (a) in the graduation are graduated magna cum laude. upper 10 percent of their high school graduating Students who achieve a cumulative grade point class, or (b) in the upper 10 percent of the average of 3.75 or above prior to the quarter of incoming freshman class; graduation are graduated summa cum laude. Students entering SSU during the 1997-98 •Current full-time Shawnee State University academic year and thereafter. Students who students who have completed at least 40 credit achieve a cumulative grade point average of 3.5-3.74 hours and have earned a cumulative GPA of 3.5 prior to the quarter of graduation are graduated or higher. This includes associate degree students cum laude. Students who have achieved a cumula- who decide to obtain a baccalaureate degree. tive grade point average of 3.75-3.89 prior to the quarter of graduation are graduated magna cum laude. Students who achieve a cumulative grade Requirements for Honors point average of 3.9 or above prior to the quarter Program Graduation of graduation are graduated summa cum laude. Satisfactory completion of the 20 hours of general education requirements specifically designated as Honors Courses and the Honors Symposium Honors Program qualify a student for graduation from the Honors Shawnee State University has designed its Honors Program. Honors students must maintain a Program for students with exceptional academic cumulative GPA of 3.25 or higher to remain in ability and curiosity. The courses designated as the Honors Program. fulfilling the Honors Program give these students For further information about the Honors unique opportunities for reflection, discussion, and Program, please contact Dr. Clifford Poirot, director, investigation while also fulfilling certain standard Honors Program, Commons Building, room 125 graduation requirements. The program brings or phone 740.351.3396. these students together in a challenging but GRADUATE CENTER — 43

Graduate Center For More Information Shawnee State University’s Graduate Center John H. Lorentz, Ph.D., Director provides busy professionals and community resi- Center for International Programs and Activities dents with a means of achieving their educational Shawnee State University goals within close proximity to their homes and 940 Second Street places of employment. In partnership with other Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344 universities, graduate classes leading to master’s Phone: 740.351.3127 degrees are offered on the Shawnee State University Fax: 740.351.3153 campus. Most courses are taught by these universi- E-mail: [email protected] ties in the evenings or on weekends, using various Web Site: www.shawnee.edu/acad/cipa/cip.htm modes of delivery, including interactive video and in-person instruction. International Relations Degree Shawnee State is currently developing two master’s degree programs in occupational therapy Located academically in the Department of and education. Social Sciences in the College of Arts and Sciences, For more information or to inquire about the the bachelor of arts with a major in international status of these new programs or about graduate relations examines the nature of the global econ- studies in general, please call the Graduate Center omy, communications, politics, and cultures; the at 740.351.3177. consequences of environmental interdependence among regions of the world; and the unfolding of a variety of other crossborder issues. The BA in international relations provides its graduates with Center for International the conceptual and substantive tools necessary to function more advantageously and effectively in a Programs and Activities “shrinking” world. Shawnee State University welcomes students from many cultures. The Center for International International Study Programs Programs and Activities (CIPA) is designed to help our international students fully participate in their To give you an opportunity to broaden your foreign study experience, the University sponsors college experience. The CIPA director coordinates international awareness and exchange programs, as campus services and programming which enhance well as travel and language study abroad. Shawnee our international students' social and academic State also takes great pride in the international success. Working in conjunction with various faculty who teach at the University. These faculty, campus offices, CIPA assures that our international and the students we welcome from other countries, students find individual attention specific to their share their international perspectives every day concerns and to their own life, educational, and and enrich the lives of everyone in the Shawnee career goals. State academic community. International programs The Center’s mission is to provide Shawnee at Shawnee State may take many forms: courses State University's students and its community taught by university faculty, courses at foreign with opportunities to appreciate different values educational institutions, field studies, internships, and cultures around the world. These experiences and student exchange programs. On occasion, the prepare our students for the increasingly global University sponsors an International Awareness nature of society, encourage their understanding of Week and hosts visiting foreign scholars and other people, and enable them to contribute to lecturers. In order for its students to benefit from the well being of our world community. On a variety of international study options, Shawnee behalf of Shawnee State University, the Center for State University has established sister-university International Programs and Activities fosters and agreements with the Zhejiang University of promotes international understanding and global Technology in China, with James I University in perspective to the university community and the Spain, and with the University of Applied Science region served by Shawnee State. in Zittau, Germany. If you are interested in an international exchange opportunity, you should 44 — ACADEMIC SUPPORT plan early, consulting with your faculty advisor and with the director of the Center for International Developmental Programs and Activities. Education If you lack college-level academic skills in basic English, mathematics, or science, you may choose Academic Support or be advised to take developmental courses in these areas. Furthermore, in instances where placement Supplemental Instruction (SI) test outcomes indicate an explicit need for college The Student Success Center, in conjunction with preparatory coursework, you are required to take selected academic departments, offers supplemental certain developmental courses before registering instruction (SI) on a course-by-course basis. for some university courses. Facilitated by student leaders under the direction Developmental courses provide underprepared students an opportunity to gain the skills and of a faculty member and the Student Success knowledge necessary to attempt college-level course- Center, SI is intended to help students understand work. They are intended for students who have course material presented by faculty and to augment had no background in a subject (e.g., biology and in-class activities. Contact the Student Success physics), inadequate preparation in a subject (e.g., Center or academic department chairperson for mathematics, writing, reading), or have been away more information. from school and need review. Credit hours earned in developmental courses, excluding UNIV 101 Tutoring and 102, cannot apply toward degree requirements. The Departments of Arts and Humanities and The Student Success Center offers peer tutoring Mathematical Sciences offer the following courses. to students who may be experiencing difficulty Their descriptions are found in the ‘‘Course with their courses. If you need help understanding Description’’ section of this catalog, beginning on course concepts or completing assignments, you page 183. can request a peer tutor. If you would like to be a tutor, you must be recommended by faculty from BIOL 099 Fundamental Biology the discipline and must have received no lower ENGL 095 Basic Writing 1: Mechanics than a B in the course. Interested students should ENGL 097 Reading Development 1 apply at the Student Success Center. ENGL 098 Reading Development 2 ENGL 099 Basic Writing 2: Parag. and Essays MATH 099 Fundamental Mathematics Computer Labs PHYS 099 Fundamental Physics The Student Success Center is home to the UNIV 101 Academic Development Skills largest open computer lab at Shawnee State UNIV 102 Personal Development Skills University. There are nearly ninety computers dedicated for student use and networked via a Windows NT server, which allows for quick, Clark Memorial Library user-friendly access to e-mail, OhioLink, and Opened in 1991, but designed for the 21st World Wide Web browsing. Century, the Clark Memorial Library, a charter All the computers in the Student Success Center member of OhioLINK, offers high tech library are connected to one of three Hewlett-Packard laser options in relaxed, friendly surroundings. Com- jet printers. Two scanners, one color and one black fortable seating for reading and study, conference and white, are also available for students to scan rooms for group work, seminar rooms with satellite either graphics or text, which can be manipulated and Web technology for teleconferencing and other similar to a regular word processing program. In distance learning activities, and a 350-seat lecture addition to the printers mentioned above, a color hall provide for a diverse range of student needs. laser jet is also available for student use. There is a Printers, scanners, and computers (PC and Macin- minimal fee for printing color prints. tosh) loaded with software for wordprocessing/ spreadsheets/databases, presentation packages, LIBRARY — 45 e-mail, and Web applications allow students to accomplish many different activities within the Library. Reference and information counter staff are always present and ready to personally assist any student who wants help locating information or using the Library’s resources. On-line catalogs and research databases, accessible in the Library and across campus, can also be used from homes, schools, and businesses across the region around the clock. Seventeen thousand ebooks and 10,000 magazines, journals, and newspapers, in electronic full text, augment the Library’s hard copy collections. Multimedia, streaming video, audiovisual materials, and production facilities complement Clark Memorial Library’s traditional print collections. To supplement local cataloged resources, students can order, electronically and at no cost, virtually any of the millions of items available in the OhioLINK system. An intercampus circuit of pickup and delivery assures that items requested from other campuses will be available for checkout at the Clark Memorial Library Circulation Counter within three working days. And, as a member of the U.S. Government Depository program, the Clark Memorial Library also provides not only government documents in print but also Web access to many government resources. Clark Memorial Library shares the University mission statement and recognizes the importance of knowledge, values, and cultural enrichment. The library program is committed to collaborating with faculty to provide undergraduates an education that fosters competence in oral and written communication, scientific and quantitative reasoning, and critical analysis/logical thinking. Library staff promote information literacy and are committed to helping students gain “the ability to access, evaluate, and use information from a variety of sources.” Service to the library user is a high priority whether the user is in the library to research for a class assignment or logging into the library website to link to one of the numerous online reference resources. STUDENT DEVELOPMENT ATHLETICS — 47

opportunity for every individual to participate in some activity of his or her own choosing. Intramural Athletics activities are organized on a team and individual Shawnee State University’s philosophy holds basis so that everyone can participate. Ability is that there is more to learning than academics. not the issue; the only requirement is a desire to Besides attending classes, every student has the participate. opportunity to participate in recreational or athletic activities, which at Shawnee State are intercollegiate, intramural, or individual in nature. You may review the annual report disclosing ‘‘Equity in Athletics,’’ Bookstore which is available in the athletic office and the office of the vice president for student affairs. The Shawnee State University Bookstore operates on a self-serve basis for the convenience of students, faculty, staff, and the public at large. The Bookstore Intercollegiate Athletics provides the textbooks and supplies necessary to Intercollegiate athletics at Shawnee State Uni- complete required coursework and also makes versity promotes the education and development available items such as calculators, computer of student athletes through athletic participation. supplies, swimming and racquetball equipment, The athletic department shares the University’s art and drafting supplies, gift items, and a wide commitment to high standards and embraces the selection of imprinted campus wear. concept of the student athlete. Educational development is the central focus of the department. We believe that a learning experience is not confined to the classroom or laboratory, but is a combination of your total college experience. Children’s That’s why our athletic program is viewed as a cocurricular activity and, as such, is considered an Learning Center educational experience. Students are involved in our athletic programs as student athletes, student The Children's Learning Center (CLC) is a assistant coaches, statisticians, trainers, managers, preschool operated in conjunction with Shawnee cheerleaders, and ushers. The goal of the Shawnee State University. The director and members of the State Athletic Department is to insure that the CLC staff serve as adjunct faculty for the Depart- intercollegiate athletic experience is one from ment of Teacher Education. Preschool teachers hold which our students can learn and grow. a minimum of a bachelor's degree with expertise Athletic policies at Shawnee State conform to in the field of early childhood education, and the National Association of Intercollegiate Athletics teacher assistants are enrolled as full-time students (NAIA). Currently, Shawnee State fields teams in in teacher education licensure programs. men’s and women’s basketball, cross country, and The Center serves the University and community. soccer; men’s golf and baseball; and women’s Academic Support The CLC is an important volleyball, softball, and tennis. The University’s resource for SSU students enrolled in two-year and intercollegiate athletic teams are affiliated with the four-year early childhood programs. Pre-service American Mideast Conference (AMC). teachers observe and interact with children as part of their required coursework. Clinical work may Intramural Sports consist of field experiences, practicums, or internships in a specified area of study. Competitive sports and recreational activities are a desirable part of your educational program. A Community Resource As a model early Through participation, you develop an appreciation childhood site, the CLC may be the only point of of the worthy use of leisure time and a wholesome contact for individuals not associated with Shawnee attitude toward physical activity. State University. It is for this reason that the The Intramural Department conducts activities CLC strives to provide positive and effective of interest to the men and women of Shawnee State communication between the University and the University. The department’s goal is to provide an surrounding community. 48 — COUNSELING

For More Information 740.351.3213, but every attempt will be made to accommodate students on a walk-in basis. All Cynthia Ferguson, M.Ed., Director services are free to Shawnee State students. Becky Herpy, Secretary Children’s Learning Center Shawnee State University Career Services 940 Second Street Portsmouth, OH 45662-4344 The Office of Career Services is designed to serve your career planning and job placement needs. Phone: 740.351.3252 You are invited to meet with a career counselor to Fax: 740.351.3184 explore various career options. In addition, a E-mail: [email protected] career lab houses computers equipped with a wide [email protected] variety of career exploration software. You may work independently, at your own pace, exploring career fields and educational opportunities afforded by graduate or professional schools. Counseling As graduation approaches, you are encouraged to take advantage of the job placement services The University provides a variety of counseling available through the Office of Career Services. services through the different offices of Student Workshops in resume writing, cover letter compo- Affairs. Placement, financial aid, veteran’s, educa- sition, interviewing skills, and job search strategies tional, personal, and vocational counseling are prepare you for the job search process. In addition, available to you free of charge. the annual Job Fair brings employers to campus for the purpose of meeting and interviewing students nearing graduation. Representatives from business, Counseling and industry, education, health care, and social service agencies regularly attend the Job Fair. Furthermore, Psychological Services the office maintains a Web page that lists selected The Counseling Center offers personal, confi- job opportunities, updated regularly. dential counseling to help you cope with problems While you are attending college, the office can which may affect your personal life or interfere assist you in securing on-campus or off-campus with your academic progress. Services include: part-time employment. Following graduation, the office provides alumni services to accommodate •Individual evaluation and assessment your changing job placement needs. •Crisis intervention counseling The office is located on the second floor of the •Individual, couple, and group counseling University Center and is open Monday through •Safe sex counseling Friday, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. The office may be • HIV/AIDS testing and counseling reached by calling 740.351.3213 or via fax at •Biofeedback therapy 740.351.3551. If you are interested in viewing our web page, please point your browser to •ACT Residual Testing www.shawnee.edu and click on Career Services. •Skills development training (i.e., stress management, coping with test anxiety, time management) Student Success Center •Education/prevention workshops (i.e., drugs and alcohol, safer sex, personal safety) Multicultural Student Affairs •Referral services International students arrive from many parts • Consultation services of the globe to study at Shawnee State. Some are Counseling and Psychological Services, located from Japan, Indonesia, Mexico, Brazil, Belarus, on the second floor of the University Center, is Nigeria, Kenya, Ethiopia, Cambodia, and Spain. open from 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Services offered through Multicultural Student Friday, and evenings by appointment. You are Affairs include on campus and diversity enrichment encouraged to schedule an appointment by calling programs for international students, students of HEALTH SERVICES — 49 color, and the university community. A variety of services are available, including academic advising, Student Support Services tutorial services, orientation, time management, Student Support Services, funded through a and study skills. A resource library lists multiethnic grant from the U.S. Department of Education, publications and literary works available for students offers a variety of assistance to qualified Shawnee to use. Scholarship information is available for State students. To qualify for the program, you must undergraduate and graduate students and for meet income guidelines, be a first generation students interested in doctoral degree programs. college student, or have a documented physical or Referrals to community resources for health care learning disability. and other services are also provided. During Completion of an application form and a spring quarter, international students who are the personal interview with program staff are required. first to represent their country at SSU are honored Once you are accepted into the program the fol- with an introduction and flag placement at the lowing services are available: University Center. Professional tutoring in math, English, and science The Multicultural Student Affairs office also offers guest presentations throughout the academic Career counseling year to celebrate the different cultural anniversaries. Personal counseling Leadership programs held at other regional campuses Cultural experiences in Ohio provide our culturally diverse students the Peer tutoring and mentoring opportunity to meet and interact with their peers. Loaner calculators and tape recorders The most rewarding program celebrated is the Computer lab “Heritage” program that honors each graduating student. The Multicultural Student Affairs office is Student Support Services is located in the Trio located in the Student Success Center. Center on the first floor of the Administration Building. The office is open Monday through Friday from 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Evening Disability Services appointments are also available upon request. Please Shawnee State University advocates a barrier call 740.351.4SSS (4777) for further information. free campus and provides a variety of support services to all disabled students. Support includes classroom accommodations, technical assistance to improve learning, and the removal of structural Health Services barriers. Documentation of each student’s disability, their capacity for learning, and prior classroom The University provides an on-campus student services provided are necessary in order that proper health clinic for the treatment of minor illnesses accommodations are established and communicated or injuries. to the faculty member. Students are asked to submit The health clinic is staffed with professional their class schedule for each academic quarter so medical personnel to assist and treat medical that services are consistent with the learning concerns and, if necessary, make referrals to local process. Support services allow each student at agencies or the Southern Ohio Medical Center for Shawnee State to pursue a particular area of study, major illnesses. empowering the student to realize their own Specific information about the health clinic can unique potential for success. be found in the student handbook. The office also acts as a liaison between the student and sponsoring regional agencies such as the Bureaus of Vocational Rehabilitation and Visual Impairments. Orientation for new students Student Activities is available during campus visitations or by appointment with the office. Identification Cards Identification cards are issued to Shawnee State University students by the Office of the Registrar and are the means of identification necessary for 50 — OFFICE OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES using the Library and participating in student dinner are served, as well as a wide variety of a la activities. You must present evidence of registration carte items. A main dining area and the Internet when you receive your I.D. card. Café are provided for the convenience of diners. The Bears’ Den Cafeteria is open from 7:30 a.m. to 7:00 p.m., Monday through Thursday; 7:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Friday; 11:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Office of Student Saturday; and 5:00 to 6:00 p.m. on Sunday. A Activities banquet room/study room, located on the second floor, is used for workshops, conferences, meetings, The Office of Student Activities and Auxiliaries and any activity where food is served. prepares students for their postcollegiate experience Two student lounges are provided for relaxing by encouraging responsibility, teaching critical or studying. The Micklethwaite Lounge, on the thinking skills, and providing opportunities for first floor, is warmed by a copper-clad fireplace. personal and social development. In addition, the The second floor Baxter Lounge has a disklavier Office provides facilities and services to on- and player piano and two TV rooms and is located off-campus constituencies in an effort to build near the Micklethwaite Banquet Hall and three community on campus and within the surrounding conference rooms. areas. Ultimately, the Office provides an environ- A game room on the first floor has table tennis ment that fosters our students’ social, cultural, and and pool tables, board games, cards, video games, educational experiences. a 70’’ big screen TV, and student mailboxes. Also, Shawnee State University is dedicated to the videos and athletic equipment can be checked out principle that many valuable experiences should be by currently enrolled students with valid IDs. provided for college students outside the academic Located on the first floor of the University area. The Office of Student Activities encourages Center behind the cafeteria, the Internet Café you to share your ideas—and then, to help connects users to the rest of the world via the develop the programs that enrich the lives of Internet and e-mail. Students, staff, and visitors can Shawnee State’s students. grab a cup of coffee or a sandwich and “surf the Student activities are a good way for you to net” in this comfortable coffeehouse environment. meet new friends, develop new interests and skills, Offices for Student Activities and Auxiliaries, and participate in valuable leadership experiences. Housing, Student Government Association, Many clubs and organizations are sponsored by Student Programming Board, Greek Council, the office, including the Student Government Residence Life Council, and other clubs and Association, the Student Programming Board, and organizations are located on the first floor. The Greek organizations. If you would like information Offices of the Vice President for Student Affairs, about an existing club or organization or if you’re the Registrar, Financial Aid, Career and Placement interested in starting a new activity, please contact Services, Counseling and Psychological Services, the staff in the Office of Student Activities. and the Bursar are located on the second floor. The building also has ATM and postage stamp machines for the convenience of students and University Center staff. Copier service is available in the Office of Shawnee State’s University Center was dedicated Student Activities. in the spring of 1992 and is the hub of cocurricular The University Center’s hours of operation activities at the University and a home away from during the academic term are as follows: home for our students. A variety of functions and Monday-Thursday 7:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. services are provided at the center. Friday 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Staff at the Welcome Center in the main lobby Saturday 11:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. offer a list of campus activities, guide guests and Sunday 5:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. students to their destinations, sell snacks, provide Hours during university breaks vary and are a list of campus clubs and organizations, and in posted on the front door. general, assist you with any problem you may encounter. Dining facilities for the University are located in the University Center. Breakfast, lunch, and UNIVERSITY CHRONICLE — 51

Housing and Residence Life Our apartments offer students an independent living style with residence life staff there to assure University Housing Policy maximum safety and service. All of our apartment Shawnee State University is committed to the complexes are within minutes of any university particular educational value that is provided by a building. Each apartment is furnished, and you residential campus community. The residential will find many luxuries you would not expect in setting offers you an unparalleled opportunity to on-campus housing. gain from the social interactions and other life Throughout the year, staff offer many events experiences that characterize on-campus housing for resident involvement. Previously, the activities and dining. have included such things as sand volleyball tour- As a condition of admission and continued naments, dances, time management seminars, and enrollment, first-year students not living within a alcohol education. We try to provide opportunities 50-mile radius of the University with their imme- for students to socialize and take a look at the diate families are required to live in University issues that face them. Housing, to the extent that space is available, and to take their meals in dining facilities as provided in On-Campus Dining meal plans approved by the University. Exceptions The Bears’ Den cafeteria offers Shawnee State to this policy include married students, single students the opportunity to have fresh, nutrition- parents, veterans, and students age 23 or older. ally sound meals in a community atmosphere. Our If you feel that you should be exempt from this requirement, you must submit a Housing Require- dining service features an appetizing menu that ment Exemption Form to the Office of Student changes from day to day, a salad bar, a sub bar, and Activities and Auxiliaries. Exemptions may be the ever-popular grill items, such as hamburgers, granted to students who: pizza, and fries, which are available every day. For information on menu choices, visit our web • Live and travel to class from the principal page at www.shawnee.edu/student/food/index.html residence of their parent(s) or legal guardian(s) or call our dining hotline at 740.351.3150. which is on the border line of the 50-mile radius Shawnee State University offers meal plans to or live (at no cost to the student) within the our housing students as well as those students who 50-mile radius with a direct relative. A direct are commuting. For more information about food relative is defined as a parent, grandparent, sibling, uncle, or aunt. (In some cases, a nota- service, please contact the dining services manager rized letter from the relative may be required at 740.351.3617. along with the exemption form.) • Can demonstrate other acceptable extenuating Housing and Residence Life circumstances. Information For exemption forms or more information on Applications and contracts are issued for a exemptions, contact the Office of Student Activities three-quarter academic year or the remainder of and Auxiliaries. Nonexempt first-year students not the academic year in which the student applies. residing on campus are considered in violation of For further information, contact the Office of this policy and may have their records placed on Student Activities and Auxiliaries at: hold with the University, thus preventing future Shawnee State University registration. 940 Second Street Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344 Living on Campus 740.351.3217 The residence life experience is one you will remember for a lifetime, with lasting friendships, opportunities for involvement, and the chance to learn while living with others. Whether you are The University Chronicle required to live on campus, or are simply looking The University Chronicle—Shawnee State at on-campus housing as an option, you will find University’s official student newspaper—is packed that our convenience, service, security, and comfort full of news about the things that matter to SSU make University Housing a great place to live! students, faculty, and staff. The Chronicle also 52 — ALUMNI ASSOCIATION provides a great means through which students who • Chances to win tickets to events at the SSU are interested in journalism and/or communications- Vern Riffe Center for the Arts. related careers can build a solid portfolio that will help them find jobs in the future. Honors and Awards The University Chronicle is always looking for The Shawnee State Alumni Association awards reporters, photographers, advertising sales reps, the Silver Star Alumni Award to an outstanding and layout/design personnel. Some positions are SSU alumnus every May. This award is presented paid, while others receive college credit. If you are to a graduate of Shawnee State who has contributed interested in becoming a part of the University time and effort in an exemplary manner to the Chronicle, please contact Terry Hapney, M.A.J., University, promoted community service to faculty advisor, at 740.351.3112, or via e-mail at improve the quality of life for residents in their [email protected]. community, participated actively in the Alumni Association, and been a Shawnee State alumnus for at least five years. To nominate someone for The Alumni Association this honor, please send an e-mail message to The Shawnee State University Alumni Associa- [email protected]. tion is an ever-growing network of over 8,000 The SSU Alumni Association also awards the graduates of Shawnee State University and its Alumnus of Tomorrow award during the month predecessor institutions. The Alumni Association’s of May. This honor is presented to a Shawnee main purposes include: State student who graduates the following June, who has displayed commitment to their individual •Bringing together and improving communica- endeavors—academic, social, and personal. To tion between SSU alumni and friends; nominate someone for this honor, please contact •Providing a means through which SSU alumni the Alumni Association at [email protected]. and friends can actively participate in networking; If you are aware of an alumnus, student, faculty •Providing scholarship opportunities for the or staff member, or other friend of the University children of SSU alumni and other SSU students; who has done something extraordinary or has •Supporting the SSU mission by promoting received an honor or accomplished an important volunteerism and assisting in development; and task which warrants media coverage, please contact •Working with the Office of Admission and the the Office of Communications at Shawnee State. Student Success Center to help recruit and The Office produces a newsletter, Shawnee State retain students. Currents, for the friends of SSU—alumni, legisla- tors, media, and donors, among others. The Office also directs complete photographic coverage of all Join the SSU Alumni Association SSU events and programs and sends news releases Shawnee State University hopes, upon gradua- to local, regional, statewide, and national media. tion from the University, you will become an active member of the SSU Alumni Association. Contact the Alumni Association Dues are not required; however, when alumni or friends of SSU make a contribution to the SSU Terry L. Hapney, Jr., M.A.J., Director, Annual Fund, they become active members of the Communications and Alumni Relations SSU Alumni Association. Shawnee State University Membership includes: First Floor, Administration Building •A subscription to Shawnee State Currents— 940 Second Street SSU’s official quarterly publication; Portsmouth, Ohio 45662 •A membership card, SSU auto window decal, 740.351.3810 or 800.959.2SSU (hit “8” and ask and SSU key chain; for extension 3810) •Information on SSU events; Fax: 740.351.3179 E-mail: [email protected] • SSU Clark Memorial Library card; [email protected] •Special discounts on SSU merchandise and in university activities; •Athletics ticket opportunities; and ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 54 — DEGREES AND CERTIFICATES

Middle Childhood (Grades 4-9) Associate of Arts Multiage Intervention Specialist Arts/Humanities Programs (K-12) Art Environmental Engineering Communications Technology English of Study Mathematical Sciences General Mathematical Sciences Music Bachelor of Arts Integrated Mathematics with Social Science English/Humanities Adolescent to Young Adult Communications (Grades 7-12) Licensure Associate of Individualized Studies Culture and Medial Studies Natural Science See pages 64 and 129 of the General Natural Science current catalog for description. Integrated Language Arts with Earth Science, Life Science, Adolescent to Young Adult Physical Science or Integrated Associate of Science (Grades 7-12) Licensure Science, with Adolescent to Mathematics History Young Adult (Grades 7-12) Sciences International Relations Licensure Psychology Mathematics Certificates Social Sciences Mathematics and Science with Computer Aided Drafting and Social Sciences Middle Childhood (Grades 4-9) Design (CADD) Adolescent to Young Adult Licensure Deaf Studies (Grades 7-12) Licensure, Nursing (RN-BSN) Emergency Medical Technology Integrated Social Studies Occupational Therapy (EMT) Legal Assisting (2+2) Plastics Engineering Technology Environmental Science Sociology Sports Studies Plastics Engineering Technology Athletic Training Web Engineering Technology Bachelor of Fine Arts Fitness Development Art Education Sports Management Other degrees and programs are in Ceramics, Drawing, Painting various stages of development and Photography/Imaging Associate of Applied Business may be available before the next Studio Arts Accounting Technology catalog is published. If you’d like Visualist Digital Design and Business Information Systems more information, please call: Interactive Media Business Management Technology College of Arts and Sciences Legal Assisting Technology • 740.351.3554 Bachelor of Individualized Office Administration Technology College of Professional Studies Studies • 740.351.3270 See pages 61 and 128 of the Associate of Applied Science current catalog for description. Associate Degree Nursing Office of Admission Computer Aided Design • 1.800.959.2SSU Bachelor of Science Dental Hygiene Biology Early Childhood Development Business Administration with Pre-Kindergarten Associate Accounting Licensure General Electromechanical Engineering Health Management Technology Legal Assisting (2+2) Emergency Medical Technology Management Information Medical Laboratory Technology Systems Occupational Therapy Assistant Chemistry Physical Therapist Assistant Computer Engineering Technology Plastics Engineering Technology Education Radiologic (X-ray) Technology with Licensure in: Respiratory Therapy Early Childhood (Grades PreK-3) Early Childhood Intervention Specialist (Grades PreK-3) GENERAL EDUCATION PROGRAM — 55

•Providing a breadth of knowledge that goes beyond education for a specific discipline or General Education profession. •Providing a breadth of experience that includes Program knowledge and understanding of multicultural factors. All students studying toward a baccalaureate degree at Shawnee State are required to complete •Ensuring that you have the ability to reflect the University’s General Education Program (GEP). carefully upon ethical issues and can enter into This group of courses gives students the opportu- reasoned dialogue about these issues. nity to acquire the characteristics of an educated •Preparing you to become an independent and person—something quite distinct from the goals continuing learner. of other courses associated with the degree programs As part of our commitment to the success of offered by Shawnee State. Most courses required our students, Shawnee State University has adopted for a specific degree program are meant to give the goal of integrating information literacy and students the opportunity to study a particular computer literacy into the courses included in the discipline and the ability to practice a profession. General Education Program. The goal of Shawnee State University, however, goes beyond professional education to preparing you to function effectively in the multiple roles General Education Program demanded by contemporary life. In this respect, Requirements by Content the General Education Program supports the University’s mission statement. Category The GEP is a combination of required and The GEP requirements are arranged in two elective courses, grouped in categories, each chosen levels. You should complete requirements at the for the contribution it makes to the skills or Foundational Level before you take courses that knowledge characteristic of university graduates. satisfy the Integrative Level of the program. Also, it is suggested that you begin by taking courses in English and mathematics and continue to take For More Information courses in these areas until you have completed Robert Mauldin, Ph.D., Director requirements in English composition and quantitative reasoning. General Education Program Shawnee State University A more complete description of each category follows. 940 Second Street Specific course descriptions are found in their own Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344 section of this catalog, beginning on page 183. Office Location: Vern Riffe Center for the Arts, Foundational Level: Room 313 English Composition 12 Hours Phone: 740.351.3137 Quantitative Reasoning 4 Hours Fax: 740.351.3501 (Provost’s Office) Fine and Performing Arts 4 Hours E-mail: [email protected] Social Sciences 4 Hours Natural Sciences 8 Hours Our Commitment to Your Integrative Level: Cultural Perspectives 8 Hours Success Ethics 4 Hours Shawnee State’s General Education Program is Capstone 4 Hours committed to: Total Hours Required 48 Hours •Providing an undergraduate education that Note: It should be noted that in cases where a includes competence in written communication, single course meets requirements of the General oral communication, scientific and quantitative Education Program and the major, the total number reasoning, critical analysis, and logical thinking. of hours required for the GEP will be reduced by 56 — GENERAL EDUCATION PROGRAM the number of related course hours. The minimum Choose one course from the following list: credit hours required for the baccalaureate degree ARTH 1011 Introduction to Art (4) shall not, however, be less than 186. ENGL 2751 American Film History (4) MUSI 1201 Introduction to Music Literature (4) English Composition (12 Hours) MUSI 2201 Music Literature (4) PHIL 300 Philosophy of Film (4) These courses provide an opportunity for you THAR 1001 Introduction to Theatre (4) to develop as a writer. Their goal is for you to learn to write clearly, concisely, and creatively in a Social Sciences (4 Hours) variety of formats. This GEP component introduces you to the Take all three of the following courses: breadth and depth of the influence the social ENGL 111S1 Discourse and Composition (4) sciences have on contemporary life. Courses reflect ENGL 112S1 Composition and Research (4) an interdisciplinary or cross disciplinary approach ENGL 115S1 Composition and Literature (4) with the expectation of increasing your awareness Note: All three English composition courses of the interconnectedness of the social sciences. must be completed prior to taking coursework at Choose one course from the following list: the Integrative Level of the GEP. ANTH 2501 Principles of Cultural Anthropology (4) GEOG 1301 Economic Geography (4) Quantitative Reasoning (4 Hours) GOVT 250 Introduction to Political Science (4) GOVT 401 State of the World (4) This component of the General Education HIST 410 Intellectual History 1 (4) Program addresses the nature of mathematical HIST 411 Intellectual History 2 (4) thought and its impact on modern life. To fulfill PHIL 230 Social and Political Philosophy (4) SOCI 1011 Introduction to Sociology (4) the quantitative reasoning component of the GEP, 1 each course contains active communication about SOSC 110S Foundations of Social Science (4) mathematics (which includes reading and/or writing Natural Sciences (8 Hours) and/or speaking), exercises designed to stimulate critical thinking, the use of mathematical-related The natural science component of the General technology, and an emphasis on problem solving. Education Program addresses scientific reasoning. In addition, each course stresses data and data Choose one of the following two options: analysis, demonstrates the application of mathe- OPTION 1 NTSC 110S, Scientific Reasoning and matics to a variety of disciplines, and incorporates Methodology (4), and one additional natural activity-based learning. science course from the following list (all include a laboratory component). Choose one course from the following list: BIOL 1511 Principles of Biology (5) MATH 110S1 Mathematics Core Course (4) BIOL 210 Taxon. of Vasc. Plants (4) MATH 1311 Precalculus 1 (4) BIOL 271 Field Ornithology (4) MATH 150 Principles of Statistics (4) BIOL 302 Dendrology (4) MATH 1701 Applied Finite Mathematics (4) BIOL 303 Spring Flora (4) MATH 1901 Brief Calculus with Applications (4) BIOL 307 General Entomology (5) MATH 2011 Calculus 1 (4) CHEM 1211 Intro. to Gen. Chem. 1 (4) MATH 2201 Discrete Mathematics (4) CHEM 1411 General Chemistry 1 (5) MATH 2501 Statistics 1 (4) GEOL 1111 Rocks/Minerals/Fossils (4) GEOL 1121 Environmental Geology (4) GEOL 2011 Physical Geology (4) Fine and Performing Arts (4 Hours) NTSC 372 Ohio’s Natural Heritage (5) You should leave the GEP with a greater appre- PHYS 2011 Physics 1 (Mechanics) (4) ciation of how the arts contribute to an enriched PHYS 2101 Astronomy (4) 1 quality of life. Courses in this category include PHYS 211 Calculus-Based Physics 1 (4) PSCI 251 Phys. Sci. by Inquiry 1 (4) either an art history, art appreciation, music, or PSCI 252 Phys. Sci. by Inquiry 2 (4) theatre component.

1 Note to potential transfer students: If you plan to transfer from Shawnee State to another state university in Ohio and you plan to complete the general education transfer module (described on page 19), you should select from these courses. Contact the GEP director, 740.351.3137, if you have any questions. GENERAL EDUCATION PROGRAM — 57

OPTION 2 A minimum of 12 credit hours in natural Ethics (4 Hours) science courses (BIOL, CHEM, GEOL, NTSC, PHYS, PSCI) above 110, which The requirement in ethics serves several pur- includes at least one course of four credit poses within the GEP’s broader goal of enabling hours or more with a laboratory component. students “to function effectively in the multiple Note: Credit is not allowed for both CHEM roles demanded by contemporary life.” First, students are introduced to the most influential 121/122 and CHEM 141/142. moral theories of western civilization. These theories attempt to answer what constitutes the good life Cultural Perspectives (8 Hours) and what makes an action ethical, as well as The goal of this GEP component is to help you introduce ways of reasoning about the moral life. understand aspects of western and non-western Second, students learn how these theories affect cultures and to appreciate the multicultural nature how we think about public life, including the of modern society. Courses may vary as to disci- relationship of morality to law and public policy. pline, content, and approach, but each instills Third, students engage in a thorough and careful some comprehension of the complex historical, analysis of contemporary moral issues in order to cultural, or sociological contexts which inform arrive at a rationally defensible, well-informed contemporary experience. conclusion within a context of open and civil Western Perspective: Choose one of the dialogue with others. Evaluation is based, first and following two options: foremost, on how well students reason about moral issues, not on the particular conclusions. OPTION 1 Select one of the following courses pertaining to a western Choose one course from the following list: cultural perspective. PHIL 320S Ethics in Public and Private Life (4) IDST 225S1 Civilization and Literature 1 (4) PHIL 330 Ethics and Tech. in the 21st Century (4) IDST 226S1 Civilization and Literature 2 (4) PHIL 331 Business Ethics (4) PHIL 2001 Introduction to Philosophy (4) ROCI 485S Reflect. on Community Involvement (4) OPTION 2 Complete a one-year sequence (12 sequenced credit hours) Capstone (4 Hours) of a western foreign language. Senior Seminar (IDST 490S) comes late in Non-Western Perspective: Choose one of the your university experience and gives you the oppor- following two options: tunity to write, speak, think, analyze, synthesize, and integrate. A central part of the seminar is the OPTION 1 research and writing of a major paper and an oral Select one of the following courses pertaining to a non-western cultural perspective. presentation of your findings. ARTH 366 Non-Western Survey (4) GEOG 2011 Cultural Geography (4) GEOG 351 Regional Geog. of the Middle East (4) GOVT 320 Third World Politics (4) GOVT 370 Global Politics (4) HIST 330 History of Southern Africa (4) HIST 360 East Asian History (4) HIST 371 Islamic Religion, Culture, & Civil. (4) HIST 420 Middle East in Modern Times (4) IDST 227S1 Civilization and Literature 3 (4) PHIL 284 East Asian Philosophy (4) OPTION 2 Complete a one-year sequence (12 sequenced credit hours) of a non-western foreign language.

Phone: 740.351.3554 Fax: 740.351.3596 College of Arts E-mail: [email protected] and Sciences [email protected] The overall mission of the College of Arts and Programs Offered Sciences is the liberal arts education and career preparation of Shawnee State students. Liberal arts Bachelor of Arts education provides graduates with intellectual English/Humanities, Communications skills, substantive knowledge, and habits of the English/Humanities, Culture and Media Studies English/Humanities, Generalist mind that promise rewarding careers and the more English/Humanities, Integrated Language Arts abundant life. with Adolescent to Young Adult (Grades Courses provided by the College of Arts and 7-12) Licensure Sciences contribute to your capability for abstract History and systematic analysis and comprehension of the International Relations scientific method and encourage appreciation for Psychology and understanding of the varieties of artistic Social Sciences expression. These courses contribute to your Social Sciences, Legal Assisting (2+2) flexibility, enabling you to see problems in a new Social Sciences, Adolescent to Young Adult light and to pursue alternative solutions. They also (Grades 7-12) Licensure, Integrated Social provide the communication and interpersonal skills Studies essential for sharing these ideas in an increasingly Sociology collaborative and global workplace. Liberal arts education at Shawnee State incor- Bachelor of Fine Arts porates the teaching of these skills into a program Art Education that alerts you to the complexity of human history Ceramics, Drawing, Painting and diversity of cultures while exploring alternative Photography/Imaging approaches to contemporary social, economic, and Studio Arts political issues. Acknowledging the moral dimension Visualist Digital Design & Interactive Media of many of these questions, the liberal arts program Bachelor of Individualized Studies explores ethical approaches and encourages you to See page 61 of current catalog for description. develop a personal philosophy of life. The University’s commitment to liberal educa- Bachelor of Science tion begins with the College of Arts and Sciences’ Biology General Education Program, which emphasizes Chemistry the importance of knowledge, values, and cultural Mathematical Sciences enrichment. Building on the General Education Mathematical Sciences, Integrated Mathematics Program, the College provides a spectrum of liberal with Adolescent to Young Adult (Grades arts degree programs in the arts and humanities, 7-12) Licensure mathematics, the natural sciences, the social sciences, Natural Science and teacher education. These degree programs Natural Science/Earth Science, Life Science, prepare you for a career or successful matriculation Physical Science, or Integrated Science with into a graduate or professional degree program. Adolescent to Young Adult (Grades 7-12) Licensure Natural Science, Mathematics For More Information Natural Science, Mathematics and Science with Jerry G. Holt, Ph.D., Dean Middle Childhood (Grades 4-9) Licensure Linda D. Plummer, B.A., Secretary Sports Studies Athletic Training College of Arts and Sciences Fitness Development Shawnee State University Sports Management 940 Second Street Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344 60 — ARTS & SCIENCES

Bachelor of Science in Education Faculty: A Commitment to Early Childhood Licensure (Grades PreK-3) Early Childhood Intervention Specialist Teaching, Scholarship/Research Licensure (Grades PreK-3) and Creative Activities, and Middle Childhood Licensure (Grades 4-9) Multiage Intervention Specialist Licensure Service (Grades K-12) The College of Arts and Sciences’ faculty are Minors dedicated and talented individuals. Their graduate American or British Literature degrees are from the finest universities in the world, Biology and they care deeply about your personal growth Chemistry and academic success. The outstanding talent and Economics achievements of our alumni are due, in large part, English Language and Linguistics to the high quality of teaching of the faculty. Environmental Science Quality teaching is the primary emphasis of the Geography College, and its faculty are dedicated to extending History the frontiers of knowledge. To enrich their teaching, Journalism faculty are contributing to the body of significant Mathematical Sciences research and scholarly work and creative activities Music in their disciplines as well as providing service to Philosophy the community, region, state, and nation. Political Science Professional Writing Psychology Accelerated Bachelor’s Degree Sociology Programs Sport Coaching Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages Baccalaureate degrees offered by the College of Theater Arts and Sciences are planned in such a way that you can complete all requirements by taking classes Associate of Arts during a twelve-quarter period, spread over four Arts/Humanities, Arts academic years. However, the requirements of Arts/Humanities, Communications some baccalaureate degrees make it possible for you Arts/Humanities, English to earn your degree in a shorter period of time. Arts/Humanities, General To earn a degree in three years, you need to Arts/Humanities, Music take classes in the summer and/or take 18 or more Social Science hours each quarter, with the permission of your Associate of Individualized Studies department chairperson or dean and the registrar. See page 64 of current catalog for description. Careful planning of your course schedule is necessary. If you are interested in pursuing a three-year Associate of Applied Science Early Childhood Development with degree program, you should talk to your faculty Pre-Kindergarten Associate Licensure advisor to make sure that this option is possible. For more information about an accelerated Associate of Science bachelor’s degree, contact the appropriate depart- Mathematics ment chairperson or the dean. Sciences Certificates Selecting and Declaring a Deaf Studies Environmental Science Degree Major You should consider a choice of major and career early in your degree program, if not before. You are encouraged to seek the advice of College of Arts and Sciences faculty and, also, staff in the Office of Counseling and Career Services. Your ARTS & SCIENCES — 61 own interests, aptitudes, and professional/career Completion of at least 90 credit hours at the goals should play a central role in selecting a 200 level or above. degree major. Completion of at least 45 credit hours at Shawnee State University, of which 35 credit Double Major Guidelines hours must be the upper division courses (300- 400 level courses). The completion of at least one major is required A minimum of 60 credit hours in the major for a baccalaureate degree. The completion of a field of study. second major is an option which any College of Arts and Sciences student may elect. If you wish to Petition for graduation in accordance with the pursue more than one major, you must consult with rules prescribed by the University. the appropriate department chairperson(s) or dean. The two majors must be in different subject Bachelor of Individualized matters. Studies Degree (B.I.S.) Each major must meet all the requirements set The bachelor of individualized studies is by the College of Arts and Sciences and the administered by the College of Arts and Sciences department offering the major. and the College of Professional Studies as appro- Each major must contain at least 45 hours not priate. Students interested in a B.I.S. program found in the other major. should contact the dean of the college most closely associated with their field of study/interest. Academic Advising The B.I.S. is intended for undergraduate students who wish to pursue an area of study (or The College of Arts and Sciences is committed combination of areas) which is not available in to quality academic advising, because it is essential other academic programs at Shawnee State. The to the ultimate success of our students. Once you proposed course of study must not closely parallel have selected a major, you are advised by the programs already offered at the university. The teaching faculty of your department. Please consult desire to avoid certain specific requirements of your academic advisor regarding the two-year existing majors or degree programs is not a suffi- schedule for the department in order to determine cient justification for choosing a B.I.S. program. when the department plans to offer specific courses. This degree may be particularly useful to working The chairperson of your department will assign students taking evening, weekend, or off-campus you an academic faculty advisor, ensuring that the classes. Also, the B.I.S. may be used to combine the department’s academic advising system meets your coursework from an associate degree program with individual needs and requirements as well as those an area of concentration from another field of study. of the department, the College, and the University. For example, students completing an associate The dean of the College of Arts and Sciences degree in one of the health sciences programs may facilitates answers to interdepartmental questions elect to include an area of concentration in health and exceptions and changes to related academic management or business administration for a requirements. B.I.S. degree. Students planning to pursue graduate or profes- Baccalaureate Degree sional school degrees are advised to complete a traditional major at the undergraduate level rather Requirements than complete the B.I.S. degree. The College of Arts and Sciences awards its baccalaureate degrees to students who meet the Admission to the Bachelor of following minimum requirements. Please see Individualized Studies individual degree programs for any additional After admission to the University, a student requirements. makes an appointment for a conference with an A minimum of 186 credit hours, including 48 individualized studies advisor. The student makes credit hours in the General Education Program. this appointment by contacting either the dean of A minimum 2.00 cumulative grade point average the College of Arts and Sciences or the dean of for all courses taken at Shawnee State University. the College of Professional Studies. 62 — ARTS & SCIENCES

In this conference, the advisor will explore with •A minimum of 60 credit hours in the the student the appropriateness of the bachelor of individualized/specialized area of study and individualized study given his or her background cognate areas, as approved by a three-member and academic goals. faculty committee. To obtain formal admission to the bachelor of • Completion of the specific program of study individualized studies, the student must complete an initially approved by the student’s faculty advi- application, which includes the following elements: sory committee upon admission to the major. •A statement explaining that the student under- Any subsequent alterations in the program, stands the nature and intent of the general including course substitutions, must receive the studies major approval of the student’s advisory committee. •A statement of plans for future education and • The completion of at least 45 credit hours after employment with the individualized studies approval of student’s program. major as a foundation •Petition for graduation in accordance with the •A statement of the goals the proposed course of rule prescribed by the University. study will meet, an appropriately detailed outline of the proposed course of study, and a projected graduation date Minors The application for admission to the bachelor A minor is a field of study, within the baccalau- of individualized study will be reviewed by a three- reate degree, that may be taken to widen your area person faculty advisory committee consisting of the of interest or increase your career opportunities. student’s faculty advisor and two faculty appointed Contact specific departments for information by the appropriate college’s dean. If the application regarding minor offerings and minor field of study and proposed course of study is approved by the course requirements. Taking a minor is optional advisory committee, these items will be forwarded to and not required. the appropriate dean for approval and the registration of these degree requirements by the registrar. Associate of Arts and Associate Advising of Science Degrees The student pursuing an individualized studies The College of Arts and Sciences offers several major is encouraged to seek academic advising programs of study which lead to two-year associate each quarter. degrees. The associate degree programs allow you to enter the job market immediately after you Degree Requirements graduate or to transfer into certain baccalaureate degree programs. The individualized studies major must meet and In order to ease the transfer process, the following fulfill university requirements for baccalaureate associate of arts and associate of science degree programs and those requirements specific to this requirements will be modified to include a revised degree. These include: transfer module. Therefore, if you wish to pursue •A minimum of 186 credit hours, including the either degree, you are advised to work closely with General Education Program. an advisor during this transition period. •A minimum of 2.00 cumulative grade point average for all courses taken at Shawnee State Associate of Arts Degree University. Curriculum • Completion of at least 45 credit hours of upper-division level (300-400 courses), no more I. General Education Requirements than 10 hours of which may be transferred in A. Composition — 12 hours minimum from another accredited university or college. ENGL 111S Discourse and Composition (4); ENGL 112S Composition and Research (4); ENGL 115S •A minimum of 45 credit hours completed at Composition and Literature (4) Shawnee State. The University’s general policies Students may take additional courses from the regarding the transferability of courses from following (optional): ENGL 232 (4); ENGL 240 (4); other colleges and universities will apply equally ENGL 245 (4) to this major. ARTS & SCIENCES — 63

B. Mathematics — 4 hours minimum Associate of Science Degree MATH 110S Mathematics Core Course (4) Curriculum Students may choose additional mathematics courses from the following (optional): MATH 131 (4); I. General Education Requirements MATH 132 (4); MATH 201 (4); MATH 202 (4); A. Communications — 12 hours minimum MATH 250 (4) ENGL 111S Discourse and Composition (4); ENGL C. Arts and Humanities — 16 hours minimum 112S Composition and Research (4); ENGL 115S IDST 225S Civilization and Literature (4) Composition and Literature (4) and two courses from the following: ARTH 261 (4); B. Mathematics — 8 hours minimum ARTH 262 (4); ENGL 200 (4); MUSI 220 (3); MATH 110S Mathematics Core Course (4) PHIL 200 (4) and one additional course from the following: MATH and one course from the following: ENGL 211 (4); 131 (4); MATH 132 (4); MATH 201 (4); MATH ENGL 212 (4); MUSI 221 (3); MUSI 222 (3); 202 (4); MATH 250 (4) MUSI 223 (3); PHIL 105 (4); PHIL 200 (4) C. Arts and Humanities — 12 hours minimum D. Social Science — 16 hours minimum ENGL/HIST 225S Civilization and Literature (4) SOSC 110S Foundations of Social Science (4) IDST 226S Civilization and Literature 2 (4) and two of the following: ARTH 261 (4); ARTH 262 (4); ENGL 200 (4); MUSI 220 (3); PHIL 200 (4) and one course from the following: ECON 101 (4); GEOG 125 (4); GOVT 101 (4); HIST 111 (4); Students may take additional courses from the HIST 112 (4); HIST 113 (4); PSYC 101 (4); SOCI following (optional): ENGL 211 (4); ENGL 212 (4); 101 (4) MUSI 221 (3); MUSI 222 (3); MUSI 223 (3); PHIL 105 (4); PHIL 200 (4) and one course from the following: ANTH 101 (4); ANTH 250 (4); ECON 102 (4); GOVT 240 (4); D. Social Sciences — 12 hours minimum GOVT 250 (4); HIST 201 (4); HIST 202 (4); HIST SOSC 110S Foundations of Social Science (4) 203 (4); PSYC 151 (4); PSYC 273 (4); SOCI 201 (4); ENGL/HIST 226S Civilization and Literature 2 (4) SOCI 205 (4) and one of the following: ECON 101 (4); GEOG E. Natural Sciences — 12 hours minimum 125 (4); GOVT 101 (4); HIST 111 (4); HIST 112 NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Methodology (4) (4); HIST 113 (4); PSYC 101 (4); SOCI 101 (4) and 8 additional hours from the following: BIOL 151 E. Natural Sciences — 16 hours minimum (5) (4 lec./2 lab); CHEM 121 (4); CHEM 122 (4); NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Methodology (4) CHEM 141 (5); CHEM 142 (5); CHEM 143 (5) (all and 12 additional hours chosen from the CHEM - 3 lec./3 lab); GEOL 111 (4) (3 lec./2 lab); following: BIOL 151 (5) (4 lec./2 lab); CHEM 121 PHYS 201 (4); PHYS 202 (4); PHYS 203 (4) (all (4), CHEM 122 (4); CHEM 141 (5); CHEM 142 PHYS - 3 lec./3 lab) (5); CHEM 143 (5) (all CHEM - 3 lec./3 lab); Students may choose additional courses from the fol- GEOL 101 (4) (3 lec./2 lab); PHYS 201 (4); PHYS lowing (optional): BIOL 162 (5); BIOL 202 (5); BIOL 202 (4); PHYS 203 (4) (all PHYS - 3 lec./3 lab) 203 (5); CHEM 200 (4); GEOL 112 (4); PHYS 210 Students may take additional courses from the (4) following (optional): BIOL 162 (5); BIOL 202 (5); Note: Students cannot receive credit for both CHEM BIOL 203 (5); CHEM 200 (4); GEOL 112 (4); 121/122 and CHEM 141/142 series. PHYS 210 (4) II. Concentration Area — 30 hours Note: Students cannot receive credit for both CHEM 121/122 and CHEM 141/142 series. A. Arts Selected courses in an area of specialization chosen II. Concentration Area — 30 hours from the following list of humanities subject areas to A. Science complete the associate of arts degree: Selected courses in an area of specialization chosen Art Humanities Music from one of the following subject areas: Comparative Arts Journalism Philosophy Biology English Language Theatre Physical Science (includes chemistry, geology, physics, B. Social Sciences and physical science) Selected courses in an area of specialization chosen B. Mathematical Sciences from the following list of subject areas to complete 1. Selected courses from mathematics — 22 hours the associate of arts degree: minimum must be numbered above 110. Anthropology Government Psychology 2. Science — 8 hours minimum must be chosen from Economics History Sociology biology, chemistry, geology, or physics numbered Geography above 100. 64 — ARTS & SCIENCES

Associate of Individualized Humanities; Fine, Digital, and Performing Arts; Mathematical Sciences; Natural Sciences; and Social Studies Degree (A.I.S.) Sciences. At the early childhood level (grades preK-3) The associate of individualized studies degree a degree in education is offered. At the middle (AIS) at Shawnee State University allows you to childhood level (grades 4-9), a degree in education formulate your own individualized program of or natural science is available. Licensure at the study based upon specific criteria. The goal of this adolescent to young adult level (grades 7-12) degree is to permit the student, under the guidance requires a degree in the area of teaching specializa- of faculty advisors, to combine selected courses in tion. Multiage licenses (grades K-12) in visual arts academic and/or technical areas that may not meet and intervention specialist are also available. the degree requirements for Shawnee State’s associate If you wish to become a licensed teacher, you of arts, associate of science, associate of applied should consult the Department of Teacher Educa- science, or associate of applied business degrees. tion section of this catalog and work with a faculty The following conditions must be met for advisor on licensure matters. In addition to com- completion of the degree: 1) a total of 90 credit pleting the related B.A. or B.S. degree requirements, hours of 100-level or above coursework with a you must complete the professional education minimum grade point average of 2.00; 2) a requirements and other eligibility criteria for minimum of two areas of concentration with at teacher licensure. least 20 credit hours in each; 3) a set of minimum general education requirements as outlined below; Course Scheduling and and 4) completion of a minimum of 45 hours of credit after admission to the program. Offerings The College of Arts and Sciences is committed The minimum set of general education to scheduling daytime classes, introductory and requirements for the AIS is as follows: upper level, in a way that allows you to complete a • ENGL 111S and ENGL 112S (8 hours) degree program in a four-year period of time. As •One course at or above MATH 105 (4 hours) staffing permits, occasional upper division classes •At least 12 hours from three different categories from the various arts and sciences disciplines are of the Foundational Level of the University’s offered in the evenings. At this time, no arts and General Education Program, described on pp. sciences degree program can be earned in the 55-57. The Foundational Level includes the evenings over a five-year period. However, it may following categories: social sciences, natural be possible to earn an associate of individualized sciences, English composition (ENGL 115S), studies degree in the evenings. Also, we are planning to offer a baccalaureate degree with a major in and fine and performing arts. individualized studies that may be available through Note: If you plan to transfer to another state evening studies in the near future. You are encour- university in Ohio in order to pursue a four-year aged to discuss specific course scheduling issues degree program, you should consider completing with your academic advisor or your department the general education transfer module as outlined chairperson. on page 19 of this catalog. For specific details and application forms for the Pass/No-Credit Policy program, contact the dean’s office in the College Students in the College of Arts and Sciences are of Arts and Sciences or the dean’s office in the not permitted to take courses in their major on a College of Professional Studies. pass/no-credit basis. Preparation for Teacher Licensure Programs to prepare teachers at several different levels and in a variety of teaching areas are offered cooperatively between the Department of Teacher Education and the Departments of English and ENGLISH & HUMANITIES 66 — ENGLISH AND HUMANITIES

Journalism Philosophy English and Professional Writing Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages Humanities Associate of Arts The faculty of the Department of English and Arts/Humanities, Communications Humanities develop students who think and read Arts/Humanities, English critically, who write and speak clearly, and who Arts/Humanities, General understand the contributions humanities courses See page 62 of current catalog for degree can make to their knowledge and quality of life. The requirements. faculty believe that the skills of reading, writing, Associate of Individualized Studies speaking, and thinking are the foundations upon See page 64 of current catalog for description. which a successful college career is built. There- fore, all disciplines within the Department accept as part of their charge the development of writing Composition/Foreign and speaking skills. In addition, the faculty are Language Labs committed to providing opportunities for the The Department of English and Humanities integration of the disciplines and the fostering of maintains three classrooms/computer labs in international and multicultural perspectives. Massie Hall for the teaching of composition and The Department offers excellent opportunities foreign language. They support faculty’s efforts to for students to study introductory and advanced use modern technology in their teaching. courses in linguistics, foreign language, literature, philosophy, and writing. The English Sequence For More Information Students who must take the English sequence (English 111S, 112S, and 115S) are required to Timothy E. Scheurer, Ph.D., Chairperson take a placement exam. See explanations on page 26 Elsie M. Shabazz, Secretary about placement. Department of English and Humanities Shawnee State University 940 Second Street Bachelor Degrees Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344 The bachelor of arts degree with a major in Phone: 740.351.3300 English/humanities offers you the opportunity to Fax: 740.351.3584 pursue a degree with teaching or without teaching E-mail: [email protected] licensure. The English/humanities degree (generalist) Programs in Humanities provides an excellent background for several career paths, including advertising, government employ- Bachelor of Arts ment, law, and publishing. The degree requires English/Humanities, Communications 186 hours, including 70 hours of electives. This English/Humanities, Culture and Media Studies distribution of required and elective courses allows English/Humanities, Generalist you to pursue approved minors or to take a grouping English/Humanities, Integrated Language Arts of courses in such fields as science or business, with Adolescent to Young Adult (Grades which adds to your employment possibilities. The 7-12) Licensure department strongly recommends that if you plan to attend graduate school, you should take courses Bachelor of Individualized Studies in foreign language as well as additional courses in See page 61 of current catalog for description. English, linguistics, and philosophy. Minors The English/humanities degree (communication American or British Literature concentration) is an excellent option for you if you English Language and Linguistics wish to pursue a career in journalism, corporate ENGLISH AND HUMANITIES — 67 communication, publishing, public relations, editing, Bachelor of Arts with a Major in or media criticism. The degree requires 187 hours, including 47 hours in the communication core, 8 English/Humanities (Generalist) hours in the professional core, and 16 hours of electives that can be taken in writing, media Degree Requirements visualist, or film and media areas. General Education Program 48 Hours Further information is listed on page 55 of the The English/humanities degree (culture and current catalog or can be obtained from the media studies concentration), like the English/ dean’s office. humanities generalist degree, prepares you for a English/Humanities Courses 68 Hours variety of careers, ranging from teaching to govern- (Includes 20-hour elective block, of which ment to law. It is an excellent option for students 4 hours must be above the 300 level.) wishing to pursue masters or doctoral studies in Electives (Note: At least 24 hours of these 70 Hours electives must be from 300 and 400 level the field of English and/or cultural studies. The courses. The Department strongly recommends degree requires 188 hours, including 48 in the that you take specialized courses in one or two cultural studies core and 24 hours of electives that areas. Foreign language is an excellent area of can be taken in areas as diverse as history, sociology, specialization for English/humanities majors.) political science, psychology, business, music, art, Total Hours Required 186 Hours and philosophy. The bachelor of arts in English/humanities, English/Humanities Courses (68 Hours) integrated language arts with adolescent to Area Cr. Hrs. young adult licensure (grades 7-12) combines Philosophy (PHIL 105 or 200) 4 education and English/humanities classes to prepare Introduction to Literature (ENGL 200) 4 teachers for grades 7 through 12. At a time when a Linguistics (ENGL 360, 362, 365, 452, or 455 or ENGL 460) 8 national teaching shortage has become apparent, this Survey of Literature (ENGL 211, 212, 251, or 252) 8 degree offers good opportunities for employment. Shakespeare (ENGL 301 or 302) 4 With both degrees in English and humanities, Adv. Composition Requirement (ENGL 305 or 315) 4 British Literature Before 1800 (ENGL 311, 411, 421, 4 classes are relatively small and students receive and other suitable courses) much individual attention from well-qualified and British Literature After 1800 (ENGL 312, 321, 322, 4 441, 446, and other suitable courses) dedicated teachers. American Literature (ENGL 273, 351, 371, 461, 471, 4 As with any degree at the University, the and other suitable courses) Department of English and Humanities very Literature as Social Perspective (ENGL 205, 249, 4 340, 341, 342, 343, 344, and other suitable courses) much encourages students to work closely with Humanities Electives (Courses must be taken in at 20 their faculty advisor. The department secretary least two areas with four hours at the 300 level or higher) Art History Philosophy (740.351.3300) can easily provide the names of Music History Linguistics (one additional course) advisors for individual students. Foreign Language Other suitable courses as added Important Note About Student Assessment Bachelor of Arts with a Major in The English and Humanities Department is very much aware of the national movement that English/Humanities encourages assessment of student learning. Students (Communications) majoring in English and humanities should submit papers for their writing assessment portfolio, which Degree Requirements is kept by the department secretary. The portfolio General Education Program 48 Hours includes a major paper from ENGL 200 and three Further information is listed on page 55 of the current catalog or can be obtained from the other upper-division English courses. The final dean’s office. submission is the Senior Seminar paper (required English/Humanities Courses 68 Hours of all four-year degree students). The English and (Includes 20-hour elective block, of which humanities faculty review these portfolios after 4 hours must be above the 300 level.) See list students apply for graduation to assess if students of courses above. have made sufficient progress as writers and students Communication Core 47 Hours of literature. Additionally, students must maintain Professional Core 8 Hours a C average in all ENGL courses. Electives 16 Hours Total Hours Required 187 Hours 68 — ENGLISH AND HUMANITIES

Communication Core (47 hrs.) Cultural Studies Core (47 hrs.) Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. ARTS 106 Digital Foundations 4 ANTH 250 Prin. of Cult. Anthropology OR 4 ARTS 361 Digital Publishing & Layout 4 SOCI 320 Sociology of Culture ENGL 306 Professional Writing 4 ENGL 205 Introduction to Women’s Studies 4 ENGL 335 Interpersonal Communication 4 ENGL 280 Introduction to American Studies 1 4 ENGL 392 Intercultural Communication 4 ENGL 281 Introduction to American Studies 2 4 ENGL 490 Management Communication 4 ENGL 381 Fundamentals of Criticism 4 JOUR 105 Intro. to Mass Communication 4 ENGL 385 Cultural Studies: Theory & Methods 4 JOUR 231 News Reporting & Writing 4 ENGL 485 Senior Experience in English 4 SPCH 103 Public Speaking & Human Comm. 3 JOUR 105 Intro. to Mass Communication 4 XXX Foreign Language Electives 12 PHIL 200 Introduction to Philosophy 4 XXX Foreign Language Electives 12 Professional Core (8 hrs.) BUMG 101 Introduction to Business 4 BUMK 310 Marketing 4 Bachelor of Arts in English/ Humanities, Integrated Language Electives (16 hrs.) Courses may be taken from the following areas: Arts with Adolescent to Young WRITING Adult (Grades 7-12) Licensure ENGL 240 Screenwriting 4 ENGL 245 Creative Writing 4 Degree Requirements ENGL 305 Creative Nonfiction 4 JOUR 289 Magazine Feature Writing 4 General Education Program 48 Hours JOUR 295 Journalism Practicum 4 PHIL 320S and THAR 100 are required. JOUR 395 Practicum 2 4 Further information is listed on page 55 of the current catalog or can be obtained from the MEDIA VISUALIST PRODUCTION Department of Teacher Education. ARTS 210 Photography 4 Language Arts Component 76 Hours ARTS 251 Typography for the Graphic Designer 4 Professional Education Core 20 Hours ARTS 313 Media Photography 4 ARTS 362 Digital Imaging 4 Reading/Literature Require. 8 Hours ARTS 399 Digital Video 4 Related Studies Component 12 Hours FILM, RADIO AND TV Adolescent/Young Adult Courses 32 Hours ARTS 210 Photography 1 4 Total Hours Required 196 Hours ARTS 399 Digital Video 4 ENGL 240 Screenwriting 4 Language Arts Component (76 Hours) ENGL 275 American Film History 4 ENGL 480 Popular Culture & the Mass Media 4 LANGUAGE EMPHASIS (8 Hours) PHIL 300 Philosophy & Film 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. THAR 100 Introduction to Theater 4 ENGL 360 Intro to Language & Linguistics 4 THAR 332 Theater History 4 ENGL 362 Patterns of English 4

READING EMPHASIS (24 Hours) Bachelor of Arts with a Major in ENGL 200 Introduction to Literature 4 English/Humanities (Culture ENGL 211 Survey of English Literature 1 4 ENGL 212 Survey of English Literature 2 4 and Media Studies) ENGL 251 Survey of American Literature 1 4 ENGL 252 Survey of American Literature 2 4 Degree Requirements ENGL 301 Shakespeare 1 OR 4 ENGL 302 Shakespeare 2 General Education Program 48 Hours Further information is listed on page 55 of the Select two (8 hours): current catalog or can be obtained from the ENGL 205 Introduction to Women’s Studies 4 dean’s office. ENGL 249 Native American Literature 4 ENGL 340 Literature of the Americas 4 English/Humanities Courses 68 Hours ENGL 341 Literature of Initiation & Experience 4 (Includes 20-hour elective block, of which ENGL 342 Women in Literature 4 4 hours must be above the 300 level.) See list of courses on previous page. ENGL 343 Black Authors 4 ENGL 344 Literature of Appalachia 4 Cultural Studies Core 48 Hours Select one (4 hours): Electives 24 Hours ENGL 311 Major English Authors (Before 1800) 4 Total Hours Required 188 Hours ENGL 321 The English Novel 4 MINORS — 69

ENGL 322 Modern English Drama 4 Special Note: The middle childhood license to ENGL 411 16th Century Renaissance Literature 4 teach language arts and English in grades 4-9 is ENGL 421 17th Century Poetry & Prose 4 ENGL 441 The Romantics 4 found on pages 112 and 113 of this catalog. ENGL 446 The Victorians 4

WRITING EMPHASIS (12 Hours) ENGL 305 Creative Nonfiction OR 4 Minors ENGL 315 Theory & Practice in Composition ENGL 232 Creative Writing (Poetry) OR 4 The Department of English and Humanities ENGL 240 Screenwriting OR currently offers minors in the areas of American or ENGL 245 Creative Writing (Fiction) British literature, English language and linguistics, JOUR 231 News Reporting & Writing 4 journalism, philosophy, teaching English to speakers LISTENING/VISUAL LITERACY EMPHASIS (9 Hours) of foreign languages (TESOL), and professional ENGL 105 Information Access 1 writing. Students wishing to concentrate their JOUR 105 Intro. to Mass Communication 4 elective possibilities in these areas are advised to PHIL 105 Rhetoric & Reasoning 4 follow the suggested curricula.

ORAL COMMUNICATION EMPHASIS (7 Hours) SPCH 103 Public Speaking & Human Comm. 3 American or British Literature SPCH 220 Oral Interpretation of Literature 4 This minor allows students to concentrate their CAPSTONE (4 Hours) coursework on either American or British literature. ENGL 485 Sr. Exp. for English/Hum. Majors 4 The introductory classes are required to provide students with an introduction to literary develop- Professional Education Core (20 Hours) ments important to either American or British EDUC 115 Intro. to the Teaching Profession 4 literature. Students build on those introductory EDUC 230 Instructional Media, Technology, 4 courses by selecting four courses of individual & Computers interest. EDUC 240 School & Society: Legal, Theoretical 4 Philosophical, & Ethical Found. Minor in British Literature (24 Hours): of American Education • ENGL 211 and 212 required EDUC 245 Teaching Individuals in a 4 Pluralistic Society •Students select four courses in British literature EDUC 310 Strategies of Assessment, Diagnosis, 4 at the 300 level or above. &Evaluation in the Classroom Minor in American Literature (24 Hours): Reading/Literature Requirement (8 Hours) • ENGL 251 and 252 required EDRE 305 Teaching Reading in the 4 •Students select four courses in American Content Areas literature at the 300 level or above. ENGL 323 Adolescent Literature 4 Related Studies Component (12 Hours) English Language and Linguistics PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning OR 4 This minor requires you to complete 24 credit PSYC 375 Educational Psychology hours of English and linguistics. Courses emphasize PSYC 312 Adolescent Psychology 4 the English language; however, other languages and language processes are covered primarily from Adolescent/Young Adult Courses (32 Hours) a linguistics perspective. The 12 credits, which are EDAE 285 Practicum & Seminar 1: Observation 4 mandatory, deal with introductory aspects of & Reflection in Professional Practice language and cover different core areas of the EDAE 385 Pract. & Sem. 2: Action Research - 4 English language and language in general. Home, School, & Comm. Relations EDAE 400 Prin. & Strategies of Curriculum 4 Develop., Mgt., & Instruction Requirements EDAE 485 Practicum & Seminar 3: Curriculum, 4 Instruction, & Evaluation The following three courses are required (12 credit hours): EDAE 490 Directed Teaching & Seminar 12 ENGL 360 Introduction to Language and Linguistics ENGL 434 Methods of Teaching Language Arts 4 ENGL 362 Patterns of English in the Secondary Schools ENGL 365 History of English 70 — MINORS

Select three courses (12 credit hours) from the following list. Requirements Students may choose either GEOG 201 or ANTH 250 but not both since these courses do not exclusively deal with language. Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. ENGL 452 Language Acquisition PHIL 105 Rhetoric & Reasoning 4 ENGL 455 English Language in Society PHIL 200 Introduction to Philosophy 4 ENGL 460 Topics in Linguistics Choose 12 hours from the following: GEOG 201 Cultural Geography OR PHIL 230 Social & Political Philosophy 4 ANTH 250 Principles of Cultural Anthropology PHIL 260 Philosophy of Religion 4 Other courses will be added as they become available. PHIL 284 East Asian Philosophy 4 PHIL 299 Special Topics in Philosophy 4 PHIL 300 Philosophy & Film 4 PHIL 340 Philosophy of Sport 4 Journalism PHIL 499 Special Topics in Philosophy 4 The 31-hour minor in journalism offers you the Choose 4 hours from the following: opportunity to get a basic understanding of journal- PHIL 320S Ethics in Public & Private Life 4 PHIL 330 Ethical Tech. in the 21st Century 4 istic writing and procedures. You are encouraged ROCI 485S Reflections on Comm. Involvement 4 to make practical application of your coursework.

Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. ARTS 313 Media Photography 4 Professional Writing ARTS 361 Digital Publishing & Layout 4 This minor is an excellent addition to any degree ENGL 105 Information Access 1 program, particularly those in the natural and ENGL 221 English in the Workplace 4 ENGL 305 Creative Nonfiction 4 social sciences and in professional studies programs. JOUR 105 Intro. to Mass Communications 4 Because it develops and refines the writing skills JOUR 231 News & Report Writing 4 needed by professionals in all fields, this minor JOUR 289 Magazine Feature Writing 4 makes a graduate attractive to prospective employers. JOUR 295 Practicum (may be taken 3 times for credit) 2 JOUR 395 Practicum (may be taken 3 times for credit) 2 Courses in technical, business/administrative, Recommended: expository, and journalistic modes of writing SPCH 103 Public Speaking & Human Comm. 3 develop in students a high level of professional writing competency. A total of 28 hours are required. Philosophy Requirements The study of philosophy enhances your bacca- Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. ENGL 121 Technical Writing 1 4 laureate degree program by providing you with a ENGL 221 English in the Workplace 4 fuller understanding of the presuppositions of ENGL 222 Business Writing 4 your discipline. Philosophy also strengthens your ENGL 305 Creative Nonfiction 4 ability to think critically, to develop and defend ENGL 306 Professional Writing 4 arguments rationally, and to understand the logical, Choose one from the following: intellectual, and historical relationships among the BUOA 221 Word Processing 1 4 various academic disciplines. In addition, you gain BUOA 222 Word Processing 2 4 BUOA 223 Word Processing 3 4 an understanding of the profound influence of BUOA 230 Desktop Publishing 1 4 philosophical ideas upon society, culture, and BUOA 231 Desktop Publishing 2 4 politics, which in turn greatly enhances your ability Choose one from the following: to work in multicultural settings. JOUR 231 News Writing 4 Careers for which the minor in philosophy is JOUR 289 Magazine Feature Writing 4 especially well-suited include law and public service, education, social services, religious ministry, counseling psychology, the arts, journalism, and Teaching English to Speakers international relations. The minor requires students to complete 24 of Other Languages (TESOL) hours in philosophy with a minimum grade of This minor is a free-standing program within “C.” Courses taken on a pass/no credit basis may the Department of Arts and Humanities, although not be applied to the minor. it also provides part of the coursework necessary for licensure within the state of Ohio in the area MINORS — 71 of TESOL. To complete the minor, 28 credit hours of coursework are required as listed below, with five additional courses recommended. For details regarding TESOL licensure within the state of Ohio, see the Department of Teacher Education.

Required Courses SPAN 111 Elementary Spanish 1 SPAN 112 Elementary Spanish 2 SPAN 113 Elementary Spanish 3 or a minimum of three quarters of coursework in any first year foreign language sequence. ENGL 360 Introduction to Language and Linguistics ENGL 362 Patterns of English ENGL 455 English Language in Society ENGL 460 Topics in Linguistics: Methods of Teaching ESL

Recommended Courses SPAN 211 Intermediate Spanish 1 SPAN 212 Intermediate Spanish 2 SPAN 213 Intermediate Spanish 3 or any second-year sequence of foreign language courses. EDUC 245 Teaching Individuals in a Pluralistic Society (Preq. EDUC 110) EDUC 450 Directed Teaching and Seminar (Preq. admission to the teacher education program and admission to student teaching) FINE, DIGITAL & PERFORMINGARTS FINE, DIGITAL, & PERFORMING ARTS — 73

Photography/Imaging Studio Arts Fine, Digital, & Visualist Digital Design & Interactive Media Bachelor of Individualized Studies Performing Arts See page 61 of current catalog for description. The faculty of the Department of Fine, Digital, Minors and Performing Arts help guide students’ skills, Music talents, and understanding to expand their artistic/ Theater expressive abilities and world views. The faculty believe that the process of acquiring a balanced Associate of Arts perspective facilitates your understanding of who you Arts/Humanities, Art are as an individual, which forms the core of your Arts/Humanities, Music artistic and academic growth. We encourage your See page 62 of current catalog for degree artistic growth in traditional arts and performing requirements. skills as well as cutting-edge technologies, realizing Associate of Individualized Studies that there are many paths and definitions to artistic See page 64 of current catalog for description. and performing success. We furthermore encourage you to develop the necessary skills in writing, speaking, and movement to facilitate additional Vern Riffe Center for the Arts avenues of expression in a world which is rapidly Shawnee State University’s BFA programs are becoming more dependent upon communications located in the $17 million, 102,000 sq. ft., Vern at many levels. It is our guiding principle that Riffe Center for the Arts. Art studios, comprising students in the department come to an under- some 29 rooms with dramatic natural and artificial standing of, and sensitivity to, how their talents, lighting, fill most of the east wing of the building. skills, and acumen progress and serve the artistic, The first floor houses both the Levi Ceramics aesthetic, and design needs of an increasingly Suite and the photography suite. The 14 rooms in complex multicultural, multinational world. these two areas, as in the other studios throughout The Department offers excellent opportunities the Center, are equipped with state of the art for you to study introductory and advanced courses equipment. The second floor houses the Appleton in drawing, painting, printmaking, photography, Gallery, Richards Virtual Reality Multimedia Stu- digital design, ceramics, sculpture, art history, dio, art education, drawing, and two computer music, and theater. studios. The computer studios are high level Mac- Intosh-based studios for the use of students in all For More Information the arts. The multimedia studio has digital projec- Thomas D. Stead, M.F.A., Chair tion in many formats, surround sound, and one of Djwana Spradlin, Secretary only two infinite baffle speaker systems in the world. The third floor has studios for painting, life Dpt. of Fine, Digital, and Performing Arts studies, design and illustration, fabric design/screen Shawnee State University printing, lithography, and intaglio printmaking. 940 Second Street The music wing contains seven practice studios, an Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344 electronic keyboard lab, and an ensemble room. Phone: 740.351.3118 The Center also houses the Howland Recital Hall, Fax: 740.351.3418 the Kahl Black Box Theater, and an acoustically E-mail: [email protected] variable 1139 seat concert hall/theater. [email protected] Programs in Fine, Digital, and Bachelor Degrees Performing Arts Bachelor of Fine Arts Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree Art Education The bachelor of fine arts is recognized as the Ceramics, Drawing, Painting professional degree in the arts field. Shawnee State 74 — BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS

University offers this degree with several concen- The successful candidate may teach high school trations: art education, ceramics, drawing, painting, art or may be an arts specialist or supervisor in photography/imaging, studio arts, and visualist the elementary or middle school. This licensure digital design and interactive media. does not qualify one to be a general elementary The learning experience is enhanced by the or middle school teacher. This program is Vern Riffe Center for the Arts, a state-of-the-art purposefully “wide” in scope as we feel these facility that houses the BFA classes and features teachers should be competent to cover a wide north-facing walls of windows in nearly every range of arts teaching categories. The art educa- studio. These studios offer the latest in lighting, tion licensure program adheres to the standards equipment, safety, and ventilation as well as access set forth by NCATE (National Council for the for physically challenged students. The academic Accreditation of Teacher Education) and Ohio programs based in the Center offer creative students Department of Education Rule 3301-24-02. It a wide range of possible career opportunities, also meets the guidelines of the State Competency many employing high-end, cutting-edge technical Arts Education Model in the field of visual arts. equipment and computers. Ceramics Shawnee State has developed an The BFA and the professional portfolios excellent program in ceramics. Our graduates developed through the program may well lead the have been offered MFA scholarships at schools successful candidate to career opportunities in such as Alfred University. A well equipped six- teaching, studio work (ceramics, drawing, painting), room studio suite with state-of-the art kilns, 20 photography/imaging, digital design work (print, potter’s wheels, and other equipment and great web, or interactive), digital video, museum curation, faculty are the envy of many larger schools. corporate curation, or the opportunity to pursue a Drawing There are few programs with a masters degree (in order to acquire college teaching concentration in drawing. Drawing is the heart credentials). of most studio arts. We encourage and expect The Department is currently developing a the development of high level skills in this BFA with a concentration in game and simulation most core 2-D discipline, which is an excellent development arts in cooperation with the Depart- precursor to graduate school. ment of Industrial and Engineering Technologies. Pending final approval, the concentration will Painting There is something about painting enable the successful graduate to gain entry into that you never experience in any other medium. what is said to be the fastest growing segment of The color, texture, feel, and experience of the the entertainment industry, as game sales continue paint is unique. Preparation for both figurative to exceed all US film box office earnings for and non-figurative work is encouraged. The another consecutive year. The process incorporates development of a coherent portfolio of work is drawing, theater, writing, animation, advanced important. programming, math, physics, and many other Our third floor painting studio has both an skillsets. For information concerning this degree inside area with 25-foot high north facing program and its status, contact the Department of windows and an outdoor deck for good-weather Fine, Digital, and Performing Arts. painting. Photography/Imaging Photography is Open Enrollment knowing/learning in a different, more acute way, what you are seeing when you look through that Shawnee State is an open-enrollment university viewfinder or screen and then knowing the exact in many of its degree programs. While most of moment to fire the shutter. We have 20 enlargers our BFA programs require no portfolio or testing, in our 3 darkrooms and a large shoot studio it should be noted that programs such as the with the latest in strobe lighting. Our computer visualist digital design and interactive media and studio is equipped with high-end computers the proposed game and simulation design arts may TM at some point become limited entry. and Adobe Photoshop for imaging software development. Program Descriptions Studio Arts Studio arts is a program designed to accommodate those students who want to Art Education Multi-age visual arts licensure pursue a more general studio degree. It allows (PreK-12) is a program to educate art teachers. for focus on two areas of studio work. BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS — 75

Visualist Digital Design & Interactive Media Special Note: Students in any College of Arts Print design, web design, and animation are and Sciences bachelor degree program must part of this unique program. The visualist complete 60 credit hours at the 300 level or above. concentration treats the computer as a complete A minimum of 12 credit hours in the chosen design environment. The digital arts software of emphasis must be at the 300 level or above. A today erases and blends many of the previous maximum of nine credit hours of “topics in art” design paradigms and works toward reorganizing classes may be credited toward the emphasis. An them into a nearly single field of expertise. Our additional four credit hours of topics may be design students may elect one of two tracks credited toward the studio elective. through the program. The imaging track focuses the student more toward manipulating and Degree Requirements for the Bachelor manufacturing images while the design track of Fine Arts, Art Education covers graphic design and illustration concepts. This program combines extensive work in a number This program provides students with many of visual arts areas with a license to teach art in time-on task opportunities with over 200 class- grades PreK-12. Because it combines two programs, room hours on the computers using programs it may take longer to complete than a non-license BFA. such as Photoshop, Freehand, Quark X-Press, and others. General Education Program (48 Hours) 44 Hours The Non-Western Cultural Perspectives compo- Incoming Tech Prep students must become a nent of the GEP is satisfied by a requirement in part of the assessment sample for this program the major. Further information is listed on page 55 of the current catalog or can be obtained from the (see department secretary). Department of Fine, Digital, and Performing Arts. Art Core Requirements 44 Hours General Education Program (GEP) See left column this page. Art Emphasis Area 32 Hours All bachelor’s degree students take the GEP. It Choose 32 hours within either ceramics, drawing should be noted, though, that in cases where a and printmaking, painting, photography/imaging, single course meets requirements of the General (page 77) or visualist digital design and interactive Education Program and the major, the total number media (page 77). Professional Education Core 20 Hours of hours required for the GEP will be reduced by Reading Requirement 4 Hours the number of related course hours. The minimum Related Studies Component 12 Hours credit hours required for the baccalaureate degree Visual Arts Ed. Component 36 Hours shall not, however, be less than 186. Art Studio Electives 24 Hours Total Hours Required 216 Hours Art Core Requirements (44 Hours) Required of all BFA students. Professional Education Core (20 Hours) Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. ARTH 261 Art History Survey 1 4 EDUC 115 Intro. to the Teaching Profession 4 ARTH 262 Art History Survey 2 4 EDUC 230 Instructional Media, Technology, 4 ARTH 263 Art History Survey 3 4 & Computers ARTH XXX Art History Electives (Choose from 8 EDUC 240 School & Society: Legal, Theoretical 4 ARTH 310, 331, 332, 360, 361, Philosophical, & Ethical Found. 364, or 366. Art education students are of American Education required to select ARTH 366 as one of EDUC 245 Teaching Individuals in a 4 their electives. This course also satisfies Pluralistic Society the Non-Western Cultural Perspectives EDUC 310 Strategies of Assessment, Diagnosis, 4 component of the GEP and results in the &Evaluation in the Classroom waiving of 4 hours of the GEP requirement for art education students.) Reading/Literature Requirement (4 Hours) ARTS 101 Studio Foundations 1 4 EDRE 305 Teaching Reading in the Content Areas 4 ARTS 102 Studio Foundations 2 4 ARTS 103 Studio Foundations 3 4 Related Studies Component (12 Hours) ARTS 105 The Creative Process 4 PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 ARTS 480 Senior Studio 1 4 PSYC 151 Human Growth & Development 4 ARTS 481 Senior Studio 2 4 PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning OR 4 PSYC 375 Educational Psychology 76 — BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS

Visual Arts Education Component (36 Hours) Degree Requirements for the Bachelor Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. of Fine Arts in Ceramics, Drawing, ARTP 401 Studio Methods for Early 4 Childhood Education Painting, and Photography/Imaging ARTP 402 Studio Methods for Middle 4 These studio concentrations prepare students for Childhood Education graduate programs and studio entrepreneurship. ARTP 403 Studio Methods for Adolescent 4 to Young Adult Education These programs are designed to bring individuals in a EDVA 285 Pract. & Sem. 1: Observation & 4 BFA program to a high level of both skill and thought Reflection in Professional Practice in specific studio areas. Many of our students go on EDVA 385 Pract.& Sem. 2: Action Research - 4 Home, School, & Comm. Relations for advanced degrees in their studio area. College EDVA 485 Practicum & Seminar 3: Curriculum, 4 teaching positions in the arts require a terminal Instruction, & Evaluation degree (MFA / 2 to 3 yrs.) while other teachers usually EDVA 490 Directed & Teaching Seminar 12 need to work toward an MA (1 yr.). Other students may wish to involve themselves in the arts-based Art Studio Electives (24 Hours) business world of galleries, ceramics businesses, public Choose at least one course from each area outside studio emphasis. sculpture, or photography/imaging studios. We CERAMICS (4 HOURS) encourage these students to take business courses to ARTS 231 Ceramics 1 4 better prepare themselves for success. ARTS 232 Ceramics 2 4 ARTS 233 Ceramics 3 4 General Education Program 48 Hours Further information is listed on page 55 of the DIGITAL ARTS (4 HOURS) current catalog or can be obtained from the dean’s office. ARTS 106 Digital Foundations 4 ARTS 362 Digital Imaging 2 4 Art Core Requirements See page 75. 44 Hours ARTS 363 Digital Illustration/Type 2 4 Art Specialization (Choose either ceramics 40 Hours drawing, painting, or photography/imaging.) DRAWING (4 HOURS) Art Studio Electives (Chosen from ARTS, 38 Hours ARTS 271 Life Drawing 1 4 ARTG, or ARTM outside art specialization) ARTS 272 Life Drawing 2 4 General Electives (Chosen from courses other 16 Hours ARTS 273 Life Drawing 3 4 than ARTH, ARTS, ARTG, ARTM, ARTP) ARTS 275 Drawing 1 4 ARTS 276 Drawing 2 4 Total Hours Required 186 Hours ARTS 277 Drawing 3 4 Degree Requirements for the Bachelor PAINTING (4 HOURS) ARTS 221 Painting 1 4 of Fine Arts in Studio Arts ARTS 222 Painting 2 4 General Education Program 48 Hours ARTS 223 Painting 3 4 Further information is listed on page 55 of the current catalog or can be obtained from the PHOTOGRAPHY (4 HOURS) dean’s office. ARTS 210 Photography 1 4 Art Core Requirements See page 75. 44 Hours ARTS 211 Photography 2 4 Studio Emphasis (Choose either ceramics 32 Hours ARTS 212 Photography 3 4 drawing, painting, or photography/imaging.) Art Studio Electives (Chosen from ARTS, 46 Hours PRINTMAKING (4 HOURS) ARTG, or ARTM outside art specialization) ARTS 244 Introduction to Printmaking 4 General Electives (Chosen from courses other 16 Hours ARTS 245 Intaglio 4 than ARTH, ARTS, ARTG, ARTM, ARTP) ARTS 246 Lithography 4 ARTS 247 Screen Printing 4 Total Hours Required 186 Hours ARTS 248 Relief Printing 4 Studio Emphasis/Art Specialization (40 Hours) SCULPTURE (4 HOURS) Choose either a ceramics, drawing, painting, or photography/ ARTS 241 Sculpture 1 4 imaging emphasis. ARTS 242 Sculpture 2 4 ARTS 243 Sculpture 3 4 CERAMICS Special Note: The middle childhood license to Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. teach language arts and English in grades 4-9 is ARTS 231 Ceramics 1 4 found on pages 112 and 113 of this catalog. ARTS 232 Ceramics 2 4 ARTS 233 Ceramics 3 4 BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS — 77

ARTS 331 Intermediate Ceramics 1 4 ARTS 426 Advanced Watercolor 3 4 ARTS 332 Intermediate Ceramics 2 4 ARTS 427 Advanced Figure Painting 1 4 ARTS 333 Intermediate Ceramics 3 4 ARTS 428 Advanced Figure Painting 2 4 ARTS 334 Raku Ceramics 4 ARTS 429 Advanced Figure Painting 3 4 ARTS 335 Porcelain Ceramics 4 ARTS 336 Glaze Theory & Practice 4 ARTS 338 Mold Making 4 Degree Requirements for the Bachelor ARTS 434 Advanced Raku 4 of Fine Arts, Visualist Digital Design ARTS 435 Advanced Porcelain 4 ARTS 436 Advanced Glaze Theory & Practice 4 and Interactive Media General Education Program 48 Hours DRAWING AND PRINTMAKING Further information is listed on page 55 of the ARTS 244 Introduction to Printmaking 4 current catalog or can be obtained from the ARTS 245 Intaglio 4 dean’s office. ARTS 246 Lithography 4 Art Core Requirements See page 75. 44 Hours ARTS 247 Screen Printing 4 Art Specialization Choose design or 52 Hours ARTS 248 Relief Printing 4 imaging tracks ARTS 252 Illustration 4 ARTS 253 Advanced Illustration 4 Art Studio Electives (16 hours may be 40 Hours ARTS 271 Life Drawing 1 4 chosen from ARTG or ARTS courses outside ARTS 272 Life Drawing 2 4 concentration ARTS 273 Life Drawing 3 4 General Electives 16 Hours ARTS 275 Drawing 1 4 ARTS 276 Drawing 2 4 Total Hours Required 200 Hours ARTS 277 Drawing 3 4 ARTS 371 Intermediate Life Drawing 1 4 Junior Portfolio Review Students wishing to choose this ARTS 372 Intermediate Life Drawing 2 4 concentration may be asked—as a class, with a year notice—to ARTS 373 Intermediate Life Drawing 3 4 submit a portfolio to be admitted into the junior year (100 quarter ARTS 375 Intermediate Drawing 1 4 hours) of this concentration, due to space constraints. This portfolio ARTS 376 Intermediate Drawing 2 4 will be reviewed by a committee comprised of the digital arts ARTS 475 Advanced Drawing 1 4 faculty. Only those students who pass the portfolio review will be ARTS 476 Advanced Drawing 2 4 permitted to continue in the program. Students who do not pass this review may apply their credits toward one of the other art PHOTOGRAPHY / IMAGING concentrations if they so desire. ARTS 210 Photography 1 4 Co-op/Internship Students may choose to initiate a co-op/ ARTS 211 Photography 2 4 internship (ARTS 459, 12 hours) in a professional graphics/ ARTS 212 Photography 3 4 imaging/interactive media business. The internship must be ARTS 215 Photography /Graphic Design 4 approved by the Department of Fine, Digital, & Performing Arts ARTS 310 Intermediate Photography 1 4 chairperson and it must agree with certain specifications and the ARTS 311 Intermediate Photography 2 4 review process. There is a department brochure describing everyone’s ARTS 312 Intermediate Photography 3 4 role in the process, a copy of which must be given to the student’s ARTS 313 Media Photography 4 supervisor at the business along with internship evaluation forms. ARTS 362 Digital Imaging 4 ARTS 410 Advanced Photography 1 4 ARTS 410 Advanced Photography 1 4 Art Specialization (52 Hours) ARTS 410 Advanced Photography 1 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. ARTS 251 Typography for the Graphic Designer 4 PAINTING ARTS 355 Visualist Studio 1 4 ARTS 221 Painting 1 4 ARTS 356 Visualist Studio 2 4 ARTS 222 Painting 2 4 ARTS 357 Visualist Studio 3 4 ARTS 223 Painting 3 4 ARTS 455 Visualist Studio 4 4 ARTS 321 Intermediate Painting 1 4 ARTS 456 Visualist Studio 5 4 ARTS 322 Intermediate Painting 2 4 ARTS 457 Visualist Studio 6 or 4 ARTS 323 Intermediate Painting 3 4 ARTS 459 Arts Internship (may be taken in ARTS 324 Watercolor 1 4 place of ARTS 455, 456, & 457) ARTS 325 Watercolor 2 4 Choose either the design or imaging track. ARTS 326 Watercolor 3 4 ARTS 327 Figure Painting 1 4 DESIGN TRACK ARTS 328 Figure Painting 2 4 ARTS 106 Digital Foundations 4 ARTS 329 Figure Painting 3 4 ARTS 221 Painting 1 4 ARTS 421 Advanced Painting 1 4 ARTS 252 Basic Illustration 4 ARTS 422 Advanced Painting 2 4 ARTS 253 Illustration 4 ARTS 423 Advanced Painting 3 4 ARTS 271 Life Drawing 1 4 ARTS 424 Advanced Watercolor 1 4 ARTS 275 Drawing 1 4 ARTS 425 Advanced Watercolor 2 4 78 — MINORS

IMAGING TRACK Choose one area or a combination of two for six quarters from the Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. following: ARTS 106 Digital Foundations 4 MUSI 370 Applied Voice (1 cr. hr. x 6 qtrs.) 6 ARTS 210 Photography 1 4 MUSI 371 Applied Piano 6 ARTS 211 Photography 2 4 MUSI 372 Applied Organ 6 ARTS 212 Photography 3 4 MUSI 373 Applied Woodwind 6 ARTS 310 Intermediate Photography 1 4 MUSI 374 Applied Brass 6 ARTS 311 Intermediate Photography 2 4

Art Studio Electives (40 Hours) Theater Students enrolled in any of the University’s Choose three from: baccalaureate degree programs may elect to ARTS 361 Publishing/Layout 4 ARTS 362 Digital Imaging 4 complete a minor in theater. The theater minor is ARTS 363 Digital Illustration/Type 4 an independent program within the Department ARTS 364 Digital Paint 4 of Fine, Digital, and Performing Arts. The student Choose three from (check prerequisites): is required to complete six theater courses and a ARTS 361 Publishing/Layout 4 seventh course chosen from the upper level course ARTS 362 Imaging 4 offerings. Students must pass all courses with a ARTS 363 Digital Illustration/Type 4 minimum grade of C. ARTS 364 Digital Paint 4 ARTS 465 Digital 3-D 4 ARTS 466 Interactive Scripting 4 Required Courses ARTS 467 Website Arts 4 THAR 100 Introduction to Theater Electives Choose from any 16 THAR 120 Stagecraft: Scenery and Props ARTS or ARTG courses. THAR 335 Practicum in Production Choose four credits from the following: THAR 299 Topics in Theater THAR 331 Directing 1 Minors THAR 499 Topics in Theater Choose two from the following: Music THAR 210 Acting 1 THAR 211 Acting 2 The music minor requires students to complete THAR 212 Acting 3 a minimum of 31 credit hours. You may choose to continue applied and ensemble courses beyond Upper Level Courses the minor requirements. The combination of both required and chosen music courses represents a Choose one from the following: coherent music program that includes theory, ENGL 301 Shakespeare 1 ENGL 302 Shakespeare 2 history, training, and performance. MUSI 230 Musical Theater THAR 205 Theater Planning and Management Requirements THAR 310 Scene Development THAR 331 Directing 1 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. THAR 431 Directing 2 MUSI 101 Music Theory 1 3 THAR 499 Special Topics in Theater MUSI 102 Music Theory 2 3 MUSI 103 Music Theory 3 3 MUSI 105 Ear Training & Sight Singing 3 MUSI 220 Music Literature 4 Choose one from the following: MUSI 221 Music History & Literature 1 3 MUSI 222 Music History & Literature 2 3 MUSI 223 Music History & Literature 3 3 MUSI 225 Country & Appal. Music History 4 Choose one from the following: MUSI 185 Vocal Ensemble (2 cr. hr. x 3 qtrs.) 6 MUSI 186 Instrumental Ensemble 6 MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 80 — MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES

Programs in Mathematical Mathematical Sciences Bachelor of Individualized Studies Sciences See page 61 of current catalog for description. The Department of Mathematical Sciences Bachelor of Science provides Shawnee State’s general education student Mathematical Sciences with an appreciation of, and experiences with, the Mathematical Sciences, Integrated Mathematics role of mathematics in our society. The Department with Adolescent to Young Adult (Grades also develops additional mathematical skills for 7-12) Licensure those students whose academic programs require it Natural Science, Mathematics and provides educational experiences for students Natural Science, Mathematics and Science with who wish to specialize in mathematics. Middle Childhood (Grades 4-9) Licensure In addition to close faculty-student working relations, the Department features an extensive Minor in the Mathematical Sciences tutoring program, use of technology in the cur- Associate of Science riculum, and modern student computing facilities. Mathematics The degrees offered by the Department of See page 63 of current catalog for description Mathematical Sciences provide a broad intellectual foundation in undergraduate mathematics, foster Associate of Individualized Studies your reasoning and problem solving skills, and See page 64 of current catalog for description. give you the opportunity to combine your interest in mathematics with preparation for a variety of career options. Bachelor Degrees Each of the Department’s baccalaureate programs requires a senior research project which allows you to work closely with a team of faculty to study a Bachelor of Science in mathematical topic in depth. The senior research Mathematical Sciences project is designed to be an integrative and cap- This four-year program develops the analytical stone experience and results in the development of skills, knowledge base, and attitudes you need to use a senior paper and presentation. mathematics well and fosters your ability to learn Each of the programs is described here in mathematics and other technical material indepen- more detail. If you are interested in a degree in dently. Graduates of this program should be able mathematics, you are encouraged to contact the to communicate technical concepts effectively and Department at 740.351.3301 for additional should have a solid understanding of the core sub- information. Mathematical sciences faculty look jects of undergraduate mathematics as well as some forward to showing you what Shawnee State has more specialized work at a more advanced level. to offer. People with degrees in mathematical sciences enter a wide variety of professions, including For More Information careers in business and finance, computer science, Michael B. Fiske, Ph.D., Chairperson law, industry, and education. The mathematical Carol Sexton, A.A.B., Secretary sciences major prepares you for careers in which analytic, problem solving, and quantitative skills Department of Mathematical Sciences are of central importance. Shawnee State University The study of mathematics is an appropriate 940 Second Street foundation for the pursuit of a master’s degree or Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344 doctorate degree in a variety of areas including Phone: 740.351.3301 business administration, computer science, Fax: 740.351.3584 economics, engineering, and law. Students from E-mail: [email protected] our program have entered graduate programs in biostatistics, computer science, education, mathematics, and meteorology. MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES — 81

The curriculum emphasizes the interdisciplinary Upper Division Sequence (8 Hours) nature of mathematics and its relationship to other All students completing a major in the mathe- disciplines as introduced by the general education matical sciences are required to complete one of program. The learning experiences gained in the the following sequences: liberal arts and science courses are used as a foun- MATH 410 Modern Algebra 1 AND 4 dation upon which the mathematical sciences build MATH 411 Modern Algebra 2 OR 4 and expand, showing that mathematics is not MATH 335 Intermediate Analysis AND isolated but is part of an overall knowledge base. MATH 460 Real Analysis Students who major in the mathematical sciences are required, via the Connections Requirement, to Computer Science Elective (4 Hours) take collateral coursework in fields that make use All students completing a major in the mathe- of mathematics, thus furthering the University’s matical sciences are required to complete one of goal of tying career oriented education to a liberal the following courses: arts foundation. BUIS 103 Visual BASIC 1 4 BUIS 201 C Language 4 ETCO 115 VBASIC Computer Programming 4 Degree Requirements ETCO 116 JAVA Computer Programming 4 General Education Program 48 Hours Further information is listed on page 55 of the Connections Requirement (12 Hours) current catalog or can be obtained from the dean’s office. An important goal of our program is to assure Mathematical Sciences Core 45 Hours that all students gain exposure to how the mathe- If MATH 201, 220, or 250 is used to satisfy matical sciences are used. Through the Connections the GEP, 41 hours are required in the Requirement, you complete courses in a particular Mathematical Sciences Core and 69 hours are required in General Electives. area, such as education, economics, business, com- Upper Division Sequence 8 Hours puter science, engineering technology, or advanced Mathematical Science Elective 4 Hours specialized topics in the mathematical sciences. (Must be numbered 300 or higher.) You are strongly encouraged to complete all of the Computer Science Elective 4 Hours courses in at least one of the strands. Some of the Connections Requirement 12 Hours strands are designed to be comparable to minors. General Electives 65 Hours All students completing a major in the mathe- Total Hours Required 186 Hours matical sciences are required to complete one of the following strands. Mathematical Sciences Core (45 Hours) BUSINESS STRAND All students completing a major in the mathe- BUAC 201 Financial Accounting Principles matical sciences are required to take the following BUAC 203 Managerial Accounting courses. BUMG 235 Personnel Management BULW 270 The Legal Environment of Business Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. BUFI 345 Managerial Finance MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 BUMG 310 Management Principles MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 BUMG 355 Quantitative Methods in Business MATH 203 Calculus 3 4 BUMG 385 Production/Operations Management MATH 204 Calculus 4 4 BUMK 310 Marketing Principles MATH 220 Discrete Mathematics 4 MATH 230 Linear Algebra 5 COMPUTER SCIENCE STRAND MATH 250 Statistics 1 4 ETEC 102 Structured Programming with C MATH 301 Ordinary Differential Equations OR 4 ETEC 103 Data Structures with C MATH 430 Numerical Analysis ETEC 211 Assembly Language Programming 1 MATH 360 Introduction to Probability 4 ETEC 275 Systems Programming MATH 440 Mathematical Models OR 4 ETEC 280 Applications Programming MATH 370 Operations Research 1 ETEC 371 Operating Systems 1 MATH 496 Senior Research Project 1 1 ETEC 372 Operating Systems 2 MATH 497 Senior Research Project 2 2 ETEC 373 Advanced Operating Systems MATH 498 Senior Research Project 3 1 ETEC 408 Algorithms and Problem Solving ETEC 477 Concurrency 82 — INTEGRATED MATHEMATICS

ECONOMICS STRAND both the Department of Mathematical Sciences ECON 201 Principles of Microeconomics and the Department of Teacher Education. ECON 202 Principles of Macroeconomics ECON 301 Intermediate Microeconomics ECON 302 Intermediate Macroeconomics Degree Requirements ECON 310 Money and Banking General Education Program (48 Hours) 44 Hours ECON 332 Managerial Economics The Quantitative Reasoning component of the ECON 425 Public Finance GEP is satisfied by the requirements of the ECON 480 Econometrics bachelor of science in mathematical sciences. See page 55 for further information about the GEP. PHYSICS STRAND Integrated Math Component 65 Hours PHYS 211 Calculus-Based Physics 1 Professional Education Core 20 Hours PHYS 212 Calculus-Based Physics 2 Reading/Literature Requirement 8 Hours PHYS 213 Calculus-Based Physics 3 Related Studies Component 16 Hours GRADUATE SCHOOL PREPARATORY STRAND Adolescent/Young Adult Courses 32 Hours MATH 410 Modern Algebra 1 AND General Elective 1 Hour MATH 411 Modern Algebra 2 OR Total Hours Required 186 Hours MATH 335 Intermediate Analysis AND MATH 460 Real Analysis Integrated Math Component (65 Hours) (whichever of the above sequences is not being used to satisfy the Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. upper division sequence requirement) MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 MATH 450 Complex Variables MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 MATH 480 General Topology MATH 203 Calculus 3 4 MATH 204 Calculus 4 4 SECONDARY MATHEMATICS EDUCATION STRAND MATH 220 Discrete Mathematics 4 MATH 300 History of Mathematics MATH 230 Linear Algebra 5 MATH 320 Foundations of Geometry MATH 250 Statistics 1 4 MATH 405 Math. Enrich. for the Secondary Teacher MATH 300 History of Mathematics 4 MATH 470 Secondary Mathematics Methods MATH 301 Ordinary Differential Equations OR 4 MATH 430 Numerical Analysis INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT AND STATISTICAL MATH 320 Foundations of Geometry 4 PROCESS CONTROL STRAND MATH 360 Introduction to Probability 4 MATH 405 Math. Enrich. for the Sec. Teacher 4 ETPL 235 Statistical Processes/Quality Control 1 MATH 410 Modern Algebra 1 4 ETPL 335 Statistical Processes/Quality Control 2 MATH 411 Modern Algebra 2 4 ETPL 435 Statistical Processes/Quality Control 3 MATH 440 Mathematical Models OR 4 MATH 370 Operations Research 1 MATH 370 Operations Research 1 MATH 371 Operations Research 2 MATH 496 Senior Research Project 1 1 BUMG 355 Quantitative Methods in Business MATH 497 Senior Research Project 2 2 BUMG 385 Production/Operations Management MATH 498 Senior Research Project 3 1

Professional Education Core (20 Hours) Bachelor of Science in EDUC 115 Intro. to the Teaching Profession 4 EDUC 230 Instructional Media, Technology, 4 Mathematical Sciences, & Computers EDUC 240 School & Society: Legal, Theoretical 4 Integrated Mathematics with Philosophical, & Ethical Found. Adolescent to Young Adult of American Education EDUC 245 Teaching Individuals in a 4 (Grades 7-12) Licensure Pluralistic Society EDUC 310 Strategies of Assessment, Diagnosis, 4 This option within the bachelor of science in &Evaluation in the Classroom mathematical sciences program prepares you to be a teacher at the secondary level. Graduates have a Reading/Literature Requirement (8 Hours) broad background in the core of undergraduate EDRE 305 Teaching Reading in the 4 mathematics and a firm foundation in professional Content Areas ENGL 323 Adolescent Literature 4 education coursework, together with a strong general education component. Related Studies Component (16 Hours) Students in this program are strongly encouraged BUIS/ETCO Computer Science Elective See page 81. 4 to meet, on a regular basis, with an advisor from PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 MIDDLE CHILDHOOD LICENSURE — 83

PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning OR 4 Note: A minimum of 35 hours must be at the PSYC 375 Educational Psychology 300 level or above. PSYC 312 Adolescent Psychology 4 Adolescent/Young Adult Courses (32 Hours) Bachelor of Science in Natural EDAE 285 Practicum & Seminar 1: Observation 4 & Reflection in Professional Practice Science, Mathematics and EDAE 385 Pract. & Sem. 2: Action Research - 4 Home, School, & Comm. Relations Science with Middle Childhood EDAE 400 Prin. & Strategies of Curriculum 4 Develop., Mgt., & Instruction (Grades 4-9) Licensure EDAE 485 Practicum & Seminar 3: Curricu., 4 Students pursuing the middle childhood license to Research, & Evaluation EDAE 490 Directed Teaching & Seminar 12 teach mathematics and science may select from one of MATH 470 Teaching Mathematics in 4 two degrees. In addition to this bachelor of science in Grades 7-12 natural science, a bachelor of science in education is available. See pages 112 and 113 of this catalog. Consult with advisors from science, mathematics, or Bachelor of Science in Natural education to discuss which option best meets your needs. Science, Mathematics This option is designed to prepare middle school professionals specializing in the teaching of Shawnee State’s bachelor of science in natural mathematics and science. science degree program introduces you to a wide Students in this program are strongly encouraged range of basic science disciplines and allows you to to meet, on a regular basis, with an advisor from concentrate on one specific area. By selecting the Department of Mathematical Sciences, the mathematics as the primary area of concentration, Department of Natural Sciences, and the you may complete the requirements for the bachelor Department of Teacher Education. of science in natural science. A number of career alternatives are available to students who complete this degree, including Degree Requirements positions in government or industry that require General Education Program (48 Hours) 36 Hours The Quantitative Reasoning and Natural quantitative competency and continued specializa- Science components of the GEP (4 and 8 hours, tion in graduate school. respectively) are satisfied by the requirements of the bachelor of science in natural science. See page 55 for further information about the GEP. Degree Requirements Content Component 85-89 Hours General Education Program 48 Hours Professional Education Core 20 Hours Further information is listed on page 55 of the See page 82 of current catalog. current catalog or can be obtained from the Reading/Literature Requirement 18 Hours dean’s office. Middle Childhood (Math. & Science) 36 Hours Concentration Area 1 Mathematics courses 44 Hours numbered higher than MATH 130 to include Related Studies Component 16 Hours MATH 201, 202, 496, 497, 498, and a least Minimum Hours Required 211-215 Hours 12 hours at the 300-400 level. MATH 201 may not be used to satisfy both the GEP and the Con- centration Area 1 requirements. Content Component (85-89 Hours) Concentration Area 2 Biology, chemistry, 16 Hours MATHEMATICS (44-45 HOURS) geology, or physics courses (select one area) num- Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. bered higher than 110 MATH 110S Mathematics Core Course 4 Concentration Area 3 Biology, chemistry, 8 Hours MATH 140 Elementary Topics in Math. 1 4 geology, or physics courses (selected from area MATH 141 Elementary Topics in Math. 2 4 other than Concentration Area 2) numbered MATH 300 History of Mathematics 4 higher than 110 MATH 305 Math. Enrichment for the Teacher 4 Humanities/Social Science Electives 24 Hours MATH 320 Foundations of Geometry 4 From at least two areas MATH 496 Senior Research Project 1 1 Computer Science Elective Select from 4 Hours MATH 497 Senior Research Project 2 2 BUIS 103, 201, ETCO 115, or 116 MATH 498 Senior Research Project 3 1 General Electives 45 Hours Total Hours Required 189 Hours 84 — MINOR

Select one pair of the following courses: Related Studies Component (16 Hours) Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. BUIS/ETCO Computer Science Elective See page 81. 4 MATH 132 Precalculus 2 4 PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 MATH 190 Brief Calculus with Applications 4 PSYC 312 Adolescent Psychology 4 or PSYC 375 Educational Psychology OR 4 MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 Select one of the following: MATH 150 Principles of Statistics 4 Minor MATH 250 Statistics 1 4 Select one of the following: Mathematical Sciences MATH 220 Discrete Mathematics 4 MATH 230 Linear Algebra 5 If you decide not to major in mathematics, the mathematical sciences minor can accompany any NATURAL SCIENCE (41-44 HOURS) baccalaureate degree offered by the University. The BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 minor will strengthen your mathematical skills and CHEM 121 Introduction to General Chemistry 1 4 improve your ability to solve problems in subject CHEM 122 Introduction to General Chemistry 2 4 GEOL 111 Rocks, Minerals, & Fossils 4 areas that use mathematics as a tool. NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Methodology 4 PSCI 251 Physical Science by Inquiry 1 4 Requirements PSCI 252 Physical Science by Inquiry 2 4 A minor in the mathematical sciences consists Select three of the following: of at least 29 credit hours in mathematics courses BIOL 162 Human Anatomy & Physiology 5 BIOL 202 Principles of Plant Biology 5 numbered 200 or above. Seventeen of these hours BIOL 203 Principles of Animal Biology 5 are required; you should consult with the chair of BIOL 210 Taxonomy of Vascular Plants 4 the Department of Mathematical Sciences regarding BIOL 271 Field Ornithology 4 a study plan for the remaining hours. BIOL 272 Ohio’s Natural Heritage 4 BIOL 302 Dendrology 4 BIOL 303 Spring Flora 4 Mathematical Sciences Minor Core (17 Hours) BIOL 307 General Entomology 5 The following courses are required of all students BIOL 370 Marine Biology 5 completing a minor in the mathematical sciences: GEOL 112 Environmental Geology 4 GEOL 201 Physical Geology 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. GEOL 202 Historical Geology 4 MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 GEOL 301 Invertebrate Paleobiology 4 MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 MATH 203 Calculus 3 4 MATH 230 Linear Algebra 5 Reading/Literature Requirement (18 Hours) EDRE 302 Foundations of Literacy 5 Sample Course Sequence for Mathematical EDRE 304 Teaching Phonics: Reading, 5 Sciences Minor Writing, & Spelling EDRE 305 Teaching Reading in the 4 This is what a mathematics sequence might look like for a student Content Areas whose major is in business. ENGL 300 Children’s Literature 4 MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 MATH 203 Calculus 3 4 Middle Childhood (Mathematics & Science) MATH 230 Linear Algebra 5 (36 Hours) MATH 250 Statistics 1 4 EDMC 285 Practicum & Seminar 1: Observation 4 MATH 350 Statistics 2 4 & Reflection in Professional Practice MATH 440 Mathematical Models 4 EDMC 385 Pract. & Sem. 2: Action Research - 4 This is what a mathematics sequence might look like for a student Home, School, & Comm. Relations whose major is in engineering technologies. EDMC 470 Instructional Strategies & Mgt. 4 MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 EDMC 473 Teach. Math. in the Middle Grades 4 MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 EDMC 476 Teach. Science in the Middle Grades 4 MATH 203 Calculus 3 4 EDMC 485 Practicum & Seminar 3: Curriculum, 4 MATH 220 Discrete Mathematics 4 Instruction, & Evaluation MATH 230 Linear Algebra 5 EDMC 490 Directed Teaching & Seminar 12 MATH 301 Differential Equations 4 MATH 440 Mathematical Models 4 MATHEMATICS REQUIREMENTS — 85

•If you have a mathematics ACT score of 18 or General Education below, you should take COMPASS for your Mathematics mathematics placement. •If you have a mathematics ACT score of 19-20, Requirements you do not need to take the placement test and may enter into MATH 110S, MATH 130, or In general, you may satisfy the mathematics MATH 150. Consult with your advisor about component (Quantitative Reasoning - 4 hours, see the appropriate course in your degree program. page 56) of the General Education Program by •If you have a mathematics ACT score of 21-27, completing one of the following courses: you do not need to take the placement test and • MATH 110S Mathematics Core Course (4) may enter into MATH 131 or MATH 132. • MATH 131 Precalculus 1 (4) Contact the Department of Mathematical • MATH 150 Principles of Statistics (4) Sciences, 351.3301, for the appropriate course. • MATH 170 Applied Finite Mathematics (4) •If you have a Math ACT score of 28 or higher, • MATH 190 Brief Calculus with Applications (4) you do not need to take the placement test and • MATH 201 Calculus 1 (4) may enter into MATH 201. • MATH 220 Discrete Mathematics (4) • MATH 250 Statistics 1 (4) Arrangements to take the COMPASS mathe- However, some academic programs may require matics placement test are made with the Student a specific MATH course to satisfy the General Success Center, 351.3594. Education Program requirements. You should Students who feel their placement test score is check with your faculty advisor before registering not indicative of their abilities in mathematics or for a MATH course to see if it is one appropriate feel they were placed into a course level too low to your program and that you have fulfilled the should appeal their placement to the Department course prerequisite. of Mathematical Sciences (351.3301) at the earliest possible date. Entrance into Mathematics Courses If you are a degree-seeking student, you are required to use your ACT mathematics score or to take the COMPASS placement test in order to be admitted to a mathematics course. The following guidelines are used for mathematics placement.

Entry Points for Mathematics Courses

MATH 099 ▼ MATH 101 ▼ MATH 105

▼ ▼ MATH 110S MATH 130▼ MATH 150

▼ ▼ MATH 170 MATH 131▼ MATH190 ▼ MATH 132 ▼ MATH 201 NATURAL SCIENCES NATURAL SCIENCES — 87 Natural Sciences Programs in Natural Science Bachelor of Individualized Studies The Department of Natural Sciences prepares See page 61 of current catalog for description. students for the challenges of the 21st century. Bachelor of Science This mission is accomplished: Biology •For science majors, through degree programs Chemistry that provide depth and breadth in scientific Natural Science learning, experience with modern technologies, Natural Science and opportunities in undergraduate research Earth Science with Adolescent to Young and field studies. Adult (Grades 7-12) Licensure •For students majoring in science-related Integrated Science with Adolescent to Young disciplines, through service courses that provide Adult (Grades 7-12) Licensure science content and develop technical Life Science with Adolescent to Young Adult competence. (Grades 7-12) Licensure •For science majors and general education Mathematics and Science with Middle students, through courses that promote an Childhood (Grades 4-9) Licensure understanding of scientific reasoning and Physical Science with Adolescent to Young methodology. Adult (Grades 7-12) Licensure The Department of Natural Sciences offers Minors modern instrumentation, including GC-MS, Biology HPLC, AA, UV-Vis, FTIR, compound and Chemistry dissecting microscopes for the life sciences, and Environmental Science polarizing microscopes for geological studies. Associate of Science For the premedical studies student, the Depart- See page 63 of current catalog for description. ment offers several advanced human anatomy Associate of Individualized Studies electives rarely available at the undergraduate level. See page 64 of current catalog for description. Instructional physics labs are equipped with Macintosh computers for collecting and processing Certificate in Environmental Science data. The Department maintains, for the use of all Premedical Studies natural sciences students, a lab containing ten Suggested course of study. computers and a laser printer. In 1998, Shawnee State University was selected as a seismic station for the Division of Geological Waller Conservatory Survey of the Ohio Department of Natural The Waller Conservatory is a 1500 square foot, Resources. The seismic station is housed in the solarium-type greenhouse that is attached to the Department of Natural Sciences. southeast corner of Massie Hall. It is part of the overall plant biology complex that also includes a For More Information support room for the Conservatory, large classroom/ laboratory, conference room, and faculty office. Gary Gemmer, M.A.T., Chairperson The Conservatory was built almost entirely with Marilyn Mangus, B.S.J., Secretary donated funds; two large donations, one from the Department of Natural Sciences Kettering Foundation and the other from the local Shawnee State University Waller family, were instrumental in making the 940 Second Street facility possible. Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344 Phone: 740.351.3456 Fax: 740.351.3596 Bachelor Degrees E-mail: [email protected] or [email protected] Special Note: Students must complete—at Shawnee State—at least 16 credit hours in their majors. The 16 hours must be taken at the 300 or 88 — BIOLOGY

400 level. In the case of the BS natural science, at CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 least 12 of the 16 upper division hours must be in CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 CHEM 200 Intro. to Organic Chemistry OR 4 the first concentration. CHEM 305 Organic Chemistry 1 NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Methodology 4 PHYS - - - Physics Elective (PHYS 210 cannot 4 Bachelor of Science in Biology be used for physics elective) The bachelor of science in biology provides a Computer Science Elective 4 SPCH 103 Public Speaking & Human Comm. 3 broad intellectual foundation in the fundamentals of life science and is based on a philosophical General Electives (42 Hours) commitment to relate modern life science to economic, environmental, and societal concerns. Elective hours are not limited to any particular The curriculum insures a solid foundation in the area of study and can be earned in science to biological sciences while offering the latitude to enhance the major or to complete requirements explore specific areas such as botany, zoology, for a minor. Courses from all departments of the ecology, systematics, and the biomedical sciences. University can be used to satisfy the electives BS biology recipients are prepared for careers in requirements. Electives should include courses in the business, industry, and government or for arts and humanities. Coherent groups of courses are advanced degree programs in biological or encouraged and should be chosen with the student’s biomedical fields. career objectives and personal interests in mind. Consultation with your faculty advisor is highly Degree Requirements recommended so that electives can be an important component of your educational experience. General Education Program (48 Hours) 36 Hours The Quantitative Reasoning and Natural Science components of the GEP (4 and 8 hours, respectively) are satisfied by the requirements of Bachelor of Science in Chemistry the bachelor of science in biology. See page 55 for The bachelor of science in chemistry is designed further information about the GEP. for students who wish to pursue a professional Biology Curriculum 65 Hours (contains 35 hours of required courses) career in industry or government, a medical C– or better required in each course. degree, or graduate studies in chemistry and allied Mathematics and Support Courses 46 Hours disciplines. Frequent consultation with your General Electives 42 Hours faculty advisor is strongly encouraged. Minimum Hours Required 189 Hours Degree Requirements Biology Curriculum (65 Hours) General Education Program (48 Hours) 36 Hours (Required courses listed, 35 hours) The Quantitative Reasoning and Natural Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. Science components of the GEP (4 and 8 hours, BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 respectively) are satisfied by the requirements of the BIOL 202 Principles of Plant Biology 5 bachelor of science in chemistry. See page 55 for further information about the GEP. BIOL 203 Principles of Animal Biology 5 BIOL 330 Ecology 5 Chemistry Curriculum 61 Hours BIOL 340 Genetics 5 Mathematics and Support Courses 39 Hours BIOL 432 Cell Biology 5 General Electives 50 Hours BIOL 440 Molecular Biology 5 Minimum Hours Required 186 Hours BIOLOGY ELECTIVES (30 HOURS) A minimum of 20 hours numbered 300 or above and 4 Chemistry Curriculum (61 Hours) hours numbered 400 or above. A maximum of six credit hours Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. of BIOL 495 may be used for biology electives. Consult your faculty advisor when choosing biology electives. CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 Mathematics and Support Courses (46 Hours) CHEM 305 Organic Chemistry 1 4 MATH 131 College Algebra 4 CHEM 306 Organic Chemistry 2 4 MATH 132 Precalculus 2 4 CHEM 307 Organic Chemistry 3 4 MATH 150 Principles of Statistics OR 4 CHEM 323 Analytical Chemistry 1 5 MATH 250 Statistics 1 CHEM 325 Analytical Chemistry 2 5 CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 CHEM 431 Physical Chemistry 1 4 NATURAL SCIENCES — 89

CHEM 432 Physical Chemistry 2 4 government. Students pursuing the BSNS should CHEM 433 Physical Chemistry 3 4 meet with a faculty advisor to design their program. CHEM 441 Inorganic Chemistry 4 CHEM 495 Undergraduate Research 4 The Department of Natural Sciences is currently BIOL 411 Biochemistry 4 developing a BSNS with a concentration in geology. Pending final approval, the geology concentration Mathematics and Support Courses (39 Hours) will be available for students seeking careers in MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 earth science, environmental science, or entry into MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 graduate programs in geology or environmental MATH 203 Calculus 3 4 science. For information concerning this degree MATH 204 Calculus 4 4 MATH 250 Statistics 1 4 program and its status, contact Dr. Jeffrey Bauer NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Methodology 4 or the Department of Natural Sciences. SPCH 103 Public Speaking & Human Comm. 3 either: Degree Requirements PHYS 211 Calculus-Based Physics 1 4 PHYS 212 Calculus-Based Physics 2 4 General Education Program (48 Hours) 40 Hours PHYS 213 Calculus-Based Physics 3 4 The Natural Science component of the GEP (8 hours) is satisfied by the requirements of the or: bachelor of science in natural science. See page 55 PHYS 201 Physics 1 (Mechanics) 4 for further information about the GEP. PHYS 202 Physics 2 (Electricity & Magnetism) 4 Concentration: Biology (BIOL) 40 Hours PHYS 203 Physics 3 (Energy) 4 or Chemistry (CHEM) A minimum of 40 hours of courses in biology or General Electives (50 Hours) chemistry. Courses must be numbered higher than 110. The 40 hours must include a minimum of Elective hours are not limited to any particular 16 hours at the 300 or 400 level, with at least 4 area of study and can be earned in science to of those hours at the 400 level. Required courses enhance the major or to complete requirements for biology concentration are BIOL 151, 202, 203. A maximum of 6 hours of BIOL 495 may for a minor. Courses from all departments of the be applied to the biology concentration. Required University can be used to satisfy the electives courses for the chemistry concentration are requirements. Electives should include courses in the CHEM 141, 142, 143, 305, 306, 307, 323, arts and humanities. Coherent groups of courses are 325, and one of the following: BIOL 411, encouraged and should be chosen with the student’s CHEM 431, or CHEM 441. Additional Science/Math. Require. 36 Hours career objectives and personal interests in mind. In addition to the 40 hours of courses in the Consultation with your faculty advisor is highly concentration area, students are required to take recommended so that electives can be an important at least 36 additional hours of science and component of your educational experience. mathematics courses. These courses may be any combination of biology, chemistry, geology, physics, and mathematics courses, as long as the combination includes at least 12 hours from each of two Bachelor of Science in math/science areas other than the concentration. Physics 201, 202, 203 (or 211, 212, 213) are Natural Science recommended for students pursuing a chemistry concentration. Mathematics courses used for this The bachelor of science in natural science is requirement must be numbered 132 or above. offered with or without education licensure. NTSC 110S Sci. Reason. & Meth. 4 Hours SPCH 103 Public Speaking 3 Hours Bachelor of Science in Natural Science Mathematics Proficiency Requirement Each student must show proficiency in MATH (without licensure) 131 or MATH 170 or MATH 190 through The BSNS (without licensure) serves students course completion or placement. who seek education and a career in science or a Electives 63 Hours science-related field. BSNS students must complete Elective hours are not limited to any particular area of study and can be earned in science to coursework in an area of concentration (chemistry enhance the major or to complete requirements or biology) and at least two other areas of math or for a minor. Courses from all departments of the science. Recent recipients of the BSNS are University can be used to satisfy the electives employed as health professionals, laboratory requirements. Electives should include courses in the arts and humanities. Coherent groups of technicians, environmental consultants, naturalists, courses are encouraged and should be chosen and in other positions in business, industry, and with the student’s career objectives and personal 90 — NATURAL SCIENCES

interests in mind. Consultation with your faculty CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 advisor is highly recommended so that electives CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 can be an important component of your CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 educational experience. GEOL 111 Rocks, Minerals, & Fossils 4 GEOL 112 Environmental Geology 4 GEOL 201 Physical Geology 4 Bachelor of Science in Natural GEOL 202 Historical Geology 4 GEOL 301 Invertebrate Paleobiology OR 4 Science (with licensure) GEOL 303 Sedimentary Rocks GEOL 302 Mineralogy 4 For the natural sciences major interested in a GEOL 401 Field Methods 4 career in education, the Department of Natural GEOL 485 Senior Project 4 Sciences, in conjunction with the Department of MATH 131 Precalculus 1 or higher 4 Teacher Education, offers five baccalaureates in MATH 150 Principles of Statistics OR 4 MATH 250 Statistics 1 natural science accompanied by licensure. Students MATH 190 Brief Calculus with Applications 4 seeking a BSNS with licensure are assigned a NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Methodology 4 faculty advisor in both departments. GEOG 311 Air Pollution OR 4 Students pursuing the middle childhood license to GEOG 227 Foundations of Meteorology PHYS 210 Astronomy 4 teach mathematics and science may select from one of PSCI 251 Physical Science by Inquiry 1 4 two degrees. In addition to this bachelor of science in natural science, a bachelor of science in education is LIFE SCIENCES (83-84 HOURS) available. See pages 112 and 113 of this catalog. BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 Consult an advisor in science, mathematics, or edu- BIOL 162 Human Anatomy & Physiology OR 5 BIOL 320 Principles of Physiology OR cation to discuss which option best meets your needs. BIOL 470 Plant Physiology BIOL 202 Principles of Plant Biology 5 Degree Requirements for Bachelor of BIOL 203 Principles of Animal Biology 5 BIOL 330 Ecology 5 Science in Natural Science; Earth, Life, BIOL 340 Genetics 5 or Physical Science with Adolescent to BIOL 350 Microbiology 5 BIOL 432 Cell Biology 5 Young Adult (Grades 7-12) Licensure BIOL 485 Senior Project 4 BIOL XXX Biology Elective 4-5 General Education Program (48 Hours) 36 Hours The Quantitative Reasoning and Natural CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 Science components of the GEP are satisfied by CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 the requirements of the bachelor of science in CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 natural science. IDST 225S or 226S is required. GEOL 111 Rocks, Minerals, & Fossils 4 Further information is listed on page 55 of the MATH 131 College Algebra or higher 4 current catalog or can be obtained from the MATH 150 Principles of Statistics OR 4 Department of Teacher Education. MATH 250 Statistics 1 Science Component 83-93 Hours NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Methodology 4 PSCI 251 Physical Science by Inquiry 1 4 Professional Education Core 20 Hours Reading/Literature Require. 8 Hours PHYSICAL SCIENCE (93 HOURS) Related Studies Component 16 Hours BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 Adolescent/Young Adult Courses 32 Hours CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 Total Hours Required: CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 Earth Science 197 Hours CHEM 305 Organic Chemistry 1 4 CHEM 306 Organic Chemistry 2 4 Life Science 195-196 Hours CHEM 307 Organic Chemistry 3 4 Physical Science 205 Hours CHEM 323 Quantitative Analysis 5 CHEM 485 Senior Project OR 4 PHYS 485 Senior Project Science Component (83-93 Hours) GEOL 111 Rocks, Minerals, & Fossils 4 MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 Choose one science component from among the MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 following: MATH 250 Statistics 1 4 EARTH SCIENCE (85 HOURS) NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Methodology 4 PHYS 210 Astronomy 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. PHYS 211 Calculus-Based Physics 1 4 BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 PHYS 212 Calculus-Based Physics 2 4 BIOL 370 Marine Biology 5 PHYS 213 Calculus-Based Physics 3 4 INTEGRATED SCIENCE — 91

PHYS 214 Calculus-Based Physics 4 4 110S are required. Further information is listed on PHYS 300 Modern Physics 4 page 55 of the current catalog or can be obtained PSCI 251 Physical Science by Inquiry 1 4 from the Department of Teacher Education. PSCI 252 Physical Science by Inquiry 2 4 Integrated Science Component 122-126 Hours Professional Education Core 20 Hours Professional Education Core (20 Hours) See left column this page. EDUC 115 Intro. to the Teaching Profession 4 Reading/Literature Requirement 8 Hours EDUC 230 Instructional Media, Technology, 4 See left column this page. & Computers Related Studies Component 12 Hours EDUC 240 School & Society: Legal, Theoretical 4 Adolescent/Young Adult Courses 32 Hours Philosophical, & Ethical Found. of American Education Total Hours Required 230-234 Hours EDUC 245 Teaching Individuals in a 4 Pluralistic Society Integrated Science Component (122-126 Hours) EDUC 310 Strategies of Assess., Diagnosis, 4 &Evaluation in the Classroom Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 Reading/Literature Requirement (8 Hours) MATH 250 Statistics 1 4 EDRE 305 Teaching Reading in the 4 Select one principal area of study from the following: Content Areas ENGL 323 Adolescent Literature 4 BIOLOGY (39 HOURS) BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 BIOL 162 Human Anatomy & Physiology OR 5 Related Studies Component (16 Hours) BIOL 320 Principles of Physiology OR BUIS/ETCO Computer Science Elective See page 81. 4 BIOL 470 Plant Physiology PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 BIOL 202 Principles of Plant Biology OR 5 PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning OR 4 BIOL 203 Principles of Animal Biology PSYC 375 Educational Psychology BIOL 330 Ecology 5 PSYC 312 Adolescent Psychology 4 BIOL 340 Genetics 5 BIOL 350 Microbiology 5 Adolescent/Young Adult Courses (32 Hours) BIOL 432 Cell Biology 5 NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Methodology 4 EDAE 285 Practicum & Seminar 1: Observation 4 & Reflection in Professional Practice CHEMISTRY (40 HOURS) EDAE 385 Pract. & Sem. 2: Action Research - 4 Home, School, & Comm. Relations CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 EDAE 400 Prin. & Strategies of Curriculum 4 CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 Develop., Mgt., & Instruction CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 EDAE 485 Practicum & Seminar 3: Curriculum, 4 CHEM 305 Organic Chemistry 1 4 Instruction, & Evaluation CHEM 306 Organic Chemistry 2 4 EDAE 490 Directed Teaching & Seminar 12 CHEM 307 Organic Chemistry 3 4 NTSC 433 Teaching Science in Grades 7-12 4 CHEM 323 Quantitative Analysis 5 BIOL 411 Biochemistry 4 NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Methodology 4

Degree Requirements for Bachelor of EARTH AND SPACE (37 HOURS) Science in Natural Science, Integrated BIOL 370 Marine Biology 5 Science with Adolescent to Young GEOL 111 Rocks, Minerals, & Fossils 4 GEOL 112 Environmental Geology 4 Adult (Grades 7-12) Licensure GEOL 201 Physical Geology 4 This program combines extensive work in a number GEOL 202 Historical Geology 4 GEOL XXX Geology Elective 4 of science areas with a license to teach all science GEOG 227 Foundations of Meteorology 4 areas in grades 7-12. Because of this, completion NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Methodology 4 may take longer than a standard degree or program. PHYS 210 Astronomy 4

Degree Requirements PHYSICS (36 HOURS) NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Methodology 4 General Education Program (48 Hours) 36 Hours PHYS 210 Astronomy 4 The Quantitative Reasoning and Natural Science PHYS 211 Calculus-Based Physics 1 4 components of the GEP are satisfied by the require- PHYS 212 Calculus-Based Physics 2 4 ments of the bachelor of science in natural science. PHYS 213 Calculus-Based Physics 3 4 IDST 225S or 226S, PHIL 320S, and SOSC PHYS 214 Calculus-Based Physics 4 4 92 — MIDDLE CHILDHOOD LICENSURE

Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. Degree Requirements for Bachelor of PHYS 300 Modern Physics 4 PSCI 251 Physical Science by Inquiry 1 4 Science in Natural Science, Mathematics PSCI 252 Physical Science by Inquiry 2 4 and Science with Middle Childhood Integrated science students must complete the three areas (Grades 4-9) Licensure below not chosen as their principal area of study. Students may not duplicate their principal and subordinate areas of General Education Program (48 Hours) 36 Hours study. (Example: Students who choose biology as their The Quantitative Reasoning and Natural principal area of study must take chemistry, earth and Science components of the GEP (4 and 8 hours, space, and physics as their subordinate areas of study.) respectively) are satisfied by the requirements of the bachelor of science in natural science. See BIOLOGY AS SUBORDINATE AREA (25 HOURS) page 55 for further information about the GEP. BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 Content Component 85-89 Hours BIOL 162 Human Anatomy & Physiology OR 5 Professional Education Core 20 Hours BIOL 320 Principles of Physiology OR See page 91 of the current catalog. BIOL 470 Plant Physiology BIOL 202 Principles of Plant Biology 5 Reading/Literature Requirement 18 Hours BIOL 203 Principles of Animal Biology 5 Middle Childhood (Math. & Science) 36 Hours BIOL 350 Microbiology 5 Related Studies Component 16 Hours

CHEMISTRY AS SUBORDINATE AREA (24 HOURS) Minimum Hours Required 211-215 Hours CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 Content Component (85-89 Hours) CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 MATHEMATICS (44-45 HOURS) CHEM 200 Introduction to Organic Chemistry 4 CHEM 323 Quantitative Analysis 5 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. MATH 110S Mathematics Core Course 4 EARTH AND SPACE AS SUBORDINATE AREA (25 HOURS) MATH 140 Elementary Topics in Math. 1 4 BIOL 370 Marine Biology 5 MATH 141 Elementary Topics in Math. 2 4 GEOL 111 Rocks, Minerals, & Fossils 4 MATH 300 History of Mathematics 4 GEOL 112 Environmental Geology 4 MATH 305 Math. Enrichment for the Teacher 4 GEOL XXX Geology Elective 4 MATH 320 Foundations of Geometry 4 GEOG 227 Foundations of Meteorology 4 MATH 496 Senior Research Project 1 1 PHYS 210 Astronomy 4 MATH 497 Senior Research Project 2 2 MATH 498 Senior Research Project 3 1 PHYSICS AS SUBORDINATE AREA (24 HOURS) Select one pair of the following courses: PHYS 211 Calculus-Based Physics 1 4 PHYS 212 Calculus-Based Physics 2 4 MATH 132 Precalculus 2 4 PHYS 213 Calculus-Based Physics 3 4 MATH 190 Brief Calculus with Applications 4 PHYS 214 Calculus-Based Physics 4 4 or PHYS 300 Modern Physics 4 MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 PSCI 251 Physical Science by Inquiry 1 4 MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 Select one of the following: Related Studies Component (12 Hours) MATH 150 Principles of Statistics 4 PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 MATH 250 Statistics 1 4 PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning OR 4 PSYC 375 Educational Psychology Select one of the following: PSYC 312 Adolescent Psychology 4 MATH 220 Discrete Mathematics 4 MATH 230 Linear Algebra 5 Adolescent/Young Adult Courses (32 Hours) NATURAL SCIENCE (41-44 HOURS) EDAE 285 Practicum & Seminar 1: Observation 4 & Reflection in Professional Practice BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 EDAE 385 Pract. & Sem. 2: Action Research - 4 CHEM 121 Introduction to General Chemistry 1 4 Home, School, & Comm. Relations CHEM 122 Introduction to General Chemistry 2 4 EDAE 400 Prin. & Strategies of Curriculum 4 GEOL 111 Rocks, Minerals, & Fossils 4 Develop., Mgt., & Instruction NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Methodology 4 EDAE 485 Practicum & Seminar 3: Curriculum, 4 PSCI 251 Physical Science by Inquiry 1 4 Instruction, & Evaluation PSCI 252 Physical Science by Inquiry 2 4 EDAE 490 Directed Teaching & Seminar 12 Select three of the following: NTSC 433 Teaching Science in Grades 7-12 4 BIOL 162 Human Anatomy & Physiology 5 BIOL 202 Principles of Plant Biology 5 BIOL 203 Principles of Animal Biology 5 BIOL 210 Taxonomy of Vascular Plants 4 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE — 93

BIOL 271 Field Ornithology 4 CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 BIOL 272 Ohio’s Natural Heritage 4 CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 BIOL 302 Dendrology 4 CHEM 323 Analytical Chemistry 1 5 BIOL 303 Spring Flora 4 GEOG 311 Geography of Air Pollution 4 BIOL 307 General Entomology 5 GEOL 112 Environmental Geology 4 BIOL 370 Marine Biology 5 GEOL 201 Physical Geology 4 GEOL 112 Environmental Geology 4 MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 GEOL 201 Physical Geology 4 MATH 250 Statistics 1 4 GEOL 202 Historical Geology 4 NTSC 240 Intro. to Environmental Science 4 GEOL 301 Invertebrate Paleobiology 4 PHYS 201 Physics 1 (Mechanics) 4 PHYS 203 Physics 3 (Energy) 4 Reading/Literature Requirement (13 Hours) Choose one of the senior project or research courses below. Note: Project or research must be environmentally related. EDRE 302 Foundations of Literacy 5 EDRE 304 Teaching Phonics: Reading, 5 BIOL 485, BIOL 495, CHEM 485, CHEM 495, 4 Writing, & Spelling GEOL 485, GEOL 495 EDRE 305 Teaching Reading in the 4 Content Areas ENGL 300 Children’s Literature 4 Minors Middle Childhood Component (36 Hours) EDMC 285 Practicum & Seminar 1: Observation 4 Biology & Reflection in Professional Practice The biology minor may accompany any EDMC 385 Pract. & Sem. 2: Action Research - 4 Home, School, & Comm. Relations baccalaureate offered by the University. Program EDMC 470 Instructional Strategies & Mgt. 4 requirements are as follows: EDMC 473 Teach. Math. in the Middle Grades 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. EDMC 476 Teach. Science in the Middle Grades 4 BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 EDMC 485 Practicum & Seminar 3: Curriculum, 4 BIOL 202 Principles of Plant Biology 5 Instruction, & Evaluation BIOL 203 Principles of Animal Biology 5 EDMC 490 Directed Teaching & Seminar 12 Select one of the following: BIOL 330 Ecology 5 Related Studies Component (16 Hours) BIOL 340 Genetics 5 BUIS/ETCO Computer Sci. Elective See page 81. 4 BIOL 432 Cell Biology 5 PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 BIOL - - - Biology Electives (At least one 10 PSYC 312 Adolescent Psychology 4 course numbered 300 or above.) PSYC 375 Educational Psychology OR 4 PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning Chemistry The chemistry minor may accompany any baccalaureate offered by the University. Program Certificate in requirements are as follows: Environmental Science Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 A certificate in environmental science may (or CHEM 121 and 122) accompany a baccalaureate in chemistry, biology, CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 or natural science. Advisors in the environmental CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 CHEM XXX Chemistry Electives (At or above 16 science certificate program should be consulted the 300 level. BIOL 411, concerning internships as well as employment Biochemistry, may be counted opportunities within the environmental area. as a chemistry elective.) Required Courses (71 Hours) Environmental Science Any deviations from the curriculum must be approved in advance The environmental science minor is designed by the chairperson of the Department of Natural Sciences. to accompany baccalaureates other than biology, Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. chemistry, and natural science. Students seeking a BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 B.S. biology, B.S. chemistry, or B.S. natural science BIOL 202 Principles of Plant Biology 5 BIOL 330 Ecology 5 and interested in an environmental focus should CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 acquire the certificate in environmental science. 94 — PREMEDICAL STUDIES

Required Courses Suggested Sequence of Courses Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. BIOL XXX Biology Elective 4 for Premedical Studies CHEM 121 Intro. to General Chemistry 1 OR 4/5 The following are premedical course sequences CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 GEOL 112 Environmental Geology 4 for biology and chemistry majors. In addition to NTSC 240 Intro. to Environmental Science 4 the courses listed below, students must complete Select one of the following: minimum requirements for the BS in biology or BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 the BS in chemistry given on previous pages. CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 GEOL 201 Physical Geology 4 For Biology Majors: FIRST YEAR Electives Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. Two additional courses from the following list: BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 BIOL 202 Principles of Plant Biology, BIOL 203 Principles of BIOL 202 Principles of Plant Biology 5 Animal Biology, BIOL 210 Taxonomy of Vascular Plants, BIOL BIOL 203 Principles of Animal Biology 5 271 Field Ornithology, BIOL 272 Ohio’s Natural Heritage, CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 BIOL 302 Dendrology, BIOL 303 Spring Flora, BIOL 307 CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 General Entomology, BIOL 330 Ecology, BIOL 331 Advanced CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 Field Biology, BIOL 350 Microbiology, BIOL 365 Phycology, Math Proficiency at Math 132 level BIOL 370 Marine Biology, CHEM 122 Introduction to General Chemistry 2, CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2, SECOND YEAR CHEM 200 Introduction to Organic Chemistry, GEOG 311 BIOL 310 Principles of Anatomy 5 Geography of Air Pollution, GEOL 201 Physical Geology, BIOL 320 Principles of Physiology 5 GEOL 202 Historical Geology, GOVT 401 State of the World BIOL 350 Microbiology 5 PHYS 201 Physics 1 4 PHYS 202 Physics 2 4 PHYS 203 Physics 3 4 Premedical Studies MATH 150 Principles of Statistics 4 Admission requirements for every accredited THIRD YEAR medical school in the United States can be found in BIOL 314 Human Neuroanatomy OR 5 Medical School Admission Requirements, published BIOL 410 Advanced Human Anatomy by the Association of American Medical Colleges BIOL 315 Histology OR 5 BIOL 450 Immunology and available in the Shawnee State library. While BIOL 330 Ecology 5 there is general commonality in minimum CHEM 305 Organic Chemistry 1 4 requirements, the premedical studies student CHEM 306 Organic Chemistry 2 4 should consult the professional school of CHEM 307 Organic Chemistry 3 4 interest for exact admission requirements. FOURTH YEAR The following are the minimal requirements BIOL 314 Human Neuroanatomy OR 5 recommended by graduate programs in clinical BIOL 410 Advanced Human Anatomy medical science (including optometry, dentistry, BIOL 315 Histology OR 5 veterinary medicine, MD and DO programs) in BIOL 450 Immunology the state of Ohio: BIOL 340 Genetics 5 BIOL 407 Pathogenic Bacteriology 5 •1 year general biology BIOL 411 Biochemistry 4 •1 year anatomy and physiology BIOL 432 Cell Biology 5 •1 year general chemistry For Chemistry Majors: •1 year organic chemistry FIRST YEAR •1 year physics Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. •Proficiency at MATH 132 level (some schools BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 require Calculus 1) BIOL 202 Principles of Plant Biology 5 BIOL 203 Principles of Animal Biology 5 CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 Math Proficiency at Math 132 level PREMEDICAL STUDIES — 95

SECOND YEAR BIOL 310 Principles of Anatomy 5 BIOL 320 Principles of Physiology 5 BIOL 350 Microbiology 5 CHEM 305 Organic Chemistry 1 4 CHEM 306 Organic Chemistry 2 4 CHEM 307 Organic Chemistry 3 4 PHYS 201 Physics 1 4 PHYS 202 Physics 2 4 PHYS 203 Physics 3 4

THIRD YEAR BIOL 411 Biochemistry 4 Choose either sequence below: CHEM 323 Analytical Chemistry 1 5 CHEM 325 Analytical Chemistry 2 5 or CHEM 431 Physical Chemistry 1 4 CHEM 432 Physical Chemistry 2 4 CHEM 433 Physical Chemistry 3 4

FOURTH YEAR CHEM 441 Inorganic Chemistry 4 CHEM 495 Undergraduate Research 1-4 Choose either sequence below: CHEM 323 Analytical Chemistry 1 5 CHEM 325 Analytical Chemistry 2 5 or CHEM 431 Physical Chemistry 1 4 CHEM 432 Physical Chemistry 2 4 CHEM 433 Physical Chemistry 3 4

In addition to the courses listed above, students will benefit from completing Sectional Anatomy, Undergraduate Research, Pathogenic Microbiology, Virology, and Neuroanatomy. Grade point average, performance on the Medical College Admissions Test (MCAT), an interview and undergraduate academic recommendations are some of the more important factors considered by medical school admission committees. SOCIAL SCIENCES SOCIAL SCIENCES — 97

Associate of Arts Social Science Social Sciences See page 62 of current catalog for description. The Department of Social Sciences provides Associate of Individualized Studies general education students a sense of the impor- See page 64 of current catalog for description. tance of cultural influences, a sense of history within the scope of changing cultural themes, and a sense of their own worth as human beings. These understandings are refined through a sound Bachelor Degrees curriculum in the behavioral sciences, which explains variations in human behavior based on Bachelor of Arts with a Major theoretical models, instruction in research methods used by contemporary social scientists, and a in History special focus on interdisciplinary connections The Department of Social Sciences’ history among topical social issues. program provides students with a general understanding of the development of American, western, and select non-western civilizations. Special atten- For More Information tion is given to 20th century history, the problems James M. Miller, Ph.D., Chairperson of modernization, and the increasing connections Department of Social Sciences between societies. In developing these understand- Shawnee State University ings, you learn to draw upon the insights and 940 Second Street techniques of cognate social science disciplines. Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344 The program encourages you to develop your analytical capacities, research skills, and writing Phone: 740.351.3234 talents, which, in turn, stand you in good stead as Fax: 740.351.3153 you pursue a career in law, education, journalism, E-mail: [email protected] government service, or the private sector. Some of the courses you choose to meet the Programs in Social Science requirement for the history major may also count as General Education courses. See your advisor for Bachelor of Arts further information. History International Relations Degree Requirements Psychology General Education Program 48 Hours Social Sciences Further information is listed on page 55 of the Social Sciences, Legal Assisting (2+2) current catalog or can be obtained from the Social Sciences, Adolescent to Young Adult dean’s office. (Grades 7-12) Licensure, Integrated Social History Survey Courses 24 Hours Studies History Upper-Division Courses 24 Hours (300-400 Level) Sociology Social Science Upper-Division 12 Hours Bachelor of Individualized Studies Cognate Courses (from following list) See page 61 of current catalog for description. Elective Courses 78 Hours Minors Total Hours Required 186 hours Economics Geography History Survey Courses (24 Hours) History The following courses must be completed with a minimum grade Political Science of C. Psychology HIST 111, 112, and 113 12 Hrs. Sociology (American Survey) HIST 201, 202, and 203 12 Hrs. (European Survey) 98 — INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS

History Upper-Division Courses (24 Hours) Special Notes A minimum grade of C must be achieved in any course used to fulfill this degree requirement. Students must achieve a grade of C or higher in TWO U.S. HISTORY COURSES FROM: every course in the history major. Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. The chairperson must approve any variation ECON 326 Economic History of the U.S. 4 from the required program. HIST 301 Form. of the Am. Nation, 1750-1815 4 HIST 303 American Civil War 4 HIST 305 From FDR to Reagan 4 HIST 320 Hist. of Amer. Foreign Relations 4 Bachelor of Arts with a Major in International Relations TWO UPPER-DIVISION EUROPEAN COURSES FROM: HIST 310 Nazi Germany 4 The international relations degree examines the HIST 325 History of Russia 4 nature of the global economy, communications, HIST 401 History of Medicine 4 politics, and cultures; the consequences of the HIST 410 Intellectual History 1 4 increasing environmental interdependence among HIST 411 Intellectual History 2 4 regions of the world; and the unfolding of a variety TWO UPPER-DIVISION NON-WESTERN COURSES of other crossborder issues. The program aims to FROM: provide its graduates with the conceptual and ANTH 340 MesoAmerica Before Columbus 4 substantive tools necessary to function more HIST 330 History of South Africa 4 advantageously and effectively in a “shrinking” HIST 360 East Asian History 4 HIST 371 Islamic Culture & Civilization 4 world; the global village concept. The degree HIST 420 Middle East in Modern Times 4 consists of courses from many academic disciplines such as government, economics, business, history, Social Science Upper-Division Cognate Courses and sociology, and contains a foreign language (12 Hours) requirement. A minimum grade of C must be achieved in any course used to Some of the courses you choose to meet the fulfill this degree requirement. requirement for the international relations major ANTH 360 Indians of North America 4 may also count as General Education courses. See ECON 405 Economic Development 4 your advisor for further information. ECON 411 Comparative Economic Systems 4 GEOG 310 Medical Geography 4 GEOG 350 Geography of North America 4 Careers GEOG 351 Regional Geog. of the Middle East 4 GOVT 310 American Foreign Policy 4 Graduates can opt for careers in local, state, GOVT 320 Third World Politics 4 national, and international government institutions GOVT 330 Mass Media Politics 4 or in trade and commerce chambers or in profes- GOVT 340 European Politics 4 sional associations or other nongovernmental GOVT 350 National Public Policy 4 GOVT 401 State of the World 4 agencies such as contracting and consulting firms, GOVT 420 International Political Economy 4 nonprofit organizations, foundations and research SOCI 312 Sociology of Religion 4 establishments, and political support and interest SOCI 330 Social Theory 4 groups. Careers are also possible in the growing SOCI 340 Sociology of Appalachia 4 SOCI 370 Alternative Religions & Cults 4 national and international tourist industry or in SOCI 380 Sociological Methods 4 international business and finance, print and broadcast media, public relations, and advertising Elective Courses (78 Hours) firms. Graduates can also pursue a variety of related You are free to select courses from any of the graduate studies (i.e., international relations, University’s offerings that you find useful. Faculty political science, law). advisors are happy to offer suggestions on what areas of study might be particularly beneficial to you. Degree Requirements General Education Program 48 Hours Further information is listed on page 55 of the current catalog or can be obtained from the dean’s office. International Relations Courses 24 Hours Cognate Concentrations 36 Hours PSYCHOLOGY — 99

Foreign Language 12 Hours Foreign Language Requirement (12 Hours) University Electives 70 Hours Any sequence of three courses in one language. Total Hours Required 190 hours SPAN 111 Elementary Spanish 1 4 SPAN 112 Elementary Spanish 2 4 SPAN 113 Elementary Spanish 3 4 International Relations Courses (24 Hours) SPAN 211 Intermediate Spanish 1 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. SPAN 212 Intermediate Spanish 2 4 ECON 405 Economic Development 4 SPAN 213 Intermediate Spanish 3 4 GOVT 310 United States Foreign Policy OR 4 FREN 111 Elementary French 1 4 HIST 320 History of Am. Foreign Relations FREN 112 Elementary French 2 4 GOVT 320 Third World Politics 4 FREN 113 Elementary French 3 4 GOVT 370 Global Politics 4 Or a sequence in other languages as offered. GOVT 401 State of the World 4 GOVT 420 International Political Economy 4 Elective Courses (70 Hours) Cognate Concentrations (36 Hours) You may select from the broad spectrum of POLITICAL SCIENCE university courses or choose courses in the social GOVT 250 Introduction to Political Science 4 sciences, business, and the humanities, especially And a choice of one of the following: foreign language. It is recommended that students GOVT 101 National Government 4 consider minoring in economics, history, or business. GOVT 240 Contemporary Political Ideologies 4 GOVT 320 Third World Politics 4 GOVT 330 Mass Media Politics 4 Special Notes GOVT 340 European Politics 4 Students must achieve a minimum grade of C GOVT 350 National Policy Issues 4 GOVT 399 Special Topics in Government OR 4 in any courses required and elected in interna- GOVT 499 Special Topics in Government tional relations or in the cognate concentration. Students concentrate on a single foreign lan- ECONOMICS guage. The student may elect to take Option 2 of ECON 201 Principles of Microeconomics 4 ECON 202 Principles of Macroeconomics 4 the general education non-western perspective. And a choice of two of the following: Option 2 will substitute the foreign language requirement of the major, in the case of French, BUMG 340 International Business 4 BUMK 315 International Marketing 4 until a 200-level sequence in French becomes ECON 411 Comparative Economic Systems 4 available. Option 2 will not substitute for the ECON 450 International Trade 4 foreign language requirement of the major in the case of Spanish; students will have to also HISTORY take the 200-level sequence. Choose one from the following: HIST 310 Nazi Germany 4 Students are subject to all applicable degree and HIST 325 History of Russia 4 curricula rules and restrictions issued by the HIST 330 History of Southern Africa 4 General Education Program and the Department HIST 420 Middle East in Modern Times 4 of Social Science. Students should consult with GEOGRAPHY their advisor. Choose one from the following: GEOG 125 World Geography 4 Bachelor of Arts with a Major GEOG 201 Cultural Geography 4 GEOG 350 Regional Geography, North America 4 in Psychology GEOG 351 Regional Geography, Middle East 4 The Department of Social Sciences’ psychology ANTHROPOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY program provides students a general overview of Choose one from the following: the field of psychology. Students are introduced to ANTH 250 Prin. of Cultural Anthropology 4 research techniques, theories of learning, psycho- HIST 371 Islamic Religion, Culture, & Civil. 4 metrics, and a variety of other subfields of SOCI 205 Current Social Problems 4 psychology. SOCI 312 Sociology of Religion 4 Students are required to complete 32 hours SOCI 410 Social Stratification 4 from upper-division content courses, however, they are free to choose from any 300 or 400 level 100 — SOCIAL SCIENCE psychology courses offered. Faculty advisors will Special Notes encourage students to take courses that best suit their career interests. Students must earn a C or higher grade in every This flexibility permits the student to concen- course in the psychology major. trate in various career/graduate school interests Psychology courses taken on a pass/no pass such as clinical/counseling psychology, develop- basis will not count toward the major. mental psychology, social psychology, and experi- Transfer students who have taken psychology mental psychology. courses at another institution must take at least 24 hours of upper division psychology courses Degree Requirements at Shawnee State University. General Education Program 48 Hours The chairperson must approve any variation Psychology majors must take MATH 150 from the required program. (Statistics) to satisfy the GEP Quantitative Reasoning Requirement. See page 55 for further information about the GEP. Psychology Core Courses 24 Hours Bachelor of Arts with a Major Upper Division Psychology Courses 32 Hours in Social Science Social Science Upper-Division 12 Hours Cognate Courses The general social science major requires 36 Elective Courses 70 Hours hours of social science core courses. You must Total Hours Required 186 Hours achieve a minimum grade of C in each required social science course in order to graduate. Psychology Core Courses (24 Hours) Some of the courses you choose to meet the Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. requirement for the social science major may also PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 count as General Education courses. See your PSYC 290 Psychological Tests & Measurements 4 advisor for further information. PSYC 295 Quantitative Methods 4 PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning 4 PSYC 317 Developmental Psychology 4 Degree Requirements (Talk to advisor about possible General Education Program 48 Hours substitutions for this course.) Social science majors must take SOSC 110S to PSYC 475 Psych. Study of Contemp. Problems 4 fulfill the GEP social science requirement. Further information is listed on page 55 of the Upper Division Psychology Courses current catalog or can be obtained from the dean’s office. Students, with the help of psychology advisors, Social Science Core Courses 36 Hours must select a minimum of 32 hours from 300-400 Upper Division Social Science 36 Hours level psychology courses to meet their interests Electives (300-400 level) and occupational needs. PSYC 430, Experimental Elective Courses 66 Hours Psychology, is strongly recommended for students who are considering graduate work in psychology. Total Hours Required 186 Hours Social Science Upper-Division Cognate Courses Social Science Core Courses (36 Hours) (12 Hours) Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. Students must choose courses from three different areas in order to PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 fulfill the requirement. SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology 4 ANTH 360 Indians of North America 4 GOVT 250 Introduction to Political Science 4 ECON 350 Labor Economics 4 ECON 202 Principles of Macroeconomics 4 GEOG 310 Medical Geography 4 (or ECON 103 or ECON 201) GOVT 330 Mass Media Politics 4 ANTH 250 Prin. of Cult. Anth. (or GEOG 125 4 GOVT 350 National Policy Issues 4 or GEOG 130 or GEOG 201) HIST 320 Hist. of American Foreign Relations 4 HIST 111 American History (or HIST 112 4 HIST 401 History of Medicine 4 or HIST 113) 4 SOCI 305 Social Work Practice 4 HIST 201 Ancient or European History 4 SOCI 310 Gender Socialization 4 (or HIST 202 or HIST 203) SOCI 312 Sociology of Religion 4 PSYC 273 Psychology of Human Adjustment 4 SOCI 320 Sociology of Culture 4 GOVT 401 State of the World 4 SOCI 325 Sociology of the Family 4 LEGAL ASSISTING (2+2) — 101

Upper Division Social Science Electives Additional Social Sc. Core Courses 28 Hours (36 Hours) Upper Division Soc. Sc. Electives 32 Hours You may elect to choose courses at the 300 to 400 (300-400 level) level from any social science (including psychology) Total Hours Required 196 Hours category as follows: • Anthropology (ANTH) • History (HIST) Legal Assisting Curriculum (100 Hours) • Economics (ECON) • Psychology (PSYC) Includes certain courses that are part of either • Geography (GEOG) • Sociology (SOCI) the General Education Program or the Social • Government (GOVT) • Social Science (SOSC) Science Core. (Refer to page 140 of the current catalog or contact the dean of the College of Elective Courses (66 Hours) Professional Studies for more information). Although electives may be chosen from the broad spectrum of university courses, you may choose to Additional General Education Program take your electives within the social science depart- (36 Hours) ment (anthropology, geography, history, political This is the maximum number of hours. With science, psychology, and sociology) and pursue a doublecounting, the hours required may actually broad emphasis in social science. With this approach, be less. Some General Education Program courses you acquire a comprehensive background in the have already been taken within the legal assisting social sciences. It is suggested that you take 8 to associate degree program. Please see your advisor 12 hours from each of the following areas: to determine specifically what is required. • History • Government • Economics • Psychology Additional Social Science Core (28 Hours) • Geography • Sociology/Anthropology Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology 4 ECON 201 Prin. of Micro. (or ECON 202) 4 HIST 111 Amer. Hist. (or HIST 112 or 113) 4 Bachelor of Arts in Social HIST 201 Ancient or European History 4 Sciences (or HIST 202 or 203) 2+2 for Students Who Complete the Legal PSYC 273 Psychology of Human Adjustment 4 GEOG 125 World Geography (or GEOG 130 4 Assisting Program or 201 or ANTH 250) This program is designed for students who have GOVT 401 State of the World 4 completed the associate degree in legal assisting at Shawnee State and who wish to pursue a baccalau- Upper Division Social Science Electives reate degree as preparation for law school. All (32 Hours) required courses in the legal assisting program Select 32 credit hours of upper division social (100 credit hours) count toward the baccalaureate science electives (courses in anthropology, economics, requirements. To be awarded the bachelor degree, geography, government, history, psychology, and/or you must complete an additional 36 hours of sociology) in consultation with your faculty advisor. General Education Program requirements, 28 hours of Social Science Core requirements, and 32 hours in social science at the 300-400 level. The entire program requires completion of 196 credit hours. Bachelor of Arts, Integrated You must achieve a minimum grade of C in each Social Studies with Adolescent required social science course in order to graduate. Some of the courses you choose to meet the to Young Adult (Grades 7-12) requirement for the social science (2+2) major Licensure may also count as General Education courses. See your advisor for further information. Degree Requirements General Education Program (48 Hours) 40 Hours Degree Requirements The Social Science component and four hours of the Cultural Perspectives component of the GEP Completion of Legal Assist. Prog. 100 Hours are satisfied by the requirements of this degree. Additional General Ed. Program 36 Hours SOSC 110S and PHIL 320S are required. 102 — INTEGRATED SOCIAL STUDIES

Further information is listed on page 55 of the ECON 405 Economic Development 4 current catalog or can be obtained from the ECON 411 Comparative Economic Systems 4 Department of Teacher Education. ECON 425 Public Finance 4 Social Studies Component 80-92 Hours ECON 480 Econometrics 4 Professional Education Core 20 Hours ECON 499 Special Topics in Economics 4

Reading/Literature Requirement 8 Hours GEOGRAPHY CONCENTRATION (16 HOURS) Related Studies Component 12 Hours GEOG 225 Physical Geography 4 Adolescent/Young Adult Courses 32 Hours Met in social studies component: Total Hours Required: GEOG 125 World Geography Economics Concentration 201 Hours GEOG 201 Cultural Geography GEOG 350 Regional Geography Geography Concentration 201 Hours Select one: Political Science Concent. 201 Hours GEOG 130 Economic Geography 4 History Concentration 201-209 Hours GEOG 227 Foundations of Meteorology 4 GEOG 230 Urban Geography 4 Psychology Concentration 197-205 Hours GEOG 242 Geography of Ohio 4 Sociology Concentration 201 Hours Select two: GEOG 310 Medical Geography 4 Social Studies Component (80-92 Hours) GEOG 311 Air Pollution 4 GEOG 351 Regional Geog. of the Middle East 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. GEOG 404 Transportation Geog. & Mgt. 4 ECON 201 Principles of Microeconomics 4 ECON 202 Principles of Macroeconomics 4 POLITICAL SCIENCE CONCENTRATION (16 HOURS) GEOG 125 World Geography 4 Met in social studies component: GEOG 201 Cultural Geography 4 GEOG 350 Regional Geography 4 GOVT 250 Introduction to Political Science GOVT 250 Introduction to Political Science 4 GOVT 370 Global Politics GOVT 370 Global Politics 4 Select four: GOVT 401 State of the World 4 GOVT 240 Contemporary Political Ideologies 4 HIST 113 American History Since 1900 4 GOVT 310 United States Foreign Policy 4 HIST 201 Ancient History 4 GOVT 320 Third World Politics 4 HIST 350 Ohio History 4 GOVT 330 Mass Media Politics 4 PSYC 101 Intro. to Psychology Met in related studies component GOVT 340 European Politics 4 PSYC 151 Human Growth & Development 4 GOVT 350 National Policy Issues 4 SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology 4 GOVT 420 International Political Economy 4 SOCI 206 Social Institutions 4 SOCI 310 Gender Socialization 4 HISTORY CONCENTRATION (16-24 HOURS) SOSC 110S Foundations of Social Science 4 Select two: Select either: HIST 1111 American History to 1828 0-4 HIST 111 American History to 1828 4 HIST 1121 American History, 1828-1900 HIST 112 American History, 1828-1900 Select two: Choose one of the following areas of concentration. Courses HIST 201 Ancient History Met in social studies component taken in the GEP and social studies components may fulfill HIST 202 Medieval & Early Modern Europe 4 selected requirements. HIST 203 Modern Europe 4 Select one: ECONOMICS CONCENTRATION (16 HOURS) HIST 301 Form. of the Am. Nation, 1750-1815 4 Met in social studies component: HIST 305 From FDR to Reagan 4 ECON 201 Principles of Microeconomics HIST 320 History of Am. Foreign Relations 4 ECON 202 Principles of Macroeconomics HIST 326 Economic History of the U.S. 4 Select four: Select one: ECON 301 Intermediate Microeconomics 4 HIST 310 Nazi Germany 4 ECON 302 Intermediate Macroeconomics 4 HIST 325 History of Russia 4 ECON 310 Money & Banking 4 HIST 401 History of Medicine 4 ECON 320 History of Economic Thought 4 HIST 410 Intellectual History 1 4 ECON 326 Economic History of the U.S. 4 HIST 411 Intellectual History 2 4 ECON 332 Managerial Economics 4 ECON 350 Labor Economics 4

1 One of these courses must be selected in the social studies component. SOCIOLOGY — 103

Select one: Adolescent/Young Adult Courses (32 Hours) ANTH 340 MesoAmerica Before Columbus 4 EDAE 285 Practicum & Seminar 1: Observation 4 HIST 330 History of Southern Africa 4 & Reflection in Professional Practice HIST 371 Islamic Religion, Culture, & Civ. 4 EDAE 385 Pract. & Sem. 2: Action Research - 4 HIST 420 Middle East in Modern Times 4 Home, School, & Comm. Relations EDAE 400 Prin. & Strategies of Curriculum 4 PSYCHOLOGY CONCENTRATION (12-20 HOURS) Develop., Mgt., & Instruction PSYC 101 Intro. to Psychology Met in related studies component EDAE 485 Practicum & Seminar 3: Curriculum, 4 PSYC 151 Human Growth & Development Instruction, & Evaluation Met in social studies component EDAE 490 Directed Teaching & Seminar 12 PSYC 290 Psychological Tests & Measurements 4 SOCI 435 Teaching Social Studies in 4 Select two: Grades 7-12 PSYC 300 Theories of Personality 4 Special Note: The middle childhood license to PSYC 303 Introduction to Social Psychology 4 teach social studies in grades 4-9 is found on PSYC 310 Child Psychology 4 PSYC 311 Human Sexuality 4 pages 112 and 113 of this catalog. PSYC 316 Behavior Problems in Children 4 PSYC 360 Drugs/Substance Abuse 4 PSYC 361 Industrial Psychology 4 Bachelor of Arts with a Major PSYC400 Abnormal Psychology 4 PSYC 405 Death and Dying 4 in Sociology Select two (may be satisfied by related studies component): The Department of Social Sciences’ sociology PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning 0-4 program provides students with a general overview PSYC 312 Adolescent Psychology 0-4 PSYC 375 Educational Psychology of the field of sociology. All majors are introduced to PSYC 380 Psyc. of Excep. Children & Youth the basic theories of sociology, research techniques, and data analysis, the interrelationship of society SOCIOLOGY CONCENTRATION (16 HOURS) and culture, issues concerning modernity, and SOCI 205 Current Social Problems 4 inequality. Sociology gives the student a grasp of SOCI 303 Introduction to Social Psychology 4 SOCI 312 Sociology of Religion OR 4 the “global” nature of social relationships and allows SOCI 320 Sociology of Culture OR one to understand the complex interplay between SOCI 330 Social Theory individuals, communities, organizations, nations, SOCI 325 Sociology of the Family 4 classes, racial groups, ethnic groups, and gender. Met in social studies component: The degree offers students the ability to SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology concentrate in the various subfields of sociology, SOCI 206 Social Institutions which allows flexibility in the choice of careers SOCI 310 Gender Socialization and graduate school. Professional Education Core (20 Hours) EDUC 115 Intro. to the Teaching Profession 4 Degree Requirements EDUC 230 Instructional Media, Technology, 4 General Education Program 48 Hours & Computers Sociology majors must take MATH 150 EDUC 240 School & Society: Legal, Theoretical 4 (Statistics) to satisfy the GEP Quantitative Philosophical, & Ethical Found. Reasoning Requirement and must take SOSC of American Education 110S to satisfy the general education social EDUC 245 Teaching Individuals in a 4 science requirement. See page 55 for further Pluralistic Society information about the GEP. EDUC 310 Strategies of Assessment, Diagnosis, 4 Sociology Core Courses 24 Hours &Evaluation in the Classroom Upper Division Sociology Courses 32 Hours Reading/Literature Requirement (8 Hours) Social Science Upper-Division 20 Hours EDRE 305 Teaching Reading in the 4 Cognate Courses Content Areas Elective Courses 62 Hours ENGL 323 Adolescent Literature 4 Total Hours Required 186 Hours Related Studies Component (12 Hours) Sociology Core Courses (24 Hours) PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning OR 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. PSYC 375 Educational Psychology SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology 4 PSYC 312 Adolescent Psychology 4 SOCI 205 Current Social Problems 4 104 — MINORS

Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. degree requirements. Students who have met SOCI 206 Social Institutions 4 minimum degree requirements must complete SOCI 330 Social Theory 4 at least 24 hours of upper-division sociology at SOCI 380 Sociological Methods 4 SOCI 410 Social Stratification 4 SSU in order to receive an additional degree. Please contact the Department of Social Sciences Upper Division Sociology Courses at 740.351.3234 for further information. Students, with the help of sociology advisors, must select a minimum of 32 hours from any sociology/ anthropology upper level (300-400) courses. Minors Social Science Upper-Division Cognate Courses Students must be enrolled in a baccalaureate (20 Hours) degree program in order to be eligible for a minor. ANTH 360 Indians of North America 4 All courses in each minor require a minimum ECON 320 History of Economic Thought 4 grade of C. No more than 12 of these hours may ECON 350 Labor Economics 4 count toward your major(s). ECON 405 Economic Development 4 ECON 411 Comparative Economic Systems 4 GEOG 310 Medical Geography 4 Economics GEOG 350 Geography of North America 4 GEOG 351 Regional Geog. of the Middle East 4 A minor in economics offers students enrolled GOVT 310 American Foreign Policy 4 in any of Shawnee State University’s baccalaureate GOVT 320 Third World Politics 4 programs an opportunity to broaden their course of GOVT 330 Mass Media Politics 4 GOVT 340 European Politics 4 study with an auxiliary focus in economics. This is GOVT 350 National Policy Issues 4 especially appealing to students interested in careers GOVT 370 Global Politics 4 in banking, law, finance, or government service. GOVT 401 State of the World 4 The minor requires you to complete 24 credit GOVT 420 International Political Economy 4 HIST 305 FDR to Reagan 4 hours of economics, with a minimum grade of C. HIST 310 Nazi Germany 4 No more than 12 of these hours may count toward HIST 325 Russian History 4 your major(s), and since ECON 201 and 202 are HIST 330 History of South Africa 4 prerequisites for all upper-level economics courses, HIST 371 Islamic Culture 4 HIST 401 History of Medicine 4 these are required for the minor. Any four addi- HIST 420 Middle East in Modern Times 4 tional upper-level economics courses will satisfy SOSC 370 Alternative Religions and Cults 4 the hours requirement. Special Notes Geography Students must earn a C or higher grade in every Students enrolled in a baccalaureate degree pro- course in the sociology major. gram in most arts and science and business majors Sociology courses taken on a pass/no pass basis may elect to complete a minor in geography. This will not count toward the major. may be an appropriate minor if you are interested Transfer students who have taken a major in in a career in marketing, tourism, environment, sociology at another institution must take at city planning, teaching, or the military. least 24 hours of upper-division sociology The minor in geography requires the completion courses at Shawnee State University in order to of 28 hours in geography. No grade below a C- declare a major. will be permitted to count toward completion. Courses taken on a pass/no-credit basis may not Sociology majors must take MATH 150 to be applied to the minor. No more than 12 of satisfy the General Education mathematics these hours may count toward your major(s). requirement and must take SOSC 110S to satisfy the General Education social science requirement. Requirements The following three courses are required (12 hours): Students who have graduated from Shawnee GEOG 125 World Geography State University in a major other than sociology GEOG 201 Cultural Geography and return to complete the major must meet all GEOG 225 Physical Geography MINORS — 105

Select one of the following (4 hours): FIELD THREE (NON-WESTERN HISTORY) GEOG 130 Economic Geography ANTH 340 MesoAmerica Before Columbus GEOG 230 Urban Geography HIST 330 History of South Africa GEOG 242 Geography of Ohio HIST 360 East Asian History Select three of the following (12 hours): HIST 371 Islamic Culture and Civilization HIST 420 Middle East in Modern Times GEOG 310 Medical Geography GEOG 311 Air Pollution GEOG 350 Regional Geography: North America GEOG 351 Regional Geography: Middle East Political Science GEOG 404 Transportation Geography and Management Other upper division geography courses as available. A minor in political science may be an appropriate choice for students pursuing a baccalaureate degree in most arts and science and business History majors or for students interested in a career in the Students enrolled in any of the University’s public sector, in journalism, public relations, baccalaureate degree programs may elect to complete trade, professional and research organizations, a minor in history. This may be a particularly foundations, consulting and contracting firms, or attractive program for those majoring in political support groups. English/humanities, social sciences, or business The minor requires you to complete 24 hours and for those planning to attend law school. in political science, with a minimum grade of C in The minor requires you to complete 28 hours any of the courses selected from the list below. of history, with a minimum grade of “C.” Courses You are subject to all applicable baccalaureate taken on a pass/no-credit basis may not be applied degree and curricula rules and restrictions issued to the minor. No more than 12 of these hours by the academic departments and the General may count toward your major(s). Education Program. No more than 12 of these hours may count toward your major(s). Requirements Requirements American History Survey Courses (8 Hours) Choose any six courses from the list below. (Each is 4 Select two credit hours.) HIST 111 American History to 1828 HIST 112 American History, 1828-1900 GOVT 101 National Government HIST 113 American History Since 1900 GOVT 240 Contemporary Political Ideologies GOVT 310 United States Foreign Policy European History Survey Courses (8 Hours) GOVT 320 Third World Politics GOVT 330 Mass Media Politics Select two GOVT 340 European Politics HIST 201 Ancient History GOVT 350 National Policy Issues HIST 202 Medieval and Early Modern Europe GOVT 370 Global Politics HIST 203 Modern Europe GOVT 420 International Political Economy Upper-Level History Courses (12 Hours) Select three courses, with no more than two courses Psychology from the same field. Note: both the number of fields and available courses within them may increase as Graduates with a minor in psychology make the program develops. attractive employment prospects because of their familiarity with the human condition. The American FIELD ONE (U.S. HISTORY) Psychological Association and the Occupational HIST 301 Formation of the American Nation, 1750-1815 Outlook Handbook indicate that future employment HIST 305 From FDR to Reagan HIST 320 History of American Foreign Relations opportunities for individuals with a psychology HIST 326 Economic History of the U.S. background may be found in business, industry, social services, marketing, public relations, crimi- FIELD TWO (EUROPEAN HISTORY) nology, and the health service field. HIST 310 Nazi Germany A “C” or better must be earned in the minor. HIST 325 History of Russia Courses taken on a pass/no-credit basis do not HIST 401 History of Medicine HIST 410 Intellectual History 1 count toward the minor. Any variation from the HIST 411 Intellectual History 2 program must have the chairperson’s approval. 106 — MINORS

Students are encouraged to take Principles of GROUP 2 Statistics (MATH 150), Experimental Psychology SOCI 310 Gender Socialization (PSYC 430), and Psychological Study of Contem- SOCI 311 Human Sexuality SOCI 325 Sociology of the Family porary Problems (PSYC 475). SOCI 405 Death and Dying You may not count more than 12 credit hours of psychology taken in your major toward the GROUP 3 minor in psychology. ANTH 250 Principles of Cultural Anthropology SOCI 312 Sociology of Religion SOCI 320 Sociology of Culture Requirements (28 Hours) SOCI 340 Sociology of Appalachia PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology SOCI 429 Contemporary Minority Relations PSYC 151 Human Growth and Development PSYC 290 Psychological Tests and Measurements PSYC XXX Electives (16 credit hours with a minimum of 8 hours at the 300-400 level which relate to the student’s area of interest.)

Sociology Students majoring in any discipline may choose to minor in sociology, which allows them to build a concentration in a behavioral science that enhances the marketability of their degree and prepares them for graduate school. Sociology provides an excellent background for the development of careers in law, journalism, social services, recreation, counseling, and business. No more than 12 of these hours may count toward your major(s).

Requirements Students must complete 28 hours of sociology courses. No more than 12 credit hours of sociology, from any BA degree, may be double counted toward the minor in sociology. Courses with grades below a C will not be counted toward the completion of the minor in sociology. Courses taken on a pass/ no-credit basis are not applicable. Any variation from the program described requires advisor and chair approval. Students are encouraged to take MATH 150, Principles of Statistics.

Required Courses SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology SOCI 205 Current Social Problems SOCI 206 Social Institutions SOCI 310 Gender Socialization OR SOCI 410 Social Stratification And select one from each of the following groupings. GROUP 1 SOCI 224 Urban Sociology SOCI 303 Introduction to Social Psychology SOCI 307 Sociology of Work TEACHER EDUCATION 108 — TEACHER EDUCATION

Bachelor of Science in Sports Studies Athletic Training Teacher Education Fitness Development The Department of Teacher Education prepares Sports Management students for careers in teaching, athletic training, Adolescent to Young Adult (Grades 7-12) or in the field of sports management. Degree and Licensure professional licensure programs are available in in conjunction with Shawnee State University’s teaching as well as nonteaching areas for under- Bachelor of Arts in English/Humanities graduate students as well as persons wishing to Integrated Language Arts enhance their employment options. Majors in athletic training and sports management, within Bachelor of Arts in Social Sciences the sports studies degree program, are designed to Integrated Social Studies prepare students to enter careers in amateur and Bachelor of Science in Mathematical Sciences professional athletics. Integrated Mathematics The Department of Teacher Education at Bachelor of Science in Natural Science Shawnee State University is dedicated to preparing Earth Science highly skilled educators and sports professionals at Integrated Science the undergraduate level and supporting profes- Life Science sional development of practicing professionals. Physical Science Whether you are just beginning your professional Middle Childhood (Grades 4-9) Licensure preparation or you are interested in enhancing in conjunction with Shawnee State University’s your skills, the Department is here to help you Bachelor of Science in Natural Science meet your goals. Mathematics and Science The Department of Teacher Education is accredited by the National Council for Accredita- Multiage Visual Arts Licensure (PreK-12) tion of Teacher Education (NCATE) in conjunction with Shawnee State University’s Bachelor of Fine Arts For More Information Associate of Applied Science in Early Childhood Development David E. Todt, Ph.D., Chairperson with Pre-Kindergarten Associate Licensure Marcia Tackett, A.A., Preprofessional Services Representative Reading Endorsement can be added to existing license Department of Teacher Education Shawnee State University Certificate 940 Second Street Deaf Studies Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344 Phone: 740.351.3451 Fax: 740.351.3603 Teacher Licensure E-mail: [email protected] Programs Programs and Licensure Shawnee State University education students are Offered by the Department of prepared to become learner-centered, inquiring professionals. The teacher preparation programs Teacher Education require a strong foundation in an academic content or teaching area with the rigor of a professional Bachelor of Science in Education development program, which prepares entry level with Licensure in: teachers for the dynamic responsibilities of Early Childhood (Grades PreK-3) contemporary schools. Early Childhood Intervention Specialist Today’s teachers are required to continue their (Grades PreK-3) professional development throughout their careers. Middle Childhood (Grades 4-9) The vision of teaching which guides the teacher Multiage Intervention Specialist (Grades K-12) education program at Shawnee State is that of a ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS — 109 reflective and inquiring professional. Our program Debra Weber, M.A.Ed., Clinical and Field emphasizes lifelong learning in addition to the Experience Coordinator acquisition of specific skills and knowledge that Marcia Tackett, A.A., Preprofessional Services are essential for an entry level teacher. Representative The knowledge base for all of the SSU teacher Preprofessional Services education programs is defined as five constituent Shawnee State University domains of teacher capacity, including: 1) general 940 Second Street studies and discipline area; 2) the diverse learner Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344 and learning process; 3) learning contexts and Phone: 740.351.3547 environments; 4) effective teaching strategies; and Fax: 740.351.3571 5) professional development. E-mail: [email protected] The education program provides a well- articulated arrangement of field and lab exercises designed to screen students for desired teacher Children’s Learning Center qualities, provide a wide range of classroom expe- The Children’s Learning Center (CLC) is a riences, and result in documentation of individual preschool which serves children that are three, four, skills and experience in a professional portfolio. or five years old. It is operated in conjunction The teacher education program culminates in a with the Department of Teacher Education and is student teaching experience that evaluates your located on the campus of Shawnee State University. professional competence and potential. In addition to providing preschool and extended All of the licensure programs seek to lead you day child care services, the CLC functions as a to a greater mastery of a teaching or professional laboratory school for the University’s early specialization, an increased understanding of the childhood licensure programs. liberal arts perspective, a research-based professional education core, and a greater sense of the For More Information need to contribute your abilities to the present Cynthia Ferguson, M.Ed., Director community through your service and to future Becky Herpy, Secretary communities through your students’ lives. Children’s Learning Center Shawnee State University Preprofessional Services 940 Second Street The Office of Preprofessional Services provides Portsmouth, OH 45662-4344 assistance in the following areas to current and Phone: 740.351.3252 potential education students of Shawnee State Fax: 740.351.3184 University: E-mail: [email protected] Student Recruitment Program Advising Eligibility Criteria for Admission to Field Experiences Placement Teacher Education Student Teaching Placement Graduate Follow-up Admission to the University does not guarantee Transfer Credit Review admission to teacher education. Note: Only EDUC Program Admissions 115 and 230 and EDEC 150 may be taken without Examination Registration (PRAXIS Tests) admission to teacher education. To be considered Licensure for admission, a student must complete the following criteria: While appointments are recommended, students Satisfactory completion of at least 36 credit may drop in on an as-needed basis for information hours of university/college coursework and assistance in any of the above areas. The office is located in the Department of Teacher Education 2.75 overall GPA suite on the second floor of Massie Hall. Appropriate grade point average as required: Completed GEP courses – a grade of C or For More Information higher (ENGL 111S, 112S, 115S, and quanti- Paul M. Madden, M.Ed., Director tative reasoning course required) 110 — ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS

Completed Related Studies courses – a grade •Employs effective teaching strategies to ensure of C or higher (PSYC 101 required) the learning outcome Completed Professional Education courses – •Practices professionalism (i.e. appropriate attire 3.0 average and a grade of C or higher (EDUC and behavior in schools) 115 is required) A significant amount of the evidence of teacher Completed Content courses – 3.0 average candidate performance is maintained through a Satisfactory evaluations for field and lab required professional portfolio. With each course experiences in EDUC 115 and at every level, students are required to collect Satisfactory scores on all portions of the items for their portfolio, provide reasons for PRAXIS I Examinations including the item in the portfolio, and organize Reading/Writing/Mathematics – 172 each the portfolio to demonstrate their professional preparation for teaching. Satisfactory progress toward professional portfolio development with successful review from EDUC 115 faculty PRAXIS Series Tests Completed statement of good moral character Shawnee State University utilizes the PRAXIS Complete first background clearance investiga- series as one element of our student assessment tion (early childhood and early childhood program. Students complete the PRAXIS I prior intervention specialist students complete to admission to teacher education; PRAXIS II additional background/health packet) Content/Specialty Area test prior to student teaching; PRAXIS II Principles of Learning and Students will be granted full admission or will Teaching prior to earning a provisional license; not be admitted. and PRAXIS III prior to professional licensure. Students receiving full admission may continue PRAXIS I and II are standardized tests completed to take coursework toward their licensure pro- at testing centers. PRAXIS III is a performance grams and are eligible to register for education assessment completed during the entry year teaching courses as they meet necessary prerequisites. experience. A trained assessor conducts PRAXIS III in the entry year teacher’s classroom. Registration booklets are available from the Special Note: Department of Teacher Education. Test dates are Admission to teacher education does not limited and should be planned well in advance. guarantee admission to a licensure program, to Score reports are received within four to six weeks student teaching, or recommendation for teacher after test completion. Students should have their licensure. Please consult the Teacher Education Handbook and a faculty advisor for licensure registration forms reviewed by department staff program admission, eligibility for student prior to mailing. The tests are expensive and any teaching, and for teacher licensure. The inaccurate information on the registration form Teacher Education Handbook has detailed could result in a delay or a nonreport of test scores. requirements for admission and retention. Visit the Educational Testing Service (ETS) on the web at www.ets.org/praxis.

Portfolio Requirement Transfer, Postbaccalaureate, SSU Teacher preparation at Shawnee State University Graduates Policy is a performance-based program. All students are Transfer students should review this catalog for required to demonstrate the knowledge, skills, and transfer credit information. A grade of C or higher dispositions associated with the five domains of is required for all transfer credit. No exceptions teacher capacity. The SSU teacher candidate: will be made for any student entering a teacher •Is well grounded in general studies and specific preparation program. Grades earned at the student’s discipline area(s) previous institution will be used in determining •Understands the nature of human development program GPA requirements. and learning in working with diverse learners Postbaccalaureate and alternative licensure •Demonstrates sensitivities to learning contexts students who graduated from an accredited insti- and environments tution with an overall GPA of 2.75 or higher in EARLY CHILDHOOD — 111 an appropriate content area may register for EDUC 240 School & Society: Legal, Theoretical 4 licensure only. The programs leading to adolescent Philosophical, & Ethical Found. of American Education to young adult licensure are best suited for post- EDUC 245 Teaching Individuals in a 4 baccalaureate students. Because our program is Pluralistic Society primarily an undergraduate, initial licensure EDUC 310 Strategies of Assessment, Diagnosis, 4 program, a postbaccalaureate option for licensure &Evaluation in the Classroom does not currently exist. PRAXIS II content test must be passed prior to admission to the adolescent Reading Requirement (18 Hours) to young adult licensure program. EDRE 302 Foundations of Literacy 5 EDRE 304 Teaching Phonics: Reading, 5 Any deficient areas must be met prior to Writing, & Spelling recommendation for licensure. All applicable GPA EDRE 305 Teaching Reading in the 4 and minimum grade requirements apply. Students Content Areas registering for the licensure only option do not ENGL 300 Children’s Literature 4 earn a degree from Shawnee State University; all coursework applies only to licensure requirements Related Studies Component (16 Hours) regardless of credit hours earned. A postbaccalaureate PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 PSYC 151 Human Growth & Dvlpmnt. OR 4 student who feels s/he may be eligible to earn the PSYC 310 Child Psychology bachelor’s degree may have his/her program reviewed SOCI 303 Intro. to Social Psychology OR 4 and credit transferred into a degree program. SOCI 320 Sociology of Culture OR SOCI 325 Sociology of Family SSU graduates who have not begun the teacher PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning OR 4 preparation program are considered postbaccalau- PSYC 375 Educational Psychology reate students and are required to meet the same guidelines listed previously. Early Childhood Courses (60 Hours) Students who began their professional prepara- EDEC 150 Introduction to Early Childhood 4 tion at Shawnee State as undergraduates must meet EDEC 255 Educational Environments 4 the applicable undergraduate program requirements. EDEC 280 Administration of Early 4 Childhood Programs EDEC 283 Interprofessional & Parental 4 Team Models Bachelor of Science in Education EDEC 284 Basic Movement for Children 4 EDEC 285 Practicum & Seminar 1: 4 with Licensure in Early EDEC 285L Observation & Reflection in Professional Practice Childhood (Grades PreK-3) EDEC 385 Practicum & Seminar 2: Action 4 EDEC 385L Research - Home, School, & Degree Requirements Community Relations General Education Program 48 Hours EDEC 400 Teaching Creative Expressions 4 GEOG 201, IDST 225S or 226S, MATH for Early Childhood 110S, NTSC 110S, PHIL 320S, PSCI 251, EDEC 415 Teaching Dev. Math & Science 4 and SOSC 110S are required. Further for Early Learners information is listed on page 55 of the current EDEC 420 Teaching Dev. Language Arts & 4 catalog or can be obtained from the Department Social Studies for Early Learners of Teacher Education. EDEC 485 Practicum & Seminar 3: Curric., 4 EDEC 485L Instruction, & Evaluation Professional Education Core 20 Hours EDEC 490 Directed Teaching & Seminar 12 Reading Requirement 18 Hours EDIS 250 Survey of Exceptionalities 4 Related Studies Component 16 Hours Early Childhood Courses 60 Hours Curriculum Content (34 Hours) Curriculum Content 34 Hours ARTP 201 Art in the Curriculum 3 Total Hours Required 196 Hours GEOG 225 Physical Geography 4 GOVT 101 National Government 4 HIST 111 American History to 1828 OR 4 Professional Education Core (20 Hours) HIST 112 American History, 1828-1900 OR Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. HIST 113 American History Since 1900 MATH 140 Elem. Topics in Mathematics 1 4 EDUC 115 Intro. to the Teaching Profession 4 MATH 141 Elem. Topics in Mathematics 2 4 EDUC 115L MATH 305 Math Enrichment for the Teacher 4 EDUC 230 Instructional Media, Technology, 4 MUSI 160 Fundamentals of Music 3 & Computers SSPE 202 Health & Nutri. Across the Lifespan 4 112 — EARLY CHILDHOOD INTERVENTION

GOVT 101 National Government 4 Bachelor of Science in HIST 111 American History to 1828 OR 4 HIST 112 American History, 1828-1900 OR Education with Licensure in HIST 113 American History Since 1900 Early Childhood Intervention MATH 140 Elem. Topics in Mathematics 1 4 MATH 141 Elem. Topics in Mathematics 2 4 Specialist (Grades PreK-3) MUSI 160 Fundamentals of Music 3 Degree Requirements General Education Program 48 Hours Bachelor of Science in Education GEOG 201, IDST 225S or 226S, MATH 110S, NTSC 110S, PHIL 320S, PSCI 251, with Licensure in Middle and SOSC 110S are required. Further Childhood (Grades 4-9) information is listed on page 55 of the current catalog or can be obtained from the Department Students pursuing the middle childhood license to of Teacher Education. teach mathematics and science may select from one of Professional Education Core 20 Hours two degrees. In addition to this bachelor of science in See page 111 of current catalog. Reading Requirement 18 Hours education, a bachelor of science in natural science is See page 111 of current catalog. available. See page 92 of this catalog. Consult an Related Studies Component 20 Hours advisor in science, mathematics, or education to Intervention Specialist Courses 67 Hours discuss which option best meets your needs. Curriculum Content 26 Hours Total Hours Required 199 Hours Degree Requirements General Education Program (48 Hours) 32-36 Hours Related Studies Component (20 Hours) Certain components of the GEP are satisfied Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. by the requirements of the bachelor of science in education. Further information is listed on PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 page 55 of the current catalog or can be obtained PSYC 151 Human Growth & Development 4 from the Department of Teacher Education. PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning OR 4 PSYC 375 Educational Psychology Professional Education Core 20 Hours PSYC 310 Child Psychology 4 See page 111 of current catalog. PSYC 316 Behavior Problems in Children 4 Reading Requirement 18 Hours See page 111 of current catalog. Intervention Specialist Courses (67 Hours) Related Studies Component 12 Hours EDEC 255 Educational Environments 4 Middle Childhood Courses 36 Hours EDEC 400 Teaching Creative Expressions 4 Content Component 81-88 Hours for Early Childhood EDEC 415 Teaching Dev. Math & Science 4 Total Hours Required 203-208 Hours for Early Learners EDEC 420 Teaching Dev. Language Arts & 4 Related Studies Component (12 Hours) Social Studies for Early Learners Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. EDIS 250 Survey of Exceptionalities 4 EDIS 252 Movement, Health Issues, & 5 PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 Adaptive Technology PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning OR 4 EDIS 283 Interprofessional & Parental Team 4 PSYC 375 Educational Psychology Models in Special Education PSYC 312 Adolescent Psychology 4 EDIS 285 Practicum & Seminar 1: Observation 4 & Reflection in Professional Practice Middle Childhood Courses (36 Hours) EDIS 311 Fundamentals of Special Education 5 EDIS 385 Pract. & Sem. 2: Action Research - 4 EDMC 285 Practicum & Seminar 1: Observation 4 Home, School, & Comm. Relations & Reflection in Professional Practice EDIS 390 Behavior Mgt., Theorists, & Models 5 EDMC 385 Pract. & Semi. 2: Action Research - 4 EDIS 423 The Intervention Specialist at the 4 Home, School, & Comm. Relations Early Childhood Level EDMC 470 Instructional Strategies & Mgt. 4 EDIS 485 Practicum & Seminar 3: Curric., 4 for Integrated Curriculum Instruction, & Evaluation EDMC 485 Practicum & Seminar 3: Curric., 4 EDIS 490 Directed Teaching & Seminar 12 Instruction, & Evaluation EDMC 490 Directed Teaching & Seminar 12 Curriculum Content (26 Hours) Select the two appropriate courses for content component: ARTP 201 Art in the Curriculum 3 EDMC 472 Teaching Language Arts in 4 GEOG 225 Physical Geography 4 Middle Grades MULTIAGE INTERVENTION — 113

EDMC 473 Teaching Math. in Middle Grades 4 SCIENCE (41-44 HOURS) EDMC 475 Teaching Social Studies in 4 BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 Middle Grades CHEM 121 Introduction to General Chemistry 1 4 EDMC 476 Teaching Science in Middle Grades 4 CHEM 122 Introduction to General Chemistry 2 4 GEOL 111 Rocks, Minerals, & Fossils 4 Content Component (81-88 Hours) NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Methodology 4 PSCI 251 Physical Science by Inquiry 1 4 Select two areas of concentration PSCI 252 Physical Science by Inquiry 2 4 LANGUAGE ARTS AND READING (44 HOURS) Select three: ENGL 200 Introduction to Literature 4 BIOL 162 Human Anatomy & Physiology 5 ENGL 211 Survey of English Literature 4 BIOL 202 Principles of Plant Biology 5 ENGL 232 Creative Writing (Poetry) OR 4 BIOL 203 Principles of Animal Biology 5 ENGL 245 Creative Writing (Fiction) OR BIOL 210 Taxonomy of Vascular Plants 4 JOUR 231 News Reporting & Writing BIOL 271 Field Ornithology 4 ENGL 251 Survey of American Literature 1 OR 4 BIOL 272 Ohio’s Natural Heritage 4 ENGL 252 Survey of American Literature 2 BIOL 302 Dendrology 4 ENGL 305 Advanced Expository Writing OR 4 BIOL 303 Spring Flora 4 ENGL 315 Theory & Prac. in Composition BIOL 307 General Entomology 5 ENGL 362 Patterns of English 4 BIOL 370 Marine Biology 5 IDST 225S Civilization & Literature 1 4 GEOL 112 Environmental Geology 4 JOUR 105 Introduction to Mass Communication 4 GEOL 201 Physical Geology 4 SPCH 220 Oral Interpretation of Literature 4 GEOL 202 Historical Geology 4 THAR 100 Introduction to Theater 4 GEOL 301 Invertebrate Paleobiology 4 Select one ENGL 205 Introduction to Women’s Studies 4 ENGL 249 Native American Literature 4 Bachelor of Science in ENGL 340 Literature of the Americas 4 Education with Licensure in ENGL 341 Literature of Initiation & Experience 4 ENGL 342 Women in Literature 4 Multiage Intervention ENGL 343 Black Authors 4 ENGL 344 Literature of Appalachia 4 Specialist (Grades K-12)

SOCIAL STUDIES (44 HOURS) Degree Requirements ECON 202 Principles of Macroeconomics 4 General Education Program 48 Hours GEOG 125 World Geography 4 GEOG 201, IDST 225S or 226S, MATH GEOG 350 Regional Geography: North America 4 110S, NTSC 110S, PHIL 320S, PSCI 251, GOVT 101 National Government 4 and SOSC 110S are required. Further GOVT 370 Global Politics 4 information is listed on page 55 of the current HIST 111 American History to 1828 4 catalog or can be obtained from the HIST 112 American History, 1828-1900 4 Department of Teacher Education. HIST 113 American History Since 1900 4 Professional Education Core 20 Hours HIST 350 Ohio History 4 See page 111 of current catalog. SOCI 310 Gender Socialization 4 Reading Requirement 18 Hours SOSC 110S Intro. to Social Science 4 See page 111 of current catalog. MATHEMATICS (40-41 HOURS) Related Studies Component 16 Hours MATH 110S Mathematics Core Course 4 Intervention Specialist Courses 55 Hours MATH 132 Precalculus 2 AND 4 Curriculum Content 30 Hours MATH 190 Brief Calculus with Appl. OR 4 Total Hours Required 187 Hours MATH 201 Calculus 1 AND MATH 202 Calculus 2 MATH 140 Elem. Topics in Mathematics 1 4 Related Studies Component (16 Hours) MATH 141 Elem. Topics in Mathematics 2 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. MATH 150 Principles of Statistics OR 4 PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 MATH 250 Statistics 1 PSYC 151 Human Growth & Development 4 MATH 220 Discrete Mathematics OR 4-5 PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning OR 4 MATH 230 Linear Algebra PSYC 375 Educational Psychology MATH 300 History of Mathematics 4 PSYC 316 Behavior Problems in Children 4 MATH 305 Math. Enrichment for the Teacher 4 MATH 320 Foundation of Geometry 4 114 — ADOLESCENT TO YOUNG ADULT

Intervention Specialist Courses (55 Hours) Language Arts Component (76 Hours) Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. LANGUAGE EMPHASIS EDIS 250 Survey of Exceptionalities 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. EDIS 252 Movement, Health Issues, & 5 ENGL 360 Intro. to Language & Linguistics 4 Adaptive Technology ENGL 362 Patterns of English 4 EDIS 283 Interprofessional & Parental Team 4 Models in Special Education READING EMPHASIS EDIS 285 Practicum & Seminar 1: Observation 4 & Reflection in Professional Practice ENGL 200 Introduction to Literature 4 EDIS 311 Fundamentals of Special Ed. 5 ENGL 211 Survey of English Literature 1 4 EDIS 385 Pract. & Sem. 2: Action Research - 4 ENGL 212 Survey of English Literature 2 4 Home, School, & Comm. Relations ENGL 251 Survey of American Literature 1 4 EDIS 390 Behavior Mgt., Theorists, & Models 5 ENGL 252 Survey of American Literature 2 4 EDIS 423 The Intervention Specialist at 4 ENGL 301 Shakespeare 1 OR 4 the Early Childhood Level ENGL 302 Shakespeare 2 EDIS 425 Instruc. Strat. & Curric. Design 4 Select two in a Continuum of Ed. Environ. ENGL 205 Introduction to Women’s Studies 4 EDIS 485 Practicum & Seminar 3: Curric., 4 ENGL 249 Native American Literature 4 Instruction, & Evaluation ENGL 340 Literature of the Americas 4 EDIS 490 Directed Teaching & Seminar 12 ENGL 341 Literature of Initiation & Experience 4 ENGL 342 Women in Literature 4 ENGL 343 Black Authors 4 Curriculum Content (30 Hours) ENGL 344 Literature of Appalachia 4 ARTP 201 Art in the Curriculum 3 Select one GEOG 225 Physical Geography 4 ENGL 311 Major Engl. Authors (Before 1800) 4 GOVT 101 National Government 4 ENGL 321 The English Novel 4 HIST 111 American History to 1828 OR 4 ENGL 322 Modern English Drama 4 HIST 112 American History, 1828-1900 OR ENGL 411 16th Century Renaissance Literature 4 HIST 113 American History Since 1900 ENGL 421 17th Century Poetry & Prose 4 MATH 140 Elem. Topics in Mathematics 1 4 ENGL 441 The Romantics 4 MATH 141 Elem. Topics in Mathematics 2 4 ENGL 446 The Victorians 4 MATH 305 Math Enrichment for the Teacher 4 MUSI 160 Fundamentals of Music 3 WRITING EMPHASIS ENGL 305 Advanced Expository Writing OR 4 ENGL 315 Theory & Practice in Composition Adolescent to Young Adult ENGL 232 Creative Writing (Poetry) OR 4 ENGL 240 Screenwriting OR (Grades 7-12) Licensure, ENGL 245 Creative Writing (Fiction) Integrated Language Arts in JOUR 231 News Reporting & Writing 4 Conjunction with the Bachelor LISTENING/VISUAL LITERACY EMPHASIS ENGL 105 Information Access 1 of Arts in English/Humanities JOUR 105 Intro. to Mass Communication 4 PHIL 105 Rhetoric & Reasoning 4 Degree Requirements ORAL COMMUNICATION EMPHASIS General Education Program 48 Hours PHIL 320S and THAR 100 are required. SPCH 103 Public Speaking & Human Comm. 3 Further information is listed on page 55 of the SPCH 220 Oral Interpretation of Literature 4 current catalog or can be obtained from the Department of Teacher Education. CAPSTONE Language Arts Component 76 Hours ENGL 485 Sr. Exp. for English/Hum. Majors 4 Professional Education Core 20 Hours See page 111 of current catalog. Reading Requirement (8 Hours) Reading Requirement 8 Hours EDRE 305 Teaching Reading in the 4 Related Studies Component 12 Hours Content Areas ENGL 323 Adolescent Literature 4 Adolescent/Young Adult Courses 32 Hours Total Hours Required 196 Hours Related Studies Component (12 Hours) PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning OR 4 PSYC 375 Educational Psychology PSYC 312 Adolescent Psychology 4 ADOLESCENT TO YOUNG ADULT — 115

Adolescent/Young Adult Courses (32 Hours) MATH 301 Ordinary Differential Equations OR 4 MATH 430 Numerical Analysis EDAE 285 Practicum & Seminar 1: Observation 4 MATH 320 Foundations of Geometry 4 & Reflection in Professional Practice MATH 360 Introduction to Probability 4 EDAE 385 Pract. & Sem. 2: Action Research - 4 MATH 405 Math. Enrich. for the Sec. Teacher 4 Home, School, & Comm. Relations MATH 410 Modern Algebra 1 4 EDAE 400 Prin. & Strategies of Curriculum 4 MATH 411 Modern Algebra 2 4 Develop., Mgt., & Instruction MATH 440 Mathematical Models OR 4 EDAE 485 Practicum & Seminar 3: Curric., 4 MATH 370 Operations Research 1 Instruction, & Evaluation MATH 496 Senior Research Project 1 1 EDAE 490 Directed Teaching & Seminar 12 1 MATH 497 Senior Research Project 2 2 ENGL 434 Methods of Teaching Language Arts 4 MATH 498 Senior Research Project 3 1 in the Secondary Schools OR MATH 4701 Teaching Mathematics in Grades 7-12 OR Related Studies Component (16 Hours) 1 SOCI 435 Teaching Social Sciences in BUIS/ETCO Computer Science Elective See page 81. 4 Grades 7-12 OR PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 NTSC 4331 Teaching Science in Grades 7-12 PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning OR 4 PSYC 375 Educational Psychology Adolescent to Young Adult PSYC 312 Adolescent Psychology 4 (Grades 7-12) Licensure, Adolescent to Young Adult Integrated Mathematics in (Grades 7-12) Licensure, Conjunction with the Bachelor Integrated Social Studies in of Science in Mathematical Conjunction with the Bachelor Sciences of Arts in Social Sciences Degree Requirements Degree Requirements General Education Program (48 Hours) 44 Hours General Education Program (48 Hours) 40 Hours The Quantitative Reasoning component of the The Social Science component and four hours of GEP is satisfied by the requirements of the the Cultural Perspectives component of the GEP bachelor of science in mathematical sciences. See are satisfied by the requirements of this degree. page 55 for further information about the GEP. SOSC 110S and PHIL 320S are required. Integrated Math Component 65 Hours Further information is listed on page 55 of the Professional Education Core 20 Hours current catalog or can be obtained from the See page 111 of current catalog. Department of Teacher Education. Reading Requirement 8 Hours Social Studies Component 80-92 Hours See page 114 of current catalog. Professional Education Core 20 Hours Related Studies Component 16 Hours See page 111 of current catalog. Adolescent/Young Adult Courses 32 Hours Reading Requirement 8 Hours See above. See page 114 of current catalog. General Elective 1 Hour Related Studies Component 12 Hours See page 114 of current catalog. Total Hours Required 186 Hours Adolescent/Young Adult Courses 32 Hours See left column, this page. Integrated Math Component (65 Hours) Total Hours Required: Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. Economics Concentration 196 Hours MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 Geography Concentration 196 Hours MATH 203 Calculus 3 4 Political Science Concent. 196 Hours MATH 204 Calculus 4 4 MATH 220 Discrete Mathematics 4 History Concentration 196-204 Hours MATH 230 Linear Algebra 5 Psychology Concentration 192-200 Hours MATH 250 Statistics 1 4 MATH 300 History of Mathematics 4 Sociology Concentration 196 Hours

1 Methods course appropriate to specific licensure. 116 — ADOLESCENT TO YOUNG ADULT

Social Studies Component (80-92 Hours) Select two: Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. GEOG 310 Medical Geography 4 ECON 201 Principles of Microeconomics 4 GEOG 311 Air Pollution 4 GEOG 351 Regional Geog. of the Middle East 4 ECON 202 Principles of Macroeconomics 4 GEOG 404 Transportation Geog. & Mgt. 4 GEOG 125 World Geography 4 GEOG 201 Cultural Geography 4 GEOG 350 Regional Geography 4 POLITICAL SCIENCE CONCENTRATION (16 HOURS) GOVT 250 Introduction to Political Science 4 Met in social studies component: GOVT 370 Global Politics 4 GOVT 250 Intro. to Political Science GOVT 401 State of the World 4 GOVT 370 Global Politics HIST 113 American History Since 1900 4 HIST 201 Ancient History 4 Select four: HIST 350 Ohio History 4 GOVT 240 Contemporary Political Ideologies 4 PSYC 101 Intro. to Psychology Met in related studies component GOVT 310 United States Foreign Policy 4 PSYC 151 Human Growth & Development 4 GOVT 320 Third World Politics 4 SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology 4 GOVT 330 Mass Media Politics 4 SOCI 206 Social Institutions 4 GOVT 340 European Politics 4 SOCI 310 Gender Socialization 4 GOVT 350 National Policy Issues 4 SOSC 110S Foundations of Social Science 4 GOVT 420 International Political Economy 4 Select either: HISTORY CONCENTRATION (16-24 HOURS) HIST 111 American History to 1828 4 Select two: HIST 112 American History, 1828-1900 HIST 1111 American History to 1828 0-4 HIST 1121 American History, 1828-1900 Choose one of the following areas of concentration. Courses HIST 113 American History Since 1900 taken in the GEP and social studies components may fulfill Met in social studies component selected requirements. Select two:

ECONOMICS CONCENTRATION (16 HOURS) HIST 201 Ancient History Met in social studies component HIST 202 Medieval & Early Modern Europe 4 Met in social studies component: HIST 203 Modern Europe 4 ECON 101 Principles of Macroeconomics ECON 102 Principles of Microeconomics Select one: Select four: HIST 301 Form. of the Am. Nation, 1750-1815 4 HIST 305 From FDR to Reagan 4 ECON 301 Intermediate Microeconomics 4 HIST 320 Hist. of American Foreign Relations 4 ECON 302 Intermediate Macroeconomics 4 HIST 326 Economic History of the U.S. 4 ECON 310 Money and Banking 4 ECON 320 History of Economic Thought 4 Select one: ECON 326 Economic History of the U.S. 4 HIST 310 Nazi Germany 4 ECON 332 Managerial Economics 4 HIST 325 History of Russia 4 ECON 350 Labor Economics 4 HIST 401 History of Medicine 4 ECON 405 Economic Development 4 HIST 410 Intellectual History 1 4 ECON 411 Comparative Economic Systems 4 HIST 411 Intellectual History 2 4 ECON 425 Public Finance 4 Select one: ECON 480 Econometrics 4 ECON 499 Special Topics in Economics 4 ANTH 340 MesoAmerica Before Columbus 4 HIST 330 History of Southern Africa 4 GEOGRAPHY CONCENTRATION (16 HOURS) HIST 371 Islamic Religion, Culture, & Civ. 4 HIST 420 Middle East in Modern Times 4 GEOG 225 Physical Geography 4 Met in social studies component: PSYCHOLOGY CONCENTRATION (12-20 HOURS) GEOG 125 World Geography PSYC 101 Intro. to Psychology Met in related studies component GEOG 201 Cultural Geography PSYC 151 Human Growth & Development GEOG 350 Regional Geography Met in social studies component PSYC 290 Psychological Tests & Measurements 4 Select one: Select two: GEOG 130 Economic Geography 4 GEOG 227 Foundations of Meteorology 4 PSYC 300 Theories of Personality 4 GEOG 230 Urban Geography 4 PSYC 303 Introduction to Social Psychology 4 GEOG 242 Geography of Ohio 4 PSYC 310 Child Psychology 4 PSYC 311 Human Sexuality 4 PSYC 316 Behavior Problems in Children 4

1 One of these courses must be selected in the social studies component. ADOLESCENT TO YOUNG ADULT — 117

PSYC 360 Drugs/Substance Abuse 4 EARTH SCIENCE (85 HOURS) PSYC 361 Industrial Psychology 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. PSYC400 Abnormal Psychology 4 PSYC 405 Death & Dying 4 BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 BIOL 370 Marine Biology 5 Select two (may be satisfied by related studies component): CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning 0-4 CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 PSYC 312 Adolescent Psychology 0-4 CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 PSYC 375 Educational Psychology GEOG 311 Air Pollution OR 4 GEOG 227 Foundations of Meteorology SOCIOLOGY CONCENTRATION (16 HOURS) GEOL 111 Rocks, Minerals, & Fossils 4 SOCI 205 Current Social Problems 4 GEOL 112 Environmental Geology 4 SOCI 303 Introduction to Social Psychology 4 GEOL 201 Physical Geology 4 SOCI 312 Sociology of Religion OR 4 GEOL 202 Historical Geology 4 SOCI 320 Sociology of Culture OR GEOL 301 Invertebrate Paleobiology OR 4 SOCI 330 Social Theory GEOL 303 Sedimentary Rocks SOCI 325 Sociology of the Family 4 GEOL 302 Mineralogy 4 GEOL 401 Field Methods 4 Met in social studies component: GEOL 485 Senior Project 4 SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology MATH 131 College Algebra or higher 4 SOCI 206 Social Institutions MATH 150 Principles of Statistics OR 4 SOCI 310 Gender Socialization MATH 250 Statistics 1 MATH 190 Brief Calculus with Applications 4 NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Methodology 4 PHYS 210 Astronomy 4 Adolescent to Young Adult PSCI 251 Physical Science by Inquiry 1 4

(Grades 7-12) Licensure, Earth, LIFE SCIENCES (83-84 HOURS) Life, or Physical Science in BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 BIOL 162 Human Anatomy & Physiology OR 5 Conjunction with the Bachelor BIOL 320 Principles of Physiology OR BIOL 470 Plant Physiology of Science in Natural Science BIOL 202 Principles of Plant Biology 5 BIOL 203 Principles of Animal Biology 5 Degree Requirements BIOL 330 Ecology 5 General Education Program (48 Hours) 36 Hours BIOL 340 Genetics 5 The Quantitative Reasoning and Natural Science BIOL 350 Microbiology 5 components of the GEP are satisfied by the BIOL 432 Cell Biology 5 requirements of the bachelor of science in natural BIOL 485 Senior Project 4 science. Further information is listed on page 55 BIOL XXX Biology Elective 4-5 of the current catalog or can be obtained from the CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 Department of Teacher Education. CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 Science Component 83-93 Hours CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 GEOL 111 Rocks, Minerals, & Fossils 4 Professional Education Core 20 Hours MATH 131 College Algebra or higher 4 See page 111 of current catalog. MATH 150 Principles of Statistics OR 4 Reading Requirement 8 Hours MATH 250 Statistics 1 See page 114. NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Methodology 4 Related Studies Component 16 Hours PSCI 251 Physical Science by Inquiry 1 4 See page 114. Adolescent/Young Adult Courses 32 Hours PHYSICAL SCIENCE (93 HOURS) See page 115. BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 Total Hours Required: CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 Earth Science 197 Hours CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 CHEM 305 Organic Chemistry 1 4 Life Science 195-196 Hours CHEM 306 Organic Chemistry 2 4 Physical Science 205 Hours CHEM 307 Organic Chemistry 3 4 CHEM 323 Quantitative Analysis 5 CHEM 485 Senior Project OR 4 Science Component (83-93 Hours) PHYS 485 Senior Project Choose one science component from among the GEOL 111 Rocks, Minerals, & Fossils 4 following: MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 MATH 250 Statistics 1 4 118 — ADOLESCENT TO YOUNG ADULT

Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. BIOL 350 Microbiology 5 NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Methodology 4 BIOL 432 Cell Biology 5 PHYS 210 Astronomy 4 NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Methodology 4 PHYS 211 Calculus-Based Physics 1 4 PHYS 212 Calculus-Based Physics 2 4 CHEMISTRY (40 HOURS) PHYS 213 Calculus-Based Physics 3 4 BIOL 411 Biochemistry 4 PHYS 214 Calculus-Based Physics 4 4 CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 PHYS 300 Modern Physics 4 CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 PSCI 251 Physical Science by Inquiry 1 4 CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 PSCI 252 Physical Science by Inquiry 2 4 CHEM 305 Organic Chemistry 1 4 CHEM 306 Organic Chemistry 2 4 CHEM 307 Organic Chemistry 3 4 Adolescent to Young Adult CHEM 323 Quantitative Analysis 5 (Grades 7-12) Licensure, NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Methodology 4 Integrated Science in EARTH AND SPACE (37 HOURS) BIOL 370 Marine Biology 5 Conjunction with the Bachelor GEOL 111 Rocks, Minerals, & Fossils 4 GEOL 112 Environmental Geology 4 of Science in Natural Science GEOL 201 Physical Geology 4 GEOL 202 Historical Geology 4 This program combines extensive work in a number GEOL XXX Geology Elective 4 of science areas with a license to teach all science GEOG 227 Foundations of Meteorology 4 areas in grades 7-12. Because of this, completion NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Methodology 4 may take longer than a standard degree or program. PHYS 210 Astronomy 4

PHYSICS (36 HOURS) Degree Requirements NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Methodology 4 General Education Program (48 Hours) 36 Hours PHYS 210 Astronomy 4 The Quantitative Reasoning and Natural Science PHYS 211 Calculus-Based Physics 1 4 components of the GEP are satisfied by the PHYS 212 Calculus-Based Physics 2 4 requirements of the bachelor of science in natural PHYS 213 Calculus-Based Physics 3 4 science. Further information is listed on page 55 PHYS 214 Calculus-Based Physics 4 4 of the current catalog or can be obtained from the PHYS 300 Modern Physics 4 Department of Teacher Education. PSCI 251 Physical Science by Inquiry 1 4 Integrated Science Component 122-126 Hours PSCI 252 Physical Science by Inquiry 2 4 Professional Education Core 20 Hours Integrated science students must complete the three areas See page 111 of current catalog. below not chosen as their principal area of study. Students Reading Requirement 8 Hours may not duplicate their principal and subordinate areas of See page 114. study. (Example: Students who choose biology as their Related Studies Component 12 Hours principal area of study must take chemistry, earth and See page 114. space, and physics as their subordinate areas of study.)

Adolescent/Young Adult Courses 32 Hours BIOLOGY AS SUBORDINATE AREA (25 HOURS) See page 115. BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 Total Hours Required 230-234 Hours BIOL 162 Human Anatomy & Physiology OR 5 BIOL 320 Principles of Physiology OR Integrated Science Component (122-126 Hours) BIOL 470 Plant Physiology BIOL 202 Principles of Plant Biology 5 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. BIOL 203 Principles of Animal Biology 5 MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 BIOL 350 Microbiology 5 MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 MATH 250 Statistics 1 4 CHEMISTRY AS SUBORDINATE AREA (24 HOURS) Select one principal area of study from the following: CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 BIOLOGY (39 HOURS) CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 BIOL 162 Human Anatomy & Physiology OR 5 CHEM 200 Introduction to Organic Chemistry 4 BIOL 320 Principles of Physiology OR CHEM 323 Quantitative Analysis 5 BIOL 470 Plant Physiology BIOL 202 Principles of Plant Biology OR 5 EARTH AND SPACE AS SUBORDINATE AREA (25 HOURS) BIOL 203 Principles of Animal Biology BIOL 370 Marine Biology 5 BIOL 330 Ecology 5 GEOL 111 Rocks, Minerals, & Fossils 4 BIOL 340 Genetics 5 GEOL 112 Environmental Geology 4 MIDDLE CHILDHOOD — 119

GEOL XXX Geology Elective 4 Select one of the following: GEOG 227 Foundations of Meteorology 4 MATH 220 Discrete Mathematics 4 PHYS 210 Astronomy 4 MATH 230 Linear Algebra 5

PHYSICS AS SUBORDINATE AREA (24 HOURS) NATURAL SCIENCE (41-44 HOURS) PHYS 211 Calculus-Based Physics 1 4 BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 PHYS 212 Calculus-Based Physics 2 4 CHEM 121 Introduction to General Chemistry 1 4 PHYS 213 Calculus-Based Physics 3 4 CHEM 122 Introduction to General Chemistry 2 4 PHYS 214 Calculus-Based Physics 4 4 GEOL 111 Rocks, Minerals, & Fossils 4 PHYS 300 Modern Physics 4 NTSC 110S Scientific Reasoning & Methodology 4 PSCI 251 Physical Science by Inquiry 1 4 PSCI 251 Physical Science by Inquiry 1 4 PSCI 252 Physical Science by Inquiry 2 4 Middle Childhood (Grades 4-9) Select three of the following: BIOL 162 Human Anatomy & Physiology 5 Licensure, Mathematics and BIOL 202 Principles of Plant Biology 5 BIOL 203 Principles of Animal Biology 5 Science in Conjunction with BIOL 210 Taxonomy of Vascular Plants 4 BIOL 271 Field Ornithology 4 the Bachelor of Science in BIOL 272 Ohio’s Natural Heritage 4 BIOL 302 Dendrology 4 Natural Science BIOL 303 Spring Flora 4 BIOL 307 General Entomology 5 Degree Requirements BIOL 370 Marine Biology 5 General Education Program (48 Hours) 36 Hours GEOL 112 Environmental Geology 4 The Quantitative Reasoning and Natural Science GEOL 201 Physical Geology 4 components of the GEP (4 and 8 hours, GEOL 202 Historical Geology 4 respectively) are satisfied by the requirements of GEOL 301 Invertebrate Paleobiology 4 the bachelor of science in natural science. See page 55 for further information about the GEP. Middle Childhood (Mathematics and Science) Content Component 85-89 Hours (36 Hours) Professional Education Core 20 Hours EDMC 285 Practicum & Seminar 1: Observation 4 See page 111 of current catalog. & Reflection in Professional Practice Reading Requirement 18 Hours EDMC 385 Pract. & Sem. 2: Action Research - 4 See page 111 of current catalog. Home, School, & Comm. Relations Middle Childhood (Math. & Science) 36 Hours EDMC 470 Instructional Strategies & Mgt. 4 Related Studies Component 16 Hours EDMC 473 Teaching Math. in Middle Grades 4 EDMC 476 Teach. Science in the Middle Grades 4 Minimum Hours Required 211-215 Hours EDMC 485 Practicum & Seminar 3: Curric., 4 Instruction, & Evaluation Content Component (85-89 Hours) EDMC 490 Directed Teaching & Seminar 12 MATHEMATICS (44-45 HOURS) Related Studies Component (16 Hours) Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. BUIS/ETCO Computer Science Elective See page 81. 4 MATH 110S Mathematics Core Course 4 PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 MATH 140 Elementary Topics in Math. 1 4 PSYC 312 Adolescent Psychology 4 MATH 141 Elementary Topics in Math. 2 4 PSYC 375 Educational Psychology OR 4 MATH 300 History of Mathematics 4 PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning MATH 305 Math. Enrichment for the Teacher 4 MATH 320 Foundations of Geometry 4 MATH 496 Senior Research Project 1 1 MATH 497 Senior Research Project 2 2 Multiage Visual Arts Licensure MATH 498 Senior Research Project 3 1 (PreK-12) in conjunction with Select one pair of the following courses: MATH 132 Precalculus 2 4 the Bachelor of Fine Arts, Art MATH 190 Brief Calculus with Applications 4 Education or MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 This program combines extensive work in a number MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 of visual arts areas with a license to teach art in Select one of the following: grades PreK-12. Because the program combines two MATH 150 Principles of Statistics 4 areas, completion of the Visual Arts license may take MATH 250 Statistics 1 4 longer than a standard degree or program. 120 — MULTIAGE VISUAL ARTS

Degree Requirements ARTS 275 Drawing 1 4 ARTS 276 Drawing 2 4 General Education Program (48 Hours) 44 Hours ARTS 371 Intermediate Life Drawing 1 4 The Non-Western Cultural Perspectives compo- ARTS 372 Intermediate Life Drawing 2 4 nent of the GEP is satisfied by a requirement in ARTS 373 Intermediate Life Drawing 3 4 the major. Further information is listed on page ARTS 375 Intermediate Drawing 1 4 55 of the current catalog or can be obtained from ARTS 376 Intermediate Drawing 2 4 the Department of Teacher Education. ARTS 475 Advanced Drawing 1 4 Art Core Requirements 44 Hours ARTS 476 Advanced Drawing 2 4 Art Emphasis Area 32 Hours Professional Education Core 20 Hours PAINTING See page 111 of the current catalog. ARTS 221 Painting 1 4 Reading Requirement 4 Hours ARTS 222 Painting 2 4 ARTS 223 Painting 3 4 Related Studies Component 12 Hours ARTS 321 Intermediate Painting 1 4 Visual Arts Education Component 36 Hours ARTS 322 Intermediate Painting 2 4 Art Studio Electives 24 Hours ARTS 323 Intermediate Painting 3 4 ARTS 324 Watercolor 1 4 Total Hours Required 216 Hours ARTS 325 Watercolor 2 4 ARTS 326 Watercolor 3 4 Art Core Requirements (44 Hours) ARTS 327 Figure Painting 1 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. ARTS 328 Figure Painting 2 4 ARTS 329 Figure Painting 3 4 ARTH 261 Art History Survey 1 4 ARTS 421 Advanced Painting 1 4 ARTH 262 Art History Survey 2 4 ARTS 422 Advanced Painting 2 4 ARTH 263 Art History Survey 3 4 ARTS 423 Advanced Painting 3 4 ARTH XXX Art History Electives (Choose from 8 ARTS 424 Advanced Watercolor 1 4 ARTH 310, 331, 332, 360, 361, ARTS 425 Advanced Watercolor 2 4 364, or 366. Art education students are ARTS 426 Advanced Watercolor 3 4 required to select ARTH 366 as one of ARTS 427 Advanced Figure Painting 1 4 their electives. This course also satisfies ARTS 428 Advanced Figure Painting 2 4 the Non-Western Cultural Perspectives ARTS 429 Advanced Figure Painting 3 4 component of the GEP and results in the waiving of 4 hours of the GEP requirement for art education students.) Reading Requirement (4 Hours) ARTS 101 Studio Foundations 1 4 EDRE 305 Teaching Reading in the Content 4 ARTS 102 Studio Foundations 2 4 Areas ARTS 103 Studio Foundations 3 4 ARTS 105 The Creative Process 4 ARTS 480 Senior Studio 1 4 Art Studio Electives (24 Hours) ARTS 481 Senior Studio 2 4 Choose at least one course from each area outside studio emphasis. Art Emphasis Area (32 Hours) CERAMICS (4 HOURS) Choose 32 hours within either ceramics, drawing, or ARTS 231 Ceramics 1 4 painting. ARTS 232 Ceramics 2 4 ARTS 233 Ceramics 3 4 CERAMICS ARTS 231 Ceramics 1 4 COMPUTER ART (4 HOURS) ARTS 232 Ceramics 2 4 ARTS 106 Digital Foundations 4 ARTS 233 Ceramics 3 4 ARTS 362 Digital Imaging 2 4 ARTS 331 Intermediate Ceramics 1 4 ARTS 363 Digital Illustration/Type 2 4 ARTS 332 Intermediate Ceramics 2 4 ARTS 364 Digital Paint 2 4 ARTS 333 Intermediate Ceramics 3 4 ARTS 334 Raku Ceramics 4 ARTS 335 Porcelain Ceramics 4 DRAWING (4 HOURS) ARTS 336 Glaze Theory & Practice 4 ARTS 271 Life Drawing 1 4 ARTS 338 Mold Making 4 ARTS 272 Life Drawing 2 4 ARTS 434 Advanced Raku 4 ARTS 273 Life Drawing 3 4 ARTS 435 Advanced Porcelain 4 ARTS 275 Drawing 1 4 ARTS 436 Advanced Glaze Theory & Practice 4 ARTS 276 Drawing 2 4 ARTS 277 Drawing 3 4 DRAWING ARTS 271 Life Drawing 1 4 PAINTING (4 HOURS) ARTS 272 Life Drawing 2 4 ARTS 221 Painting 1 4 ARTS 273 Life Drawing 3 4 ARTS 222 Painting 2 4 READING EDUCATION — 121

ARTS 223 Painting 3 4 Professional Education Core (12 Hours) ARTS 324 Watercolor 1 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. ARTS 325 Watercolor 2 4 EDUC 115 Intro. to the Teaching Profession 4 PHOTOGRAPHY (4 HOURS) EDUC 230 Instructional Media, Technology, 4 & Computers ARTS 210 Photography 1 4 EDUC 245 Teaching Individuals in a 4 ARTS 211 Photography 2 4 Pluralistic Society ARTS 212 Photography 3 4

PRINTMAKING (4 HOURS) Related Studies Component (8 Hours) ARTS 244 Introduction to Printmaking 4 PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 ARTS 245 Intaglio 4 PSYC 151 Human Growth & Development 4 ARTS 246 Lithography 4 ARTS 247 Screen Printing 4 Early Childhood Courses (24 Hours) ARTS 248 Relief Printing 4 EDEC 150 Intro. to Early Childhood Education 4 EDEC 255 Educational Environments 4 SCULPTURE (4 HOURS) EDEC 280 Administration of Early 4 ARTS 241 Sculpture 1 4 Childhood Programs ARTS 242 Sculpture 2 4 EDEC 283 Interprofessional and Parental 4 ARTS 243 Sculpture 3 4 Team Models EDEC 284 Basic Movement for Children 4 Related Studies Component (12 Hours) EDEC 285 Practicum/Seminar 1: Observation 4 & Reflection in Professional Practice PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 PSYC 151 Human Growth & Development 4 PSYC 304 Psychology of Learning OR 4 Curriculum Content (10 Hours) PSYC 375 Educational Psychology ARTP 201 Art in the Curriculum 3 MUSI 160 Fundamentals of Music 3 SSAT 227 First Aid 4 Visual Arts Education Component (36 Hours) Students who already have first aid/CPR training ARTP 401 Studio Methods for Early Childhood 4 (evidence required) must take 4 additional hours, ARTP 402 Studio Methods for Middle Child. 4 EDIS 250 and/or EDUC 240 are strongly ARTP 403 Studio Methods for Adolescents 4 suggested. EDVA 285 Pract. & Sem. 1: Observation & 4 Reflection in Professional Practice Pre-K Associate Licensure Content (20 Hours) EDVA 385 Pract.& Sem. 2: Action Research - 4 Home, School, & Comm. Relations EDPA 286 Aesthetics: Movement, Art, Music 3 EDVA 485 Practicum & Seminar 3: Curric., 4 Dramatic Play Instruction, & Evaluation EDPA 287 Symbolics: Language, Literacy, 3 EDVA 490 Directed Teaching & Seminar 12 Reading, Mathematics EDPA 288 Empirics: Health, Nutrition, 3 Science, & Social Studies EDPA 289 Instructional Methods Practicum 1 1 Associate of Applied Science in EDPA 289 Instructional Methods Practicum 2 1 Early Childhood Development EDPA 289 Instructional Methods Practicum 3 1 EDPA 290 Directed Teaching & Seminar 8 with Pre-Kindergarten Associate Licensure Degree Requirements Reading Education General Education Courses 24 Hours ENGL 111S, 112S, and 115S, MATH 110S, Program NTSC 110S, and SOCI 101 are required. The reading education program provides a series Professional Education Core 12 Hours of specially designed courses and field experiences Related Studies Component 8 Hours leading to a reading endorsement in the specific Early Childhood Courses 24 Hours licensure/certificated area. This program is Curriculum Content 10 Hours designed for both preservice students and in-service Pre-K Associate Licensure Content 20 Hours teachers. In-service teachers applying for reading Total Hours Required 98 Hours endorsement need to be assigned a reading advisor prior to admission into the program. EDRE 406, 407, and 485 must be taken at Shawnee State in 122 — SPORTS STUDIES order for the Department of Teacher Education to Application for Admission to the recommend a student to ODE for reading Sports Studies Degree Programs endorsement. (Athletic Training/Sports Management) Reading Endorsement Requirements You must apply for and receive acceptance into Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. the sports studies degree programs before you are eligible to take 300 and 400 level courses. EDRE 304 Teaching Phonics: Reading, 5 Writing, & Spelling Applications are available from the Department EDRE 305 Teaching Reading in the Content 4 of Teacher Education, located in Massie Hall, room Areas 227. Once completed, applications should be EDRE 406 Reading Diagnosis & Assessment 5 returned to the Department of Teacher Education EDRE 407 Strategies in Reading Instruction 4 EDRE 485 Practicum in Reading 3-6 for review by the admissions committee, which ENGL 300 Children’s Literature OR 4 meets to review applications on an as-needed basis. ENGL 323 Adolescent Literature Students are evaluated according to the Note: Students must take and pass the Praxis II following minimum admission requirements. Introduction to the Teaching of Reading Exam •You must have an overall GPA of 2.0 or higher. and successfully complete a Reading Portfolio •All of the following courses must be completed based on IRA/NCATE standards and the five with a grade of C or higher: DTE competency domains. ENGL 111S MATH 110S ENGL 112S SPCH 103 ENGL 115S SSPE 202 Bachelor of Science in •You must have satisfactorily completed five Sports Studies observation hours prior to application. The bachelor of science in sports studies offered by the Department of Teacher Education prepares Bachelor of Science in Sports you for a career in an employment area that Studies with a Concentration addresses the health and physical fitness needs of in Athletic Training people in our society. Our curriculum ranges from in-depth study of the levels of sports participation The athletic training concentration provides to injury prevention and treatment to sports students with the knowledge and understanding management in general. The program also provides of the athletic training profession. Graduates of the real work situations, hands-on training, and the program are able to implement prevention-of- strong theoretical base from which you can make injury programs and provide immediate treatment a career decision. and rehabilitation procedures for injured athletes. Graduates of the athletic training program will They have a thorough knowledge of anatomy, find employment opportunities in such areas as physiology, hygiene, kinesiology, nutrition, taping, colleges and universities, professional sports conditioning, prevention of injury methodology, organizations, hospitals, sports medicine clinics, protective equipment, first aid, and emergency care. and the fitness industry. Graduates may also elect Our graduates also possess the human relations to pursue graduate study in athletic training, and communication skills necessary to work well exercise physiology, or other allied health areas. with team physicians, coaches, administrators, and Employment opportunities for sports management athletes. graduates may include college and professional The athletic training program utilizes classroom teams, health clubs, recreation departments, sport instruction and structured practical (clinical) expe- facilities, sporting goods manufacturers and dealers, riences to allow the students to gain knowledge and a variety of sports marketing-related firms. and skills needed to fulfill requirements to be Internships and graduate study are strongly eligible to sit for the National Athletic Trainers’ encouraged as they can provide contacts which Association Board of Certification (NATABOC) may prove essential to securing a position in the examination upon graduation from SSU. highly competitive sports industry. Special Note: Students are not automatically certified after the completion of the athletic training SPORTS STUDIES — 123 program. You must successfully take and pass the information is listed on page 55 of the current National Athletic Trainers Association Board of catalog or can be obtained from the Department of Teacher Education. Certification (NATABOC) examination. As of Athletic Training Concentration 114 Hours January 2004, all applicants who wish to sit for University Electives 32 Hours the NATABOC examination must graduate from an accredited athletic training education program Total Hours Required 186 Hours (accredited from the Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs CAAHEP). Athletic Training Concentration (114 Hours) SSU is currently actively seeking candidacy for Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. accreditation. Even though a school is seeking or AHNR 102 Medical Terminology 2 BIOL 130 Prin. of Anatomy & Physiology 1 5 is in candidacy does NOT guarantee the program BIOL 131 Prin. of Anatomy & Physiology 2 5 will become accredited. BIOL 311 Kinesiology 4 BIOL 320 Principles of Physiology 5 PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 Application for Admission to the SPCH 103 Public Speaking & Human Comm. 3 Athletic Training Program SSAT 220 Introduction to Athletic Training 3 SSAT 222 Taping & Strapping Laboratory 2 Admission into the athletic training program at SSAT 227 First Aid/CPR 4 Shawnee State University is selective and limited. SSAT 310 Athlete Health Maintenance 4 The number of students accepted into the program SSAT 320 Preven. & Assess./Upper Body 4 each year is based on the availability of clinical SSAT 322 Preven. & Assess./Lower Body 4 SSAT 324 Preven. & Assess./Head, Neck 4 supervisors and quality clinical instruction. SSAT 325 Rehabilitation of Athletic Injury 4 Students must meet the following eligibility SSAT 326 Therapeutic Modalities 4 requirements for formal admission into the athletic SSAT 396 Practicum 1 in Athletic Training 3 training program: SSAT 397 Practicum 2 in Athletic Training 3 SSAT 398 Practicum 3 in Athletic Training 3 •Cumulative GPA of 2.5 or higher. SSAT 420 Physiology of Exercise 4 SSAT 422 Prevention and Assessment of 4 •Submission of a written application, including Non-Orthopedic Injuries three character references. SSAT 428 Athletic Training Administration 4 SSAT 496 Practicum 4 in Athletic Training 3 •Successful completion of 100 directed clinical SSAT 497 Practicum 5 in Athletic Training 3 observation hours. SSAT 498 Practicum 6 in Athletic Training 3 SSPE 202 Health & Nutri. Across the Lifespan 4 •Successful completion of an interview with the SSPE 203 Human Nutrition 4 Athletic Training Selection Committee. SSPE 495 Special Topics 4 •Current CPR certification. SSSM 228 Law & Liability in Sports 4 SSSM 370 Ethical Aspects of Sport 3 • Completion of the following prerequisite SSSM 385 Psychology of Sport 4 coursework with a grade of C or better: AHNR 102 Medical Terminology (2) BIOL 151 Principles of Biology (5) Bachelor of Science in Sports SSAT 220 Introduction to Athletic Training (3) Studies with a Concentration SSAT 222 Athletic Training Laboratory (2) in Fitness Development SSAT 227 First Aid (4) The fitness development program at Shawnee •Attendance and successful completion of a State is designed to prepare individuals for careers universal precautions in-service and proof of in fitness and health promotion, strength and HVB vaccination (or initiation of the series) or conditioning, and wellness programs. sign a form of declination of the vaccine. Students in the program learn how to assess Note: Transfer students and sophomores who and evaluate fitness levels for individuals and have met the above criteria are welcome to apply. groups and design, implement, manage, and evaluate fitness programs. All students complete a Degree Requirements mandatory three-month internship in a local health/fitness facility. General Education Program (48 hours) 40 Hours The Natural Science component of the GEP is Graduates of the program find employment satisfied by requirements in the major. Further opportunities in both public and private health 124 — SPORTS STUDIES and fitness facilities and in worksite and health care athletics, and fitness to our culture. This concen- settings. The program also provides appropriate tration’s curriculum provides a foundation of preparation for individuals desiring to pursue sports management philosophy, principles, and graduate study in fitness, health, and exercise objectives. Field experiences are also a part of the science programs. program and provide practical experience in various sports settings. Degree Requirements General Education Program (48 hours) 40 Hours Degree Requirements The Natural Science component of the GEP is General Education Program 48 Hours satisfied by requirements in the major. Further Further information is listed on page 55 of the information is listed on page 55 of the current current catalog or can be obtained from the catalog or can be obtained from the Department Department of Teacher Education. of Teacher Education. Sports Management Concentration 105 Hours Fitness Development Concentration 97 Hours University Electives 33 Hours University Electives 50 Hours Total Hours Required 186 Hours Total Hours Required 187 Hours Sports Management Concentration (105 Hours) Fitness Development (97 Hours) Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. BUAC 101 Accounting 1 4 AHNR 102 Medical Terminology 2 BUAC 102 Accounting 2 4 BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 BUAI 101 Computer Applications 1 4 BIOL 162 Human Anatomy & Phys. OR 5 BUFI 245 Principles of Finance 4 BIOL 310 Principles of Anatomy BULW 270 Legal Environment of Business 4 BIOL 311 Kinesiology 4 BUMG 235 Personnel Management 4 BIOL 320 Principles of Physiology 5 BUMG 305 Prof. Communication & Dev. Skills 4 BUMG 225 Organization of Small Business 4 BUMG 310 Management Principles 4 PHIL 340 Philosophy of Sport 4 BUMK 310 Marketing Principles 4 PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 ECON 201 Microeconomics 4 SPCH 103 Public Speaking & Human Comm. 3 ETCO 150 HTML Programming/Web 4 SSAT 227 First Aid/CPR 4 Page Design OR SSAT 310 Athlete Health Maintenance 4 BUAI 150 Internet & Web Publishing SSAT 420 Physiology of Exercise 4 JOUR 105 Intro. to Mass Communication 4 SSFD 261 Principles of Personal Fitness 2 JOUR 231 News Reporting 4 SSFD 440 Exercise Prescription 4 PHIL 340 Philosophy of Sport 4 SSFD 450 Exercise Testing & Measurements 4 SPCH 103 Public Speaking & Human Comm. 3 SSFD 490 Internship in Fitness Training 12 SSAT 310 Athlete Health Maintenance 4 SSPE 202 Health & Nutri. Across the Lifespan 4 SSSM 201 Introduction to Sports Management 3 SSPE 203 Human Nutrition 4 SSSM 235 Orient. To Sport Ind. Employment 2 SSPE 495 Special Topics 4 SSSM 368 Introduction to Sport Law 4 SSSM 228 Law & Liability in Sports 4 SSSM 370 Ethical Aspects of Sport 3 SSSM 370 Ethical Aspects of Sport 3 SSSM 385 Psychology of Sport 4 SSSM 385 Psychology of Sport 4 SSSM 386 Sociology of Sport 4 SSSM 450 Org./Admin. of Sport Prog. 4 SSSM 390 Sport Facility & Event Management 4 SSSM 392 Sport Marketing 4 SSSM 407 Practicum 1 4 SSSM 408 Practicum 2 6 Bachelor of Science in Sports SSSM 450 Org./Admin. of Sport Prog. 4 Studies with a Concentration in Sports Management This degree prepares you for employment in a Minor corporate fitness center, health club, nautilus center, or sports organization/federation. Sport Coaching Students enrolled in the sports management The minor in sport coaching program at concentration focus on business skills such as Shawnee State University is designed to prepare financial management, marketing, and the legal students for coaching positions at the high school questions associated with sports and exercise. They and college levels. The program provides students also examine the relationship of play, game sports, with a foundation in sport coaching, as well as a SPORTS STUDIES — 125 background in the legal, ethical, psychological, public and persons with deafness or hearing loss. medical, and administrative aspects of the coaching Through their studies, students acquire knowledge profession. of deafness, an overview of the deaf community As Shawnee State does not offer a major in and its culture, and American Sign Language physical education, students desiring to coach at (ASL) vocabulary. Career opportunities within the the high school level are advised to major in teacher field of deafness include: audiologist, counselor, education and pursue state licensure in a content dormitory/residence program counselor, interpreter, area within secondary education. linguist, social worker, speech-language pathologist, Those students wishing to pursue a career in teacher, parent/infant specialist, health care coaching at the college level are encouraged to providers, and combined specialties. consult with the coordinator of sports studies regarding appropriate undergraduate majors. Such Requirements (45 Hours) students should also plan to attend graduate school. Prerequisite: SIGN 101 Introduction to Sign Language (Students may test out of this course.) Required Courses QUARTER 1 (FALL) Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. BUIS 101 Intro. to Computer Information Systems SSAT 227 First Aid/CPR 4 ENGL 111S Discourse and Composition SSAT 222 Taping and Strapping 3 SIGN 102 American Sign Language 1 SSAT 310 Athlete Health Maintenance 4 QUARTER 2 (WINTER) SSSM 228 Law & Liability in Sports 4 ENGL 112S Composition and Research SSSM 385 Psychology of Sport 4 PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology SSPE 245 Foundations of Coaching 4 SIGN 103 American Sign Language 2 SSPE XXX Coaching of (choose one):2 SIGN 108 Fingerspelling SSPE 340 Volleyball SIGN 201 Orientation to Deafness SSPE 341 Basketball SSPE 342 Football QUARTER 3 (SPRING) SSPE 343 Track SIGN 104 American Sign Language 3 SSPE 344 Softball SIGN 202 Psychology of Hearing Impaired SSSM 370 Ethical Aspects of Sport 3 SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology SSSM 407 Practicum 1 4 SPCH 103 Public Speaking and Human Communication Total Hours Required: 32

Practicum Experience All students enrolled in the minor in sport coaching complete a practicum experience under the direction of either a Shawnee State or local high school head coach in the sport of the student’s choice. Students may indicate a preference for a given practicum site; however, the assignment will ultimately be made by the practicum director. The length of each practicum experience corresponds to the length of the sport season. Students are advised that some sport seasons may involve work in more than one academic quarter during the year. Students must provide their own transportation to practicum sites. Certificates Deaf Studies Students enrolled in the one-year deaf studies program acquire a certificate that enhances opportunities for any career that interacts with the COLLEGE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES PROFESSIONAL STUDIES — 127

Computer Engineering Technology Environmental Engineering Technology College of Nursing (RN-BSN) Occupational Therapy (To be discontinued.) Professional Plastics Engineering Technology Minors Business Administration Studies Computer Aided Design The mission of the College of Professional Health Management Studies is to prepare you for a meaningful career Plastics Engineering Technology in business, engineering technologies, or health Associate of Applied Business sciences. We are also committed to providing the Accounting Technology practical and theoretical background that enables Business Information Systems your success in advanced educational programs. Business Management Technology Courses taught in professional studies combine Legal Assisting Technology hands-on learning experiences, based on guided Office Administration Technology professional practice. Many courses are conducted in on-campus laboratories that simulate the career Associate of Applied Science or industrial settings in which you will work after Associate Degree Nursing graduation. Others, especially in the health sciences, Computer Aided Design are taught in off-campus, clinical settings, where Dental Hygiene you experience interactions with clients first hand. Electromechanical Engineering Technology Students in professional studies also take courses Emergency Medical Technology offered by the College of Arts and Sciences. Many Medical Laboratory Technology of these are career oriented, while some—especially Occupational Therapy Assistant in the General Education Program—are required Physical Therapist Assistant Plastics Engineering Technology of all university graduates. Radiologic (X-ray) Technology Respiratory Therapy For More Information Associate of Individualized Studies Martha C. Rader, Ph.D., Dean See page 129 of current catalog for description. Ann C. McCarthy, Secretary Certificates College of Professional Studies Computer Aided Drafting and Design Shawnee State University Plastics Engineering Technology 940 Second Street Web Engineering Technology Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344 Phone: 740.351.3270 Reputation for Excellence Fax: 740.351.3354 E-mail: [email protected] Employers of our graduates consistently give high marks and excellent reviews to Shawnee State’s professional studies programs, and many of our Programs Offered students are now successfully pursuing graduate level work or have entered professional schools. Bachelor of Individualized Studies Our students’ performances on national and See page 128 of current catalog for description. licensure exams are excellent; well above national Bachelor of Science averages. The College of Professional Studies Business Administration, Accounting jealously protects and continues to enhance this Business Administration, General reputation for excellence. Business Administration, Health Management Business Administration, Legal Assisting (2+2) Business Administration, Management Information Systems 128 — PROFESSIONAL STUDIES

Faculty with an area of concentration from another field of study. For example, students completing an associate Faculty in professional studies are experienced degree in one of the health sciences programs may and academically credentialed or certified by elect to include an area of concentration in health appropriate professional associations in their career management or business administration for a fields. Moreover, our faculty are committed to B.I.S. degree. your success in the college classroom and in your Students planning to pursue graduate or career beyond Shawnee State University. professional school degrees are advised to complete a traditional major at the undergraduate level Commitment to the Future rather than complete the B.I.S. degree. In addition to the degree programs listed on the Admission to the Bachelor of previous page, the College of Professional Studies is currently seeking approval for other academic Individualized Studies programs that address the educational needs of After admission to the University, a student students and the employment needs of business, makes an appointment for a conference with an industry, and health care. Just as we survey employers individualized studies advisor. The student makes to determine employment needs for the future, we this appointment by contacting either the dean of also ask you to inform us of your educational and the College of Arts and Sciences or the dean of occupational goals so that we can become an the College of Professional Studies. active partner in the pursuit of those goals. In this conference, the advisor will explore with If the College of Professional Studies does not the student the appropriateness of the bachelor of currently offer a degree that meets your needs, you individualized study given his or her background may design, with the help of your academic advisor, and academic goals. an associate’s or bachelor’s of individualized studies To obtain formal admission to the bachelor of degree which includes two or more subject areas individualized studies, the student must complete an of interest to you. application, which includes the following elements: We are proud of our graduates’ success. Your •A statement explaining that the student under- participation and ideas contribute to our tradition stands the nature and intent of the general of excellence. studies major •A statement of plans for future education and Bachelor of Individualized employment with the individualized studies major as a foundation Studies Degree (B.I.S.) •A statement of the goals the proposed course of The bachelor of individualized studies is study will meet, an appropriately detailed administered by the College of Arts and Sciences outline of the proposed course of study, and a and the College of Professional Studies as appro- projected graduation date priate. Students interested in a B.I.S. program The application for admission to the bachelor should contact the dean of the college most closely of individualized study will be reviewed by a associated with their field of study/interest. three-person faculty advisory committee consisting The B.I.S. is intended for undergraduate of the student’s faculty advisor and two faculty students who wish to pursue an area of study (or appointed by the appropriate college’s dean. If the combination of areas) which is not available in application and proposed course of study is other academic programs at Shawnee State. The approved by the advisory committee, these items proposed course of study must not closely parallel will be forwarded to the appropriate dean for programs already offered at the university. The approval and the registration of these degree desire to avoid certain specific requirements of requirements by the registrar. existing majors or degree programs is not a sufficient justification for choosing a B.I.S. program. This degree may be particularly useful to working Advising students taking evening, weekend, or off-campus The student pursuing an individualized studies classes. Also, the B.I.S. may be used to combine major is encouraged to seek academic advising the coursework from an associate degree program each quarter. PROFESSIONAL STUDIES — 129

Degree Requirements minimum grade point average of 2.00; 2) a The individualized studies major must meet minimum of two areas of concentration with at and fulfill university requirements for baccalaureate least 20 credit hours in each; 3) a set of minimum programs and those requirements specific to this general education requirements as outlined below; degree. These include: and 4) completion of a minimum of 45 hours of credit after admission to the program. •A minimum of 186 credit hours, including the General Education Program. The minimum set of general education requirements for the AIS is as follows: •A minimum of 2.00 cumulative grade point average for all courses taken at Shawnee State • ENGL 111S and ENGL 112S (8 hours) University. •One course at or above MATH 105 (4 hours) • Completion of at least 45 credit hours of •At least 12 hours from three different categories upper-division level (300-400 courses), no more of the Foundational Level of the University’s than 10 hours of which may be transferred in General Education Program, described on pp. from another accredited university or college. 55-57. The Foundational Level includes the •A minimum of 45 credit hours completed at following categories: social sciences, natural Shawnee State. The University’s general policies sciences, English composition (ENGL 115S), regarding the transferability of courses from and fine and performing arts. other colleges and universities will apply equally Note: If you plan to transfer to another state to this major. university in Ohio in order to pursue a four-year •A minimum of 60 credit hours in the degree program, you should consider completing individualized/specialized area of study and the general education transfer module as outlined cognate areas, as approved by a three- faculty on page 19 of this catalog. committee. For specific details and application forms for • Completion of the specific program of study the program, contact the dean’s office in the initially approved by the student’s faculty advi- College of Arts and Sciences or the dean’s office in sory committee upon admission to the major. the College of Professional Studies. Any subsequent alterations in the program, including course substitutions, must receive the approval of the student’s advisory committee. • The completion of at least 45 credit hours after approval of student’s program. •Petition for graduation in accordance with the rule prescribed by the University. Associate of Individualized Studies Degree (A.I.S.) The associate of individualized studies degree (AIS) at Shawnee State University allows you to formulate your own individualized program of study based upon specific criteria. The goal of this degree is to permit the student, under the guidance of faculty advisors, to combine selected courses in academic and/or technical areas that may not meet the degree requirements for Shawnee State’s associate of arts, associate of science, associate of applied science, or associate of applied business degrees. The following conditions must be met for completion of the degree: 1) a total of 90 credit hours of 100-level or above coursework with a BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION — 131

Minor Business Administration Business Health Management Associate of Applied Business Administration Accounting Technology The Department of Business Administration Business Information Systems provides the opportunity, resources, and experiences Business Management Technology necessary for students to acquire the business Legal Assisting Technology knowledge and skills to be personally and profes- Office Administration Technology sionally successful. Associate of Individualized Studies The Department seeks to develop in students a See page 129 of current catalog for description. continuing intellectual curiosity, an awareness of individual and cultural diversity, and a high degree of professional competence. The Department encourages an integrated general education in the Bachelor Degrees arts and sciences, provides a body of knowledge Special Notes for all Bachelor Degrees common to all areas of business, and provides a in Business Administration systematic body of specialized knowledge and skills applicable to specific business disciplines. Please read carefully. Consult your advisor if you do To meet the diverse needs of students and not fully understand. businesses, the Department offers programs at the Quantitative Reasoning Requirement, General associate level, stressing applied entry-level skills, Education Program If you select MATH 150 or and at the baccalaureate level, stressing the broader MATH 170 to fulfill your quantitative reasoning theoretical concepts and leadership skills applicable requirement in the General Education Program, to more complex organizational problems. you must meet the minimum degree requirement of 188 total credit hours. For More Information Calculus Most graduate programs in business Chairperson or require calculus as a prerequisite. Students Judy Nolfi, Secretary considering a future masters degree in business should take MATH 190 as one of their Department of Business Administration elective courses. Shawnee State University 940 Second Street Nonbusiness Electives Two hours of non- Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344 business courses may be in physical education (HPER). Phone: 740.351.3215 Fax: 740.351.3663 Mathematics/English Sequence Placement in E-mail: [email protected] beginning English and mathematics courses is determined by the mathematics and English placement tests. The minimum mathematics Programs in Business course in the business core is MATH 170. Any nondevelopmental mathematics courses (101 or Bachelor of Individualized Studies higher) taken to meet the prerequisite for See page 128 of current catalog for description. MATH 170 may be credited as nonbusiness Bachelor of Science electives toward the BSBA degree. Business Administration, Accounting Transfer Credit A minimum of 24 hours of Business Administration, General the business core must be completed at Shawnee Business Administration, Health Management State University. Sixteen hours of upper Business Administration, Legal Assisting (2+2) division elective courses required for the general Business Administration, Management business concentration must be completed at Information Systems Shawnee State. Special Topics in Business Courses (299, 399, and 499) A formal review and a subsequent 132 — ACCOUNTING

written approval by the business department The Accounting Technician review committee is mandatory before credit is Many clerical accounting positions exist within given for any special topics course. This review various types of organizations. The positions may committee is made up of one member from involve billings and collections, cash control, data each of the instructional areas, and this approval inputting to computerized accounting systems, applies to all students. You can accumulate a payables management, and payroll and personnel total of 12 credit hours in the business depart- records administration. The minimum requirement ment using special topics courses. These courses for entry into one of these positions is usually an apply for credit toward electives only and not associate degree in accounting or related experience. toward required courses or the 16 hours of You may wish to seek an associate degree in upper division business electives. Faculty accounting to begin your career and later pursue members are not required to teach a special an advanced degree to further your career topics course; classes and subject matter are at objectives (see page 137). the faculty member’s option. Upper-Level/Lower-Level Course Credit Any The Internal Accountant student having earned credit for an upper-level course cannot subsequently earn credit for a All complex organizations need the expertise of lower sequence course and apply it toward accountants, who are responsible for providing graduation. Example: If you earned credit for information to management for decision making BUMG 310, you could not later take the purposes; ensuring compliance with federal, state, lower-level course BUMG 210 and apply the and local laws (including tax reporting); and credits toward graduation. This notice applies, evaluating the financial effects of management’s but is not limited to, BUFI 245, 250, BUMG decisions. These functions become highly special- 101, 210, 235, and BUMK 210. ized in the large complex corporate environment. Many accountants also work for federal government agencies such as the Internal Revenue Service or Bachelor of Science in Business the General Accounting Office. Others work in Administration with a state and local government agencies. Accountants are employed in highly responsible positions in Concentration in Accounting schools, hospitals, and medium-sized businesses. The four-year program in general business with Many individuals have advanced to positions of a concentration in accounting is designed to chief financial officer (CFO) or chief executive provide students with a broad understanding of officer (CEO) of large organizations. The minimum the field. A broad-based general education precedes requirement to obtain employment as an internal an extensive education in accounting, providing accountant is generally a bachelor’s degree with a the successful graduate with the necessary tools for concentration in accounting. a career in accounting or graduate studies. The accounting program has a core of account- Professional Certification ing and nonaccounting courses. Students choose— Professional certification has generally been in consultation with their advisors—at least 16 recognized as the ultimate achievement in the hours of electives. This allows some flexibility to accounting profession. Certification is achieved by design a program which meets career goals. passing a comprehensive national examination. The Certified Public Accountant (CPA) is the Careers in Accounting most widely known professional certification, but Careers in accounting span the entire spectrum certification is also available in management of human activity. Accountants are employed in accounting (CMA) and internal auditing (CIA). private industry, small businesses, hospitals, The CPA is licensed by a state authority to practice government agencies and subdivisions, social public accounting, which means to provide organizations, and many other areas. Some accounting services to businesses or private citizens accountants provide service to the public on a fee according to established, set standards. To qualify basis as professionals. for the designation of certified public accountant, an individual must complete a program of study ACCOUNTING — 133 in accounting at a college or university, must pass Other General Education Requirements the comprehensive two-day Uniform CPA (16 Hours) Examination, and meet experience requirements Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. established by the state. Candidates sitting for the ECON 201 Principles of Microeconomics 4 CPA Examination in Ohio must complete 150 ECON 202 Principles of Macroeconomics 4 semester (225 quarter) hours of college education MATH 150 Principles of Statistics 4 or must successfully complete preliminary MATH 170 Applied Finite Mathematics 4 “qualifying” examinations. (See an accounting advisor for additional details.) Electives (28 Hours) The certified management accountant and It is recommended that you consult your advisor certified internal auditor designations indicate regularly in choosing electives. Students planning expertise in areas of internal accounting. to pursue postgraduate studies should include MATH 190 as an elective. The Program at Shawnee State Accounting Concentration Requirements The curriculum at Shawnee State University is (28 Hours) designed to provide the maximum flexibility in BUAC 215 Tax Accounting 4 achieving your educational and career objectives, BUAC 221 Cost Accounting 4 recognizing that they may change during your BUAC 231 Intermediate Accounting 1 4 period of study. You may obtain an associate’s degree BUAC 322 Advanced Cost Concepts 4 and employment as an “accounting technician” BUAC 332 Intermediate Accounting 2 4 BUAC 333 Intermediate Accounting 3 4 while you continue study toward a baccalaureate BUAC 431 Advanced Accounting 1 OR 4 degree with a concentration in accounting. Those BUAC 339 Special Problems in Financial Acct. students who wish to sit for the Uniform CPA Examination need to work closely with an Upper Level Accounting Electives2 (12 Hours) accounting advisor in order to achieve the 150 Select three: semester (225 quarter) hour requirement. Some BUAC 305 Governmental Accounting 4 students may wish to achieve this objective by BUAC 330 Industrial Accounting 4 completing the concentration in accounting at BUAC 360 Systems Accounting 4 Shawnee State and pursuing postbaccalaureate BUAC 410 Health Care Accounting 4 study at another institution. The curriculum at SSU BUAC 431 Advanced Accounting 1 4 BUAC 433 Advanced Accounting 2 4 is designed so that all hours are fully compatible BUAC 435 Auditing/Ethics 4 to all educational objectives. (An articulation worksheet is available.) Business Administration Requirements (68 Hours) Degree Requirements BUAC 1011 Accounting 1 4 1 (48 Hours) BUAC 102 Accounting 2 4 General Education Program 44 Hours 1 MATH 170, required in all BSBA concentra- BUAC 103 Accounting 3 4 tions, satisfies the Quantitative Reasoning BUAI 1011 Computer Applications 1 4 component of the GEP. Students pursuing a BUAI 1021 Computer Applications 2 4 concentration in accounting must complete PHIL BUAI/BUIS2 Elective (or BUOA 215) 4 320 which also fulfills the Ethics requirement in BUFI 345 Managerial Finance 4 the GEP. Further information about the GEP is BUFI XXX2 Elective 4 listed on page 55 of the current catalog or can be BULW 270 Legal Environment of Business 4 obtained from the dean’s office. BUMG 210 Management Concepts OR 4 Other General Ed. Requirements 16 Hours BUMG 310 Management Principles BUMG 235 Personnel Management OR 4 Electives 28 Hours BUMG 335 Human Resource Management Business Admin. Requirements 68 Hours BUMG 242 Business Communications OR 4 Accounting Concentration Req. 28 Hours BUMG 305 Professional Comm. & Dev. Skills Upper Level Accounting Electives 12 Hours BUMG 355 Quantitative Methods in Business 4 BUMG 385 Production/Operations Management 4 Total Hours Required 196 Hours

1 Accounting principles and computer application are recognized as general education courses according to the AICPA model curriculum. 2 Consult your advisor when selecting electives. 134 — GENERAL BUSINESS

Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. BUMG 385 Production/Operations Management 4 BUMG 485 Business Policy/Strategy 4 BUMG 485 Business Policy/Strategy 4 BUMK 310 Marketing Principles 4 BUMK 310 Marketing Principles 4 PHIL 331 Business Ethics 4 Non-Business Requirements (16 Hours) ECON 201 Principles of Microeconomics 4 Bachelor of Science in Business ECON 202 Principles of Macroeconomics 4 MATH 150 Principles of Statistics 4 Administration with a MATH 170 Applied Finite Mathematics 4 Concentration in General Business Upper Division Electives (16 Hours) The four-year program in general business is Choose one 300-400 course from any four of the designed to provide a broad understanding of five areas listed below for a total of 16 credit hours. business by focusing on all aspects of its dynamics. These hours must be taken at Shawnee State. A broad-based general education precedes an BUAC Accounting extensive education in general business. Successfully BUAI Automated Information Systems completing this degree program gives you the BUFI Finance necessary tools to enter a career in business or to BUMG Management pursue graduate study. Students planning to BUMK Marketing pursue graduate degrees are strongly advised to take MATH 190 as an elective. Bachelor of Science in Business The general business program has both a core of business courses and nonbusiness courses. You Administration with a choose, after consulting with your advisor, at least Concentration in Health one upper division course in four of the prescribed elective areas: accounting, automated information Management systems, finance, management, and marketing. The bachelor of science in business administra- This gives you some flexibility in designing a tion with a concentration in health management program which meets your career goals. helps prepare you for a career in the health care industry. Graduates of the program find employ- Degree Requirements ment as health service managers with various organizations, including hospitals, clinics, health General Education Program (48 Hours) 44 Hours MATH 170, required in all BSBA concentra- maintenance organizations, and nursing homes. In tions, satisfies the Quantitative Reasoning addition, the program provides excellent prepara- component of the GEP. Further information is tion for graduate study in business or health listed on page 55 of the current catalog or can be administration. obtained from the dean’s office. Students electing to follow the extended care Business Core Courses 48 Hours track are eligible to take the State and Federal Non-Business Requirements 16 Hours Nursing Home Administrators’ Licensing Exam Upper Division Electives 16 Hours upon graduation. Other Business Electives 20 Hours Students are required to complete a total of Electives 44 Hours 800 on-site hours in a health care facility by using Total Hours Required 188 Hours a combination of BUHE 385, 451, and/or 452.

Business Core Courses (48 Hours) Accreditation Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. The health management program’s curriculum BUAC 201 Financial Accounting Principles 4 BUAC 203 Managerial Accounting Principles 4 meets the Board of Nursing Home Administration’s BUAI 101 Computer Applications 1 4 (BENHA) standards, and the program has been BUAI 102 Computer Applications 2 4 accredited by the board. This accreditation allows BUFI 345 Managerial Finance 4 students, who complete the bachelor of science in BULW 270 Legal Environment of Business 4 business administration degree with a concentration BUMG 305 Professional Comm. & Dev. Skills 4 BUMG 310 Management Principles 4 in health management, to sit for the state and BUMG 355 Quantitative Methods in Business 4 national nursing home administration exams. HEALTH MANAGEMENT — 135

BENHA approves programs whose curriculum Both acute care and long term care students are provides the content and practical experience invited to join these chapters. Membership in necessary for a student to gain the competencies either of the national chapters allows the student to be a successful licensed nursing home adminis- to apply for health management scholarships. trator. The program at Shawnee State University is the only business degree program in Ohio with Degree Requirements this accreditation. General Education Program (48 Hours) 44 Hours MATH 170, required in all BSBA concentrations, satisfies the Quantitative Reasoning Career Opportunities component of the GEP. Further information is Students choosing the long-term care track in listed on page 55 of the current catalog or can be the health management program at Shawnee State obtained from the dean’s office. are entering a challenging and growing career Business Core Courses 48 Hours See concentration in general business, pg. 134. field. As the population grows older, the needs of Non-Business Requirements 16 Hours the elderly are becoming greater. Graduates with See concentration in general business, pg. 134. this degree are competent to manage and work in Health Management Concentration 58 Hours home health, assisted living, and other health Electives 24 Hours facilities designed to care for the elderly. Total Hours Required 190 Hours For students interested in primary care, the health management program offers an acute care Health Management Concentration (58 Hours) track which focuses on management and adminis- Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. trative careers in hospitals, clinics, and managed BUAC 410 Health Care Acct./Administration 4 care. There is also a growing need for individuals BUHE 300 Medical Term. for Health Managers 4 to work in these types of facilities. BUHE 310 Orientation to Health Care Mgt. 4 The health management program offers a solid BUHE 312 Health Care Personnel Management 4 1 business base with courses specific in health BUHE 385 Practicum 5 This 1-4 cr. hr. course must be repeated management and provides the graduate a variety for a total of 5 cr. hrs., not to exceed of employment opportunities in the rapidly 4 hrs. in one quarter changing health care environment. This program BUHE 410 Patient Care Issues in Long-Term 4 Health Care Facilities OR also provides the necessary courses in preparation BUHE 415 Admin. in Acute Care Facilities for graduate school. BUHE 411 Admin. in Extended Health Care 4 Facilities OR BUHE 416 Mgt. Issues in Acute Care Facilities Class Scheduling BUHE 420 Problems & Policies in Health 4 Health management courses are offered late in Care Management the afternoon and in the evening to accommodate BUHE 430 Health Care Fin. & Reimbursement 4 BUHE 4512 Internship in Extended Health 6 the working professional. Care Facilities OR BUHE 4522 Internship in Acute Health Care Facilities HEALS (Health Executives and ETCO 210 Occupational Safety & Health Mgt. 3 Administrators Learning Society) GEOG 310 Medical Geography: Geography of 4 Life or Death HEALS is a Shawnee State University recognized PSYC 340 Psychology of the Adult 4 student association whose members are health care PSYC 405 Death and Dying 4 management students. The local student organization (HEALS) is also a student chapter of the American College of Health Care Executives and The American College of Health Care Adminis- trators.

1 One hour of credit earns 40 hours of on-site volunteer experience. 2 All coursework complete and permission. 136 — LEGAL ASSISTING

BUMG 310 Management Principles 4 Bachelor of Science in Business BUMG 355 Quantitative Methods in Business 4 BUMG 385 Production/Operations Management 4 Administration with a BUMG 485 Business Policy/Strategy 4 Concentration in Legal Assisting BUMK 310 Marketing Principles 4 2+2 for students who complete the Legal Legal Assisting Curriculum (68 Hours) Assisting Technology Program BULA 101 Introduction to Legal Assisting T This program is designed for students who have BULA 212 Real Estate Law for Legal Assisting T completed the associate degree in legal assisting at BULA 251 Legal Research & Writing 1 T BULA 252 Legal Research & Writing 2 T Shawnee State and who wish to attend law school BULA 261 Tort Law T or to pursue any career—either traditional or BULA 262 Introduction to Civil Litigation T nontraditional—which requires paralegal skills or BULA 263 Intro. to Contracts & Restitution T a paralegal background. Some examples of career BULA 265 Family Law T BULA 266 Wills, Trusts, & Estates T opportunities for graduates of our program are BULA 267 Legal Assisting Practicum T internal revenue officer, clerk of courts, veterans BULA 269 Criminal Law/Criminal Procedures T claims examiner, and computer litigation support. BULA 270 Evidence T All required courses in the legal assisting program BULW 260 Business Law 2 T ENGL 121 Technical Writing T (100 hours) count toward the baccalaureate require- GOVT 250 Introduction to Political Science T ments. After transferring the legal assisting credits, MATH Mathematics Placement (101 or above) T the bachelor of science student needs to complete PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology T 32 hours of the General Education Program requirements and 60 hours of the Business Core. Bachelor of Science in Business Degree Requirements Administration with a General Education Program (48 Hours) 44 Hours Concentration in Management (32 hours needed after transfer of credits from associate degree program.) MATH 170, required Information Systems in all BSBA concentrations, satisfies the Quanti- tative Reasoning component of the GEP. Further This program is designed for students entering information is listed on page 55 of the current Shawnee State for the first time, as well as for catalog or can be obtained from the dean’s office. students who have completed the associate degree Business Core Courses 48 Hours in business information systems. Most courses in See concentration in general business, pg. 134. (32 hours needed after transfer of credits from the BIS program count toward the baccalaureate associate degree program.) degree. Non-Business Requirements 16 Hours See concentration in general business, pg. 134. Degree Requirements Legal Assisting Curriculum 68 Hours General Education Program (48 Hours) 44 Hours Electives 16 Hours MATH 170, required in all BSBA concentra- Total Hours Required 192 Hours tions, satisfies the Quantitative Reasoning (92 hours needed after transfer of credits from component of the GEP. Further information is associate degree program) listed on page 55 of the current catalog or can be obtained from the dean’s office. Business Core Courses 48 Hours Business Core Courses (48 Hours) See concentration in general business, pg. 134. ‘‘T’’ indicates that course is transferable from associate degree Non-Business Requirements 16 Hours program. See concentration in general business, pg. 134. Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. MIS Core Courses 24 Hours BUAC 201 Financial Accounting Principles T MIS Elective Path 20 Hours BUAC 203 Managerial Accounting Principles T Electives 36 Hours BUAI 101 Computer Applications 1 T (BULA 264 = T) Total Hours Required 188 Hours BUAI 102 Computer Applications 2 4 BUFI 345 Managerial Finance 4 BULW 270 Legal Environment of Business T (BULW 250 = T) BUMG 305 Professional Comm. & Dev. Skills 4 APPLIED BUSINESS — 137

MIS Core Courses (24 Hours) Accounting Technology Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. BUAI 150 Internet & Web Publishing 4 The field of accounting offers many career BUAI 301 Hardware/Software/Networking 4 opportunities in both the private and public sector. BUAI 310 Intro. to Database with SQL 4 BUAI 320 Systems Analysis & Design 4 Management (Industrial) Accounting The BUAI 430 Info. Sys. Deployment & Mgt. 4 management accountant is trained to determine the BUIS 103 Visual BASIC 1 4 financial consequences of management decisions. The reports and analyses of the management MIS Elective Path (20 Hours) accountant are essential ingredients of most Choose one of the following MIS elective paths. management decisions about finance, investments, and pricing policies. More than anyone else on the PATH 1: PROGRAMMING management team, the management accountant Required Courses (12 hours): participates in virtually every phase of the business BUAI 303 Visual BASIC 2 4 problem solving and decision making process. BUAI 330 Object-Oriented Programming 4 BUAI 421 Advanced Database 4 Because of the accountant’s role in this process, he or she has many times advanced to a top manage- Electives (choose at least 8 hours): ment position within the company. BUIS 105 COBOL Programming 1 4 BUIS 106 COBOL Programming 2 4 Governmental Accounting All organizations BUIS 201 C Language 4 need accounting information, and government and ETCO 116 JAVA Computer Programming 4 other nonprofit organizations are no exception. PATH 2: WEB The federal government hires accountants in most Choose at least 12 hours from the following: of its agencies. Three prominent agencies are the BUAI 303 Visual BASIC 2 4 Internal Revenue Service, the General Accounting BUAI 350 Web Design 4 Office, and the Defense Contract Audit Agency. BUAI 360 ASP.Net 4 State and local government units hire accountants BUAI 370 E-Commerce 4 in their tax divisions and in general accounting BUIS 201 C Language 4 functions. Schools and hospitals are major users of Other Electives: accounting services. Many opportunities exist for ARTS 362 Digital Imaging 4 those interested in governmental accounting. ARTS 467 Website Arts 4 ETCO 116 JAVA Computer Programming 4 Public Accounting and the CPA For the ETWB 101 Object Oriented Programming 1 4 protection of the public, the CPA is expected to ETWB 111 XML 1 4 possess certain professional qualifications. The Uniform CPA Examination measures the technical competency, the exercise of good judgement, and Associate Degrees the understanding of professional responsibility of each man or woman who chooses this career in accounting. The public accountant is a true inde- Associate Degree in Applied pendent professional person with the stature of a Business doctor or lawyer. In public accounting many opportunities exist for professional growth, whether Our associate degrees in applied business have you practice as a sole practitioner or as part of a two goals: to prepare you for the job market and to larger firm. give you the necessary foundation to advance, if you choose, to the bachelor of science degree program. There are five areas of study from which you Class Scheduling may choose. Shawnee State makes every effort to offer asso- Accounting Technology ciate degree accounting classes in day and evening Business Information Systems sections. Business Management Technology Legal Assisting Technology Office Administration Technology 138 — BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS

Sample Schedule Business Information Systems Students planning to pursue a baccalaureate degree The business information systems associate should contact an accounting advisor for course degree program at Shawnee State University is substitutions. The associate degree is fully articulated designed to meet the manpower demand of with the B.S.B.A., accounting concentration. industries, government, and educational institutions. Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. In addition to theoretical fundamentals, practical FIRST QUARTER aspects of computer systems in business are BUAC 101 Accounting 1 4 emphasized. Hands-on opportunity is provided BUAI 101 Computer Applications 1 4 and encouraged. BUMG 1011 Introduction to Business 4 Graduates of this program are fully prepared to ENGL 111S Discourse & Composition 4 enter employment as computer programmers, Total 16 operators, or microcomputer specialists in computer SECOND QUARTER installations or application departments. Graduates BUAC 102 Accounting 2 4 of this program receive an associate degree in ECON 202 Principles of Macroeconomics 4 applied business and are eligible to apply their ENGL 112S Composition & Research 4 MATH XXX2 MATH 101 or higher 4 associate degree courses towards a bachelors degree Total 16 in business administration with a concentration in THIRD QUARTER management information systems. For more BUAC 103 Accounting 3 4 details, please schedule a meeting with an advisor BUAC 110 Payroll Accounting 4 in that field. ENGL 115S Composition & Literature 4 MATH XXX MATH 125 or higher 4 Total 16 Class Scheduling QUARTER OF CHOICE Most computer classes are offered in both the day and evening sections. See your advisor. BUOA 215 Spreadsheet Applications 4 Total 4 FOURTH QUARTER Sample Schedule BUAC 221 Cost Accounting 1 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. BUAC 231 Intermediate Accounting 1 4 FIRST QUARTER BUFI 245 Principles of Finance 4 BUMG 210 Management Concepts OR 4 BUAC 101 Accounting 1 4 BUMG 310 Management Principles BUAI 101 Computer Applications 1 4 Total 16 BUOA 1084 Beginning Document Processing 4 ENGL 111S Discourse & Composition 4 FIFTH QUARTER MATH2 Mathematics Requirement 4 BUAC XXX3 Elective 4 Totals 20 3 BUAI/BUIS Elective 4 SECOND QUARTER BULW 250 Business Law 1 4 ECON 201 Microeconomics 4 BUAC 102 Accounting 2 4 Total 16 BUAI 102 Computer Applications 2 4 BUIS 103 Visual BASIC 1 4 SIXTH QUARTER ENGL 112S Composition & Research 4 BUAC 215 Tax Accounting 4 Totals 16 3 BUAC XXX Elective 4 THIRD QUARTER BUMG 242 Business Communications OR 4 BUMG 305 Prof. Communication & Dev. Skills BUAC 103 Accounting 3 4 PSYC/SOCI PSYC 101 or SOCI 101 or SOSC 110S 4 BUAI 150 Internet & Web Publishing 4 Total 16 ENGL 115S Composition & Literature 4 MATH2 Mathematics Requirement 4 The A.A.B. in accounting technology requires a Totals 16 minimum of 100 credit hours.

1 Students with previous business experience may substitute an upper level BUMG course. 2 Student placement in mathematics courses depends on placement test results. All BUIS majors must take at least eight credit hours of mathematics at or above MATH 101. 3 Consult your advisor when selecting electives. 4 Students having prior credit in typing may receive “K” credit for this course. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT — 139

FOURTH QUARTER Nonbusiness Courses (31 Hours) BUIS 201 C Language 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. 1 BUIS Elective 4 ECON 201 Principles of Microeconomics 4 BULW 250 Business Law 1 4 ECON 202 Principles of Macroeconomics 4 ENGL 121 Technical Writing 4 ENGL 111S Discourse & Composition 4 SOCI/SOSC Social Science Elective 4 ENGL 112S Composition & Research 4 Totals 20 ENGL 115S Composition & Literature 4 FIFTH QUARTER MATH XXX MATH 125 Business Mathematics 4 BUAI/BUIS1 Elective 4 (or higher) BUMG 210 Management Concepts 4 SOCI XXX SOCI 101 or SOSC 110S 4 BUIS 203 Business Computer Projects 4 SPCH 103 Public Speaking & Human Comm. 3 ECON 202 Principles of Macroeconomics 4 Totals 16 Business Courses (68 Hours) SIXTH QUARTER BUAC 101 Accounting 1 4 BUAI/BUIS1 Electives (3) 12 BUAC 102 Accounting 2 4 MATH 150 Principles of Statistics 4 BUAI 101 Computer Applications 1 4 Totals 16 BUFI 240 Personal Finance 4 BUFI 245 Principles of Finance 4 The A.A.B. in business information requires a BUFI 250 Introduction to Investments 4 minimum of 104 credit hours. BULW 250 Business Law 1 4 BULW 260 Business Law 2 4 BUMG 210 Management Concepts 4 BUMG 235 Personnel Management 4 Business Management BUMG 242 Business Communications 4 BUMG 285 Enterprise Management & Strategy 4 Technology BUMK 210 Marketing Concepts 4 Management is the ability and skill to develop BUMK 220 Salesmanship 4 a plan, to organize people and other resources, BUMK 235 Advertising 4 BUXX XXX Business Elective 4 and to guide and motivate others to achieve some desired result. All organizations are trying to achieve Choose one: some goal; therefore, all organizations need people BUAI 1022 Computer Applications 2 4 BUOA 215 Spreadsheet Applications 4 with managerial knowledge and skills to help them accomplish their goals. For this reason, there are many diverse job opportunities available to people Class Scheduling who possess management knowledge and skills. Some business management courses are offered Whether you’re just entering the job market or only in the evening and some are offered only once returning to college to improve your job opportu- per year. Consult your advisor when scheduling. nities, the business management program includes courses that will help you gain the knowledge and Sample Schedule skills you need to analyze an organization’s problems Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. and to develop, organize, communicate, and implement solutions to those problems. Much of FIRST QUARTER this knowledge and many of these skills are BUAC 101 Accounting 1 4 BUMG 210 Management Concepts 4 universal—they apply to all kinds of organizations ENGL 111S Discourse & Composition 4 at many levels. When you complete the program MATH XXX MATH 125 or higher 4 you are equipped to begin your career in various Total 16 entry-level supervisory, administrative, management SECOND QUARTER trainee, or sales positions. BUAC 102 Accounting 2 4 BUAI 101 Computer Applications 1 4 BUMK 210 Marketing Concepts 4 Degree Requirements ENGL 112S Composition & Research 4 Nonbusiness Courses 31 Hours Total 16 Business Courses 68 Hours Total Hours Required 99 Hours

1 Consult your advisor when selecting electives. 2 For those transferring into the BSBA program. 140 — LEGAL ASSISTING TECHNOLOGY

Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. administrative law, banking, bankruptcy, or corpo- THIRD QUARTER rate paralegal. Paralegals are also employed in the BUAI 102 Computer Applications 2 OR 4 areas of criminal, domestic relations, employee BUOA 215 Spreadsheet Applications benefits, environmental, family, health care, BUFI 240 Personal Finance 4 insurance, oil and gas, and worker’s compensation BUXX XXX Business Elective (BUAC 1031 or 4 any 200 level or higher in BUMG, law as well as in estate planning and litigation. BUFI, or BUMK) Positions in the federal government which may ENGL 115S Composition & Literature 4 require a paralegal background include: clerk of SPCH 103 Public Speaking & Human Comm. 3 courts, civil service retirement claims examiner, Total 19 compliance inspector, contract representative, FOURTH QUARTER criminal investigator, customs inspector, customs BUFI 245 Principles of Finance 4 patrol officer, dependents and estates claims BULW 250 Business Law 1 4 examiner, equal opportunity assistant, general BUMG 242 Business Communications 4 ECON 202 Principles of Macroeconomics 4 claims examiner, insurance examiner, internal Total 16 revenue officer, legal clerk, mediator, railroad FIFTH QUARTER retirement claims examiner, securities compliance BUFI 250 Introduction to Investments 4 examiner, social insurance claims examiner, BULW 260 Business Law 2 4 unemployment compensation claims examiner, BUMK 220 Salesmanship 4 veterans claims examiner, and worker’s compensa- ECON 201 Principles of Microeconomics 4 tion claims examiner. Total 16 Nontraditional career positions which require SIXTH QUARTER either paralegal skills or a paralegal background, BUMG 235 Personnel Management 4 but may or may not utilize the terms ‘‘paralegal’’ BUMG 285 Enterprise Management & Strategy 4 BUMK 235 Advertising 4 or ‘‘legal assistant,’’ include: administrative assis- SOCI XXX SOCI 101 or SOSC 110S 4 tant, case manager coordinator, case manager, Total 16 computer litigation support, executive assistant, human resources staff analyst, legal research aide, litigation manager, project coordinator, resource Legal Assisting Technology coordinator, and title clerk. Legal assistants perform many tasks under the supervision of attorneys. Their responsibilities may Goals of the Program include: The legal assisting program has clearly established • Legal and factual research goals designed to meet the unique needs of our • Interviewing clients and witnesses students, potential employers of our graduates, and the mission of Shawnee State University. Our • Reviewing and organizing material for cases goals are as follows: (1) to graduate ethically • Drafting legal documents and forms responsible legal assistants who work under the • Functioning as a member of a legal team direction and supervision of attorneys and who are conscious of the prohibitions against the unautho- Jobs for the legal assistant vary in scope and rized practice of law; (2) to create and maintain a nature from small to large law firms, financial program responsive to the needs of its constituency; institutions, corporations, law courts, insurance (3) to strive to qualify graduates who will contribute agencies, banks, department stores, credit depart- to the advancement of the profession, rather than ments, and health care facilities. It is one of the to serve only the purposes of one institution or fastest growing areas of employment in the United locality; and (4) to develop the student’s sensitivity States today. to emerging concepts regarding the role of the legal assistant in the effective delivery of legal services in Career Opportunities both the private and public sectors of our society. A paralegal’s job title may reflect the type of The legal assisting courses at Shawnee State are law practiced by their employer, for example, not theory courses, but rather practical ‘‘how to’’

1 For those transferring into the BSBA program. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION — 141 courses taught by attorneys and judges who have The A.A.B. in legal assisting technology specialized in the area in which they teach. requires a minimum of 100 credit hours.

Class Scheduling Because most of the legal assisting (BULA) Office Administration courses are taught by attorneys and judges, these Technology courses are most often offered in the evening sections. Various positions are available after completion Sample Schedule of the office administration program. The graduate is qualified to fill a broad range of office positions Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. which require technical skills. The program includes FIRST QUARTER training in the preparation of medical documents, BULA 101 Introduction to Legal Assisting 4 the creation of publications using desktop BULW 250 Business Law 1 4 publishing, the use of transcription equipment, and ENGL 111S Discourse & Composition 4 an extensive study of office communications skills. MATH XXX MATH 101 or higher 4 Total 16 Graduates are trained in the functions of Word, Access, PowerPoint, Excel, and Outlook software. SECOND QUARTER BULA 251 Legal Research & Writing 1 4 BULW 260 Business Law 2 4 Class Scheduling ENGL 112S Composition & Research 4 Office administration courses are normally SOSC 110S Foundations of Social Science OR 4 SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology offered only in the day sections. See your advisor. Total 16 THIRD QUARTER Sample Schedule BULA 252 Legal Research & Writing 2 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. BULA 262 Introduction to Civil Litigation 4 GOVT 250 Introduction to Political Science 4 FIRST QUARTER PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 BUAC 1012 Accounting 1 or business elective 4 Total 16 BUMG 210 Management Concepts 4 BUOA 1083 Beginning Document Processing 4 FOURTH QUARTER ENGL 111S Discourse & Composition 4 BULA 261 Tort Law: Personal Injury Litigation 4 Total 16 BULA 263 Intro. to Contracts & Restitution 4 BULA 264 Computer Applications & the Law 4 SECOND QUARTER BULA 269 Criminal Law/Criminal Procedure 4 BUAC 1022 Accounting 2 or business elective 4 Total 16 BUOA 221 Word Processing 1 4 ENGL 112S Composition & Research 4 FIFTH QUARTER XXX4 GEP Social Science elective 4 BUAC 101 Accounting 1 4 Total 16 BULA 212 Real Estate Law for Legal Assistants 4 BULA 265 Family Law 4 THIRD QUARTER BULA 270 Evidence 4 BUAC 1032 Accounting 3 or business elective 4 Totals 16 BUOA 130 Records Management 4 BUOA 222 Word Processing 2 4 SIXTH QUARTER ENGL 115S Composition & Literature 4 BUAC 102 Accounting 2 4 Total 16 BULA 266 Wills, Trusts, & Estate Administration 4 BULA 267 Legal Assisting Practicum 4 FOURTH QUARTER ENGL 121 Technical Writing 4 BULW 250 Business Law 1 4 PHIL 320S1 Ethics in Public & Private Life OR 4 BUOA 111 Office Communications 1 4 PHIL 3311 Business Ethics OR BUOA 217 Office Computer Applications 4 BULA 2721 Ethics for Legal Assistants BUOA 230 Desktop Publishing 1 4 Total 20 Total 16

1 Students must take either PHIL 320S or 331 if they wish to earn transfer credit which will apply to the B.S.B.A./Legal Assisting 2+2. 2 Students contemplating transfer to the B.S.B.A. degree should take Accounting 1, 2, and 3. Business electives exclude BUAI 101, 102, and 310. 3 Students having prior credit in typing may receive “K” credit for this course. 4 See the General Education program beginning on page 55. 142 — MINORS

Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. of health management courses. Please check the FIFTH QUARTER course description section of this catalog to see whether prerequisites need to be met. BUOA 215 Spreadsheet Applications 4 BUOA 112 Office Communications 2 4 BUOA 241 Office Administration 1 4 Required Courses BUOA 244 Medical Office Administration 4 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. XXX1 GEP elective 4 Total 20 BUHE 310 Orientation to Health Care Systems 4 BUHE 312 Health Care Personnel Management 4 SIXTH QUARTER BUHE 410 Patient Care in Ext. Care Facil. OR 4 BUFI 240 Personal Finance OR 4 BUHE 415 Admin. in Acute Care Facilities MATH XXX MATH 105, 125 or higher BUHE 411 Admin. in Extended Care Facil. OR 4 BUMG 235 Personnel Management 4 BUHE 416 Mgt. Issues in Acute Care Facilities BUOA 214 Microcomputer Office Practice 4 BUHE 420 Prob. in Health Care Mgt. & Policy 4 BUOA 242 Office Administration 2 4 Total 16 Optional Courses The A.A.B. in office administration requires a Complete at least 8 hours from the following. minimum of 100 credit hours. BUAC 410 Health Care Accounting/Admin. 4 BUHE 314 Community Health Programs 4 BUHE 430 Health Care Reimb. & Payments 4 BULW 270 The Legal Environment of Business 4 Minors BUMK 310 Marketing Principles 4 BUHE 410, 411, 415, or 416 are also optional if not taken as one of the required courses. Business Administration The minor in business administration provides the opportunity for non-business students to gain common business knowledge and skills that enhance future supervisory and management career opportunities in diverse types of organizations. In addition, the minor covers most of the basic business courses required as prerequisites in many MBA programs.

Required Courses Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. BUAC 201 Financial Accounting Principles 4 BUAC 203 Managerial Accounting Principles 4 BUAI 101 Computer Applications 1 4 BUFI 245 Principles of Finance 4 BULW 270 Legal Environment of Business 4 BUMG 310 Management Principles 4 BUMK 310 Marketing Principles 4 BUOA 215 Spreadsheet Applications 4 Health Management The health management minor is designed for students enrolled in clinical health care programs who wish to develop their managerial skills. (It should be noted that the minor does not qualify a person to sit for the national and state nursing home license exam.) The minor requires 28 hours

1 See the General Education program beginning on page 55. HEALTH SCIENCES 144 — HEALTH SCIENCES

Radiologic (X-ray) Technology Health Sciences Respiratory Therapy Associate of Individualized Studies The Department of Health Sciences serves the See page 129 of current catalog for description. tri-state area by educating and preparing competent and responsible health-care professionals so that they can deliver the best quality health care possible. Selective Admission Criteria The Department of Health Sciences also fosters Fulfilling the criteria for admission into a health professionalism, personal growth and development, sciences program does not automatically guarantee and self-actualization and is committed to entrance into the program. Since the number of continuing professional development for the candidates who meet the minimal criteria for health care practitioners in the tri-state area. admission generally far exceeds the number of vacancies, each program ranks the candidates using selected criteria in addition to the minimal admis- For General Information sion requirements. For example, additional criteria Martha C. Rader, Ph.D., Dean may include, but is not limited to, high school Ann McCarthy, Secretary and/or college grade point average; completion of College of Professional Studies additional coursework in college level biology, Health Sciences Building mathematics, and chemistry; work experience; and autobiographies. You may obtain information Phone: 740.351.3270 about the criteria used for the ranking of applicants Fax: 740.351.3354 by contacting the department’s chairperson. E-mail: [email protected] Hospital Clinical Sites For Health Sciences Admission Some health science programs utilize hospital Information clinical sites for the completion of their requirements for graduation. These affiliating hospitals Cindy Haney, Health Sciences Representative have the right to accept or reject a student, which Office of Admission could result in your being delayed in a program or Shawnee State University unable to complete the requirements for graduation. 940 Second Street If you have a conviction record for certain classes Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344 of misdemeanors or any felony, you may be ineli- Phone: 740.351.3209 gible for licensure in specific health occupations. Fax: 740.351.3111 Also, the affiliating hospitals have the right to E-mail: [email protected] reject students due to a criminal record.

Programs in the Health Sciences Health Science Class Scheduling The majority of all health science classes are Bachelor of Individualized Studies scheduled between 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. How- See page 128 of current catalog for description. ever, you need to know that it may be necessary to Bachelor of Science schedule your required classes in English, natural Nursing (RN-BSN) sciences, and humanities during the evening hours Occupational Therapy (To be discontinued.) as the required clinical and laboratory times in the health science courses involve many hours during Associate of Applied Science the 8:00 to 5:00 day schedules. Associate Degree Nursing Dental Hygiene Emergency Medical Technology Pass/No-Credit Policy Medical Laboratory Technology Students in health science programs are not Occupational Therapy Assistant permitted to take courses on a pass/no-credit basis. Physical Therapist Assistant This applies to courses taken in preparation for NURSING — 145 admission to the health science programs as well as courses taken after admission to a program. Bachelor Degrees Classes may be taken for non-credit, but only with the prior permission of the health science depart- Bachelor of Science in Nursing ment’s chairperson. (RN-BSN) The Department of Nursing promotes the Guidelines for Appealing a mission of Shawnee State University and the Dismissal From a Health profession of nursing. The Department supports this mission by adhering to the philosophy and its Science Program curriculum, which implies responsibility for devel- Each of the programs within the Department opment, implementation, and revision. Faculty of Health Sciences has set minimum academic endeavor to help students develop self, critical and clinical performance standards which permit a thinking, and skills to enhance their function as student to continue in that program. Failure to bachelor prepared graduates who contribute to meet these minimum performance standards will both the profession and society. result in dismissal from the program. Information The bachelor of science in nursing (RN-BSN) concerning these performance standards is available program builds on the foundation of associate in this catalog, the student handbook for the degree or diploma education and prepares the individual program, or from the office of the registered nurse for professional nursing practice program’s chairperson. in a variety of settings. Graduates of the RN-BSN If you wish to appeal your dismissal from a program are prepared for leadership positions and health science program, the following sequence of for graduate study. Clinical experiences are provided events shall be followed: in a variety of health care settings, such as hospitals, Within three working days following your health departments, clinics, nursing homes, mental notification of dismissal from the health science health centers, and other health-related community program, you must request in writing a meeting agencies. The program is available to qualified with the program’s chairperson to appeal the registered nurses. dismissal. You will be notified of the results of In addition to achieving the professional goals this appeal within two working days following of the RN-BSN program, students also complete a this meeting. If you are unsatisfied with the liberal arts education described elsewhere in this decision, you may request, within three working catalog as the General Education Program (GEP). days, a second appeal hearing. The RN-BSN program offers flexible scheduling, Upon your written request for the next level of with the majority of the nursing coursework avail- appeal, the program’s chairperson will arrange a able through distance learning methods, including joint meeting with you, the chairperson (or online education and use of clinical preceptors. designee), the dean of the College of Professional Studies (or designee), and the provost (or Accreditation designee). You will be notified of the results of The program is accredited by the National this appeal hearing within two working days League for Nursing Accrediting Commission. following the meeting. Criteria to be used in ruling on your dismissal Admission Requirements appeal include your past academic achievement, Admission is determined on a competitive your rationale for current grade status, and the basis. The total number of students admitted to prediction of future performance in the program. the program is based upon available facilities and Dismissal from a health science program is not faculty. Students are admitted into the program the same as dismissal from the University. Univer- quarterly through a rolling admission process. sity dismissal policies are outlined in this catalog Criteria for admission: Graduation and under the section titled ‘‘Academic Policies.’’ transcript from an associate’s degree or diploma nursing program; a college GPA of 2.7 or better on a 4.0 scale or 2.5-2.69 with 2 years full-time clinical practice (or part-time equivalent) and 146 — OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY written recommendation from recent clinical Required Upper Division Nursing/Health supervisor; a nonrestricted, active, valid RN license; Science Courses (49 Hours) current immunizations; CPR Healthcare Provider Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. certification; completion of health physical; and AHNR 354 Teaching/Learning in the Hlth. Sci. 4 health and liability insurance. BSNR 341 Transcultural Nursing 4 BSNR 342 Nursing Informatics 4 BSNR 343 Research & Decision Making 4 Application Materials in Nursing Application materials are available from the BSNR 345 History, Theory, & Trends in Nursing 4 BSNR 363 Health Appraisal & Physical 4 Office of Admission or the Department of Nursing. Assessment (Lab) Students who have completed application materials BSNR 451 Family Nursing in the Community 5 are considered for acceptance on the basis of space BSNR 453 Leadership & Management in 5 available in the program and the academic qualifi- Nursing (Clinical) BSNR 454 Community & Public Health 5 cations of the student. Nursing (Clinical) BSNR 462 Innovations & Adaptations (Clinical) 6 Program Requirements BSNR 495 Special Topics in Nursing 4 The Department of Nursing considers a grade of C (2.0) as the minimum passing grade for all Bachelor of Science in required nursing and non-nursing courses. Courses Occupational Therapy graded with less than a C will result in academic dismissal from the program. Readmission to the nursing program is determined by the Department Upcoming Changes to OT – Last of Nursing policies as printed in the current BOT Class Acceptance, April 1, Department of Nursing Student Handbook. 2003 Guidelines for clinical preceptors are available Nationwide, occupational therapy programs in the nursing office. that provide education for occupational Students are responsible for verifying they therapists (currently the bachelor’s degree at have met degree requirements for graduation. Shawnee State University) will be transitioning to a master’s level of education for entry level Degree Requirements1 preparation of occupational therapists. This transition will be completed by January 1, General Education Program (48 Hours) 40 Hours 2007, and the Department of Occupational The Natural Science component (Option 2) Therapy at SSU is currently exploring options of the GEP is satisfied by the requirements of to meet these new educational requirements. the bachelor of science in nursing. See page 55 of the current catalog for further information Please feel free to contact Debra Scurlock, about the GEP. program director, with any questions you have Other Non-Nursing Courses 39 Hours about this upcoming change. Required Lower Division 59 Hours Nursing Courses Occupational therapy is a vital health care from ADN or diploma program service that uses “occupation,” meaning purposeful Required Upper Division Nursing/ 49 Hours activity, as the basis for treatment of people with a Health Science Courses2 wide variety of physical, developmental, and Minimum Hours Required 187 Hours emotional disabilities. Occupational therapists help disabled people of Other Non-Nursing Courses (39 Hours) all ages acquire or regain the skills they need to These courses should include those in anatomy/ live independent, productive, and satisfying lives. physiology, microbiology, pathophysiology, chem- They work in hospitals, rehabilitation centers, istry, and social sciences. nursing homes, public and private schools, and home health agencies. Occupational therapists are responsible for evaluating clients and developing treatment plans

1 Certain courses are currently under review. See the department chairperson before registration or for advising and details. 2 Lab/clinical hours: 1 credit hour = 3 lab/clinical hours OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY — 147 to assist clients in achieving their goals. They Admission Requirements provide functional treatment activities for clients Due to limited enrollment for this program, a individually and in groups, and they choose or selective admission process is followed. fabricate equipment that helps people function Students with a standing of second quarter more independently. Occupational therapists freshmen or more are considered for admission to supervise certified occupational therapy assistants the occupational therapy bachelor’s program. in carrying out treatment plans and possess skills Students will be admitted to the professional to work with a variety of allied health professionals. courses during winter quarter. To become an occupational therapist, a student Candidates are selected from applicants who must complete an educational program in occupa- have met the following minimum criteria: tional therapy at the graduate level by 2007. Studies Application to Shawnee State University with include basic academic courses in the sciences and current, nonrefundable application fee (new liberal arts as well as occupational therapy theoret- students). ical constructs and practices. The bachelor’s degree in occupational therapy program requires six to “Change of Major’’ form, indicating application nine months of full-time (usually 40 hours per to occupational therapy B.S. program (current week) internships in a variety of health care settings. students). You are responsible for your own transportation to Cumulative GPA of 2.5 or above on a 4.0 scale and from clinical facilities as well as any other based on courses listed under ‘A’ below. costs associated with clinical placements. Cumulative GPA of 2.5 or above on a 4.0 scale To ensure continuity of application of academic at time of enrollment in the professional program. concepts, all fieldwork must be completed within A minimum grade of C in all prerequisite 24 months following academic preparation and 2 courses at time of application. months prior to the NBCOT Certification Examination date. Completion of high school level chemistry courses with a grade of C or higher. Students lacking high school chemistry can take CHEM Accreditation 101 in preparation for college level chemistry The occupational therapy program is accredited elective requirement. by the Accreditation Council for Occupational Completion of 40 hours verified volunteer Therapy Education (ACOTE) of the American experience in an occupational therapy setting Occupational Therapy Association (AOTA), located OR certification as an occupational therapy at 4720 Montgomery Lane, P.O. Box 31220, assistant (proof of certification is required). Bethesda, MD 20824-1220. AOTA’s phone number Completion of the following courses at the is 30.652.AOTA. Graduates of the program are time of application: (Check course prerequisites able to sit for the national certification examination in the ‘‘Course Description’’ section of the current for the occupational therapist administered by the university catalog. More coursework may be National Board for Certification in Occupational necessary than is indicated here.) Therapy, Inc. (NBCOT); however, the NBCOT sets its own criteria for taking the exam, which • AHNR 102 (Medical Terminology) may include questions on the applicant’s criminal • BIOL 151 or NTSC 110S history. For more information on these limitations, • ENGL 111S, 112S you can contact NBCOT at 301.990.7979. After • Fine arts GEP course successful completion of this exam, you are an • Mathematics (MATH 110S, 130, or 150) occupational therapist, registered (OTR). Most • PSYC 101 states require licensure in order to practice; how- • SOCI 101 ever, state licenses are usually based on the results Successful completion of the following courses of the NBCOT Certification Examination. prior to admission to the program: (Check course Note: Admission requirements, deadlines, prerequisites in the ‘‘Course Description’’ section of degree requirements, and required courses may the current university catalog. More coursework change as the undergraduate degree program is may be necessary than is indicated here.) discontinued. New information will be available • BIOL 151 pending approval of the graduate program. • BIOL 310 148 — ASSOCIATE DEGREES

• BUAI 101 or BUIS 101 OTST 451 OT Mgt. & Program Planning 4 • CHEM elective OTST 495 Clinical Application 1 12 OTST 496 Clinical Application 2 12 • Cultural perspectives, 4 of 8 hours OTST 497 Clinical Application 3 (Optional) 4, 8, or 12 • ENGL 115S OTST 499 Topics in Occupational Therapy 2 • MATH 150 • NTSC 110S Other Required Courses (77 Hours) • PHYS 201 AHNR 102 Medical Terminology 2 • PSYC 151 AHNR 135 Wellness & Health Promotion 3 Completion of all required forms and requested AHNR 199 Rehabilitation Ethics 2 AHNR 299 Rehabilitation Topics 2 materials by the application deadline. BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 Requirements for graduation and to remain in BIOL 310 Principles of Anatomy 5 BIOL 311 Kinesiology 4 the program are listed in the OT Student Handbook. BIOL 314 Human Neuroanatomy 5 BIOL 320 Principles of Physiology 5 BUAI 101 Computer Applications 1 OR 4 Deadline for Receipt of ALL BUIS 101 Intro. to Computer Info. Systems Application Materials: BUHE 310 Orientation to Healthcare Systems 4 CHEM Elective 4 After the April 1 deadline, students who have MATH 150 Principles of Statistics 4 completed application materials may be considered PHYS 201 Physics 1 (Mechanics) 4 for acceptance on the basis of space available in PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 the program and the academic qualifications of PSYC 151 Human Growth & Development 4 PSYC 290 Psychological Tests & Measurements 4 the student. PSYC 400 Abnormal Psychology 4 SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology 4 Degree Requirements SOCI 320 Sociology of Culture 4 General Education Program (48 Hours) 32 Hours The GEP is composed of 48 credit hours of which 16 are satisfied by the following “other required courses” requirements: NTSC 110S, Associate Degrees BIOL 311, MATH 150, and SOCI 101. Further information about the GEP is listed Minimum Admission Requirements on page 55 of the current catalog or can be for Associate Degree Programs obtained from the dean’s office. The following requirements apply to all Required OT Courses 91-103 Hours associate degree health science programs: Other Required Courses 77 Hours New students must submit an application to Minimum Hours Required 204-212 Hours Shawnee State University, along with the current nonrefundable application fee. Required Occupational Therapy Current Shawnee State students wishing to Courses (91-103 Hours) apply for admission to a health science associate Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. degree program should complete a ‘‘Change of OTST 101 Intro. to Occupational Therapy 4 Major’’ form, indicating the program(s) for OTST 103 Disease Pathology 1 4 OTST 110 Group Dynamics 2 which they are applying. OTST 205 Therapeutic Media 3 Official high school transcript or GED test OTST 206 Contemporary Media in OT 2 score transcript (along with partial high school OTST 305 Disease Pathology 2 4 OTST 310 Practicum 1 for OTS 2 transcript) and official college transcripts must OTST 330 Orthotics 3 be submitted. OTST 410 OT in Physical Disabilities 1 4 Please note: Transcripts may be sent directly OTST 411 OT in Physical Disabilities 2 4 OTST 412 OT in Mental Health 1 4 from the high school or applicants may hand- OTST 413 OT in Mental Health 2 4 carry the transcript in an envelope sealed with a OTST 416 OT in Gerontology 4 guidance counselor’s signature. Guidance OTST 420 Practicum 2 for OTS 2 counselors or high school officials may send OTST 421 Practicum 3 for OTS 2 transcripts via FAX to 740.351.3111 if OTST 430 OT in Developmental Disabilities 1 5 OTST 431 OT in Developmental Disabilities 2 4 accompanied by a signed transmittal form or OTST 450 Research Designs & Methods in OT 4 by electronic transfer. The University reserves ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS — 149

Associate Degree Admission Requirements

20 Hours High School Volunteer SSU MATH/ or College or Work ENGL Algebra, Experience ACT Score Placement Biology, with of 18 in Comprehensive Score and Disabled Science ACT Score OR Chemistry or Reasoning of 18 Transfer Credit (C or above) Handicapped Section or Above Equivalent to:

1, 2 Associate 3 7 Degree ✓ ✓ ✓ ENGL 111S Nursing MATH 130

Dental Hygiene ✓ ✓

Emergency Medical ✓ Technology

3 Medical ✓ ENGL 111S Laboratory2 ✓ MATH 130

Occupational 4 Therapy ✓ ✓ Assistant

Physical 5 7 ENGL 111S Therapist ✓ ✓ ✓ MATH 101 Assistant

Radiologic ✓ ENGL 111S Technology6 ✓ MATH 130

Respiratory ENGL 111S Therapy6 ✓ ✓ MATH 130

The chart above indicates requirements of individual associate degree health science programs.

1 Applicants with 30 hours of college credit are required to have a GPA of 2.5 or above on a 4.0 scale. 2 Lower placement scores will be accepted on the condition that the student has successfully completed prerequisite coursework for ENGL 111S and/or MATH 130 prior to entry into the MLT or nursing programs. 3 Exceptions may be made if the student has demonstrated successful completion of required chemistry and/or biology courses. 4 Applicants to the occupational therapy assistant program must work/volunteer under the direct supervision of either a licensed occupational therapy assistant or occupational therapist. 5 Applicants to the physical therapist assistant program must work/volunteer under the direct supervision of either a licensed physical therapist or physical therapist assistant. 6 Radiologic technology and respiratory therapy applicants must be eligible to enter MATH 130 and ENGL 111S as the program curriculum describes. 7 Nursing and PTA applicants must have a score of 18 in all ACT sections or successfully complete selected college courses in mathematics and science. 150 — ASSOCIATE DEGREE NURSING

the right to verify the final, official authenticity Physical examinations are required for students of any student’s transcript. Any transcript who have been officially accepted into a health document found to be fraudulent becomes the science program. Forms are provided by the student’s responsibility and the University individual departments. reserves the right to withdraw admission Questions regarding admission procedures or acknowledgement and/or approval of acceptance. application status should be directed to the health College transcripts must be sent directly from sciences representative in the Office of Admission the school to Shawnee State to “be official.’’ at 740.351.3209. Photocopies, fax, and hand-carried transcripts are not accepted. Deadline for Receipt of ALL Students must have a C or above in algebra, Application Materials: biology, and chemistry requirements. A ‘‘C-’’ is After the application deadlines listed below, not accepted. Students with a C- average in one students who have completed application materials of these courses are not considered for admission. may be considered for acceptance on the basis of If the ACT test was taken before October space available in the program and the academic 1989, students must have a score of 16 in the qualifications of the student. published requirement areas. On tests taken February 1 October 1989 or later, students must have a Associate Degree Nursing score of 18 in the published requirements. April 1 Students may be required to complete an Medical Laboratory ‘‘Autobiography Form,’’ which is provided to Respiratory Therapy students after the application to the University April 15 is received. Dental Hygiene Applicants to the physical therapist assistant or Radiologic Technology occupational therapy assistant programs are May 1 required to complete a minimum of 20 hours Physical Therapist Assistant volunteer or work experience in a facility serving May 15 the disabled or handicapped. OTA applicants Occupational Therapy Assistant must work under the direct supervision of either a licensed occupational therapy assistant Rolling Admission or occupational therapist. Applicants to the Emergency Medical Technology PTA program must work under the direct RN-BSN Nursing supervision of either a licensed physical therapist or physical therapist assistant. Appropriate Associate Degree Nursing forms are provided to students after the Shawnee State’s associate degree nursing program application to the University is received. began in 1969. For over 30 years, the ADN program When all minimum admission criteria have has graduated quality nurses who have assumed been met, files are forwarded to the appropriate multiple roles in health care facilities in the department’s chairperson. Students are not community, region, and across the nation. considered for admission to a health science The awarding of the ADN does not license one program until all minimum admission require- as a registered nurse. The board of nursing in the ments are completed. state in which the applicant wishes to be registered Applicants to the medical laboratory and administers a separate examination (NCLEX-RN). respiratory therapy programs must schedule a The Department of Nursing certifies completion meeting with the department’s chairperson of degree requirements, but meeting other require- when their file is complete. Applicants to other ments for licensure is the responsibility of each programs are contacted if further information candidate.1 After successfully passing this examina- is needed. tion, graduates are licensed as registered nurses

1 Conviction of certain classes of misdemeanors or any felony conviction requires permission from the board of nursing of the state in which the applicant wishes to be registered. ASSOCIATE DEGREE NURSING — 151 and are capable of providing nursing care at a degree nursing program provided they meet beginning level in hospitals, nursing homes, doctors’ the February 1 deadline for application. offices, clinics, and selected community agencies. Admission after February 1 for these students The Ohio House Bill 327 requires a criminal is possible though not guaranteed. records check for new applicants for licensure and If 30 hours of college credit — for individuals from another state endorsing as an Preference given to students who have successfully completed RN into Ohio. Candidates who wish to sit for the selected science courses. NCLEX RN examination will be required to submit •Official high school transcript and official their fingerprints to the Bureau of Criminal transcripts from all colleges attended. Identification and Investigation (BC&I) to process • College or high school algebra, biology, and the BCI&I civilian fingerprint card and the FBI chemistry with a C or better. applicant fingerprint card for identification and •A grade point average (GPA) of 2.5 or above criminal background verification. This requirement on a 4.0 scale. becomes effective for all students entering a pre- • An autobiography form. licensure program after June 1, 2003. Program Requirements Accreditation The Department of Nursing considers a grade The program is fully approved by the Ohio of C (2.0) as the minimum passing grade for all Board of Nursing and accredited by the National required nursing and non-nursing courses. Courses League for Nursing Accrediting Commission. graded with less than a C will result in academic dismissal from the program. Readmission to the Admission Requirements program is determined by the Department of Admission is determined on a competitive Nursing policies as printed in the current Depart- basis. The total number of students admitted to ment of Nursing Student Handbook. the program is based upon available facilities and Current CPR Healthcare Provider certification; faculty. Qualified applicants are admitted to the a TB skin test; current immunizations, including associate degree in nursing program annually for Hepatitis B; a recent physical exam; student liability the fall quarter; however, students may be required insurance; and health insurance are required and to complete designated courses the summer prior verified prior to enrollment in clinical nursing to the fall of official admission. Qualified applicants courses. Verification of these requirements is are selected February 1, and selection continues necessary each year. until all spaces in the class are filled. A standardized exit examination is required in ADNR 283. A student must satisfactorily pass Criteria for admission: this examination in order to graduate. A special If less than 30 hours of college credit — fee may be charged for this examination. •Official high school transcript or GED test ADN program graduation requirements include score transcript (along with partial high completion of 105 credit hours as specified in the school transcript) showing a C or above in following program of study (excluding credits and algebra, biology, and chemistry. grades from developmental courses). Students are •A GPA of 2.0 or higher in high school and responsible for verifying they have met degree college credit. requirements for graduation. •A score of 18 or above in all sections of the ACT. • An autobiography form. Program of Study •Shawnee State ENGL placement score or All courses must be completed in this sequence during or before transfer credit equivalent to ENGL 111S. the quarter shown. •Shawnee State MATH placement score or Class Lab1 Credit transfer credit equivalent to MATH 130. Course No. Course Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. •Students with an overall ACT score of 23 or SUMMER QUARTER AHNR 135 Health & Wellness (Su or F) 30 3 better and no category below 18 are eligible ENGL 111S Discourse & Comp. (Su or F) 40 4 for automatic acceptance into the associate Totals 7 0 7

1 Lab/clinical hours: 1 credit hour = 3 lab/clinical hours 152 — DENTAL HYGIENE

Class Lab1 Credit Course No. Course Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. Dental Hygiene FALL QUARTER Dental hygiene is a vital health service compo- ADNR 114 Introduction to Nursing 2 0 2 nent of dentistry and emphasizes oral health and ADNR 181 Fundamentals I 4.5 7.5 7 BIOL 130 Anatomy & Physiology 1 4 3 5 the prevention of oral disease. Totals 10.5 10.5 14 Most dental hygienists are employed in private WINTER QUARTER dental offices and work under the supervision of a ADNR 182 Fundamentals 2 4 9 7 dentist. The hygienist’s main function is to provide BIOL 131 Anatomy & Physiology 2 4 3 5 dental health education, home care instruction, PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 0 4 Totals 12 12 16 and diet/nutritional counseling. Dental hygiene services include performing oral prophylaxis, scaling SPRING QUARTER and polishing of the patient’s teeth to remove soft ADNR 193 Adults & Children 1 3 9 6 CHEM 121 Introduction to Chemistry 3 3 4 and hard deposits; dental charting and oral exami- PSYC 151 Human Growth & Dev. 4 0 4 nations; exposing and processing radiographs; Totals 10 12 14 applying fluoride treatments and sealants; and SUMMER QUARTER making preliminary impressions for study models. BIOL 350 Microbiology 4 3 5 A dental hygienist should possess fine-motor ENGL 112S Comp. & Rsrch. (Su or F) 40 4 Totals 8 3 9 skills and eye-hand coordination. Dental hygienists FALL QUARTER should be able to effectively communicate with ADNR 203 Adults & Children 2 4 9 7 individuals, both one-on-one and during small ADNR 224 Current Issues (F or W) 20 2 group interactions. ADNR 251 Childbearing Families (F or W) 36 5 Totals 9 15 14 WINTER QUARTER Accreditation ADNR 204 Adults & Children 3 4 9 7 The dental hygiene program is accredited by ADNR 252 Mental Health (F or W) 36 5 the American Dental Association—Commission SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology 4 0 4 Totals 11 15 16 on Dental Accreditation. SPRING QUARTER ADNR 283 Coordination of Care 4 12 8 Dental Hygiene Program Goals 2 Approved Elective 8 0 4 Totals 12 12 12 Graduates of the dental hygiene program will be knowledgeable in the basic sciences which LPN-RN: Advanced Placement for LPNs support dental hygiene. LPNs may receive advanced placement into the Graduates will be able to assume responsibility spring quarter of the first year of the associate for providing current and complete dental degree program by successful completion (grade of hygiene services, including assessment of the C or better) of the following courses: patient’s physical and oral conditions, and demonstrate preparation for medical/dental ADNR 197 Transition to Registered Nursing emergencies. BIOL 130 Principles of Anatomy & Physiology 1 BIOL 131 Principles of Anatomy & Physiology 2 Graduates will participate in dental hygiene ENGL 111S Discourse & Composition continuing education and community service and PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology become knowledgeable in scientific advance- ments and innovations in the profession. Criteria for admission: Valid, active, nonrestricted LPN license. For more information, please contact the Department of Nursing. Job Opportunities Hygienists are employed in the following areas: Private Practice Public Health Dental hygienists may be involved in school-based oral screening or

1 Lab/clinical hours: 1 credit hour = 3 lab/clinical hours 2 Elective must be approved by the Department of Nursing. DENTAL HYGIENE — 153

sealant programs, planning, implementing, and evaluating oral health education programs for Please Note dental professionals, medical professionals, and After the first quarter, all subsequent basic the public. and technical courses are closely related and, Dental Marketing Employment opportunities therefore, must be taken in sequential order. may be available with companies that market Only those students who have been officially dental-related materials and equipment. accepted into the program or who have received the approval of the department’s Hospitals and Clinics Concerned primarily chairperson may take the courses beginning with the special oral health problems of the with the DTHY prefix. bedridden and chronically ill. Teaching and Research Hygienists with advanced degrees may be employed in research Sample Schedule or may teach in dental hygiene educational Class Lab Credit programs that help students to prepare for the Course No. Course Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. profession. FIRST QUARTER AHNR 103 Prin. of Medical Science 3 0 3 BIOL 101 Introduction to Biology 3 0 3 Academic Requirements DTHY 111 Oral Anatomy 1 3 0 3 DTHY 121 Clinical Dental Hygiene 1 2 6 4 In order to remain in good academic standing Totals 11 6 13 in the dental hygiene program, you must: SECOND QUARTER Maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.0 in all BIOL 162 Human Anat./Phys. 4 3 5 DTHY 101 Radiology 1 2 0 2 coursework needed to meet the requirements DTHY 102 Oral Histology/Embryo 2 0 2 for an associate of applied science degree in DTHY 112 Oral Anatomy 2 2 0 2 dental hygiene. This applies to all required DTHY 122 Clinical Dental Hygiene 2 2 6 4 Totals 12 9 15 courses taken before as well as after admission into the dental hygiene program. THIRD QUARTER DTHY 113 Radiology 2 1 3 2 Maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.0 in all dental DTHY 123 Clinical Dental Hygiene 3 2 8 5 hygiene courses. DTHY 202 Periodontics 3 0 3 DTHY 220 Oral Microbiol./Immun. 3 0 3 Not receive a failing grade in any of the required 1 English/Human./Social Sc. 4 0 4 courses for the dental hygiene program. Totals 13 11 17 FOURTH QUARTER (Summer) Students who fail to achieve any one of the DTHY 203 Dental Materials 2 3 3 three requirements for good academic standing DTHY 205 Dental Health Education 3 0 3 DTHY 224 Clin. D. H. 4/Off. Emerg. 2 9 5 will be dismissed from the dental hygiene program DTHY 290 Sem./Adv. Periodontics 1-3 0 1-3 with the option of reapplying for admission the Totals 8-10 12 12-14 following academic year. The decision to readmit a FIFTH QUARTER student will be made by the dental hygiene faculty DTHY 103 Human Nutrition 3 0 3 after reviewing the student’s progress in completing DTHY 201 Gen. and Oral Pathology 3 0 3 DTHY 225 Clin. D. H. 5/Spec. Needs 1 12 5 any conditions for readmittance as stated in the 1 English/Human./Social Sc. 4 0 4 letter of dismissal and an interview with the Totals 11 12 15 student. Students who are academically dismissed SIXTH QUARTER from the dental hygiene program for a second DTHY 204 Pharmacology 3 0 3 time are not eligible for readmittance. DTHY 206 Public Health 3 0 3 DTHY 226 Cln. D.H. 6/Prv. Dnt. & Jrs. 1 12 5 Students may appeal a dismissal from the dental 1 English/Human./Social Sc. 4 0 4 hygiene program by following the guidelines for Totals 11 12 15 appeal as detailed in this catalog. SEVENTH QUARTER DTHY 227 Clin. D.H. 7/Career Mgt. 1 9 4 1 English/Human./Social Sc. 7 0 7 2 Elective 3 0 3 Totals 11 9 14

1 English/Humanities/Social Science Requirements: ENGL 111S, ENGL 112S, PSYC 101, SPCH 103, SOCI 101. 2 3-Credit Hour Elective: Any English, psychology, speech, or sociology course with a catalog number higher than the required courses listed above. Any business management, personnel management, or computer course. 154 — EMERGENCY MEDICAL

Emergency Medical Technology Certification Emergency medical technicians are health care Upon successful completion of: professionals who provide emergency treatment to EMTP 110: Students are eligible to sit for the patients in the prehospital environment. They are Basic National Registry Exam. Upon successful familiar and comforting figures at the scene of an completion of the exam, the student receives accident or medical emergency, where their special Ohio and National Registry certification as an skills often mean the difference between life and EMT-Basic. death. EMTP 210-212: Students are eligible to sit for Careers in prehospital care are challenging and the Intermediate National Registry Exam. exciting. They require students who possess lead- Upon successful completion of the exam, the ership skills, are good decision makers, can remain student receives Ohio and National Registry calm in emergency situations, and who are com- certification as an Intermediate EMT. passionate and caring. Emergency medical technicians work directly EMTP 210-242: Students are eligible to sit for with physicians in correlating and providing care the Paramedic National Registry Exam. Upon to patients experiencing illness or injury. successful completion of the exam, the student Several levels of training are available at Shawnee receives Ohio and National Registry certification State for emergency medical technicians. The as a Paramedic (EMT-P). Upon completion of entry level for the profession is the Emergency the two-year program, the student receives the Medical Technician - Basic (EMT-B). Education associate of applied science degree. for this level of emergency care is the 130-hour Emergency Victim Care Course (EMTP 110). Accreditation The Intermediate Emergency Medical The EMT-B and paramedic training programs Technician - (EMT-I) provides emergency care at have received accreditation from the Ohio Depart- a high level, utilizing advanced skills in airway and ment of Public Safety, Division of Emergency shock management. Educational preparation for Medical Services. the intermediate EMT is included in EMTP 210 through 212. The Emergency Medical Technician - Employment Opportunities Paramedic (EMT-P) is the highest level of certified Positions for emergency medical technicians are emergency care provider. The paramedic receives available in private ambulance companies, hospitals, education in a program of study encompassing industry, fire departments, 911 dispatch offices, seven courses in addition to the EMT-A and and the armed forces. Law enforcement agencies, advanced EMT-A courses (EMTP 210 through park services, ski patrols, and other groups train 241). This education includes classroom and their personnel to become EMT-Bs or paramedics laboratory instruction, as well as hospital and field as part of their duties. clinical experiences. An exciting opportunity exists for EMT-P students at Shawnee State. Students can pursue the Academic Requirements associate of applied science degree in emergency In order to remain in good academic standing medical technology. This two-year program is in the emergency medical technology program, intended to expand the knowledge and experience you must: base of the EMT-Paramedic in both general 1. Maintain a grade point average of 2.0 in all academics and prehospital emergency medicine. coursework needed to meet the requirements Completion of this program prepares the paramedic for an associate of applied science degree in student for supervisory positions, advanced clinical emergency medical technology. This applies to procedures, as well as teaching opportunities in all required courses taken before, as well as after, EMS. This degree may be pursued as part of the admission in the emergency medical program. initial educational experience or for career advancement. 2. Maintain a grade point average of 2.0 in all emergency medical technology courses. EMERGENCY MEDICAL — 155

3. Not receive a failing grade in any of the Advanced EMT-A Course (EMTP 210, EMTP required courses for the emergency medical 211, EMTP 212) technology program. All EMT-B requirements, and: Students who fail to achieve any one of the • Completed University application three requirements for good academic standing •Current Ohio EMT-A certification will be dismissed from the emergency medical technology program with the option of reapplying •Evidence of not less than six months’ experience for admission the following year. You may appeal providing prehospital care in the prehospital a dismissal from the emergency medical technology setting program by following the guidelines for appeal as • Letter of recommendation from a supervisor of detailed in this catalog. the emergency medical service with which the above requirement was met • Conference with the director of the department, Please Note showing evidence of maturity, good judgement, After the first quarter, all subsequent basic and good moral character and technical courses are closely related and, therefore, must be taken in sequential order. • Completion of an examination which addresses aptitude in reading, writing, and mathematics Only those students who have been officially accepted into the program or who have skills. Remedial education in deficient areas may received the approval of the department’s be required.Paramedic Program (EMTP 210 director may take the courses beginning through 242) All EMT-A requirements, and: with the EMTP prefix, except EMTP 101 •Successful completion of the national registry of and 102. EMT’s basic or intermediate level examination •Must have BIOL 162 or higher anatomy and physiology course as a pre- or corequisite Entrance Requirements (example: EMTP 295 Anatomy & Physiology EMT-B Course (EMTP 110) for EMS). •Minimum of 18 years of age •High school diploma or equivalent Associate of Applied Science •Current, unconditional driver’s license Emergency Medical Technology Curriculum • Completed Pre-Entrance Medical Record with Class Lab Credit recent TB and Tetanus Course No. Course Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. •Evidence that you have not been convicted of, FIRST QUARTER pled guilty to, or had a judicial finding of guilt AHNR 102 Medical Terminology 2 0 2 for any of the following: fraud or material BIOL 101 Introduction to Biology 3 0 3 EMTP 102 Cardiopulm. Resuscitation 1 0 1 deception in applying for or obtaining a EMTP 110 Emergency Victim Care 9 3 10 certificate to practice; any of the following Totals 15 3 16 felonies: murder, aggravated murder, voluntary SECOND QUARTER manslaughter, felonious assault, kidnapping, EMTP 120 EMS Systems 3 0 3 rape, sexual battery, gross sexual imposition, ENGL 111S Discourse & Composition 4 0 4 PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 0 4 aggravated arson, aggravated robbery, aggravated SPCH 103 Pub. Spk. & Hum. Com. 3 0 3 burglary; a misdemeanor, other than a traffic Totals 14 0 14 violation committed in the course of practice; a THIRD QUARTER misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; a BUAI 101 Computer Applications 1 4 0 4 violation of any federal, state, county, or EMTP 130 Major Incident Response 2 0 2 ENGL 112S Composition & Research 4 0 4 municipal narcotics law; any act committed in SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology 4 0 4 another state, that, if committed in Ohio, would Totals 14 0 14 constitute a violation set forth in 4765-8-01 FOURTH QUARTER (optional) (A) (3) (b) of the Ohio Administrative Code. XXX General Elective 156 — MEDICAL LABORATORY

Class Lab Credit performance of these tests to determine the Course No. Course Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. absence, presence, extent, and causes of disease. FIFTH QUARTER Graduates of this nationally accredited, two- EMTP 210 Paramedic Skills 1 5 0 5 EMTP 211 Paramedic Skills 1 Lab 0 2 1 year associate degree program are eligible to be EMTP 212 Paramedic Skills 1 Clinical 0 4 1 certified by nationally-recognized certification EMTP 220 Paramedic Skills 2 3 2 3 agencies. They work under the supervision of a XXX General Elective 4-5 0 4-5 Totals 12-13 8 14-15 pathologist or technologist/laboratory scientist and SIXTH QUARTER are qualified to perform a wide array of analytical EMTP 230 Paramedic Skills 3 8 0 8 tests in the areas of hematology, microbiology, EMTP 231 Paramedic Skills 3 Lab 0 3 1 chemistry, blood banking, coagulation, serology, EMTP 232 Paramedic Skills 3 Clinical 0 4 1 and urinalysis. MLTs may work in community XXX EMS Elective 1-4 0 1-4 XXX General Elective 4-5 0 4-5 hospital laboratories, as well as private, industrial, Totals 13-17 7 15-19 and reference laboratories. Physician’s office SEVENTH QUARTER laboratories, state and federal agencies, and the EMTP 240 Paramedic Skills 4 8 0 8 military are also sources of employment for certified EMTP 241 Paramedic Skills 4 Lab 0 3 1 medical laboratory technicians. EMTP 242 Paramedic Skills 4 Clinical 0 4 1 EMTP 250 Adv. Emergency Procedures 2 2 3 The curriculum consists of seven continuous XXX General Elective 4-5 0 4-5 quarters of general education, basic science, and Totals 14-15 9 17-18 clinical laboratory science coursework, including an 18-week internship in an affiliated hospital. Approved Electives (To total 23 to 37 credits) The number of individuals accepted into the Choose at least two of the following: program will not exceed the number of approved AHNR 312 Health Care Personnel Management 4 clinical affiliation sites. BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 BIOL 162 Human Anatomy & Physiology 5 BIOL 310 Principles of Anatomy 5 Certification BIOL 320 Principles of Physiology 3 BIOL 321 Human Physiology Lab 2 Upon successful completion of this program, BIOL 350 Microbiology 5 graduates are awarded the associate of applied ENGL 115S Composition & Literature 4 science degree and are eligible to become nationally MATH 110S Mathematics Core Course 4 SOSC 110S Foundations of Social Science 4 certified by the American Society of Clinical Pathologists (ASCP) and/or the National Creden- Choose at least two of the following: tialing Agency for Medical Laboratory Personnel BUMG 210 Management Concepts 4 BUMG 235 Personnel Management 4 (NCA) as a medical laboratory technician. ECON 101 Principles of Economics 4 PSYC 151 Human Growth & Development 4 Accreditation PSYC 405 Death & Dying 4 The MLT program is nationally accredited and Technical Electives recognized by the National Accrediting Agency for EMTP 212 Advanced EMT Defibrillation 4 Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS), 8410 West EMTP 260 EMS Field Studies 3 Bryn Ave., Suite 670, Chicago, IL 60631-3415, EMTP 270 EMS Management 3 phone: 773.714.8880. EMTP 295 Special Topics in EMS 1-4 Employment Opportunities Medical Laboratory Technology Health care continues to be one of the fastest growing service industries in the United States. Medical laboratory technology is a profession Employment opportunities are generally available which combines the challenges and rewards of within our geographical area as well as throughout medicine and science. Billions of laboratory the United States. procedures are ordered by physicians and performed by certified laboratory technicians and technologists. They range from simple pregnancy testing to more Scholarships complex procedures for detecting such diseases as The Skitarelic-Swanson Family Medical diabetes, anemia, and cancer. Medical laboratory Laboratory Science Scholarship was established in technology is concerned with the accurate 1997 to recognize a medical laboratory science MEDICAL LABORATORY — 157 student for outstanding aptitude, performance, and enthusiasm as well as need. The applicant must Please Note be entering the second year of the MLT program. Registration for courses with the MLTC Applications should be made on the traditional prefix requires admission to the MLT program Shawnee State scholarship form. The student and/or the approval/signature of the MLT selected will be judged based on their didactic and chairperson. Only those students who have skill-based performances as well as their affective been officially accepted or named as an alter- professional behaviors as determined by a committee nate in the program may register for courses of MLS faculty, the College of Professional Studies’ beginning with the MLTC prefix. dean, and an appointed Southern Ohio Medical Center-based laboratory professional. The recipient of the award must be a full-time Sample Schedule student at Shawnee State University in good aca- Class Lab Credit demic standing. They will receive the award in Course No. Course Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. increments of 1/3 to cover three academic quarters. FIRST QUARTER BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 4 2 5 CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 OR 43 5 Academic Requirements CHEM 121 Intro. to Gen. Chemistry 1 3 3 4 MATH 130 Intermediate Algebra 4 0 4 Eligibility for clinical practicum, as well as MLTC 111 Medical Tech. Orientation 2 0 2 continuation in the MLT program, requires that Totals 13-14 5 15-16 students: SECOND QUARTER BIOL 162 Human Anatomy & Phys. 4 2 5 Achieve a grade of C or better in the lab and CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 OR 43 5 lecture portions of all MLTC courses. CHEM 122 Intro. to Gen. Chemistry 2 3 3 4 MATH 131 College Algebra 4 0 4 Achieve a passing grade in all non-MLTC MLTC 112 Basic Laboratory Skills 2 3 3 courses. Totals 13-14 8 16-17 Maintain a grade point average of 2.5 or above THIRD QUARTER CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 OR 43 5 in all MLT required courses. CHEM 200 Intro. to Organic Chemistry 3 3 4 ENGL 111S Discourse & Composition 4 0 4 MLTC 209 Hematology 1 2 6 4 Application to the Program MLTC 210 Hemostasis 2 2 2 MLTC 212 Clinical Chemistry 1 2 6 4 See the Associate Degree Admission Require- Totals 13-14 17 18-19 ments on page 149. Students applying to the MLT FOURTH QUARTER program with math and English ACT scores less BIOL 350 Microbiology 4 3 5 than 22 must take the Shawnee State placement MLTC 202 Immunoserology 2 3 3 MLTC 211 Hematology 2 2 3 3 examination if they have not completed mathematics MLTC 213 Clinical Chemistry 2 2 3 3 and English courses at the college level. Students Totals 10 12 14 are also required to make an appointment with the FIFTH QUARTER MLT chairperson (740.351.3388) for a conference CHEM 305 Organic Chemistry 1 3 3 4 once they are notified that application to the MLT No chemistry is required if CHEM 200 has been taken. program is complete. All application materials MLTC 201 Urinalysis 2 3 3 must reach the admission office by April 1 to be MLTC 203 Blood Banking 1 2 6 4 MLTC 204 Parasitology 1 2 1 considered for the first round of admissions to the MLTC 207 Clinical Microbiology 3 6 5 MLT program. Others will be considered on a Totals 11 20 17 space available basis after April 1. SIXTH QUARTER ENGL 112S Composition & Research 4 0 4 MLTC 215 Laboratory Simulation 0 6 3 Health and Physical Ability MLTC 216 Medical Technology Seminar 1 0 1 Requirements MLTC 217 Case Studies 1 0 1 MLTC 220 Clinical Practicum 0 20 4 There are specific health and physical ability Totals 6 26 13 requirements for the medical laboratory technology SEVENTH QUARTER program. This information is provided at the time MLTC 221 Clinical Practicum 2 0 40 8 MLTC 225 Special Problems in Med. Lab. 2 0 2 of application to the program. SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology 4 0 4 SPCH 103 Public Speaking 3 0 3 Totals 9 40 17 158 — OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY

Occupational Therapy Assistant more information on these limitations, you can contact NBCOT at 301.990.7979. After successful Occupational therapy is a vital health care service completion of this exam, you are a certified occu- that uses ‘‘occupation,’’ meaning purposeful activity, pational therapy assistant (COTA). Most states as the basis for treatment of people with a wide require licensure in order to practice; however, variety of physical, developmental, and emotional state licenses are usually based on the results of the disabilities. NBCOT Certification Examination. Occupational therapists and occupational therapy assistants help disabled people of all ages acquire or regain the skills they need to live inde- Academic Requirements pendent, productive, and satisfying lives. They To remain enrolled in the occupational therapy work in hospitals, rehabilitation centers, nursing assistant program, you must: homes, public and private schools, and home Not receive below a ‘‘C’’ in any course with the health agencies. OTAT prefix. Occupational therapy assistants work under the Maintain a 2.00 GPA in all courses with the guidance of occupational therapists. They may OTAT prefix. choose or construct equipment that helps people to function more independently; they may carry Obtain an overall GPA of no less than 2.00 prior out treatment activities for individuals or groups to the third quarter (spring) of the first year. of patients; and they work closely with families of Maintain at least a 2.00 GPA during each patients who are preparing to return home. remaining quarter. To become an occupational therapy assistant, Successfully complete (with a grade of D- or you must complete an educational program. The higher) BIOL 130 and 131 by the end of the majority of these are two-year associate degree third quarter (spring) of the first year. programs like the one at Shawnee State University. Studies include basic academic subjects, human If any of these criteria are not met, you are growth and development, the functioning of the dismissed from the OTA program. Conditions for human body, and occupational therapy principles readmission to the OTA program are specified by and techniques. The OTA program requires two, the chairperson of the department at the time of eight-week rotations of supervised practical experi- dismissal. ence in a variety of health care settings. After successfully completing the educational Clinical Requirements program, you are eligible to take the national cer- Clinical placements for the OTA program in the tification examination for the occupational therapy Portsmouth area are limited. OTAT 108, 204, and assistant. Many states, including Ohio, Kentucky, 208 (Fieldwork 1) are clinical courses requiring six and West Virginia, also require licensing by their to seven hours, one day per week at the assigned respective states to practice occupational therapy. facility. These placements may be up to, and some- times at distances greater than, 70 miles away from Accreditation Shawnee State University. You are responsible for The occupational therapy assistant program is your own transportation to and from these facilities. accredited by the Accreditation Council for OTAT 220 and 221 (Fieldwork 2) consist of Occupational Therapy Education (ACOTE) of two rotations of eight weeks each. You are required the American Occupational Therapy Association to be at that facility during normal working hours (AOTA), located at 4720 Montgomery Lane, P.O. (usually 40 hours per week). The OTA program Box 31220, Bethesda, MD 20824-1220. AOTA’s assigns each student two placements. You are phone number is (301) 652-AOTA. Graduates of responsible for all expenses incurred to complete the program are able to sit for the national certifi- the Fieldwork 2 requirements of the OTA program. cation examination for the occupational therapy Requirements for graduation and to remain in the assistant administered by the National Board for program are listed in the OTA Student Handbook. Certification in Occupational Therapy, Inc. You are required to have successfully completed (NBCOT); however, the NBCOT sets its own all OTAT and other courses in the curriculum (as criteria for taking the exam, which may include indicated by a minimum 2.00 GPA) prior to questions on the applicant’s criminal history. For participating in OTAT 220 and 221. OTAT 220 PHYSICAL THERAPIST ASSISTANT — 159 and 221 must be completed 18 months following Physical Therapist Assistant completion of other OTA courses and 2 months prior to the NCBOT certification examination date. Within the discipline of physical therapy, the position of physical therapist assistant (PTA) has Sample Schedule emerged as an integral, skilled clinician. The PTA Class Lab Credit plays a key role in the patient’s recovery from Course No. Course Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. injury or dysfunction, as well as in the client’s FIRST QUARTER (Fall) pursuit of optimal fitness and health promotion. AHNR 102 Medical Terminology 2 0 2 PTAs may intervene in the plan of care established ARTS 231 Ceramics 1 4 0 4 by the physical therapist, treating impairments, BIOL 130 Prin. of Anatomy & Phys. 1 4 2 5 BUIS 1011 Intro. to Comp. Info. Syst. 4 0 4 functional limitations, and disabilities which may PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 0 4 arise across the human lifespan, as these affect the Totals 18 2 19 cardiovascular and neuromusculoskeletal systems SECOND QUARTER (Winter) of the body. BIOL 131 Prin. of Anatomy & Phys. 2 4 3 5 OTAT 101 Intro. to Occup. Therapy 3 3 4 OTAT 102 Therapeutic Media 1 1 6 3 OTAT 108 Practicum 1 (FW1) 1 6 2 Philosophy PSYC 151 Human Growth & Devel. 4 0 4 Totals 13 18 18 The physical therapist assistant (PTA) is a THIRD QUARTER (Spring) generalist who works under the supervision and ENGL 111S Discourse & Composition 4 0 4 guidance of the physical therapist (PT). Specifically, OTAT 103 Disease Pathology 4 0 4 the PTA follows the APTA Code of Ethics and the OTAT 109 Applied Anatomy & Kines. 1 3 2 appropriate state rules and regulations in a profes- OTAT 110 Group Dynamics 1 3 2 SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology 4 0 4 sional manner. The PTA is technically competent, Totals 14 6 16 safe, and knowledgeable with the aim of being a FOURTH QUARTER (Summer) reflective lifelong learner, so as to assure career ENGL 112S Composition & Research 4 0 4 development to the fullest potential. Furthermore, OTAT 205 Therapeutic Media 2 1 6 3 OTAT 210 OTA in Physical Dysfunction 4 4 5 the PTA is the only formally trained skilled practi- OTAT 299 Special Topics 2 0 2 tioner who works under the physical therapist’s Totals 11 10 14 supervision and direction. The PTA appropriately FIFTH QUARTER (Fall) delegates within his or her scope of practice. The OTAT 204 Practicum 2 (FW1) 2 6 3 PTA is a frontline patient/client and family educator OTAT 206 Contemp. Media in OT 1 3 2 OTAT 212 OTA in Mental Health 3 3 4 and psychosocial supporter, operating under the PSYC/SOCI Elective 4 0 4 PT plan of care. SPCH 103 Public Spk. & Hum. Com. 3 0 3 Totals 13 12 16 SIXTH QUARTER (Winter) Educational Process EMTP 1012 First Aid & CPR 2 0 2 OTAT 203 OTA in Devel. Disabilities 4 3 5 The faculty is committed to providing a OTAT 208 Practicum 3 (FW1) 2 6 3 coordinated curriculum based upon a broad OTAT 209 OTA in Geriat. Prog. Plan. 3 3 4 OTAT 211 OTA Seminar 2 0 2 spectrum of research, theory, function, and life Totals 13 12 16 skills. Professionalism is role modeled by primary SEVENTH QUARTER (Spring) didactic faculty and clinical instructors. They train OTAT 220 Clinical Application (FW2) 0 40 8 and educate the PTA to communicate in ways OTAT 221 Clinical Application (FW2) 0 40 8 that are congruent and appropriate within the Totals 0 80 16 program, clinical environment, and community. A keystone to the educational process is the ability to critically think and use sound judgment. Not only do trained PTAs act as educators but also as

1 Due to the high demand for BUIS 101, you are strongly encouraged to take this course early in the program.. 2 Students must have current first aid and CPR certificates prior to starting clinical application (OTAT 220 and 221) spring quarter. This may be obtained either through EMTP 101, 102, SSAT 227 (for CPR only), or at another agency. 160 — PHYSICAL THERAPIST ASSISTANT patient/client advocates, linking community Admission. The deadline and special packet vary resources to patient/client needs. Clinical data from year to year, so students are encouraged to collection skills are taught using standardized tests, request the most recent information. A new group as are consistent with the Normative Model of of students begins study each fall quarter. A PTA Education and the Clinical Performance limited number of seats are available per year, so Instrument (CPI). Students are evaluated on an students are advised to apply early in the spring. ongoing basis to assure technical competencies and procedural knowledge required to complete all of the performance indicators with regards to Academic Requirements safety and to pass the state/national licensure In order to remain in good standing in the PTA examination. In the state of Ohio, a license is program, and subsequently graduate, students required to practice or teach as a PTA. must obtain a minimum of a C (2.0) in each course within the curriculum. For students not maintaining this performance standard in PTA Employment core courses, a delayed re-entry is available at the PTAs use electrical, mechanical a-thermal and faculty’s discretion. thermal modalities; assist in gait training; instruct in strengthening, balance and coordination exercises; Accreditation and improve work or sports performance and activities of daily living skills. The Commission on Accreditation of Physical PTAs work in a variety of settings, including Therapy Education (CAPTE) accredits the PTA hospitals, rehabilitative centers, skilled nursing program at Shawnee State University. At the time facilities, outpatient ambulatory care centers, of this writing, the program is accredited, having home health agencies, federal or state agencies, submitted its intent to become re-accredited. For and within school settings. Future prospects more information, contact CAPTE at: 1111 N. appear bright for the next five years in terms of Fairfax Street, Alexandria, VA 22314 or phone new positions, from the latest government and 1.703.684.2782. The web site is www.accreditation labor demand surveys. @apta.org. The curriculum is designed in a consecutive, seven-quarter sequence, incorporating both academic and clinical education. Upon successful Please Note completion of the program, the student is awarded Clinical practicums are contracted with an associate of applied science degree. The successful training sites throughout the United States. graduate is eligible to apply for the National PTA Most clinical sites are within a 30-60 minute Exam, given on a state-by-state basis. Prospective drive of SSU. The faculty highly recom- students are encouraged to review the Essential mends that students participate at least once in a clinical practicum that is two or Functions of the PTA, as found on the SSU web more hours away from campus. Students page (www.shawnee.edu) or within the application may request that the faculty originate a packet. Interested students with a background of new site if it meets the criteria and needs of felony convictions are advised to contact the State the program. of Ohio PT Section and Licensing Board Only those students who have been offi- (1.800.871.1921) prior to application to assure cially accepted into the program or who that he or she will be eligible to obtain licensing have received approval by the program in the future. director or dean are eligible to take any courses beginning with the PTAT prefix. Application Information As with any health sciences program at Shawnee State University, prospective students are required to progress through a special selection process, in addition to becoming accepted by the University at large. This process is initiated by contacting the health sciences representative within the Office of RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY — 161

Curriculum human body. It is from this image that the radiol- This program is designed over the following seven-quarter sequence: ogist makes his or her interpretations. Class Lab Credit Curriculum for this program covers eight aca- Course No. Course Hours Hours Hours demic quarters. The first four academic quarters FIRST QUARTER (Fall 1) are designed to provide you with mathematics, AHNR 102 Medical Terminology 2 0 2 basic science, general education courses, supporting AHNR 1041 Phys. Prin. for Health Sci. 3 0 3 technical courses, clinical education, and specialized BIOL 130 Anatomy & Physiology 1 4 2 5 ENGL 111S Discourse & Composition 4 0 4 courses in radiography. The second year of the PTAT 111 Principles of PTA 3 0 3 program consists of additional clinical education Totals 16 2 17 scheduled in affiliated hospitals along with SECOND QUARTER (Winter 1) advanced radiologic technology courses. BIOL 131 Anatomy & Physiology 2 4 2 5 Experience in the radiology departments of the EMTP 1012 First Aid & CPR 2 0 2 PTAT 112 PTA Procedures 1 3 6 5 affiliated hospitals provides opportunity for the PTAT 115 PT in Physical Dysfunction 3 0 3 practical application of knowledge learned in the Totals 12 8 15 classroom. This experience in the hospital is a vital THIRD QUARTER (Spring 1) part of the program, since it enables you to assist BIOL 311 Prin. of Kinesiology 4 0 4 in the handling of sick and injured patients as they ENGL 112S Composition & Research 4 0 4 PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 0 4 undergo a wide variety of radiographic examinations. PTAT 113 PTA Procedures 2 3 6 5 Upon satisfactory completion of the course PTAT 116 Neurology for PT 1 0 1 requirements, you are awarded the associate in Totals 16 6 18 applied science degree and are eligible to apply for FOURTH QUARTER (Summer) examination by the American Registry of Radio- PTAT 114 Anatomy & Kinesiology 3 6 5 PTAT 117 Clin. Practicum & Seminar 1 4 2 logic Technologists. SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology 4 0 4 SPCH 103 Public Spk. & Hum. Comm. 3 0 3 Totals 11 10 14 Accreditation FIFTH QUARTER (Fall 2) The radiologic technology program at Shawnee PTAT 202 PTA Procedures 3 3 6 5 State University is fully accredited by: The Joint PTAT 212 Clinical Practicum 1 2 12 4 Review Committee on Education in Radiologic PTAT 231 Rehab. Procedures 1 3 3 4 PTAT 235 PT Trends & Administration 2 0 2 Technology, 20 N. Wacker Drive, Suite 900, Totals 10 21 15 Chicago, IL 60606-2901, phone 312.704.5300. SIXTH QUARTER (Winter 2) PSYC 151 Human Growth & Devel. 4 0 4 Academic Requirements PTAT 213 Clinical Practicum 2 2 12 4 PTAT 232 Rehab. Procedures 2 3 3 4 To remain in good standing in the radiologic Elective 4 0 4 technology program, the following three conditions Totals 13 15 16 must be met: SEVENTH QUARTER (Spring 2) You must not receive a grade of F in any of the PTAT 214 Clinical Practicum 3 0 38 10 PTAT 255 PTA Seminar 2 0 2 required courses listed in the eight-quarter Totals 2 38 12 sequence. You must not receive a grade below a C- in any Radiologic Technology of the courses with the RDLT prefix. The radiologic technology curriculum prepares You must earn an overall grade point average of students for careers as radiographers, who work 2.0 by the end of the third quarter and maintain under the supervision of medical radiologists or it throughout the remainder of the program. physicians in hospital radiology departments, If any one of these three conditions is not met, clinics, commercial x-ray laboratories, or doctors’ you are academically dismissed from the radiologic offices. The responsibility of the radiographer is to technology program. You may apply for readmis- produce a radiographic (x-ray) image of the highest sion to the radiologic technology program the diagnostic quality of any designated area of the following year.

1 PSCI 251 may be substituted for AHNR 104, as available. 2 Documented independent agency certifications will waive EMTP 101. 162 — RESPIRATORY THERAPY

RDLT 214 Clinical Experience 4 0 24 3 2 Engl./Humanities/Soc. Sc. 4 0 4 Please Note Totals 10 24 13 Only those students who have been officially SEVENTH QUARTER accepted into the program or who have RDLT 107 Radiologic Technology 7 3 0 3 received the approval of the department’s RDLT 113 Radiographic Processing 2 0 2 chairperson may take the courses beginning RDLT 215 Clinical Experience 5 0 24 3 with the RDLT prefix. 2 Engl./Humanities/Soc. Sc. 4 0 4 3 Commun./Leader. Elective 3-4 0 3-4 After the first quarter, all subsequent tech- Totals 12-13 24 15-16 nical and science courses are closely related and, therefore, must be taken in sequential EIGHTH QUARTER order. The basic courses (psychology, speech, RDLT 108 Radiologic Technology 8 2 0 2 etc.) may be taken at your convenience RDLT 216 Clinical Experience 6 0 32 4 assuming all prerequisites are satisfied. Totals 2 32 6 You must have a current CPR certification or enroll in EMTP 102. Respiratory Therapy Respiratory therapy is an allied health specialty, whose practitioners are employed, under medical Sample Schedule direction, to provide treatment, management, Class Lab Credit diagnostic evaluation, and care to patients with Course No. Course Hours Hours Hours deficiencies or abnormalities associated with the FIRST QUARTER process of breathing. BIOL 1011 Introduction to Biology 3 0 3 Respiratory therapists work side-by-side with MATH 130 Intermediate Algebra 4 0 4 RDLT 101 Radiologic Technology 1 2 6 4 physicians, nurses, and other health care team 2 Engl./Humanities/Soc. Sc. 4 0 4 members to treat patients ranging in age from Totals 13 6 15 premature infants to the elderly. Their duties vary SECOND QUARTER from the administration of oxygen, humidity, and BIOL 310 Human Anatomy 4 3 5 CHEM 1211 Intro. to Gen. Chemistry 1 3 3 4 aerosols and the drainage of lung secretions, to the RDLT 102 Radiologic Technology 2 2 10 4 use of technologically sophisticated monitoring RDLT 200 Basic Patient Care 3 2 3 devices and treatment techniques in order to Totals 12 18 16 assure the survival of patients with life threatening THIRD QUARTER conditions such as head or chest trauma. RDLT 103 Radiologic Technology 3 3 2 3 RDLT 111 Radiologic Physics 3 2 4 Some practitioners choose to spend the majority RDLT 211 Clinical Experience 1 0 16 2 of their time working in diagnostic laboratories, RDLT 312 Sectional Anatomy 2 2 3 2 Engl./Humanities/Soc. Sc. 4 0 4 where they assist in the evaluation of the type and Totals 12 22 16 extent of a patient’s pulmonary dysfunction and FOURTH QUARTER evaluate the effectiveness of the patient’s current RDLT 104 Radiologic Technology 4 3 2 3 therapy. Other practitioners may choose to work RDLT 212 Clinical Experience 2 0 24 3 in specialized areas of respiratory care, including Totals 3 26 6 education, management, home care, sales, research, FIFTH QUARTER and specialized areas of diagnostic testing or patient RDLT 105 Radiologic Technology 5 3 0 3 RDLT 201 Radiographic Exposure 3 2 4 care such as cardiovascular diagnostics or care of RDLT 213 Clinical Experience 3 0 24 3 infants and children. 2 Engl./Humanities/Soc. Sc. 4 0 4 2 Engl./Humanities/Soc. Sc. 4 0 4 Totals 14 26 18 Certification SIXTH QUARTER The graduate of the respiratory therapy program RDLT 106 Radiologic Technology 6 3 0 3 is awarded the associate of applied science degree RDLT 112 Radiobiol. & Radia. Protect. 3 0 3 and is eligible to sit for the examinations of the

1 Students who are planning to pursue a baccalaureate degree may wish to substitute BIOL 151 for BIOL 101 and CHEM 141 for CHEM 121. 2 English/Humanities/Social Science Requirements: BUIS 101, ENGL 111S and 112S, PSYC 101, SOCI 101, and SPCH 103 3 3-4 Credit Hour Communication/Leadership Elective in: Any English, psychology, or sociology course with a catlaog number higher than required courses listed above, BUMG 101, 210, 235, 240, or 242. RESPIRATORY THERAPY — 163

National Board for Respiratory Care. Successful Failure to meet any one of the three stated completion of the ‘‘entry-level’’ examination of the conditions may result in dismissal from the NBRC results in the student being awarded the respiratory therapy program. You may apply for CRT (Certified Respiratory Therapist) credential. readmission to the respiratory therapy program Successful completion also results in graduates being the following year, after you have successfully eligible for a license to practice in any state currently completed the required remedial work as detailed having a licensure law. Finally, graduates who by the chairperson of the department at the time successfully complete the ‘‘entry-level’’ examination of dismissal. are also eligible to take the ‘‘advanced practitioner’’ examination of the NBRC. Successful completion Application to the Program of that examination results in the student being See the Associate Degree Admission Require- awarded the RRT (Registered Respiratory Therapist) ments on page 149. Students applying to the credential by the NBRC. respiratory therapy program with math and English ACT scores less than 22 must take the Shawnee Accreditation State placement examination if they have not In 1980 the Ohio Board of Regents approved completed mathematics and English courses at the the creation of this program of study, leading to college level. Students are also required, after their the associate of applied science degree at Shawnee application folder is completed, to make an State University. The respiratory therapy program appointment with the chairperson of the respira- at Shawnee State is fully accredited by the Com- tory therapy program, by calling 740.351.3235 or mittee on Accreditation for Respiratory Care and 740.351.3225. This meeting is purely informational the Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health and has no bearing on admission decisions. All Education Programs. application materials must reach the admission office by April 1 in order for the applicant to be Employment Opportunities considered for the respiratory therapy program. Later applications may be considered based on Because of the rapid growth of the profession qualifications and space available within the class. since its inception in the late 1940’s, many medical institutions have found that their need for trained respiratory therapy practitioners has exceeded Sample Schedule Class Lab Credit supply. In addition, many clinics, nursing homes, Course No. Course Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. and home care programs are realizing the potential FIRST QUARTER benefits of having a trained respiratory care practi- AHNR 102 Medical Terminology 2 0 2 tioner on staff. These needs, coupled with the BIOL 130 Prin. of Anat. & Phys. 1 4 2 5 ever-increasing number of cardiovascular disorders RPTT 101 Basic Patient Care 2 3 3 RPTT 102 Card./Renal Anat. & Phys. 5 0 5 being diagnosed, should continue to assure that Totals 13 5 15 individuals who enter this profession will enjoy SECOND QUARTER good career opportunities. BIOL 131 Prin. of Anat. & Phys. 2 4 2 5 CHEM 121 Intro. to Gen. Chemistry 1 3 3 4 RPTT 110 Medical Gas Therapy 3 3 4 Academic Requirements RPTT 115 Clinical Application 1 0 8 1 RPTT 200 Pharmacology 3 0 3 To remain in good standing in the respiratory Totals 13 16 17 therapy program, the following three conditions THIRD QUARTER must be met: ENGL 111S Discourse & Composition 4 0 4 You must not receive a grade of F in any of the MATH 130 Intermediate Algebra 4 0 4 RPTT 120 Perioperative Care 3 3 4 required courses listed in the curriculum. RPTT 121 Airway Management 1 3 2 You must not receive a grade below a C- in any RPTT 125 Clinical Application 2 0 8 1 RPTT 131 Pulmonary Function Test. 2 3 3 course with the RPTT prefix. Totals 14 17 18 You must earn an overall grade point average of FOURTH QUARTER 2.00 by the end of the third quarter and main- BIOL 350 Microbiology 4 3 5 tain it throughout the remainder of the program. RPTT 130 Ped. and Neon. Res. Care 4 0 4 RPTT 132 Art. Blood Gas/Acid-Base 1 0 1 RPTT 133 Laboratory Procedures 0 3 1 164 — RESPIRATORY THERAPY

Class Lab Credit Course No. Course Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. RPTT 135 Clinical Application 3 0 16 2 RPTT 202 Pathophysiology 3 0 3 Totals 12 22 16 FIFTH QUARTER ENGL 112S Composition & Research 4 0 4 RPTT 201 Continuous Mech. Vent. 5 3 6 RPTT 205 Clinical Application 4 0 16 2 1 General Studies Elective 4 0 4 Totals 13 19 16 SIXTH QUARTER RPTT 210 Critical Care 4 0 4 RPTT 211 Adv. Cardio. Assessment 1 0 1 RPTT 212 Pul. Rehab. & Home Care 1 0 1 RPTT 215 Clinical Application 5 0 24 3 1 General Studies Elective 4 0 4 SPCH 103 Public Spk. & Hum. Com. 3 0 3 Totals 13 24 16 SEVENTH QUARTER RPTT 220 Seminar 4 0 4 RPTT 225 Clinical Application 6 0 40 8 Totals 4 40 12

Please Note Only those students who have been officially accepted into the respiratory therapy program or have received the approval of the department’s chairperson may take courses beginning with the RPTT prefix. After the first quarter, all subsequent technical courses are closely related and, therefore, must be taken in sequential order.

1 General Studies Electives should be selected from the following approved list: ANTH 201 Introduction to Anthropology (4), any English course not currently required greater than ENGL 115S, PHIL 102 Introduction to Logic (4), PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology (4), SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology (4). Other communication or social science courses may be accepted, with the approval of the chairperson. INDUSTRIAL & ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGIES 166 — INDUSTRIAL & ENGINEERING TECH.

For More Information Industrial and Carl O. Hilgarth, M.S., Chairperson Cindy Hopkins, Secretary Engineering Dept. of Industrial and Engineering Technologies Shawnee State University 940 Second Street Technologies Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344 You are to be commended if your decision is to Phone: 740.351.3224 attend Shawnee State and to major in an industrial Fax: 740.351.3546 or engineering technology. You will find few things E-mail: [email protected] more satisfying than learning about modern technologies. The field of industrial and engineering technology can lead to exciting and professionally Programs in Industrial and fulfilling careers in the 21st Century. The Depart- ment: Engineering Technologies •Develops curricula that create an understanding Bachelor of Individualized Studies of the practical and scientific bases of selected See page 128 of current catalog for description. engineering technologies and modifies curricula and teaching methods in response to techno- Bachelor of Science logical advancement and change. Computer Engineering Technology Environmental Engineering Technology •Encourages the development of sound work Plastics Engineering Technology ethics and a spirit of cooperation and excellence. •Provides cooperative educational services. Minors Computer Aided Design •Seeks and encourages participation from the Plastics Engineering Technology business and industrial community. Associate of Applied Science •Promotes occupational and educational opportunities for all graduates. Optional concentration in robotics available with each degree Computer Aided Design Your professional education is our primary goal, Electromechanical Engineering Technology and the quality of your success provides the ultimate Plastics Engineering Technology evaluation of how well we are meeting our goal. All of our programs offer career-oriented, Associate of Individualized Studies technical instruction grounded in a strong base of See page 129 of current catalog for description. science and mathematics. If you are interested in Certificate these programs, you should prepare yourself by Computer Aided Drafting and Design (CADD) taking mathematics and science courses in high Plastics Engineering Technology school. If you did not take mathematics and science Web Engineering Technology courses in high school, you are advised to take advantage of the developmental courses available at Shawnee State, preferably during the summer before Industrial and Engineering starting fall quarter. The University administers mathematics and English assessment tests in order Technology Programs at to place each student in appropriate courses. Shawnee State Articulation from Shawnee State’s associate degree programs or other colleges’ associate degree The term ‘‘engineering technology’’ is described programs in technology into the junior year of our by the Accreditation Board for Engineering and B.S. programs is possible. If you are interested in Technology as follows: this option, you should see your faculty advisor ‘‘Engineering technology is that part of the techno- for details. logical field which requires the application of scientific and engineering knowledge and methods combined with technical skills in support of engineering activities: COMPUTER ENGINEERING — 167 it lies in the occupational spectrum between the Pass/No-Credit Policy craftsman and the engineer at the end of the spectrum closest to the engineer.’’ Students in the Department of Industrial and Engineering Technologies are not permitted to take This description reflects the common under- any course in their major course of study on a standing among people in engineering and related pass/no-credit basis. This includes any course that professions that the engineering technologist is a is specifically identified by course number and/or distinct type of professional whose main concern course title as a requirement for your graduation. and interest is with existing operation, maintenance, and management of products and processes. Technologists are finding increasing acceptance in positions formerly filled by engineers in such Bachelor Degrees fields as sales, manufacturing, field service, and process engineering. Bachelor of Science in Computer The term “industrial technology” is described by the National Association of Industrial Technology as: Engineering Technology “The field of study designed to prepare technical The computer engineering technology program and/or technical management-oriented professionals for is designed for the student who wishes to pursue a employment in business, industry, and government.” career as a computing professional and who desires a challenging curriculum which offers an wholistic Industrial technology degree programs and pro- approach to computing. Shawnee State’s program fessionals in industrial technology careers typically maintains a balance between computer software are involved with the following: and hardware by blending the most critical courses • The application of theories, concepts, and prin- from computer science with those from electrical ciples found in the humanities and the social engineering technology. and behavioral sciences, including a thorough The program also balances computing theory grounding in communication skills. with application by offering rigorous courses, • The understanding of the theories and the based on the most recent ACM/IEEE computer ability to apply the principles and concepts of engineering technology curricula guidelines, and mathematics and science and the application of adding to each of these courses an applied lab computer fundamentals. component. These labs encourage the application of theoretical knowledge to real-world projects • The application of concepts derived from, and which involve software applications, microprocessor- current skills developed in, a variety of technical based systems, and computer networks. and related disciplines which may include, but The overall breadth and depth of the program is not limited to, materials and production prepares graduates to apply computing-based processes, industrial management and human solutions to problems in industry, business, and relations, marketing, communications, elec- medicine. In addition, their skills help them tronics, and graphics. expand the frontiers of society by enabling those • The completion of a field of specialization, for in the arts and sciences to attain greater levels of example, electronic data processing, computer achievement in science, literature, art, music, and aided design, computer integrated manufacturing, philosophy through appropriately applied computing manufacturing, construction, energy, polymers, technologies. printing, safety, or transportation. Careers available to graduates of the computer Students in the B.S. degree programs in engi- engineering technology program include: neering technology are required to complete all •Software application developer courses in the University’s general education pro- •Hardware engineer gram. In addition, the Department requires that all •Software engineer B.S. degree candidates take a core curriculum of •Local area network specialist courses in mathematics, physics, computer pro- •Data communications specialist gramming, and engineering technology sciences. •Digital system designer •Applied research and development engineer 168 — ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

Degree Requirements ETEC 372 Operating Systems 2 3 ETEC 373 Adv. Operating Systems w/UNIX 3 General Education Program (48 Hours) 36 Hours ETEC 410 Compiler Design & Implementation 3 The General Education Program is composed of ETEC 421 Digital Control Systems 1 3 48 credit hours of which 12 hours may be satisfied ETEC 422 Digital Control Systems 2 3 by the following mathematics and science require- ETEC 430 Database Systems 3 ments in the computer engineering technology ETEC 477 Concurrency 3 curriculum. Courses that apply are MATH 131 ETEC 481 User Interface Design & Prog. 3 and Natural Science Option 2: PHYS 211, 212, ETEC 483 Software Engineering 3 and 213. Further information about the GEP is ETEC 491 Design Laboratory 1 4 listed on page 55 of the current catalog or can be ETEC 492 Design Laboratory 2 4 obtained from the department chairperson’s office. ETEC 495 Topics in Computing 3 Mathematics/Science Courses 28 Hours Engineering Tech. Mgt. Courses 10 Hours Technical Elective Pairs Component (6-8 Hours) Electricity and Electronics Courses 16 Hours Computer Technology Courses 105 Hours Choose one of the pairs below: Technical Elective Pairs Comp. 6-8 Hours PAIR 1: LOGIC ETEM 211 Electronic Logic Circuits 1 4 Total Hours Required 201-203 Hours ETEM 212 Electronic Logic Circuits 2 4

Mathematics/Science Courses (28 Hours) PAIR 2: ENGINEERING DRAWING Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. ETCA 101 Introduction to CADD 3 MATH 131 College Algebra 4 ETEG 110 Engineering Drawing 1 3 MATH 132 Trigonometry & Analytic Geometry 4 MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 PAIR 3: WEB ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 ETWB 111 XML 1 4 PHYS 211 Calculus-Based Physics 1 4 ETWB 112 XML 2 4 PHYS 212 Calculus-Based Physics 2 4 PHYS 213 Calculus-Based Physics 3 4 PAIR 4: MATHEMATICS ELECTIVES (8 HOURS) PAIR 5: ADVISOR APPROVED ELECTIVES (6-8 HOURS) Engineering Technology Management Courses (10 Hours) ENGL 121 Technical Writing 4 Bachelor of Science in Electives Select two of the following: 6 ETCO 210, ETCO 225, ETPL 320 Environmental Engineering

Electricity and Electronics Courses (16 Hours) Technology ETEM 111 Electrical Fundamentals 1 (DC) 4 The environmental engineering technology ETEM 112 Electrical Fundamentals 2 (AC) 4 program prepares graduates for responsible opera- ETEM 121 Electronics 1 4 tions, maintenance, and management positions in ETEM 122 Electronics 2 4 a wide variety of industrial, municipal, recreational, and regulatory corporations or agencies. Those Computer Technology Courses (105 Hours) graduates who also earn licensure in a specific ETEC 101 Computer Engineering Technology 4 division of environmental engineering technologies ETEC 102 Structured Programming 1 4 ETEC 103 Structured Programming 2 4 are better prepared for management/supervisory ETEC 150 Computer System Integration 4 positions in their environmental specialties. ETEC 200 Assembly Language Programming 4 Graduates of our program have the advantage ETEC 201 Object Oriented Programming 1 4 of understanding the biological, chemical, and ETEC 202 Object Oriented Programming 2 4 ETEC 203 Object Oriented Programming 3 4 physical aspects of environmental engineering, ETEC 216 Algorithms 4 along with the mechanical, electrical, and computer ETEC 241 Microprocessor Circuits 1 3 equipment required for waste processing. ETEC 242 Microprocessor Circuits 2 3 The bachelor of science in environmental ETEC 280 Applied Prog. with Data Structures 4 ETEC 316 Automata & Formal Languages 3 engineering technology helps the student develop a ETEC 345 Computer Architecture 3 concern for the environment, the very life-stream ETEC 351 Networking & Communications 1 3 of our existence. This concern, coupled with excel- ETEC 352 Networking & Communications 2 3 lent communication skills, gives the graduate the ETEC 361 Advanced Circuit Analysis 1 3 ETEC 362 Advanced Circuit Analysis 2 3 edge needed to meet the environmental challenges ETEC 371 Operating Systems 1 3 of the 90s and into the 21st century. ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING — 169

According to the U.S. Department of Labor, ETCO 225 Industrial Management 3 Bureau of Labor Statistics, environmental engi- ETEG 105 Blueprint Reading 2 ETEG 110 Engineering Drawing 1 3 neering technologists are employed in almost ETEM 110 Introduction to Electricity/Electronics 4 every industry. Employment is expected to grow by 32%, continuing to grow faster than average Synthesis (6 Hours) and significantly increasing its share of total TRACKS A, B, & C employment by 2005. ENGL 121 Technical Writing 4

Degree Requirements Environmental Engineering Technology General Education Program - 36 Hours Courses (34 or 62 Hours) Tracks A, B, and C (48 Hours) TRACKS A & B (62 HOURS) The General Education Program is composed of ETEV 110 Intro. to Environ. Eng. & Regulations 3 48 credit hours of which 12 hours may be satisfied ETEV 120 Laboratory Techniques 4 by requirements in the environmental engineering ETEV 130 Water Treatment Techniques 3 technology curriculum. Further information about ETEV 210 Wastewater Treatment Techniques 3 the GEP is listed on page 55 of the current catalog ETEV 220 Hazardous Waste 3 or can be obtained from the department chair- ETEV 230 Intro. to Solid Waste Technology 3 person’s office. ETEV 240 Industrial Waste Treatment 3 Mathematics Component 16 Hours ETEV 250 Fluid Mechanics 3 Natural Sciences Courses 45 Hours ETEV 260 Automation for Environmental Tech. 3 Engineering Technology Courses 19 Hours ETEV 270 Industrial Toxicology 4 ETEV 280 Hazardous Waste Operations 4 Synthesis 4 Hours ETEV 290 Summer Cooperative Education 1 4 Environ. Eng. Tech. Courses 34 or 62 Hours ETEV 310 Thermodynamics 3 Track Requirement 12, 15, or 43 Hours ETEV 390 Summer Cooperative Education 2 4 ETEV 410 Eng. Hydrology for Technologists 3 Total Hours Required: ETEV 420 Intro. to Geographic Info. Systems 3 Track A 197 Hours ETEV 422 ISO 14,000 Standards & Guidelines 3 ETEV 430 Stat. Proc. for Analysis of Env. Data 3 Track B 194 Hours ETEV 440 Environmental Law & Policy 3

Track C 197 Hours TRACK C (34 HOURS) ETEV 110 Intro. to Environ. Eng. & Regulations 3 Mathematics Component (16 Hours) ETEV 120 Laboratory Techniques 4 TRACKS A, B, & C ETEV 220 Hazardous Waste 3 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. ETEV 230 Intro. to Solid Waste Technology 3 ETEV 240 Industrial Waste Treatment 3 MATH 131 Pre-Calculus 1 4 ETEV 270 Industrial Toxicology 4 MATH 132 Pre-Calculus 2 4 ETEV 290 Summer Cooperative Education 1 4 MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 ETEV 310 Thermodynamics 3 MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 ETEV 390 Summer Cooperative Education 2 4 ETEV 430 Stat. Proc. for Analysis of Env. Data 3 Natural Sciences Courses (45 Hours) TRACKS A, B, & C Track Requirement (15, 12, or 43 Hours) BIOL 151 Principles of Biology 5 TRACK A: HAZARDOUS MANAGEMENT (15 HOURS) BIOL 350 Microbiology 5 ETEV 345 Management of Hazardous Material 3 CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 ETEV 355 Hzrd. Waste Treat. & Control Tech. 3 CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 ETEV 365 Environmental Risk Analysis 3 CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 ETEV 435 Env. Monitoring & Sampling Systems 3 CHEM 200 Introduction to Organic Chemistry 4 ETEV 445 Hazardous Site Remediation 3 GEOG 311 Air Pollution 4 OR GEOL 112 Environmental Geology 4 PHYS 201 Physics 1 (Mechanics) 4 TRACK B: WASTE TREATMENT TECHNICIAN PHYS 203 Physics 3 (Energy) 4 (12 HOURS) ETEV 315 Water Treatment 2 3 Engineering Technology Courses (19 Hours) ETEV 325 Wastewater Treatment 2 3 ETEV 335 Air Pollution 2 3 TRACKS A, B, & C ETEV 425 Solid Waste Disposal 2 3 ETCO 115 VBASIC Computer Programming 4 OR (OR ETCO 116, or 117, or 150) ETCO 210 Occup. Safety & Health Management 3 170 — PLASTICS ENGINEERING

TRACK C: HEALTH PHYSICS TECHNOLOGIST ETCO 210 Occup. Safety & Health Management 3 (43 HOURS) ETCO 225 Industrial Management 3 Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. AHNR 285 Topics in Health Physics 1 14 Mathematics/Science Courses (42 Hours) AHNR 286 Topics in Health Physics 2 14 CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 ETEV 345 Management of Hazardous Material 3 CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 ETEV 355 Hzrd. Waste Treat. & Control Tech. 3 CHEM 200 Introduction to Organic Chemistry 1 4 ETEV 425 Solid Waste Disposal 2 3 MATH 131 Pre-Calculus 1 4 ETEV 435 Env. Monitoring & Sampling Systems 3 MATH 132 Pre-Calculus 2 4 ETEV 445 Hazardous Site Remediation 3 MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 PHYS 201 Physics 1 (Mechanics) 4 Bachelor of Science in Plastics PHYS 202 Physics 2 (Electricity & Magnetism) 4 Engineering Technology PHYS 203 Physics 3 (Energy) 4 Products made by the plastics industry range Communications Courses (6 Hours) from simple articles like bottles and cups to highly BUOA 115 Powerpoint Fundamentals 2 intricate molded parts for the automotive, elec- ENGL 121 Technical Writing 1 4 tronics, and medical products industries. Their production requires knowledgeable technologists Plastics Engineering Tech. Courses (92 Hours) who can design a product, select the best plastic ETPL 100 Intro. to Plastics Manufacturing 4 ETPL 120 3D Drawing Using AutoCAD® 3 for that product, design a mold, and establish the ETPL 200 Plastics Proc. (Injection Molding) 4 optimum operating conditions for the machines ETPL 205 Plastics Processing (Extrusion) 4 that are used to mold the product. The plastics ETPL 210 Plas. Proc. (Thermoform. & Finish.) 4 engineering technology program prepares you to ETPL 215 Plastics Processing (Thermosets) 4 ETPL 220 Plant & Facilities Engineering 4 become a member of the team that accomplishes ETPL 230 Properties of Polymeric Materials 4 these objectives. ETPL 235 Statistical Proc./Quality Control 1 4 The program emphasizes plastics processing ETPL 248 Plastics Processing Lab 1 1 operations and includes significant components in ETPL 310 Plant Layout & Material Handling 3 ETPL 320 Production Cost Analysis 4 the areas of materials, mold design, and production ETPL 330 Material Science 4 methods. Graduates of the program are prepared ETPL 335 Statistical Proc./Quality Control 2 4 to assume an entry-level management position in ETPL 340 Advanced Manufacturing 4 a plastics production environment. Typical job ETPL 345 Advanced Processing 1 4 ETPL 360 Plastics Part Design 4 titles are process engineer, project engineer, and ETPL 365 Plastic Part Analysis 1 4 production manager. ETPL 370 Plastic Part Analysis 2 4 ETPL 435 Statistical Proc./Quality Control 3 4 ETPL 445 Advanced Processing 2 4 Degree Requirements ETPL 448 Plastics Processing Lab 2 1 General Education Program (48 Hours) 36 Hours ETPL 453 Advanced Processing 3 4 The General Education Program is composed of ETPL 460 Composites 4 48 credit hours of which 12 hours may be satisfied ETPL 470 Senior Project 4 by the following mathematics and science requirements in the plastics engineering technology curriculum. Courses that apply are MATH 131 and Natural Science Option 2: CHEM 121, 122, and 200. Further information about the GEP is Associate Degrees listed on page 55 of the current catalog or can be obtained from the department chairperson’s office. Engineering Technology Courses 10 Hours Associate of Applied Science in Mathematics/Science Courses 42 Hours Computer Aided Design Communications Courses 6 Hours The advent of computer aided design is one of Plastics Engineering Tech. Courses 92 Hours the most significant developments in the drafting Total Hours Required 186 Hours area. Not only has CADD revolutionized the way in which drawings are produced, but when coupled Engineering Technology Courses (10 Hours) with computer aided machining (CAM), the Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. entire manufacturing process is bound together ETCO 117 Software Tools for Technology 4 and integrated. ELECTROMECHANICAL — 171

Shawnee State’s CADD department uses indus- ETCA 204 Cst. & Mld. Des. w/CADD 2 3 3 ETCA 230 Rendering & Animation 2 3 3 try standard hardware and software in all classes. ETCA 285 Special Topics in CADD ? ? ? Unless otherwise stated, all classes utilize the latest ETEG 285 Special Topics in Eng. Drw. ? ? ? release of AutoCAD,® which holds over 74% of the PC/CADD market. Sample Schedule Positions for CADD operators exist in: Class Lab Credit Aerospace Medical equip. mfg. Course No. Course Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. Architecture Packaging FIRST QUARTER (Fall) ENGL111S Discourse & Composition 4 0 4 Automotive industries Petroleum ETCA 101 Introduction to CADD 2 3 3 Building/construction Piping ETCO 110 Comp. Appl. for Eng. Tech. 2 0 2 Civil engineering Plastics ETCO 115 VBASIC Computer Prog. 4 0 4 ETEG 110 Engineering Drawing 1 2 3 3 Defense Tool design ETEG 105 Blueprint Reading 2 0 2 Electronics Transportation Totals 16 6 18 Foundry Utilities SECOND QUARTER (Winter) Machining Welding ENGL 112S Composition & Research 4 0 4 ETCA 102 Mechanical Drafting w/CADD 2 3 3 Students graduating from the program expect ETCA 103 CADD Menu Customization 2 3 3 occupations as, for example, CADD operators, ETEG 120 Engineering Drawing 2 2 3 3 MATH 130 Intermediate Algebra 4 0 4 draftspersons, engineering designers, detailers, and Totals 14 9 17 technical illustrators. THIRD QUARTER (Spring) ENGL 121 Technical Writing 4 0 4 ETCA 104 Advanced Drafting w/CADD 2 3 3 CADD Sequence ETCA 105 3-D Modeling w/CADD 2 3 3 ETEG 130 Engineering Drawing 3 2 3 3 Introduction Blueprint Engineering MATH 131 College Algebra 4 0 4 to CADD Reading Drawing 1 Totals 14 9 17 ETCA 101 ETEG 105 ETEG 110 FOURTH QUARTER (Fall) Mechanical CADD Menu Engineering ETCA 205 LISP Programming 2 3 3 Drafting Customization Drawing 2 ETCA CADD Elective 2 3 3 w/CADD ETCA 103 ETEG 120 ETCO 210 Occ. Safety & Health Mgt. 3 0 3 ETCA 102 ETMA 140 Machine Tools 2 3 3 SOCI - - - Elective (advisor approved) 4 0 4 Engineering Totals 13 9 16 Advanced LISP Drawing 3 Drafting Programming ETEG 130 FIFTH QUARTER (Winter) w/CADD ETCA 205 ETCA 104 ETCA 220 Microstation® 2 3 3 ETCO 220 Hydraulics & Pneumatics 2 3 3 3-D Modeling MATH 132 Trigonometry & Analytic Geom. 4 0 4 CADD w/CADD PHYS 201 Physics 1 (Mechanics) 3 3 4 Electives ETCA 105 ETXX - - - Technical Elective 2 3 3 Totals 13 12 17 Solid SIXTH QUARTER (Spring) Modeling ETCA 201 Small Bldg. Design w/CADD 2 3 3 ETCA 250 ETCA 250 Solid Modeling 2 3 3 ETCA CADD Elective 2 3 3 PHYS PHYS Elective (choose either 33 4 202 or 203 or NTSC 110S) Suggested Technical Electives SPCH 103 Public Spk. & Human Com. 3 0 3 Class Lab Credit Totals 12 12 16 Course No. Course Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. BUIS 201 C Language 2 3 3 ETCO 202 Statics & Strength of Mat. 3 3 4 Associate of Applied Science in ETEM 111 Electrical Fund. 1 (DC) 2 3 3 ETIN 120 Process Instrumentation 3 3 4 Electromechanical Engineering ETPL 100 Plastics Manufacturing 2 3 3 Technology CADD Electives May be used as technical electives. Modern life is very dependent on electromechan- ETCA 120 Introduction to CADKEY® 2 3 3 ical technology; nearly every aspect of living is ETCA 150 Computer Aided Machining 2 3 3 ETCA 202 Piping Drawing w/ CADD 2 3 3 dependent on electricity. This program prepares ETCA 203 Welded Parts Des. w/CADD 2 3 3 you to become a competent electromechanical 172 — PLASTICS ENGINEERING technician capable of working and communicating ETEM 211 Electronic Logic Circuits 1 3 3 4 SOCI XXX GEP Social Sciences 4 0 4 with engineers, scientists, and production personnel. Totals 14 12 18 The job market is almost unlimited for graduates SIXTH QUARTER of our program. Examples of positions in which ETCO 202 Statics/Strength Materials 3 3 4 our graduates are employed include: ETEM 212 Electronic Logic Circuits 2 3 3 4 ETEM 215 Electromechanical Design 1 6 3 • Computer development technician ETEM 220 Technical Presentations 1 3 2 • Automation service technician PHYS 203 Physics 3 (Energy) 3 3 4 • Design technician Totals 11 18 17 • Draftsman • Electrician • Electronic assembler Associate of Applied Science in • Electronic assembly foreman Plastics Engineering Technology • Instrumentation technician Plastics is one of the fastest growing industries • Maintenance foreman in the United States, with an economic impact • Robotics technician exceeding $100 billion annually and providing Individuals who have completed this degree at approximately 1.5 million jobs. As it continues its Shawnee State may continue their education in rapid growth in both sales and consumption, the the electromechanical technology completion plastics industry will continue to lead others in program at Miami University and earn a bachelor both expansion and stability. of science in applied science. For additional infor- Our associate degree program prepares you to mation, contact Ken Warfield at Shawnee State, become a valuable and integral part of the plastics 740.351.3465, or e-mail [email protected]. field. Graduates enter positions dealing with injection molding, extrusion, blow molding, Sample Schedule thermoforming, structural and nonstructural foams, Class Lab Credit rotomolding, supervision, industrial statistics, mold Course No. Course Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. preparation, setup, quality control, production FIRST QUARTER control, fabrication, and semiprofessional research ENGL 111S Discourse & Composition 4 0 4 and development. Positions available to the plastics ETEG 110 Engineering Drawing 1 2 3 3 technology graduate include: ETEM 111 Electrical Fund. 1 (DC) 3 3 4 MATH 130 Intermediate Algebra 4 0 4 • Process engineer Totals 13 6 15 • Production technician SECOND QUARTER • Senior technician ENGL 112S Composition & Research 4 0 4 • Application research technician ETCA 101 Introduction to CADD 2 3 3 ETEM 112 Electrical Fund. 2 (AC) 3 3 4 • Technician service representative ETEM 115 Electromechanical Devices 3 3 4 • Quality control technician MATH 131 College Algebra 4 0 4 • Chemical sales or technical service representative Totals 16 9 19 THIRD QUARTER Graduates of this associate degree program have ENGL 121 Technical Writing 4 0 4 the option of applying their two years directly into ETEM 121 Electronics 1 3 3 4 the bachelor’s program in a 2+2 fashion. This gives ETEM 130 Electromechanical Drawing 1 3 2 ETCO 115 VBASIC Computer Prog. 4 0 4 you the flexibility to leave at the end of two years (or ETCO 116, or 117, or 150) or finish the bachelor’s degree in four years. MATH 132 Trig. & Analytic Geometry 4 0 4 Totals 16 6 18 Sample Schedule FOURTH QUARTER Class Lab Credit ETCO 210 Occ. Safety & Health Mgt. 3 0 3 Course No. Course Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. ETEM 122 Electronics 2 3 3 4 ETEM 201 Electromechanical Systems 2 3 3 FIRST QUARTER MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 0 4 CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 4 3 5 PHYS 201 Physics 1 (Mechanics) 3 3 4 ENGL 111S Discourse & Composition 4 0 4 Totals 15 9 18 ETPL 100 Plastics Manufacturing 4 0 4 FIFTH QUARTER MATH 130 Intermediate Algebra 4 0 4 (If needed for math placement) ETCO 220 Hydraulics & Pneumatics 2 3 3 Totals 12-16 3 13-17 ETEM 208 Automation Fundamentals 3 3 4 ETEM 209 Robotics 2 3 3 CERTIFICATES — 173

SECOND QUARTER ETEG 110 Engineering Drawing 1 2 3 3 ENGL 112S Composition & Research 4 0 4 ETEG 105 Blueprint Reading 2 0 2 MATH 131 Pre-Calculus 1 4 0 4 MATH 105 Plane Geometry 4 0 4 PHYS 201 Physics 1 (Mechanics) 3 3 4 Totals 14 9 17 Totals 11 3 12 SECOND QUARTER THIRD QUARTER ETCA 102 Mech. Drafting w/CADD 2 3 3 CHEM 200 Intro. to Organic Chemistry 3 3 4 ETCA 130 CADD Menu Customization 2 3 3 ETEG 120 Engineering Drawing 2 2 3 3 ENGL 115S Composition & Literature 4 0 4 MATH 130 Intermediate Algebra 4 0 4 ETPL 205 Extrusion/Blow Molding 4 0 4 ETXX - - - Elect.: CADD faclty. approv. 2 3 3 MATH 132 Pre-Calculus 2 4 0 4 Totals 12 12 16 Totals 15 3 16 THIRD QUARTER FOURTH QUARTER ETCA 104 Adv. Drafting w/CADD 2 3 3 ETCO 210 Occ. Safety & Health Mgt. 3 0 3 ETCA 105 3-D Modeling with CADD 2 3 3 ETPL 200 Injection Molding 4 0 4 ETCA - - - CADD Elective 2 3 3 ETPL 220 Plant & Facilities Eng. 4 0 4 ETEG 130 Engineering Drawing 3 2 3 3 ETPL 235 Stat. Process/Quality Con. 4 0 4 ETXX - - - Elect.: CADD fclty. approv. 2 3 3 MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 0 4 Totals 10 15 15 Totals 19 0 19 FIFTH QUARTER ENGL 121 Technical Writing 1 4 0 4 Plastics Engineering Technology ETCO 117 Software Tools for Tech. 4 0 4 ETPL 215 Thermosets 4 0 4 The one-year plastics engineering technology PHYS 203 Physics 3 (Energy) 3 3 4 certificate program combines various coursework Totals 15 3 16 in plastic processes, production, processing, and SIXTH QUARTER the basic plastic science necessary for a realistic ETPL 120 3D Drawing/AutoCAD® 2 3 3 grasp of the industry. ETPL 210 Thermoforming & Finishing 4 0 4 ETPL 230 Prop. of Polymeric Materials 4 0 4 Graduates of the program are prepared for entry ETPL 248 Plastics Processing Lab 0 3 1 into one of the largest production environments in PHYS 202 Physics 2 (Electricity) 3 3 4 Totals 13 9 16 the country. Entry-level positions include machine operator, material handler, and mold set-up assistant. Students interested in earning this certificate are strongly advised to schedule an advising Certificates appointment with a plastics engineering technology faculty to develop an approved academic plan. Computer Aided Drafting and The curriculum is undergoing course revisions. Contact the Department of Industrial and Design Technician Program Engineering Technologies for the latest program The one-year CADD certificate program allows course requirements. you to quickly develop skills in drafting and CADD operation. It prepares you for an occupation as a Web Engineering Technology drafter or CADD operator using the latest version This certificate program focuses on using the of AutoCAD. In this three-quarter program, you latest object oriented software engineering principles take three drafting courses and at least five courses to develop web applications for the next generation in CADD. The remaining three electives allow of open web services that are now becoming you to explore other areas of technology and to available. Technologies like XML, application specialize in an individual field of study. If you servers, software components, web databases, open wish to further your studies after completing the services gateways, and wireless device applications certificate, you may choose to continue in the are covered in depth along with techniques for associate degree program in CADD. integrating these technologies in order to develop web services. The certificate is a five-course/three- Sample Schedule quarter program and is especially designed to Class Lab Credit enhance the abilities of individuals who have earned Course No. Course Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. an A+, Cisco, Microsoft MSCE, jCert Java, or a FIRST QUARTER similar certification and for individuals who would ETCA 101 Introduction to CADD 2 3 3 ETCO 110 Comp. Appl. for Eng. Tech. 2 0 2 like to develop the skills necessary to meet the ETXX - - - Elect.: CADD fclty. approv. 2 3 3 challenges of the web services model that the 174 — MINORS internet is currently moving towards. For more Required Courses (17 Credits) information on this certificate, visit http:// Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. cyber.shawnee.edu/etwb. ETCA 101 Introduction to CADD 3 ETCA 102 Mechanical Drafting with CADD 3 Sample Schedule ETCA 103 CADD Menu Customization 3 ETCA 105 3D Modeling with CADD 3 Class Lab Credit Course No. Course Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. ETEG 105 Blueprint Reading 2 ETEG 110 Engineering Drawing 1 3 FIRST QUARTER ETEC 201 Object Oriented Prog. 1 4 0 4 ETWB 111 XML 1 (XHTML) 4 0 4 Elective Courses (9-11 Credits) Totals 8 0 8 The number of credits is dependent on sequence selected. Choose SECOND QUARTER from one of the following. ETEC 202 Object Oriented Prog. 2 4 0 4 ETWB 112 XML 2 (DOM, SAX) 4 0 4 SEQUENCE A Totals 8 0 8 BUAI 101 Computer Applications 1 4 THIRD QUARTER BUAI 103 Computer Applications 2 4 ETEC 203 Object Oriented Prog. 3 4 0 4 Totals 4 0 4 SEQUENCE B BUIS 101 Intro. to Computer Info. Systems 4 BUIS 103 Visual BASIC 1 4 Minors SEQUENCE C ETCO 110 Computer Applications for Eng. Tech. 2 ETCO 115 VBASIC Computer Programming 4 Plastics Engineering Technology AND, select one of the following courses (regardless of A minor in plastics engineering technology which sequence is chosen): offers students in any of Shawnee State’s other ETCA 104 Advanced Drafting with CADD 3 baccalaureate programs an opportunity to broaden ETCA 150 Computer Aided Machining 3 ETCA 201 Small Building Design 3 their major course of study with an auxiliary focus ETCA 230 Rendering and Animation 3 in plastics engineering technology. The minor requires eight classes (24-25 credit hours) from the plastics engineering technology program and is designed for students in degree programs other Robotics Option than plastics engineering technology. (Offered upon sufficient demand) Students interested in earning this certificate are strongly advised to schedule an advising Students enrolled in the associate degree programs appointment with a plastics engineering technology in computer aided drafting and design and electro- faculty to develop an approved academic plan. mechanical and plastics engineering technology The curriculum is undergoing course revisions. may also pursue a concentration in robotics. You Contact the Department of Industrial and must have electromechanical faculty approval and Engineering Technologies for the latest program complete 15 credit hours of the following courses course requirements. in numerical sequence. ETCO 230 Introduction to Robotics OR ETEM 209 Robotics Computer Aided Design ETRO 211 Robotic Interfacing (26-28 Hours) ETRO 212 Robotic Applications ETRO 213 Robotic Maintenance/Servicing Students enrolled in any of Shawnee State’s baccalaureate programs may elect to pursue a minor in computer aided design. A CAD minor provides the computer, technical, and design skills Pre-Engineering necessary to stay competitive in today’s job market. Students use the latest version of AutoCAD®. Curriculum The popularity of this software ensures a growing The College of Professional Studies and the demand for proficient AutoCAD operators. College of Arts and Sciences offer a two-year pre-engineering program to students who intend PRE-ENGINEERING — 175 to pursue a career in engineering. Designed for SECOND YEAR students who wish to transfer to a traditional FALL QUARTER engineering school, this two-year curriculum ENGL 121 Technical Writing 4 includes technical, humanities, and liberal arts ETCA 101 Introduction to CADD 3 courses. Pre-engineering students are enrolled in ETEG 110 Engineering Drawing 3 MATH 204 Calculus 4 4 the Department of Engineering Technologies or PHYS 211 Calculus-Based Physics 1 4 College of Arts and Sciences and are advised by Total 18 appropriate faculty. These faculty are also available WINTER QUARTER to help you decide which particular branch of IDST 225S Civilization & Literature 1 4 engineering you might wish to pursue. MATH 301 Ordinary Differential Equations 4 While this curriculum is designed to meet the PHIL 320S Ethics in Public & Private Life 4 general needs of many traditional engineering PHYS 212 Calculus-Based Physics 2 4 institutions, you should verify any specific needs Total 16 of the school and discipline of your choice. In SPRING QUARTER addition, most of this coursework will satisfy IDST 226S Civilization & Literature 2 4 scholastic requirements if you wish to pursue a PHYS 213 Calculus-Based Physics 3 4 SOSC 110S Foundations of Social Science 4 degree in engineering technology or natural sciences, SOCI 150 Principles of Statistics 4 concentrating in physics, through Shawnee State SPCH 103 Public Speaking & Human Comm. 3 University. Another option is an associate of science Total 19 degree in individualized studies with concentrations in a number of technical disciplines. Special Notes The curriculum is undergoing course revisions. •Students starting in an even numbered year Contact the Department of Industrial and should schedule physics in the first year and Engineering Technologies for the latest program chemistry in the second. Students starting in an course requirements. odd numbered year, should follow the schedule shown above. Pre-Engineering General Course •Some prerequisites are presumed, and remedia- Sequence tion will be required if not met: Course No. Course Cr. Hrs. a) CHEM 141 requires high school chemistry or FIRST YEAR CHEM 121 and corequisite of MATH 130. FALL QUARTER b)MATH 201 requires placement or the CHEM 141 General Chemistry 1 5 ENGL 111S Discourse & Composition 4 following sequence: MATH 099, 101, 105, ETCO 110 Computer Applications for Eng. Tech. 2 130, 131, 132. (This sequence may be ETCO 115 VBASIC Computer Programming 4 entered at any point.) MATH 201 Calculus 1 4 Total 19 WINTER QUARTER CHEM 142 General Chemistry 2 5 ENGL 112S Composition & Research 4 ETEC 102 Structured Programming w/C 4 MATH 202 Calculus 2 4 PSYC 101 Introduction to Psychology 4 Total 21 SPRING QUARTER CHEM 143 General Chemistry 3 5 ECON 202 Principles of Macroeconomics 4 ENGL 115S Composition & Literature 4 ETEC 103 Data Structures with C 4 MATH 203 Calculus 3 4 Total 21 PRE-COLLEGE PROGRAMS PRE-COLLEGE PROGRAMS — 177

Talent Search Pre-College Shawnee State University’s Educational Talent Search program is funded through a grant from Programs the U.S. Department of Education and serves residents of Lawrence, Pike, and Scioto counties. The following programs—with the exception of The program provides services to students in grades BASICS and BEAR CUBS—are part of the federal 6-12 who want to pursue a college education. TRIO program, are funded by the U.S. Department Participants must meet certain guidelines, as of Education, and are housed on the Shawnee State established by the U.S. Department of Education. campus. If you would like more information about Participants receive: any of the programs, please call Barb Bradbury, 740.351.3439, or the numbers below. Educational Counseling: ACT test preparation workshops; information about specific colleges, universities, and other schools; assistance select- BASICS ing, applying to, and enrolling in educational Shawnee BASICS, Basic Adult Skills in a College programs after high school; college life work- Setting, is designed to allow students to get a GED, shops; contacts with school representatives; and learn to read, prepare for college, or enhance job assistance selecting high school classes in prepa- skills. BASICS is free and is designed as a self-paced ration for college. course of study. Career Counseling Services: Career exploration Housed in the Advanced Technology Center, and planning, career interest testing and follow- BASICS focuses on reading, writing, and arithmetic; up, goal setting. however, it includes instruction in other areas as Financial Aid Information and Assistance: well. Classes in problem-solving, listening, self- Financial aid workshops for parents and students, esteem, team work, time and personal management, information about grants, scholarships, college and basic keyboarding skills enhance the market- work programs, and student loans. ability of the unemployed in Scioto County and the surrounding area. Assistance with Special Needs: Identification of Please call 740.351.3325 for further information support services for disabled students who may about BASICS. need additional help for college or vocational success (i.e., tutoring and counseling). The Talent Search program is located on the The BEAR CUBS Program ground floor of the Administration Building and is Shawnee State’s BEAR CUBS program is funded open Monday through Friday, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. by a grant from the Ohio Appalachian Center for Please call 740.351.3558 for further information. Higher Education and is also supported by the Shawnee State University Development Foundation. The program’s name is an acronym for Building Upward Bound Enthusiasm for Access and Retention in College by Shawnee State University’s Upward Bound Understanding the Basics for Success. The program program is funded through a grant from the U.S. serves all districts in Scioto County and selected Department of Education and serves students schools in the Pike County area. BEAR CUBS from several Scioto County high schools. The provides classroom presentations and campus visits, program focuses on students who are interested in which allow area students to participate in a variety attending college but who may need an extra ‘‘push’’ of college campus activities. The emphasis of to turn that interest into reality. Upward Bound BEAR CUBS is on helping students explore career provides academic, social, recreational, cultural, options available to them as well as the value of and counseling services in order to generate the adequate planning regarding careers that require a skills, motivation, and self-confidence necessary college education. for success in college. For more information about the BEAR CUBS The primary goal of the program is to prepare program, contact the coordinator at 740.351.3543 students for college or technical education after or e-mail [email protected]. high school. This is completed in two phases. 178 — PRE-COLLEGE PROGRAMS

The first phase is the academic year component. and help prepare them for a math or science During this time, Upward Bound develops college program at the university level. study skills and provides tutoring and counseling. During the summer, students are part of a Also, the program meets once a month for planned six-week, residential program at Shawnee State educational and exciting social activities that reward University. While living on campus, students the students for their efforts. complete inquiry-based projects to make the The second phase is the summer component. connection between math and science and real During the summer, the students take part in a world applications. They also take enrichment six-week, residential program on the campus of classes, are involved in social and recreational Shawnee State University. While living in campus activities, and have the opportunity to travel to housing, the students take interesting academic interesting places. Students get to know what courses and enjoy fun social activities and educa- college life is like through these different experiences. tional travel experiences. The students have the During the academic year, professors and opportunity to work, too. In other words, the UBMSC staff mentor students via phone, news- student gets a taste of what college life is all about. letter, and Internet. Students are invited to submit High school students are selected for the project reports, creative writing pieces, and personal Shawnee State Upward Bound program if: news, which may be included in a monthly newsletter or posted on the UBMSC web page. There They show potential for academic success in are also opportunities for some students to partici- college, but lack adequate skills, motivation, or pate in weekend activities throughout the year. self-confidence. We recruit students from Appalachian Ohio, They are first generation college students, Kentucky, and West Virginia, who are not served meaning that neither of their parents earned a currently by a UBMSC. Eligible students must bachelor’s (four-year) degree. Other students will meet the following criteria: be considered for the program, but the majority Currently enrolled in grades 10 (sophomores) must be first-generation college students. or 11 (juniors) Their family income does not exceed the guide- Meet Federal Income Guidelines and/or be lines determined by the U.S. Department of potential first generation college students Education. Other students will be considered (neither parent has earned a 4-year degree) for the program, but the majority must come Interest in a math or science career from families whose income does not exceed Minimum 2.3 GPA the established guidelines. Note: Students with parents who have a two- For more information about the Upward Bound year degree may apply to the program. program, please contact our office, which is located in the Trio Center in the Administration Building. For more information, contact the UBMSC Our phone number is 740.351.3439. office at 740.351.3439 or toll free 1.877.SSU.UBMS (778.8267). Upward Bound Math Science Center The Upward Bound Math Science Center (UBMSC) is designed to provide students in Appalachian Ohio, Kentucky, and West Virginia with an exciting learning experience in the math and science fields. The UBMSC at Shawnee State University provides academic, social, recreational, cultural, and counseling services in order to generate the skills, motivation, and self-confidence necessary for students to succeed in a university math or science program. The program is designed to expand the students’ math and science abilities UNIVERSITY OUTREACH SERVICES 180 — UNIVERSITY OUTREACH SERVICES

seasonal arts and crafts, photography, health and fitness, personal finance, creative writing, and a University wide variety of interests. If you would like to teach a course or be placed on the mailing list, please Outreach Services call 740.351.3535. Recognizing the ever-changing face of education, Computer Enrichment Training Com- educators, and students, University Outreach munity members interested in honing their Services serves as the gateway to the community, computer skills in a noncredit setting may enroll reaching out to learners in an ever-expanding in a variety of proficiency classes. New classes service area. It provides the stable foundation begin quarterly, offering training on many popular upon which experimental educational ideas are software packages. Training sessions designed offered, partnerships are formed, and quality specifically for a group or organization are also programming and services are delivered. scheduled as needed. Outreach Services provides a Developed through a reorganization and mobile computer lab of state-of-the-art equipment, redirection of university academic and community enabling Shawnee State to offer on-site computer outreach services, the office is designed to provide education and skills training to area businesses a wide array of specialized educational opportunities. and organizations. These include the educational and cultural enrich- District Science Day Shawnee District 14 ment opportunities critical to young students in Science Day is one of 16 district science competi- the surrounding communities, technical training tions sponsored by the Ohio Academy of Science customized to meet the needs of workers in nearby (OAS) and hosted by colleges and universities businesses striving to compete in the high-tech across the state of Ohio. It annually attracts more work place, and the showcasing of the educational than 200 students, grades 5-12, from Adams, talent and expertise of Shawnee State’s faculty and Lawrence, Pike, and Scioto counties. It is an staff through distance education, integration of avenue for students to develop independent or academic services, and research and development team scientific research projects which may lead to of cutting-edge programming. an opportunity to compete at State Science Day The purpose of University Outreach Services is in Columbus, Ohio. to provide leadership in program innovation, research, and development; sustain partnerships Elderhostel Elderhostel provides enrichment with regional educational, business and industry, experiences for learners over 55. Senior citizens and community organizations; and offer diversified from all parts of the country spend a week at quality programming and services. Shawnee State, becoming acquainted with the local culture and taking part in specially designed classes. Bureau of Worker’s Compensation Health and Safety Training The Ohio Grants Management University Out- Bureau of Workers’ Compensation Division of reach Services provides resources and technical Safety and Hygiene offers a series of training courses assistance to university-wide grant-seeking efforts. covering critical health and safety issues for eligible As the campus liaison for the Grants Resource segments of the Ohio business community. Center, Outreach Services provides access to Shawnee State University, through its University federal funding sources. Outreach Services, is one of six satellite training Microsoft® IT Academy Program locations and serves the Southern Ohio area. Certification in information technology is offered Community Education Program The through the Microsoft® IT Academy. Outreach Community Education Program encompasses a Services has teamed with Microsoft to present broad range of noncredit personal development cutting edge training and materials and hands-on courses, programs, and activities, which are offered experience. All instructors are trained and certified to the general public. Each fall and spring, a on the latest Microsoft technologies. schedule of events is developed and distributed to Ohio Academic Competitions The the community. Courses that are included in the Ohio Academic Competition (OAC) provides schedule are often suggested and taught by members Ohio high school students the opportunity to of the community. Topics include ACT prep, exercise their reasoning, critical thinking, and UNIVERSITY OUTREACH SERVICES — 181 recall skills in a healthy, competitive environment. • An integration of technical and academic Top students from all parts of Ohio are introduced curricula. to Shawnee State through the OAC. As the state- •A competency-based curriculum that enables wide point of coordination, Outreach Services reg- students to certify their achievements. isters nearly 90 teams for participation in regional •A planned sequence of courses from high school competitions at four sites in Ohio. Shawnee State through an associate or baccalaureate degree. hosts the southeast regional statewide competition. Currently, programs in engineering, business, Online Learning University Outreach information technology, and health are available in Services offers over 200 noncredit continuing the College Tech Prep program. The Ohio South education courses online. Online courses provide Consortium partners Shawnee State University, flexibility in scheduling and location. All you need Ohio University Southern Campus, and local is access to the Internet. Courses are designed for school districts with a wide array of regional the student’s personal enrichment and professional business and industry partners. College Tech Prep development. All courses are accessed through continues to grow and help students learn to www.ed2go.com/shawnee. prepare for the new career market. Summer Honors Institute The Ohio Department of Education funds the Summer Honors Institute for 16 selected state and private Contract and Targeted colleges and universities in Ohio. Approximately Industries Training 150 students participate in the Summer Institute at The Contract Training programs as well as the Shawnee State University each year. The Institutes Targeted Industries Training programs are initiatives are designed to offer Ohio’s talented and gifted high of the Ohio Board of Regents and are coordinated school sophomores and juniors intensive learning through the Enterprise Ohio Network. experiences and exposure to the hosting college’s The programs share the common goal of creating campus. Since Shawnee State became a part of the partnerships with Ohio’s businesses to build and Summer Institute network, the University has maintain a world-class workforce by making im- consistently hosted one of the largest Institutes in provements in quality, productivity, and competitive Ohio each year. ability through employee training. Customized training is provided to area manufacturers with an College Tech Prep Ohio South emphasis on enhancing competitiveness, retention, and expansion. Consortium Targeted Industries Training grant funds provide College Tech Prep is a partnership among from 50 to 75 percent of the total cost of training, business, industry, labor, and secondary and higher leaving only the remaining percentage to be paid education. It is a primary strategy for systemic by the company. This makes the much needed change in Ohio that prepares students for technol- training affordable for Ohio’s small businesses. ogy based careers demanded by the increasingly Non-manufacturing businesses may also access competitive global economic community. funds for training employees in the area of infor- Tech Prep is a National Education Reform mation technology. Initiative, which was launched in 1991. The The Enterprise Ohio Network—of which program is aimed at meeting the needs of business Shawnee State is a member—is an association of and industry for qualified, skilled workers in high two-year campuses in Ohio that partner with demand, technical fields. companies and public sector organizations as a part Tech Prep is a combined secondary and post- of the state’s economic development infrastructure. secondary program, which provides students with the following: School-to-Work, Urban/Rural •A preparation for employment, careers, and education beyond high school. Opportunities Grant •A hands-on, real world approach to teaching and Through an award from the U.S. Department learning that includes teamwork, worksite exper- of Labor, this initiative provides School-to-Work iences, critical thinking, and problem solving. opportunities to students in the Northwest and 182 — UNIVERSITY OUTREACH SERVICES

Washington-Nile School Districts, Scioto County placed on social development through organized Joint Vocational School, and Shawnee State. The recreational activities, food service, and supervised purpose of School-to-Work is to encourage all relaxation areas for students to rest and listen to students to explore their educational and occupa- music with friends. In an effort to remove trans- tional options. The School-to-Work opportunities portation barriers for rural participants, the grant the initiative at Shawnee State provides include . . . provides ample funds for transportation home Explore Your Future is a week-long summer from each center. career education program offered to area K-12 students on the Shawnee State campus. Explore For more information about University Your Future helps students make connections Outreach Services contact: between current interests and education and future Virginia Moore, Director career options. Students explore various careers 740.351.3281 • [email protected] through educational skill-building exercises, hands-on activities, field trips, and guest speakers. Jerry Blanchard, Director, 21st Century Career Exploration for Women is offered Community Learning Centers annually to area middle school female students as 740.351.3316 • [email protected] an opportunity to explore nontraditional careers George Lawson, Director, Ohio South Tech Prep and occupations. This half-day program offers Consortium sessions representing over 35 nontraditional 740.351.3122 • [email protected] professions, and area women serve as instructors and role models in each workshop session. Cathy Mullins, Academic Grants Officer/ Fellowships for Educators provides teachers in Assistant to the Provost Northwest Local Schools, Washington-Nile Local 740.351.3412 • [email protected] Schools, Scioto County Joint Vocational School, Megan Horne, Program Director, School-to-Work and Shawnee State University with paid, work-based 740.351.3535 • [email protected] opportunities for intense, hands-on job training in Mary Maroudis, Manager, Education for Industry area businesses of their choice. 740.351.3370 • [email protected] Professional Development is offered to area educators to enhance their knowledge of the Judy Meeker, Program Manager, Ohio South Tech School-to-Work initiative through workshops, Prep Consortium conferences, and training. 740.351.3411 • [email protected] Dave Minnix, Pike County Coordinator, 21st Twenty-first Century Century Community Learning Centers 740.289.2721, ext. 319 • dminnix_pj@scoca- Community Learning Centers k12.org Two three-year federal grants, totalling $7.1 Larry Musick, Manager, Contract Training million per year, were awarded to Scioto County 740.351.3304 • [email protected] Joint Vocational School, Shawnee State University, Gary Salyer, Scioto County Coordinator, 21st and the Ohio South Tech Prep Consortium partner Century Community Learning Centers school districts to provide out-of-school activities 740.259.5522, ext. 272 • [email protected] for rural students at 36 community learning centers. Each center, or “After School Mall,” offers a David Seals, Lawrence County Coordinator, 21st variety of opportunities, including tutoring and Century Community Learning Centers instruction for students at risk of failing the Ohio 740.867.6641 • [email protected] proficiency test or experiencing difficulties in the classroom. Expanded library hours and services, access to computer labs and Internet and computer training are featured at each center. Thematic and family reading programs, expanded drug and violence prevention education and counseling, and after school field trips to enrichment work sites and college campuses are provided. An emphasis is AFFILIATED ORGANIZATIONS 184 — AFFILIATED ORGANIZATIONS

EOC outreach coordinators are located on the Ohio Appalachian campuses of Belmont Technical College, Hocking Technical College, Jefferson Community College, Center for Higher Kent State University - East Liverpool, Kent State University - Tuscarawas, Muskingum Area Techni- Education cal College, Ohio University - Chillicothe, Rio Located on the Shawnee State campus, the Grande Community College, Southern State Ohio Appalachian Center for Higher Education Community College, and Washington State (OACHE) is a consortium of the ten public Community College. colleges and universities within the 29-county Ohio Appalachian region. The mission of OACHE is to increase the level of educational attainment of residents by sponsoring access projects in member ROAD:MAP 2005 institutions and in public school districts. Realizing Our Academic Dreams: A Model OACHE operates with funds provided by the Access Project, or ROAD:MAP 2005, is a program Ohio General Assembly through the Ohio Board funded by the U. S. Department of Education's of Regents. It combines the efforts of state govern- GEAR UP program (Gaining Early Awareness and ment, higher education institutions, public school Readiness for Undergraduate Programs). districts, and businesses to increase the college-going ROAD:MAP 2005 is a regional initiative aimed rate throughout this high poverty region. at increasing the college-going rate of a chosen In addition to Shawnee State University, group of Ohio Appalachian students in the class consortium members include Belmont Technical of 2005. Over the next five years, the program will College, Hocking Technical College, Jefferson involve the students in activities which increase Community College, Kent State University at student academic performance, career awareness, Salem and East Liverpool, Muskingum Area self-esteem, aspirations to attend college, knowl- Technical College, Ohio University, Rio Grande edge of postsecondary options and financial aid, Community College, Southern State Community and preparation for postsecondary education. College, and Washington State Community If you have questions about the program or College. The Board of Directors consists of a would like further information, please call representative from the Ohio Board of Regents 740.351.3114 or 866.466.2243. and the presidents of member institutions. For more information, contact Wayne F. White, the executive director, at 740.351.3299.

Ohio Appalachian Educational Opportunity Center The Ohio Appalachian Educational Opportu- nity Center (EOC) is a federal TRIO program, funded by the U. S. Department of Education. The EOC is housed on Shawnee State’s campus, is sponsored by the Ohio Appalachian Center for Higher Education, and operates throughout the 29-county Ohio Appalachian region. The EOC is a comprehensive counseling and referral program, providing FREE academic, vocational, career, and financial aid information to eligible adults. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 186 — EXPLANATIONS

Please Note Explanation of Abbreviations The listing of a course in this catalog does not These abbreviations are found throughout the imply that the course is offered in a particular course descriptions on the following pages. quarter, or even if the course is offered on a regular basis. Please check the Shawnee State University Preq. —Prerequisite Course Schedule each quarter for up-to-date Coreq. — Corequisite information on what courses are being offered. In addition, it should be noted that some upper level courses are not included on these $ —Indicates lab fee may apply to this pages. Please contact your faculty advisor for course, using the formula in the box on the right. further information. —Indicates General Education Program Explanation of Prerequisites course (see pages 55-57 for details) Most learning beyond basic skills is dependent B — Business upon mastery of some prior skill or subject content. As a result, many courses at the University require Ed — Education the satisfaction of prerequisites prior to course ET — Engineering Technology enrollment. Prerequisites may be met by successful FA — Fine Arts completion of the prior courses listed or by place- HS — Health Sciences ment, via testing, into the course. The academic division/college may withdraw a H — Humanities student from a course for which prerequisites have M — Mathematics not been satisfied. NS — Natural Sciences SS — Social Science

Laboratory Fee Structure A standard laboratory fee will be assessed to all courses with laboratory components within an academic department. They are as follows1: Fee Per Credit Hour Business $ 6.50 Education 5.50 Engineering Technology 9.00 Fine Arts 4.50 Health Sciences 10.25 Humanities 1.00 Mathematics 2.50 Natural Sciences 4.50 Social Sciences 0.00

1 Some courses are approved for nonstandard fees. ADNR 114 - ADNR 251 eq. Pr place in an health care eq./coreq. Pr on individual values alteration in human COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 187 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE and other experiences take pplies the nursing process to pplies the nursing process A pplies the nursing process to pplies the nursing process to pplies the nursing process ocuses on alterations in the F A A eq. ADNR 181, AHNR 135, and Pr nly students officially accepted into nly students officially ocuses on key concepts needed for eq. ADNR 193 and CHEM 121; 4 lec. eq. ADNR 203; 4 lec. 9 lab; $ HS O F Pr Pr the roles of nurses eq. completion of first year nursing courses; 3 eq. completion of first year ntroduction to the use of the nursing process to the use of the nursing ntroduction Pr A beginning study of I ocuses on health care and practice issues ocuses on health care F presented with an emphasis presented The history with an of nursing evolution and ability to meet human needs acrossability to meet human the life span. oss the life span. Learning eq. ADNR 182 and BIOL 131 or 320; coreq. CHEM eq. ADNR 182 and BIOL 131 or 320; coreq. Pr eq. admission to ADN program; coreq. ADNR 181; $ HS ADNR coreq. program; eq. admission to ADN Pr the Childbearing Family (5) the Childbearing Family eq. completion of first year nursing courses; $ HS eq. completion of first year Pr ofessionals. Legal and ethical aspects of practice are ethical aspects of practice are ofessionals. Legal and mphasis is placed on the assessment components of the nursing process. Fundamental skills and Fundamental of the nursing process. mphasis is placed on the assessment components elated scientific principles of nursing are presented. Laboratory practice provides the opportunity Laboratory to presented. practice provides elated scientific principles of nursing are clarification and philosophy. An overview of the associate degree nursing program’s organization nursing program’s An overview degree of the associate clarification and philosophy. as orientation. framework is offered admission to the nursing program, AHNR 135 and BIOL 130 or 310; 4.5 lec. 7.5 lab; $ HS admission to the nursing program, concepts of human needs for individuals across the life span in a variety of health care and community of health care life span in a variety the concepts of human needs for individuals across settings. Clinical practice opportunities with include holistic caring, critical thinking/decision-making application of technological innovations. 121; 3 lec. 9 lab; $ HS introduction to the health care system and exploration of introduction to the health pr to enable the individual to maintain or regain the to maintain or regain to enable the individual E r skills in both technical and communication concepts of nursing. beginning develop ADNR 224 (2) in Nursing Issues Current ADNR 251of Care Nursing ADNR 204 3 (7) and Children of Adults Care Nursing ADNR 203 2 (7) and Children of Adults Care Nursing ADNR 193 1 (6) and Children of Adults Care Nursing ADNR 197 (4) Nursing to Registered Transition ADNR 182 2 (7) of Nursing Fundamentals ADNR 181 1 (7) of Nursing Fundamentals SPECIAL NOTE—ADNR (Associate Degree Nursing): (Associate Degree NOTE—ADNR SPECIAL with the chair may take the courses of the program or those with approval the nursing program students. is open to all university of AHNR 135, which exception the ADNR prefix—with ADNR 114 (2) to Nursing Introduction Associate Degree Nursing Degree Associate culturally diverse individuals and their families across the life span. Human needs and responses to needs and responses the life span. Human individuals and their families across culturally diverse thinking and clinical decision making are Critical explored. complex conditions are progressively delivery health care of systems. within a variety emphasized the life span experiencing human needs alter- individuals and their families across culturally diverse to integrate previously explored critical conditions are to life threatening responses ations. Human and relationship, self-concept, role as alterations in self-perception, identified alterations, as well thinking and clinical decision making are management patterns. Critical health perception-health delivery health care of systems. within a variety emphasized 9 lab; $ HS the study of the childbearing cycle and the newborn. The concepts of human needs, communication, and the newborn. the study of the childbearing cycle and home health families in acute care to culturally diverse care of the nurse providing and the role family-centered interventions and technology needed to provide discussed. Nursing are settings care introduced. and high risk situations are nursing in low lec. 6 lab; $ HS active LPN/LVN license; 3 lec. 3 lab LPN/LVN active successful transition from the role of practical nursing to professional registered nursing. Presents the nursing. Presents registered of practical nursing to professional the role successful transition from thinking, planning, critical client assessment, nursing diagnosis, care with emphasis on nursing process of clinical settings. identified nursing skills in a variety and teaching/learning. Demonstrates significant for associate degree nurse graduates practicing nursing in today’s world. Ethical, legal, and world. Ethical, nurse graduates practicing nursing in today’s significant for associate degree in this internet assisted explored are as continuing education requirements political concerns as well course. needs through the process of holistic caring acr the process needs through acute care setting relating to the individual’s internal and external environments. The student is internal and external environments. to the individual’s setting relating acute care The student continues of the nurse as teacher. and the role teaching/learning process to the introduced skills with emphasis on surgical asepsis. fundamental to develop ADNR 114; 4 lec. 9 lab; $ HS BIOL 131 or 320; preq./coreq. BIOL 130 or 310; coreq. coordinator eq. acceptance Pr $ HS vider and oups of clients in the o asic inorganic, organic, pplies the nursing process pplies the nursing eq. completion of first year B $ HS $ HS A An applied health sciences Pr ntroduction to the health to ntroduction I ntroduces the student to the role of the student to the role ntroduces tolerance, role-relationship, and tolerance, role-relationship, I eq. acceptance into one of the PTA or eq. acceptance into one of the PTA ocuses on self-care strategies that ocuses on self-care Pr F en course modules of classroom instruc-en course modules of classroom A continuation of AHNR 285. Ten course Ten A continuation of AHNR 285. T $ HS the concepts of both pr the concepts of both ndividual or small-group study, under the under study, ndividual or small-group ndividual or small group study, under the study, ndividual or small group I I coping-stress coping-stress decision making issues fordecision making issues gr ntroduction to medical terminology commonly to ntroduction I tudents are prepared for anatomy by learning medical roots, for anatomy by prepared tudents are $ HS S $ HS 3 lec. 6 lab; $ HS eq./coreq. completion of all other non-nursing and nursing courses; 4 lec. 12 other non-nursing and nursing courses; 4 lec. completion of all eq./coreq. Pr $ HS $ HS C programs, placement or credit in MATH 101 or equivalent; $ HS 101 or equivalent; in MATH placement or credit C programs, spiratory and measurement, and monitoring, radiation protection radiological control protection, alue-belief. Clinicals include experiences within the community setting. Clinicals include experiences within the alue-belief. of care along with application of legal and ethical along with application of care modules of classroom instruction modules of classroom focus on biological effects of radiation, radiation protection and monitoring, radiation regulations/ALARA, respiratory radiological control protection, standards, atomic and nuclear properties, of radiation with matter, interaction and measurement, protection and dosimetry. encourage good health in individuals across the life span. The content encompasses a holistic approach The content the life span. encourage good health in individuals across environmental, lifestyle behaviors. Societal, the individual to adopt and maintain positive that allows also explored. cultural, and communication issues are AHNR 197 (1-14) Ethics Rehabilitation AHNR 285 1 (1-14) Physics in Health Topics AHNR 286 2 (1-14) Physics in Health Topics AHNR 103 Sciences (3) for the Health Chemical Principles AHNR 104 Sciences (3) for the Health Principles Physical AHNR 135 (3) Promotion and Health Wellness ADNR 299 (1-3) Topics Special Nursing Allied Health AHNR 100 (4) Pre-Anatomy AHNR 101 (2) Technologies to Health Introduction AHNR 102 (2) Terminology Medical ADNR 252 (5) and Behavioral Aberrations Health Mental ADNR 283(8) of Care as Coordinator The Nurse AT course, designed specifically for PT assistant and athletic training students, dealing with a broad course, designed specifically for PT assistant to the mechanics, and fluids along with conversions spectrum energy, of physical systems, including in algebra-based functions. problems metric system. Utilizes to culturally diverse clients/families at risk for mental health and behavioral aberrations. Commun- health and behavioral at risk for mental clients/families diverse to culturally in a multidisciplinary for teaching/learning experiences utilized are processes ication and group in addressing employed and clinical decision making are thinking, holistic caring, milieu. Critical management, perception-health health patterns with emphases on health alterations of functional self perception-self concept, cognitive-perception, courses; PSYC 151; nursing v professions, including history, responsibilities, and ethics. Includes introduction to the health science introduction and ethics. Includes responsibilities, history, including professions, University. State at Shawnee programs the ADN nurse as coordinator of care. It is a culmination of concepts and processes taught in the taught in is a culmination of concepts and processes It of care. the ADN nurse as coordinator it is the application of ADN curriculum. Specifically, delivery of nursing care. lab; $ HS supervision of an instructor, of topics not otherwise to students. available supervision of an instructor, used in health occupations. Emphasis is placed on prefixes, suffixes, and building and analyzing suffixes, is placed on prefixes, used in health occupations. Emphasis medical terms. and biochemistry principles as applied to human physiology. Includes metric and SI systems of Includes and biochemistry to human physiology. principles as applied designed for students in allied health or nursing programs. Specifically measurement. or permissionhealth science department of chair; $ HS into one of the health science programs muscles, bones, body planes, and medical abbreviations. This is a special course developed primarily This is a special course developed abbreviations. muscles, bones, body planes, and medical for all health science programs. supervision of an instructor, of topics otherwise to students. not available supervision of an instructor, regulations/ALARA, standards, tion focus on biological effects of radiation, radiation protection re and dosimetry. atomic and nuclear properties, interaction of radiation with matter,

188 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE ADNR 252 - AHNR 286 AHNR 297 - ARTH 263 xploration E eq. bacca- tudy of Early Pr S $ HS tudy of Baroque, S The subject matter Covering Paleolithic, Covering $ HS eq. ANTH 250 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 189 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE Pr $ HS ntegral aspects of the teaching ntegral aspects of the $ HS I w humans have adapted as w humans have Ho ey of MesoAmerican settlement prior ey of MesoAmerican ndividual or small-group study, under study, ndividual or small-group I rv hilosophy of community health Su P An introduction to the biological nature An introduction escription and analysis of traditional native ndividual or small-group study, under the under study, ndividual or small-group ndividual or small-group study, under the study, ndividual or small-group dividual or small group study, under the study, small group dividual or I D I In eginning study of the nature and purposes of art as eginning study of the nature B tudy of adult learning needs and participationtudy of adult learning patterns. S $ HS esearch Problems in Health and Recreational Education (4) Education and Recreational in Health Problems esearch eaching/Learning in the Health Sciences (4) in the Health eaching/Learning Art History Survey 1 (Prehistoric through Roman) (4) Roman) through 1 (Prehistoric Art History Survey 261

TH eoclassical, Romantic, Realist, Impressionist, Post Impressionist, and Twentieth Century art. Twentieth and Impressionist, Post Impressionist, Realist, eoclassical, Romantic, gyptian, Near Eastern, Aegean, Greek, Etruscan, and Roman art. and Roman Etruscan, Greek, Eastern, Aegean, gyptian, Near eaching styles and techniques best suited to adults are analyzed and demonstrated. analyzed best suited to adults are eaching styles and techniques education with emphasis on historical, conceptual, and legal precepts. and legal precepts. education with emphasis on historical, conceptual, to the arrival of the Europeans, including origins of the first hunters and gatherers, development of development including origins of the first hunters and gatherers, the Europeans, of to the arrival and settlement and Teotihuacan, civilizations, rise and fall of and Zapotec Olmec agriculture, and Aztecs of the Spanish. up to the arrival Toltecs, influence of Mayans, foragers, hunters, farmers, and industrialists. The diversities of preliterate and living human societies, preliterate of The diversities foragers, hunters, farmers, and industrialists. settings. examined in cross-cultural and ecology are religion, kinship, social structure, of humans. The roots of primate and hominid evolution, speciation, cultural beginnings, and the of primate and hominid evolution, The roots of humans. examined. in modern humans are of evolution processes and teaching methodologies of health instructionand teaching methodologies laboratories, and community settings in classrooms, and demonstrated. analyzed are N and learning process related to the health science professional’s role as an educator. Learning theories, as an educator. role health science professional’s to the related and learning process The importance of assessment, planning, emphasized. domains of learning are teaching methods, and also Students examined. learning needs are to the clients’ intervention, they relate as evaluation and styles of the client. needs and learning to meet the diverse approaches identify various or consent of the instructor; $ HS area health science major or related laureate ARTH 262ARTH (4) Renaissance) through 2 (Medieval Art History Survey 263ARTH (4) Modern) through 3 (Baroque Art History Survey Art History 101ARTH to Art (4) Introduction AR ANTH 360 America (4) of North Indians ANTH 399 (1-4) in Anthropology Topics ANTH 299 (1-4) in Anthropology Topics Special ANTH 340 Columbus (4) Before MesoAmerica ANTH 199 (1-4) in Anthropology Topics ANTH 250 (4) Anthropology of Cultural Principles AHNR 461 R Anthropology ANTH 101 (4) to Anthropology Introduction AHNR 402 (3) Education Community Health AHNR 325 (3) Adults Instructing AHNR 327 (3) and Occupations in Health Teaching of Methods AHNR 354 T AHNR 297 (1-14) Topics Rehabilitation supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise to students. available supervision of instructor, supervision of an instructor, of topics not otherwise of topics to students. available supervision of an instructor, seen both in historical and contemporary for non-art (primarily works majors). supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise of to students. available supervision of instructor, T E American cultural areas and impact of modern society on native Americans. and impact of modern society on native American cultural areas of research methodologies, issues, and problems peculiar to health professions. peculiar to health professions. issues, and problems methodologies, of research the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise courses repeatable to students. Separate available the supervision of instructor, for credit. Christian, Byzantine, Romanesque, Gothic, and Renaissance art. and Renaissance Gothic, Romanesque, Christian, Byzantine, Third of three arts of three Third $ FA econd of three arts pedagogy econd of three S eq./coreq. ARTP 401, 402, ARTP eq./coreq. irst of three arts pedagogy courses irst of three Pr F eq. admission to teacher licensure Pr ey of major figures and ideas involved in the and ideas involved figures ey of major ehistoric to modern non-Asian, including ehistoric to modern non-Asian, rv Pr and India. Vietnam, Japan, Asia, China, Korea, eq. ARTS 101, 102, 103, and permission; eq. ARTS tudy of the visual arts in Europe and America, tudy of the visual arts in Europe S Su Pr equired of those who wish to become licensed equired A survey art of American the (colonial through Comparative study of developments in all fields of study of developments Comparative R An entry-level class focusing on the dynamics of A survey of non-Western art: Korea, Asia, China, A survey of non-Western ) eq. ENGL 115S eq. EDUC 115; $ FA Pr Pr gypt, Pre-Columbian American, Middle East, Africa, Europe, U.S.A. East, Africa, Europe, American, Middle gypt, Pre-Columbian equired for a multiage teaching license in visual arts. This course covers issues related to art as a issues related This course covers arts. for a multiage teaching license in visual equired elated to art as a subject matter, student learning, the diversity of learners in the visual arts, of student learning, the diversity planning elated to art as a subject matter, apan, Vietnam, and India. Discerning the reciprocal influences of the arts cultural, social, and their the reciprocal Discerning and India. Vietnam, apan, preq./coreq. ARTP 401, 403, EDVA 485, and admission to teacher licensure program 485, and admission to teacher licensure 401, 403, EDVA ARTP preq./coreq. visual art as expressions of our time. visual art as expressions present). Discerning the reciprocal influences of the arts and their cultural, social, and historical the reciprocal Discerning present). in their the individual and common characteristics of artistic expression contexts. Distinguishing among the arts and other forms disciplines the relationships histories, styles, and traditions. Perceive of cultural expression. teachers in Ohio in early childhood, early childhood intervention in early teachers in Ohio specialist, and intervention become a The emphasis of the course is to teach the teacher to specialist—mild to moderate: K-12. is on understanding, facilitating, Emphasis artistic growth. in the child’s coach or a catalyst creative and integrating art into the curriculum. program r in the visual arts, of learners student learning, the diversity planning instruction, subject matter, development, instructional communication, assessment, professional strategies, learning environments, grade 3. through and student support pre-K for students from ARTP 403ARTP (4) Adults Young and Adolescents for Methods Studio Arts 101ARTS 1 (4 Foundations Studio ARTP 401ARTP (4) for Early Childhood Methods Studio 402ARTP Childhood (4) Middle for Methods Studio ARTH 364ARTH (4) American Survey North 366ARTH (4) Survey Non-Western Art Pedagogy 201ARTP (3) Art in the Curriculum ARTH 310ARTH (4) History of Photography 331ARTH (4) 1 Ceramic History Survey 332ARTH (4) 2 Ceramic History Survey 360ARTH Art Nineteenth-Century (4) 361ARTH Art (4) Twentieth-Century E from Neoclassicism through Postimpressionism, in relation to social and cultural developments of to social and cultural developments in relation Postimpressionism, through Neoclassicism from that time. evolution of photography as a creative art form. as a creative of photography evolution and historical contexts. Distinguishing the individual and common characteristics of artistic expres- and historical contexts. Distinguishing among the arts disciplines and the relationships Perceive sion in their histories, styles, and traditions. other forms of cultural expression. J courses required for a multiage teaching license in visual arts. This course covers issues related to art issues related This course covers for a multiage teaching license in visual arts. courses required of learners in the visual arts, diversity student learning, the planning instruction, as a subject matter, development, instructional communication, assessment, professional strategies, learning environments, and student support grades 4-9. for students from pedagogy courses required for a multiage teaching license in visual arts. This course covers issues This course covers for a multiage teaching license in visual arts. pedagogy courses required r instruction, instructional communication, assessment, professional strategies, learning environments, and student support grades 7-12. development, for students from EDVA 485, and admission to teacher licensure program 485, and admission to teacher licensure EDVA black and white, two-dimensional media. It provides students with methods of seeing, visualizing, provides black and white, two-dimensional media. It major. of all students with BFA Required on paper. themselves and expressing

190 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE ARTH 310 - ARTS 101 ARTS 102 - ARTS 240 . ARTS Preq COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 191 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE A course designed to An introduction to the basic An introduction $ FA $ FA eq. ARTS 101, 102, or permission; $ FA eq. ARTS eq. ARTS 231 and 232; $ FA eq. ARTS Pr Pr $ FA An entry-leveluse and focuses on the class which An entry-leveland to the concepts course devoted nterdisciplinary studies of the nature of creativity nterdisciplinary of the nature studies I An introduction to the Macintosh operating system, to the Macintosh An introduction xtension of ARTS 239. Promotes further exploration of 239. Promotes xtension of ARTS xtension of ARTS 238. Students having a solid background 238. Students xtension of ARTS This course explores the basis for using wood as a design/ This course explores E E An introduction to the artAn introduction and techniques of photography. Student Continued exploration of photographic techniques. 35mm must provide 211. Student Continuation of ARTS $ FA ntry-level course focusing on the use of the potter’s wheel to ntry-level course focusing on the use of the potter’s ntry-level hand course focusing on the use of clay in creating xtension of the concepts developed in ARTS 222. in ARTS xtension of the concepts developed E Concentration on the combination of hand built and wheel E A focus on individual expression through the use of oil and through A focus on individual expression 221. in ARTS Continuation and expansion of ideas developed E eq. ARTS 210; $ FA eq. ARTS $ FA Pr eq. ARTS 101, 102, or permission; $ FA eq. ARTS $ FA Pr $ FA $ FA eq. ARTS 211; $ FA eq. ARTS Pr $ FA $ FA TS 239 2 (4) Design Wood eq. ARTS 221; $ FA eq. ARTS tudent must provide 35mm camera. tudent must provide sculpture medium. Initial understanding of tool use and safety practices is the focal point of this first understanding of tool use and safety practices medium. Initial sculpture class. in the use of woodworking tools concentrate on achieving aesthetic/artistic results in their individual tools concentrate on achieving aesthetic/artisticin the use of woodworking results design projects. acrylic painting mediums. Pr knowledge of photography for the graphic designer, covering the basics of setting up, lighting, and the basics of setting up, covering for the graphic designer, of photography knowledge designing photo compositions. ARTS 240ARTS 3 (4) Design Wood ARTS 233ARTS Ceramics 3 (4) 238ARTS 1 (4) Design Wood AR ARTS 231ARTS Ceramics 1 (4) 232ARTS Ceramics 2 (4) ARTS 221ARTS 1 (4) Painting 222ARTS 2 (4) Painting 223ARTS 3 (4) Painting ARTS 211ARTS 2 (4) Photography 212ARTS 3 (4) Photography 215ARTS (4) Designer for the Graphic Photography ARTS 205ARTS (4) Techniques Reproduction Design Graphic 210ARTS 1 (4) Photography ARTS 106ARTS (4) Foundations Digital ARTS 103ARTS 3 (4) Foundations Studio 105ARTS (4) Process The Creative ARTS 102ARTS 2 (4) Foundations Studio create basic thrown forms. basic thrown create forms and further techniques. study of glaze thrown built pottery and forms. Basics of glazing work are covered. covered. built pottery are of glazing work and forms. Basics and the techniques used to promote creative thinking. Class discussions, exercises and experiments, discussions, exercises thinking. Class creative to promote and the techniques used to enhance employed are and ongoing studio projects guest speakers, along with video resources, students. for all BFA Required resourcefulness. professional personal and students’ familiarize the graphic design student with the various methods of reproducing the finished art methods of reproducing design student with the various the graphic familiarize media. Lectures, separation, and electronic methods of printing, color of various Discussion work. included. are demonstrations, field trips, and studio work perception of color. Discussion of various color systems. Color exercises based on theory based exercises color systems. Color and historic of various Discussion of color. perception major. of all students with BFA contexts. Required of all students with BFA used in sculptural terms. Required materials use of three-dimensional major. graphics and of bit-mapped vs. vector Discussion of graphic-based work. peripherals, and storage it and the parameters overview of some of the software A broad and weaknesses. their strengths of original artworks. defines for the artist. Production S 35mm camera. must provide camera. the medium. 222; $ FA . ARTS Preq $ FA $ FA eq. ARTS 292; $ FA eq. ARTS 293; $ FA eq. ARTS Pr Pr tudio course beginning with S eq. ARTS 101 and 102; $ FA eq. ARTS Pr eq. ARTS 241; $ FA eq. ARTS Pr A studio course utilizing basic techniques in A studio course utilizing eq. ARTS 101 and 102; $ FA eq. ARTS eq. ARTS 242; $ FA eq. ARTS Pr Pr tudio course beginning with design basics and integrating tudio course beginning with design basics and eq. ARTS 101 and 102; $ FA eq. ARTS rinting and dyeing fabric as well as applying design to fabric as well rinting and dyeing S eq. ARTS 275; $ FA eq. ARTS rawing from a model in black and white media. Repeatable a model in black and rawing from Pr P 292. Continuation of ARTS 293. Continuation of ARTS eq. ARTS 101 or permission; $ FA eq. ARTS An introduction to basic silk screen techniques. Emphasis to basic silk screen An introduction Continuation of ARTS 271. Repeatable for credit— 271. Repeatable Continuation of ARTS for credit— 272. Repeatable Continuation of ARTS Pr D An introductory the range of graphic course employing Pr udio problems based on concepts applied to various three- to various based on concepts applied udio problems An introduction to basic lithographic technique and printing. An introduction ntermediate sculpture course designed to further course a student’s ntermediate sculpture xtension of ARTS 252. The instructor helps the student develop 252. xtension of ARTS xtension of ARTS 101 and 102. Focus is on developing drawing is on developing 102. Focus 101 and xtension of ARTS Course designed to develop the student’s ability to conceive and to conceive ability the student’s to develop Course designed I St E A continuation of concepts developed in ARTS 275 and ARTS in ARTS A continuation of concepts developed E expected to demonstrate are Students 275. Continuation of ARTS $ FA ntroduction to basic intaglio techniques. Emphasis on mastering basic intaglio techniques. Emphasis to ntroduction I eq. ARTS 271; $ FA eq. ARTS 272; $ FA eq. ARTS Pr Pr eq. ARTS 101 and 102; $ FA eq. ARTS eq. ARTS 252; $ FA eq. ARTS Pr $ FA Pr eq. ARTS 276; $ FA eq. ARTS $ FA Pr TS 253(4) Illustration TS 271 1 (4) Life Drawing mphasis is placed on mastering techniques used to furthermphasis is placed on mastering techniques personal aesthetic goals. elief printing and screen printing. printing. elief printing and screen 276. E 101 and 102; $ FA maximum of two quarters. maximum of two quarters. ARTS 294ARTS 3 (4) Design Fabric ARTS 275ARTS 1 (4) Drawing 276ARTS 2 (4) Drawing 277ARTS 3 (4) Drawing 292ARTS 1 (4) Design Fabric 293ARTS 2 (4) Design Fabric ARTS 252ARTS (4) Illustration Basic AR AR of two quarters. for credit—maximum 272ARTS 2 (4) Life Drawing 273ARTS 3 (4) Life Drawing ARTS 245ARTS (4) Intaglio 246ARTS (4) Lithography 247ARTS (4) Printing Screen 248ARTS (4) Printing Relief 251ARTS (4) Designer for the Graphic Typography ARTS 241ARTS 1 (4) Sculpture 242ARTS 2 (4) Sculpture 243ARTS 3 (4) Sculpture 244ARTS (4) to Printmaking Introduction is on mastering techniques used to develop personal imagery. personal imagery. is on mastering techniques used to develop black and pencils and advanced the use of colored composition, etc.) through skills (perspective, white media. increased facility and conceptualization. increased possibilities in the relief printing process. printing process. possibilities in the relief a portfolio. a portfolio. techniques used to develop personal imagery. personal imagery. techniques used to develop build three-dimensional forms in various media (plaster, clay, wood, and metal). Understanding of metal). Understanding wood, and clay, media (plaster, forms in various build three-dimensional for expression. with tools, techniques, and materials shapes and mass, acquaintance woodcarving, include advanced clay molding, procedures Technical work. skill in three-dimensional methods. armature stone carving, over direct various and individual of development places special emphasis on the sculpture Advanced dimensional materials. chosen medium. in the student’s expression r cloth. these basics into illustration techniques for the graphic designer. Black and white graphics and color Black the graphic designer. these basics into illustration techniques for techniques. some basic background in type design and theorysome basic background its use in modern graphic through and working and specifications in graphic design. of transfer lettering, type sizing, design. Use

192 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE ARTS 241 - ARTS 294 ARTS 299 - ARTS 338 eq. ARTS 311; $ FA eq. ARTS Pr COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 193 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE eq. ARTS 223; $ FA eq. ARTS eq. ARTS 327; $ FA eq. ARTS Pr Pr eq. ARTS 324; $ FA eq. ARTS 325; $ FA eq. ARTS Pr Pr eq. ARTS 328; $ FA eq. ARTS Pr eq. ARTS 210 and 211; $ FA eq. ARTS tilizes techniques taught in ARTS 310 techniques taught in ARTS tilizes 311. techniques taught in ARTS tilizes Pr Continuation of ARTS 212 utilizing more Continuation of ARTS U U nderstanding of the many standard types of nderstanding of the many standard eq. ARTS 231; $ FA eq. ARTS U Pr eq. ARTS 322; $ FA eq. ARTS eq. ARTS 321; $ FA eq. ARTS il and acrylic concepts painting used to extend ntermediate hand built techniques, including techniques, including ntermediate throwing eq. ARTS 310; $ FA eq. ARTS I I in ARTS A continuation of concepts developed eq. ARTS 231 or 232; $ FA eq. ARTS Pr O Pr Pr Pr eq. ARTS 212; $ FA eq. ARTS ncludes study, practice, and discussion of the function practice, ncludes study, or advanced students of the potter’s wheel. History, students of the potter’s or advanced $ FA I F Pr ainting the human figure from a model in oil or acrylic. from ainting the human figure P 327. Continuation of ARTS on individual 328. Emphasis Continuation of ARTS pportunity a project to plan and complete for the student eq. ARTS 101, 102, or permission; $ FA eq. ARTS ntroduction to the philosophy and techniques of the ntroduction I O istory and development of ceramic mold making. Techniques istory of ceramic mold making. and development Pr eries of courses which focuses on the use of transparent eries of courses which focuses on the use of nhances the student’s knowledge of historical and contempo- knowledge nhances the student’s H S 324. Continuation of ARTS 325. Continuation of ARTS E eq. permission of staff; $ FA Pr eq. ARTS 232; $ FA eq. ARTS Pr $ FA eq. permission staff of eq. ARTS 233; $ FA eq. ARTS Pr Pr TS 338 (4) Making Mold eq. ARTS 223; $ FA eq. ARTS tudents will use the elements and principles of design to create original tile work and foster critical original tile work tudents will use the elements and principles of design to create ndividualizes instruction promoting continued artistic growth in the medium. instruction continued artisticndividualizes promoting growth developed in earlier painting courses. Individual concepts highly stressed. concepts highly stressed. painting courses. Individual in earlier developed ceramic glazes. ceramic glazes. which meets with the approval of the staff member supervising of the staff for Repeatable this arranged course. with the approval which meets credit. watercolors to extend personal imagery. personal imagery. to extend watercolors to be addressed: bisque molds, press molds, sprigging, jigger and jolley processes, casting, ram molds, sprigging, jigger and jolley processes, bisque molds, press to be addressed: and plaster technology. pressing, advanced dark room and camera techniques. and room dark advanced the medium. in with emphasis on artistic growth I AR ARTS 336ARTS (4) Theory and Practice Glaze 337ARTS (4) Making Tile ARTS 333ARTS Ceramics 3 (4) Intermediate 334ARTS Raku Ceramics (4) 335ARTS Ceramics (4) Porcelain ARTS 329ARTS 3 (4) Painting Figure 331ARTS Ceramics 1 (4) Intermediate 332ARTS Ceramics 2 (4) Intermediate ARTS 325ARTS 2 (4) Watercolor 326ARTS 3 (4) Watercolor 327ARTS 1 (4) Painting Figure 328ARTS 2 (4) Painting Figure ARTS 321ARTS 1 (4) Painting Intermediate 322ARTS 2 (4) Painting Intermediate 323ARTS 3 (4) Painting Intermediate 324ARTS 1 (4) Watercolor ARTS 313ARTS (4) Photography Media ARTS 310ARTS 1 (4) Photography Intermediate 311ARTS 2 (4) Photography Intermediate 312ARTS 3 (4) Photography Intermediate ARTS 299ARTS in Art (1-4) Topics use, and glazing of porcelain. use, and glazing of porcelain. 233. Pr rendering. style and technique as opposed to strictly objective 231. A continuation of ARTS use of clay and glazes. techniques. decorative traditional Japanese ceramic ware called ‘‘Raku.’’ called ‘‘Raku.’’ ceramic ware traditional Japanese rary of forms and mounting techniques. variety with a tile while enriching their ability to work S and individual forums.thinking within group and production of photography in newspapers,and production magazines, ads, and publications. Emphasis video, (portraits), sports figures on photographing public night shooting. An effort action, and live and is bring a 35 mm camera, film, must Students and pictures. of words the coordination made to show in class. shared cameras are Digital and enlarging paper. . ARTS Preq eq. ARTS 101, eq. ARTS eq. ARTS 375; $ FA eq. ARTS eq. ARTS 101; $ FA eq. ARTS Pr Pr Pr eq. ARTS 247; $ FA eq. ARTS Pr eq. ARTS 106 or permission; $ FA eq. ARTS eq. must have completed first Visualist first completed eq. must have ay be taken three times for credit. This times for credit. ay be taken three Pr king from a model developing a unique a model developing king from r Pr M Continuation of ARTS 247. Introduction Continuation of ARTS Wo for 371. Repeatable Continuation of ARTS Continuation of ARTS 372. Repeatable for 372. Repeatable Continuation of ARTS elopment of a personal style of expression in elopment of a personal style of expression v ay be taken three times for credit. This course times for credit. ay be taken three elief and small full-round sculpture by casting by sculpture elief and small full-round xperience with low and high relief sculpture in sculpture and high relief xperience with low echniques of sculptural expression in the expression echniques of sculptural Continuation of ARTS 246. Individual styles 246. Individual Continuation of ARTS ) R T E M De Continuation of ARTS 375. Continuation of ARTS Continuation of ARTS 245. Intermediate level level 245. Intermediate Continuation of ARTS istory, development, and techniques of low-fire and development, istory, eq. ARTS 243; $ FA eq. ARTS ust be taken three times for credit. Students in this Students times for credit. ust be taken three H Pr ay be taken three times for credit. Students learn to Students times for credit. ay be taken three M ay be taken three times for credit. This course presents the This course presents times for credit. ay be taken three eq. ARTS 342; $ FA eq. ARTS )M eq. ARTS 277; $ FA eq. ARTS M Pr eq. ARTS 106 or permission; $ FA eq. ARTS eq. ARTS 101; $ FA eq. ARTS eq. ARTS 101; $ FA eq. ARTS Pr Pr Pr Pr eq. ARTS 106 or permission; $ FA eq. ARTS Pr eq. ARTS 245; $ FA eq. ARTS Pr eq. ARTS 246; $ FA eq. ARTS Pr eq. ARTS 231 or 232; $ FA eq. ARTS Pr TS 376 2 (4) Drawing Intermediate hotoshop to accommodate their effective use in design and imaging processes. use in design and imaging processes. hotoshop to accommodate their effective subtractive’’ processes: carving and sandblasting in glass, clay, wood, stone, plastics. wood, carving processes: in glass, clay, and sandblasting subtractive’’ additive’’ mode: clay, wax, found elements. mode: clay, additive’’ 102, or permission; $ FA create and manipulate graphics and images using bit-mapped digital programs such as Adobe bit-mapped digital programs and manipulate graphics and images using create P ceramics. Topics to be addressed: majolica glazed ware, terra sigillatas, and primitive smoking sigillatas, and primitive terra ware, glazed majolica to be addressed: Topics ceramics. techniques. techniques in etching and plate production combined with use of printing papers in producing an combined with use of printing papers in producing techniques in etching and plate production image. individualized use of paint software, such as Painter, to create original digital artwork traditional art that mimics to create such as Painter, use of paint software, mimics art also surfaces, such as and airbrush. It pencil, watercolor, media, such as oils, charcoal, and glass. canvas, paper, watercolor processes: soft metals, plaster, plastics. plastics. soft metals, plaster, processes: and techniques in lithography and advances by understanding more advanced methods of register advanced understanding more by and techniques in lithography and advances paper ink use. course is designed to develop a student’s ability to use software such as QuarkXPress to bring together such as QuarkXPress ability to use software a student’s course is designed to develop Students and text into a finished design product. graphic elements (photos, images, illustrations) for ready documents which are as produce type elements in a design as well to manipulate learn how the printer or publication. two-dimensional drawing mediums. AR ARTS 371ARTS 1 (4) Life Drawing Intermediate 372ARTS 2 (4) Life Drawing Intermediate 373ARTS 3 (4 Life Drawing Intermediate 375ARTS 1 (4) Drawing Intermediate ARTS 361ARTS (4) and Layout Publishing Digital 362ARTS (4) Imaging Digital 363ARTS (4) Illustration/Type Digital 364ARTS (4) Paint Digital ARTS 346ARTS Lithography (4) Intermediate 347ARTS (4) Printing Screen Intermediate 355ARTS 1 (4 Visualist Studio ARTS 339ARTS Ceramics (4) Low-Fire 341ARTS 1 (4) Sculpture Intermediate 342ARTS 2 (4) Sculpture Intermediate 343ARTS 3 (4) Sculpture Intermediate 345ARTS (4) Intaglio Intermediate personal approach to drawing. Repeatable for credit—maximum of two quarters. for credit—maximum to drawing. Repeatable personal approach credit—maximum of two quarters. credit—maximum course work on an individual basis by “contracting” with their instructor with number to complete a given “contracting” by on an individual basis course work series) generated the 360/460 (from using hand drawn and software of design/imaging projects experience should lead to portfolio pieces. methods. Studio elective group or permission; group $ FA elective uses vector based software such as Macromedia Freehand (an ideal source for work on the internet) for work (an ideal source Freehand such as Macromedia based software uses vector of art, in type. original works illustration, and work to create credit—maximum of two quarters. credit—maximum of new techniques in manual and photo screen print production. print production. of new techniques in manual and photo screen ‘‘ 341; $ FA ‘‘

194 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE ARTS 339 - ARTS 376 ARTS 399 - ARTS 455 eq. eq. eq. Pr Pr eq. Pr Pr eq. ARTS 410; $ FA eq. ARTS eq. ARTS 343; $ FA eq. ARTS eq. ARTS 326; $ FA eq. ARTS Pr Pr Pr eq. ARTS 442; $ FA eq. ARTS COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 195 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE Pr Continuation of ARTS 336. Continuation of ARTS eq. ARTS 441; $ FA eq. ARTS Pr eq. ARTS 422; $ FA eq. ARTS ainting from a model in oil or acrylic. a ainting from model in oil or acrylic. a ainting from anced techniques in individualized areas anced techniques in individualized eq. ARTS 312; $ FA eq. ARTS Pr P P 428. Considerable Continuation of ARTS v Pr Ad of 411 and presentation Continuation of ARTS eq. ARTS 336; $ FA eq. ARTS Continuation of ARTS 410. Continuation of ARTS Pr Continuation of ARTS 425 combined with a Continuation of ARTS Continuation of ARTS 424 with a widening Continuation of ARTS echniques of casting in full-round, high- echniques of casting in full-round, mphasizes personal expression and the development personal expression mphasizes eq. ARTS 326; $ FA eq. ARTS 421; $ FA eq. ARTS Continuation of ARTS 326 with more emphasis on 326 with more Continuation of ARTS T ocus on helping the artist a coherent/ develop E Introduction Continuation of personal development. Pr Pr F ust be taken three times for credit. This course allows times for credit. ust be taken three Continuation of ARTS 335. Commercial and 335. Commercial Continuation of ARTS M pportunity a project to plan and complete for the student Continuation of ARTS 334. The Raku philosophy as 334. Continuation of ARTS eq. permission of staff; $ FA O Pr eq. ARTS 425; $ FA eq. ARTS Pr eq. ARTS 411; $ FA eq. ARTS eq. ARTS 428; $ FA eq. ARTS Pr Pr eq. permission staff of Pr TS 424 1 (4) Watercolor Advanced TS 411 2 (4) Photography Advanced is meant to closely replicate the work environment where individuals or teams of artists to work where environment the work is meant to closely replicate

which meets with the approval of the staff member supervising of the staff for Repeatable this arranged course. with the approval which meets credit. individual style and use of more advanced materials such as special papers, etc. advanced individual style and use of more ARTS 424; $ FA ARTS of senior portfolio. presentation Compounding and testing of self-designed glazes. dialog of expression based on individual style. Combined with experiments in the medium. based on individual style. Combined dialog of expression progress in a personal style is encouraged with emphasis on using the human form as a basis for in a personal progress work. advanced ARTS 329; $ FA ARTS 427; $ FA ARTS of style in combinations of the foregoing technical processes. of style in combinations of the foregoing to land art, monument art, art, environment happenings, performance art. senior portfolio. senior portfolio. self-formulated glazes. Both larger thrown works and hand-built forms. works Both larger thrown self-formulated glazes. ARTS 442ARTS 2 (4) Sculpture Advanced 443ARTS 3 (4) Sculpture Advanced 455ARTS 2 (4) Visualist Studio ARTS 436ARTS (4) Theory and Practice Glaze Advanced 441ARTS 1 (4) Sculpture Advanced ARTS 429ARTS 3 (4) Painting Figure Advanced 434ARTS Raku (4) Advanced 435ARTS (4) Porcelain Advanced ARTS 427ARTS 1 (4) Painting Figure Advanced 428ARTS 2 (4) Painting Figure Advanced AR 425ARTS 2 (4) Watercolor Advanced 426ARTS 3 (4) Watercolor Advanced ARTS 421ARTS 1 (4) Painting Advanced 422ARTS 2 (4) Painting Advanced 423ARTS 3 (4) Painting Advanced ARTS 410ARTS 1 (4) Photography Advanced AR 412ARTS 3 (4) Photography Advanced ARTS 399ARTS in Art (1-4) Topics ARTS 355 or permission; $ FA ARTS students to work on projects using many different software programs as well as board produced art. produced as board as well programs software many different using on projects students to work It An approved level. in this sequence should be portfolio presentation Work problems. creative solve in this sequence. hours of class work co-op experience may be substituted for up to 12 credit cohesive body of work (developing an individual style). an individual (developing work body of cohesive applied to modern and western forms. applied to modern and western temperature, ‘‘harder’’ metals (bronze, aluminum) using the cire perdue process. process. perdue aluminum) using the cire metals (bronze, ‘‘harder’’ temperature, such as lighting, color, and photographing the figure. and photographing the figure. such as lighting, color, eq. . ARTS Pr Preq eq. ARTS 376; $ FA eq. ARTS 475; $ FA eq. ARTS Pr Pr An introduction to basic An introduction An introduction to the anatomy An introduction A general survey and of the structure $ FA An introduction to basic concepts of biology for An introduction eq. ARTS 355 or 455; 20 or 40 lab 355 or 455; 20 eq. ARTS 4 lec. 2 lab; $ NS 4 lec. 2 lab; $ NS esigned for students with an inadequate background ay be taken three times for credit. This course This credit. times for ay be taken three ntroduction to principles and concepts of life; ntroduction Pr Continuation of ARTS 376. Continuation of ARTS 475. Continuation of ARTS I D of the following sequences: BIOL 130 and 131; of the following M pproved employment of 40 hours per week for a 40 hours per week of employment pproved A pportunity for the student to plan and complete a project one This course (and ARTS 481) must be taken the senior year 481) must be taken the senior This course (and ARTS concentra- of the student’s This course must be in the area O ay be taken three times for credit. This course focuses on times for credit. ay be taken three ay be taken three times for credit. This course concentrates This credit. times for ay be taken three M M eq. ARTS 362 or permission; $ FA eq. ARTS Pr eq. ARTS 480; $ FA eq. ARTS of the following sequences: BIOL 130 and 131; BIOL 101, 151, and 162; or of the following Pr ciples of Anatomy and Physiology 2 (5) ciples of Anatomy and Physiology 4 lec. 2 lab; $ NS undamental Biology (4) undamental Biology one eq. permission of staff; $ FA Pr eq. BIOL 101 or 151; 4 lec. 2 lab; $ NS ebsite designs (combining music, voice, video, animation, graphics, and photography). ebsite designs (combining music, voice, oice, video, animation, graphics, and photography) into a finished video or interactive CD. video or interactive graphics, and photography) into a finished oice, video, animation, which meets with the approval of the staff member supervising for this arranged course. Repeatable which meets with the approval credit. concepts of biology and the anatomy and physiology of skeletal, muscular, nervous, and digestive concepts of biology and the anatomy and physiology of skeletal, muscular, for only is allowed credit systems. Biology BIOL 101, 151, and 162; or BIOL 310 and 320. health sciences students. Biology credit is given for either—but not both—BIOL 101 or 151, which is given credit health sciences students. Biology introductoryare courses. function of the human body. Biology credit is given for either—but not both—BIOL 162 or 310, is given credit Biology function of the human body. BIOL 310 and BIOL 320. applicable for students requiring introductorywhich are courses. Not Pr and physiology of the respiratory, cardiovascular, renal, and reproductive systems. Biology credit is credit Biology systems. and reproductive renal, cardiovascular, and physiology of the respiratory, for only allowed in the area of the student’s concentration. Arranged time. of the student’s in the area tion. Arranged time. BIOL 310 and 320. BIOL 131 Prin BIOL 151 (5) of Biology Principles BIOL 162 (5) Anatomy and Physiology Human Biology BIOL 099 no high school biology who plan to enter one of the allied in biological science or those students with F familiarity with terms and chemical is intended to increase presented Material health programs. processes. BIOL 101 (3) to Biology Introduction BIOL 130 1 (5) of Anatomy and Physiology Principles ARTS 467ARTS Arts (4) Website 475ARTS 1 (4) Drawing Advanced 476ARTS 2 (4) Drawing Advanced 480ARTS 1 (4) Studio Senior 481ARTS 2 (4) Studio Senior 499ARTS in Art (1-4) Topics ARTS 459ARTS (6-12) Arts Internship 465ARTS original art, for illustrations, images to create 3-D, Pro Studio such as on the use of 3-D programs, 3-D (4) Digital CDs. animation, and interactive 466ARTS Scripting (4) Interactive emphasis on interrelationships of structural, functional, reproductive, evolutionary, and ecological evolutionary, of structural, functional, reproductive, emphasis on interrelationships for either—but not both—BIOL is given credit to cells and organisms. Biology principles related introductory101 or 151, which are courses. 362, 363, or permission; $ FA creating finished art using software, such as Adobe Sitemill or Macromedia Dreamweaver, to create Dreamweaver, or Macromedia Sitemill such as Adobe finished art using software, creating w ARTS 362, 363, or permission; $ FA ARTS focuses on creating finished art using software which facilitates digital scripting (combining music, which facilitates digital art finished using software focuses on creating v minimum of 10 weeks for 12 credits. Must produce portfolio-presentation-level work in professional work portfolio-presentation-level produce Must 12 credits. for of 10 weeks minimum co-op experience may be This approved programs. of software using a variety environment work may be to thirty-nine of work hours per week Twenty 455. of ARTS hours substituted for 12 credit period. a ten-week hours over granted six credit

196 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE ARTS 459 - BIOL 162 BIOL 202 - BIOL 325 eq. Pr 3 lec. 2 lab; $ NS COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 197 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE eq. BIOL 151; 4 lec. 3 eq. BIOL 202; 3 lec. 2 lab; Pr Pr estigation of the development v In 4 lec. 2 lab; $ NS 3 lec. 2 lab; $ NS rinciples of animal taxonomy, structure, rinciples of animal taxonomy, rinciples of classification of extinct and rinciples of classification P P eq. BIOL 131, 162, or 310; 4 lec. 2 lab; $ NS Anatomy and morphology of seed plants are morphology of seed Anatomy and iscussion of advanced topics in the life sciences. iscussion of advanced Pr D 3 lec. 2 lab; $ NS An introduction to human systems physiology. An introduction A detailed anatomy of the human nervous system An introduction to morphology of tissues and An introduction eq. BIOL 131, 162, or 310; 3 lec. 2 lab; $ NS A study of ecological principles of the management An introduction to the morphology and classification An introduction eq. BIOL 131 or BIOL 320 Pr An introduction to sectional human anatomy. to sectional human anatomy. An introduction eq. BIOL 162 or 310; 4 lec. 2 lab; $ NS Pr A study of the classification, adaptation, and habitat A study of the classification, adaptation, and Pr An investigative study of the physiological changes caused study of the physiological An investigative Laboratory designed to complement BIOL 320. Exercises dentification, nomenclature, and classification of spring and classification of dentification, nomenclature, I Collection, identification, nomenclature, classification, and classification, Collection, identification, nomenclature, Concentration on skeletal and muscle systems and their tudy of the microscopic structure of cells, tissues, and organ structure tudy of the microscopic S eq. BIOL 101 or 151; 4 lec. 3 lab; $ NS Pr eq. BIOL 151; 4 lec. 2 lab; $ NS eq. BIOL 151; 4 lec. 2 Pr 3 lec. 2 lab; $ NS 3 lec. 3 lab; Saturday field trip; $ NS 3 lec. 3 lab; Saturday diseases and their pathological outcomes.

eq./coreq. BIOL 320; 1 discussion 3 lab; $ NS eq./coreq. eq. BIOL 162 or 310 ole of various wildlife agencies are also considered. also considered. agencies are wildlife ole of various elated to the functional aspects of photosynthesis, growth, transport, and reproduction. Practical transport, and reproduction. of photosynthesis, growth, functional aspects elated to the equirements of birds with particular emphasis on Ohio species. Field identification is emphasized in identification is emphasized species. Field with particular emphasis on Ohio of birds equirements r survey interactions. Brief emphasis on plant/man life histories and of plant kingdom with focus on evolutionary relationships. of insects. The major orders, families, and species of economic importance, both beneficial and pest, The major orders, of insects. species. collect and identify local Students emphasized. are ecological relationship of native, introduced, and cultivated woody plants. and cultivated introduced, of native, ecological relationship flowering plants. Origin and evolution of flora in Ohio. of flora in Ohio. and evolution plants. Origin flowering instructor permission only. By illustrate basic principles and techniques of animal physiology. Pr with attention to functional and clinical considerations. lab; $ NS functional interplay in the analysis of motion. of wild animals, both game and non-game species. The economic importance of wildlife and the species. of wild animals, both game and non-game r BIOL 325 (5) Pathophysiology BIOL 315 (5) Histology BIOL 320 (5) of Physiology Principles BIOL 321 Lab (2) Physiology BIOL 311 Kinesiology (4) BIOL 312 Anatomy (3) Sectional BIOL 314 (5) Neuroanatomy Human BIOL 307 (5) Entomology General BIOL 310 (5) of Anatomy Principles BIOL 162 or 310; 2 lec. 2 lab; $ NS BIOL 290 (1-4) Sciences Life in Seminar BIOL 302 (4) Dendrology BIOL 303 (4) Flora Spring BIOL 220 (4) Management Wildlife BIOL 271 (4) Ornithology Field BIOL 212 (4) and Practices Management Forestry BIOL 203 (5) of Animal Biology Principles BIOL 210 (4) Plants Vascular of Taxonomy BIOL 202 (5) Biology of Plant Principles systems of the human body. Biology credit is given for either—but not both—BIOL 162 or 310, is given credit Biology systems of the human body. introductorywhich are courses. systems and their physiological properties. extant seed plants with emphasis on family recognition. Collection, identification, and preservation Collection, identification, emphasis on family recognition. extant seed plants with of seed plants. by Pr $ NS and the existing practices of modern forestry in the U. S. Basic management practices are discussed are management practices of modern forestryand the existing practices in the U. S. Basic management skills. forest with laboratory designed to improve exercises r lab. function, development, and behavior. Laboratory survey phyla. of major and behavior. function, development, eq. eq. Pr Pr eq. BIOL eq. BIOL eq. BIOL Pr Pr Pr $ NS eq. BIOL 202; 4 lec. 2 lab; $ NS Pr etailed study of vascular plant anatomy etailed study of vascular D ndividual or small-group study, under the under study, ndividual or small-group A regional approach to the anatomy of the approach A regional I xamination of the principles and techniques of xamination of the principles A study of the morphological, cultural, bio- E tudy of patterns of animal behavior including ecological, tudy of patterns of animal behavior including eq. BIOL 131, 162, or 310; 4 lec. 3 lab; $ NS S Pr An introduction to marine biology, including the areas of the areas including to marine biology, An introduction eneral principles of the structural functional properties and xperiments and experiences designed to illustrate principles xperiments and experiences urrent surveyurrent and function of eukaryotic of the structure and A survey of representative types of microorganisms. Emphasis types of microorganisms. A survey of representative G E eq./coreq. CHEM 307; 4 lec. eq./coreq. A study of the structural features, evolution, and classification evolution, A study of the structural features, C Pr An introduction to the taxonomy, morphology, evolution, and evolution, morphology, to the taxonomy, An introduction rinciples and concepts of genetics as revealed by classical and classical by of genetics as revealed rinciples and concepts eq. BIOL 350; 3 lec. 6 lab; $ NS A study of the structure, replication strategies, pathogenesis, strategies, replication A study of the structure, P eq. BIOL 101, 130, or 151; 4 lec. 3 lab; $ NS eq. BIOL 101, 130, or 151; 4 lec. 3 lab; $ A study of the interrelationships among the many elements in an the many elements among the interrelationships A study of eq. BIOL 101 or 151 eq. BIOL 330; 3 lec. 3 lab; Saturday field trip; $ NS field lab; Saturday eq. BIOL 330; 3 lec. 3 Pr Pr Pr Pr lant Anatomy and Morphology (5) lant Anatomy and Morphology eq. BIOL 202; 4 lec. 2 lab; Saturday field trip; $ NS field lab; Saturday eq. BIOL 202; 4 lec. 2 eq./coreq. BIOL 340; 4 lab; $ NS BIOL 340; 4 lab; eq./coreq. Pr Pr eq. BIOL 151; 4 lec. 2 lab; $ NS 151; 4 lec. 2 lab; $ NS ecology of terrestrial, freshwater, and marine algae. Practice in identifying local species. and marine algae. Practice freshwater, ecology of terrestrial, oceanography and ecology. All biological principles are infused into discussions with marine themes. infused into discussions All biological principles are oceanography and ecology. Pr physiological, and developmental mechanisms which regulate their formation and occurrence. their formation and occurrence. mechanisms which regulate physiological, and developmental BIOL 203 or permission; 4 lec. 3 lab; $ NS environment. A historical approach to the concept of evolution, man’s impact upon the environment, impact upon the man’s the concept of evolution, to approach A historical environment. common and basic ecological Labs introduce society. by faced problems and common ecological techniques. prokaryotic cells, including recent advances in molecular biology and tissue culture technique. in molecular biology and tissue culture advances prokaryotic cells, including recent human body utilizing cadaver dissection. human body utilizing cadaver BIOL 340 of carbohydrates, lipids, nucleic acids, and proteins. This course counts in a B.S.N.S. concentration This course counts in a B.S.N.S. lipids, nucleic acids, and proteins. of carbohydrates, either biology or chemistry. in area biological field investigation. biological field investigation. BIOL 410 Anatomy (5) Human Advanced BIOL 411 Biochemistry (4) BIOL 420 (5) Mammalogy BIOL 432 (5) Cell Biology BIOL 395 (1-4) in Biology Topics Special BIOL 405 Behavior (5) Animal BIOL 407 on virulence Emphasis pathogenic bacteria. factors characteristics of various chemical, and serological (5) Bacteriology Pathogenic and host-pathogen interaction. BIOL 408 (4) Virology BIOL 350 (5) Microbiology BIOL 360 P BIOL 365 (5) Phycology BIOL 370 (5) Biology Marine BIOL 330 (5) Ecology BIOL 331 (4) Biology Field Advanced BIOL 340 (5) Genetics BIOL 341 Lab (2) Genetics of mammals, especially of Ohio. Other topics include ecology, zoogeography, behavior, reproductive behavior, zoogeography, topics include ecology, Other of mammals, especially of Ohio. economic aspects. and environments, strategies, physiological adaptations to extreme epidemiology, and control of bacteriophage, animal, and plant viruses and control with special emphasis on epidemiology, those causing human disease. 4 lec. 3 lab; $ NS 151 or equivalent; of genetics. is placed on cellular structure and physiology, nutritional, and environmental requirements, and requirements, nutritional, and environmental and physiology, is placed on cellular structure of pathogenic organisms in diseases, principles of to the role Introduction methods of reproduction. to disease. Laboratory and resistance of sterilization, culturing, staining, includes methods immunity, and identification of bacteria. and morphology considered from an evolutionary from study of anatomy and viewpoint.and morphology considered Labs involve extinct and extant. plant groups, morphology of all major vascular modern investigation. Transmission, molecular, and population genetics are examined. examined. and population genetics are molecular, Transmission, modern investigation. or 142 151 and CHEM 122 supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise of to students. available supervision of instructor,

198 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE BIOL 330 - BIOL 432 BIOL 440 - BSNR 343 eq. Pr eq. junior or senior eq. MATH 150 and eq. MATH Pr Pr eq. BIOL 340; 3 lec. 6 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 199 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE Pr $ NS The RN student is intro- eq. BIOL 350; $ HS eq. junior or senior standing; $ NS Pr Pr ndividual or small-group study, under study, ndividual or small-group iscussion of advanced topics in the life iscussion of advanced I D eq. BIOL 350 and CHEM 305; $ HS eq. BIOL 350; $ HS Pr ndependent life science investigation under ndependent life science investigation I Pr vides the health professional with knowledge of with knowledge vides the health professional ocuses on the comparative study and analysis of ocuses on the comparative tudy of the immune system, with special emphasis o F A study of medically significant biochemical A study of medically significant biochemical S Pr asic molecular concepts and procedures used in the asic molecular concepts and procedures B A study of gene structure and function at the molecular and function gene structure A study of The study of genetics as it relates to medically significant The study of genetics as it relates A general introduction, including plant/soil, plant/water including plant/soil, A general introduction, n-depth study of a selected topic in the life sciences, n-depth study of a selected I $ HS tudy of antigen and antibodies with emphasis on in vivo and with emphasis on in vivo tudy of antigen and antibodies S eq. BIOL 350; $ HS Pr nly those students officially accepted into the RN-BSN program or those with nly those students officially accepted into the RN-BSN program O eq. BIOL 202 and 360; 4 lec. 2 lab; $ NS eq. BIOL 202 and 360; Pr eq. junior or senior standing Pr eq. admission to BSN program or 2.5 GPA and learning goals of learner are compatible with and learning goals of learner are or 2.5 GPA eq. admission to BSN program Pr ariation and heredity in man. ariation and heredity alues with the goal of using this knowledge to provide culture-specific and culture-universal nursing and culture-universal culture-specific to provide alues with the goal of using this knowledge elationships, mineral nutrition, photosynthesis, and growth integrated with related aspects of aspects integrated with related nutrition, photosynthesis, and growth elationships, mineral lab $ NS how to use computer systems and their comprehensive communication technology in client care. to use computer systems and their comprehensive how to computers. Legal and ethical issues related Also helps the nurse manage information through considered. information technology are v structure and reactions as they occur in living systems. and reactions structure BIOL 350; 4 lec. 3 lab $ NS BIOL 350; 4 lec. 3 lab duced to the essential knowledge and skills needed to critically review, evaluate, and utilize findings and utilize evaluate, and skills needed to critically review, duced to the essential knowledge delivery of clients. studies applicable to health care and the care research from standing; $ HS junior level diagnosis and characterization of genetic disease and malignancy. and malignancy. diagnosis and characterization of genetic disease the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise to students. available the supervision of instructor, level with an emphasis on modern techniques for gene analysis and manipulation, including cloning, manipulation, including gene analysis and modern techniques for with an emphasis on level mutagenesis, and bioinformatics. molecular probes, sequencing, genomics, BSNR 343 (4) in Nursing Making and Decision Research BSNR 342 (4) Informatics Nursing SPECIAL NOTE: SPECIAL chair may take courses with the BSNR prefix. permission of the program BSNR 341 (4) Nursing Transcultural BMSC 432 (4) Biology Molecular BMSC 450 (4) Immunology Medical of Science Nursing Bachelor Biomedical Sciences BMSC 340 (4) Genetics Medical BMSC 411 Biochemistry (4) Medical BIOL 495 (1-4) Research Undergraduate BIOL 499 in Life Science (1-4) Topics Special BIOL 485 (1-4) Project Senior BIOL 490 Sciences (1-4) in the Life Seminar BIOL 450 (5) Immunology BIOL 470 (5) Physiology Plant BIOL 440 (5) Biology Molecular culminating in the preparation of a senior paper. By instructor permission only. instructor permission only. By of a senior paper. culminating in the preparation standing; $ NS r biophysics. the direction of a faculty member. A maximum of six credit hours of BIOL 495 may be counted as hours of BIOL 495 may be counted A maximum of six credit of a faculty member. the direction instructor permission only. By or concentration. biology electives sciences. different cultures and subcultures with respect to nursing and health/illness practices, beliefs, and with respect and subcultures cultures different v care. goals of the course; $ HS on immunologic methods used in medicine and immune-mediated diseases that are frequently frequently and immune-mediated diseases that are on immunologic methods used in medicine immunological methods. by diagnosed and evaluated in vitro reactions, including recent information in immunogenetics and monoclonal strategies. in immunogenetics and monoclonal strategies. information including recent reactions, in vitro eq. $ B eq. Pr Pr eq. Pr Conceptual Client health appraisal and Client health appraisal Theories of leadership/ Concepts and principles of eq. permission of the instructor; $ HS Concepts and applications of family Concepts and applications Pr eq. AHNR 354, BSNR 363; 3 lec. 6 lab vides core knowledge regarding the regarding knowledge vides core o Pr Pr ndividually designed and implemented study I eporting and analyzing financial data. Financial statement eporting Financial and analyzing financial data. pplication of fundamental accounting techniques for cash, ntroduction to accounting concepts and procedures. The to accounting concepts and procedures. ntroduction R I A eq. BUAC 102; $ B eq. BUAC Pr eq. admission to program and junior level standing; $ HS and junior level eq. admission to program Pr eq. BIOL 325, BSNR 341, 354, and admission to the BSN program; 5 lec. 3 lab; $ HS 5 to the BSN program; eq. BIOL 325, BSNR 341, 354, and admission Pr eq. senior standing, BSNR 341 and 343; 3 lec. 6 lab; $ HS eq. senior standing, BSNR 341 and 343; 3 Pr 101; $ B

AC tegrative clinical laboratorytegrative skills. didactic information and clinical correlate experiences ole of provider of care, consumer advocate, and educator. and educator. consumer advocate, of care, ole of provider ntroduction to manufacturing operations, cost methods, and management’s need of cost data. to manufacturing operations, cost methods, and management’s ntroduction unique characteristics and health care needs of individuals coping with chronic illnesses. Focuses on illnesses. Focuses coping with chronic needs of individuals unique characteristics and health care exploration of complimentary/ of settings. Includes in a variety holistic care competent providing management, and disease/illness that could be useful in health promotion, therapies alternative healing efforts. senior level standing and BSNR 345; 4 lec. 3 lab; $ HS standing senior level community and public health nursing and applications of health promotion and national health applications of health promotion community and public health nursing and as a member collaboratively, in the community setting, with aggregates The RN student works goals. and consumer of a multidisciplinary educator, of change agent, consumer advocate, team in the role planning, and practice The student uses skills in community assessment, program of research. interventions of optimum level to help identified populations within the community maintain their health. theoretical frameworks to assess and intervene with families in the community. The RN student frameworks to assess and intervenetheoretical with families in the community. in settings, including homes, schools, and ambulatory with families works clinics, applying care health deliveryholistic caring strategies to human needs and in the for families, women, and children r Accounting 101BUAC 1 (4) Accounting 102BUAC 2 (4) Accounting 103BUAC 3 (4) Accounting BSNR 462 (6) and Adaptations Innovations BSNR 495 (1-4) in Nursing Topics Special BSNR 453 (5) in Nursing Management Leadership and BSNR 454 (5) Nursing Health Public Community and BSNR 345 (4) Nursing in Professional Trends and Theory, History, BSNR 363 Assessment (4) and Physical Appraisal Health BSNR 451 (5) in the Community Nursing Family management, organization, change, power, and the collaborative role of the professional nurse is nurse of the professional role and the collaborative management, organization, change, power, and environments, health care in diverse system, practice in the health care based on trends explored financing, performance with multidisciplinary among quality improvement, teams. Relationships Research thinking and decision making processes. integrated into critical appraisal, and change are the course. is incorporated throughout to leadership and management utilization as it relates physical assessment for the registered nurse. Focuses on developing nursing skills of obtaining a on developing nurse. Focuses the registered physical assessment for the life span. with clients across and completing a physical examination health assessment appraisal In consent of the instructor; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ HS introduction, analysis, and interpretation to meet the needs of modern management. Introduction to meet the needs of analysis, and interpretation introduction, and subsidiaryto accounting techniques applicable to parent companies and departmental and as an aid to management and the importance of income tax consider- branch operations. Budgeting ations in financial decisions. accounting cycle: nature of accounts and techniques of recording, classifying, summarizing, and classifying, summarizing, of accounts and techniques of recording, nature accounting cycle: for the formation and operation of business enterprises. analyzing basic financial data. Accounting models and theories that guide professional nursing are described and applied to health care delivery to health care described and applied are nursing professional theories that guide models and to changing history as a frame of reference is presented of settings. Nursing as it exists in a variety as able to develop nurse students are registered which and from care in nursing and health trends nurses. professional notes and accounts, inventorylong term investments, methods, plant and equipment, and liabilities. I BU topic explored in depth by the RN student. Topics, learning methods, evaluation strategies, and learning methods, evaluation Topics, the RN student. in depth by topic explored the student and the faculty. negotiated between hours are credit

200 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE BSNR 345 - BUAC 103 BUAC 110 - BUAC 332 eq. Pr eq. BUAC Pr eq. BUAC 231; eq. BUAC Pr COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 201 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE eq. BUAC 101; $ B eq. BUAC Pr eq. BUAC 333 and departmental eq. BUAC pplication of basic accounting Pr A A special course designed to permit An introduction to the concepts and An introduction eq. BUAC 103 or permission; $ B eq. BUAC Pr eq. BUAC 221; $ B eq. BUAC A basic course in the maintenance of personnel in the maintenance A basic course Continuation of BUAC 231 with emphasis Continuation of BUAC A more advanced treatment of accounting treatment advanced A more Pr A basic introduction to the accumulation and A basic introduction Estimating, planning, and controlling the costs Estimating, planning, and controlling A study of the financial information needs of A study of the financial A special course designed to permit the accounting tudy of the use of data by management in planning tudy of the use of data by eq. departmental permission accounting advisor). (see S eq. BUAC 103; $ B eq. BUAC Pr pportunity for accounting students to continue their ntroduction to cost accounting systems and methods. to ntroduction Pr I O urrent income tax law and regulations related to business related income tax law and regulations urrent C eq. BUAC 103 or 203 and BUAI 101 103 or 203 and BUAI eq. BUAC Pr eq. BUAC 103 and permission or BUAC 231; $ B 103 and permission or BUAC eq. BUAC Pr ccounting Projects 1 (1-4) ccounting Projects ayroll Records/Accounting (4) Records/Accounting ayroll ndustrial Accounting (4) ndustrial Accounting I A P eq. departmental permission accounting advisor); see special note on page 131; $ B (see Pr 330 250 110

AC AC AC the use of accounting information in analytical form.

eq. BUAC 103; $ B eq. BUAC eq. BUAC 201; $ B eq. BUAC sophomore standing; $ B sophomore study of accounting in specialized areas under the supervision areas study of accounting in specialized of an instructor with expertise in those areas. on the balance sheet sections dealing with investments, fixed assets, and liabilities. fixed on the balance sheet sections dealing with investments, $ B theory; determination of income realization and cost expiration. Primary emphasis is on asset theory; and cost expiration. Primary determination of income realization listed on the balance sheet. accounts in order and individual income tax reporting. Practice in preparation of tax returns of businesses and individuals. of tax returns in preparation Practice and individual income tax reporting. Pr use of accounting information in non-profit organizations. General principles applying to budgets and General organizations. use of accounting information in non-profit examined rather than specific application. An especially useful course for nonaccounting funds are budgeting and units where in governmental (and accounting) students who will be employed required. accounting are student to work on special projects under the supervision on special projects student to work of an instructor with expertise in the area to apply the course enables the accounting student The special projects project. of the student’s in other courses. accounting theory as covered BUAC 332BUAC 2 (4) Accounting Intermediate BUAC 322BUAC Cost Concepts (4) Advanced BU BUAC 311BUAC (1-4) Projects—Advanced Accounting BUAC 299BUAC 1 (1-4) Topics Special 305BUAC (4) Accounting Governmental BU 261BUAC (4) Systems Accounting Microcomputer BUAC 221BUAC 1 (4) Cost Accounting 231BUAC 1 (4) Accounting Intermediate BUAC 215BUAC (4) Accounting Tax BUAC 201BUAC (4) Principles Accounting Financial 203BUAC (4) Accounting Managerial BU of processes and projects. Standard cost accounting procedures and the analysis of variances. Cost and the analysis of variances. cost accounting procedures Standard and projects. of processes selection, data in project of cost and profit to management. Uses reporting responsibility and profit pricing, and other functions of management. product principles underlying financial accounting theory. The study includes the accounting equation and its study includes the accounting equation The financial accounting theory. principles underlying financial and reporting and concepts in accumulating Procedures entity. application to the business 101 and 102.) completed BUAC who have open to students (Not developed. information are and controlling business operations. Emphasis on the solution of problems confronting management confronting on the solution of problems business operations. Emphasis and controlling by management for decision making. Includes the development of financial statements for manufacturing of financial the development making. Includes management for decision analysis. costing, and cost-volume-profit the components of unit cost, variable entities, the study of Pr and payroll records as required by the Fair Labor Standards Act and the various federal and state federal and and the various Act Labor Standards the Fair by as required records and payroll taxes. related payment of payroll the withholding and laws covering permission; $ B the advanced accounting student to work on special projects under the supervision on special projects accounting student to work the advanced of an instructor enables the accounting course The special projects project. of the student’s with expertise in the area in other courses. student to apply the accounting theory as covered Cost concepts, classifications, and measurement techniques in relation to their importance in techniques in relation Cost concepts, classifications, and measurement cost accounting methods. and process order Job determination, planning, and control. 103 or 203; $ B procedures to the microcomputer. to the microcomputer. procedures $ B pportunity eq. BUAC O Pr Continuation of financial vides the basis for under- o eq. BUAC 333 eq. BUAC The use of accounting The use of accounting Pr Pr eq. BUAC 221 and 333 eq. BUAC Pr pportunity accounting for the advanced A study of the Internet and its history, and its history, A study of the Internet phasizes the development and refinement of refinement and the development phasizes O Continuation of BUAC 332 with detailed 332 with of BUAC Continuation ntroduces computer concepts within the computer ntroduces I Em A study of special applications of accounting A study of special applications of accounting A study of the modern complex corporate A study of the modern complex corporate course in accounting information systems principles course in accounting

eq. instructor permission advisor); see (see accounting )A Pr ion Systems eq. BUAC 322 and 333 eq. BUAC eq. instructor permission; see special note on page 131; $ B eq. BUAI 101 and BUAC 103; $ B 101 and BUAC eq. BUAI ndependent audits, professional ethics, legal liability, internal ethics, legal liability, ndependent audits, professional Pr eq. BUAC 221 and 333 eq. BUAC I Pr Pr Pr eq. BUAI 101; $ B eq. BUAI Pr eq. BUAC 332; $ B eq. BUAC ted Informat Pr eq. Knowledge of the fundamental computing process, components of the computing system, of the fundamental computing process, eq. Knowledge Pr eq. BUAI 102 eq. BUAI student to continue the study of accounting in a specialized area of accounting under the supervision area in a specialized student to continue the study of accounting of an instructor with expertise in the area. special note on page 131; $ B study of the owner’s equity section of the balance sheet and the financial statements presentation financial statements balance sheet and the equity section of the owner’s study of the and analysis. systems and procedures such as foreign currency translation, home office and branch accounting, currency such as foreign systems and procedures entities, and partnership accounting. accounting for distressed environment. Emphasis on accounting for corporate combinations and the special problems arising special problems on accounting for corporate combinations and the Emphasis environment. acquisitions. mergers and from information in planning and controlling the operations of health care organizations. budgeting and the operations of health care information in planning and controlling included. organizations are cost accounting applications of health care the specialized 103; $ B standing major components of the discipline: information systems, planning and management, to IS. and organization systems, including ethical and legal issues related information technology, Pr BUAI 102BUAI 2 (4) Computer Applications 150BUAI (4) Publishing Web and Internet 201BUAI (4) and Practice Theory, IS Fundamentals, 299BUAI 1 (1-4) Systems Information in Automated Topics Special BUAC 499BUAC (1-4) Topics—Advanced Special Automa 101BUAI 1 (4) Applications Computer BUAC 410BUAC (4) Accounting/Administration Care Health 431BUAC 1 (4) Accounting Advanced 433BUAC 2 (4) Accounting Advanced 435BUAC (4) Auditing discussion, and hands-on use of the Internet. lectures, applications, and uses. Includes technology, BUAC 333BUAC 3 (4) Accounting Intermediate 339BUAC of Topics in business. accounting theory encountered frequently with application to special problems (4) Accounting in Financial Problems Special casualty losses, accounting from combinations, accounting for leases and study include business to partnership and an introduction accounting. incomplete records, 360BUAC (4 Accounting Systems for the student to work on special projects under the supervision on special projects for the student to work of an instructor with expertise in project. of the student’s the area framework of business applications. Emphasis is on developing word processing and presentation skills, and presentation processing word is on developing framework of business applications. Emphasis in a laboratory applications software and presentation processing using commonly accepted word setting. in a errors skills of 20 wpm with 3 or fewer plus minimum keyboarding and basic computer terminology, 3 minute timed writing. $ B spreadsheet construction and manipulation, using commonly accepted spreadsheet and database construction and manipulation, using commonly accepted spreadsheet spreadsheet applications software. and applications. The application of accounting principles to computerized environment, including environment, of accounting principles to computerized The application and applications. applications, software cycle and expenditure revenue and internal controls, transaction processing security. systems, and computer control, auditing standards, work sheet applications and procedures. Concern is given to audit Concern is given sheet applications and procedures. work standards, auditing control, and techniques, summary approach of statistical sampling, and role reports, evidence, the auditor’s advisory services to management.

202 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE BUAC 333 - BUAI 299 BUAI 301 - BUFI 299 eq. BUIS pportunity Pr O tudents engage S COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 203 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE $ B eq. BUAI 303 and BUIS 103 303 and BUIS eq. BUAI Pr pportunity for the student to eq. BUIS 103; $ B eq. BUIS ntroductory course, covering how ntroductory course, covering O I Pr epares the student to support the student personal epares Pr Third-level programming course using programming Third-level asic concepts and techniques used in the asic concepts and techniques B A study of the various types of investments, A study of the various anced-level programming course, using Visual course, using programming anced-level v A study of the forms of business organization, cash Ad eq. instructor permission; see special note on page 131; $ B eq. BUAC 102 eq. BUAC akes the student through the topics of financial planning, akes the student through Pr econd-level programming course in which students code course in which students programming econd-level T Pr S xamination of the effective creation of websites, dealing with of websites, creation xamination of the effective Language dependent upper-level course, covering electronic course, covering Language dependent upper-level E eq. BUAI 150, equivalent, or permission 150, equivalent, eq. BUAI esign and maintenance of interactive and dynamic Web applications Web and dynamic esign and maintenance of interactive Pr D eq. BUFI 245 eq. BUFI Pr eq. BUAI 102; $ B eq. BUAI Pr eq. instructor permission; see special note on page 131. eq. BUAI 320 or permission; $ B eq. BUAI Pr ASP.Net (4) ASP.Net Pr eq. BUAI 102 eq. BUAI Pr eq. BUAI 102 eq. BUAI Pr eq. BUAI 303 and 330; $ B eq. BUAI isual BASIC and the design techniques of an object-oriented, event-driven language. an object-oriented, event-driven isual BASIC and the design techniques of elated to management of the IS function, systems integration, and project management to ensure systems integration, and project elated to management of the IS function, work on special projects under the supervision under on special projects work of an instructor of the with expertise in the area project. student’s for the advanced student to work on special projects under the supervision on special projects student to work for the advanced of an instructor with project. of the student’s expertise in the area budgeting, housing, transportation, insurance, investments, retirement, and estate planning. budgeting, housing, transportation, retirement, insurance, investments, and execute error-free programs in the Visual BASIC language. BASIC language. Visual in the programs error-free and execute flow projections, budgeting and financial planning, and analysis of financial statements. (Not open planning, and analysis of financial statements. (Not budgeting and financial projections, flow 345.) completed BUFI to those who have within the server-based server of active scripting environment pages. computers and to study distributed computing. Includes lecture and hands-on work to learn how to to learn how and hands-on work lecture computing. Includes and to study distributed computers situations. networking operating systems, and hardware, handle various and hands-on instruction in the creation users. Lecture issues such as international and special needs pages. web of viewer interactive commerce. Addresses the similarities and differences between e-commerce and traditional business e-commerce between the similarities and differences Addresses commerce. and case operation via lectures some of the issues, concerns, and effective and explores structures studies. BUFI 299 (1-4) in Banking/Finance Topics Special BUFI 245 (4) of Finance Principles BUFI 250 (4) to Investments Introduction Finance BUFI 240 (4) Finance Personal BUAI 430BUAI (4) and Management Deployment Systems Information 499BUAI 2 (1-4) Systems Information in Automated Topics Special BUAI 421BUAI (4) Database Advanced BUAI 350BUAI (4) Design Web 360 BUAI 370BUAI (4) E-Commerce BUAI 320BUAI (4) Analysis and Design Systems 330BUAI (4) Programming Object-Oriented BUAI 303BUAI Visual BASIC 2 (4) 310BUAI with SQL (4) to Database Introduction BUAI 301BUAI (4) Hardware/Software/Networking databases are constructed and used in organizations. SQL is studied from a user’s view not a constructed a user’s from and used in organizations. SQL is studied databases are effort.programming analysis, design, implementation, documentation, and evaluation of systems utilizing state-of-the-art of systems utilizing documentation, and evaluation analysis, design, implementation, technology. in significant project with minimal supervision for a real or simulated client. Project includes deter- with minimal supervisionin significant project or simulated client. Project for a real database, logical and physical design, of functions, based on reengineering mination of physical flows and discussion Readings and implementation design. conversion, functional analysis, development, r quality. project including stocks, bonds, mutual funds, commercial paper, options, and commodities. Particular paper, including stocks, bonds, mutual funds, commercial open to those who strategies. (Not investment and risk in developing to return emphasis is given 350.) completed BUFI have V 303; $ B 103 and BUAI BASIC for the AD, involving input data editing, reports, database access using a windows form. database access using a windows input data editing, reports, BASIC for the AD, involving Pr eq. Pr eq. Pr An overview vides the vocabulary o eq. BUAC 103 or 203 eq. BUAC Pr pportunity for the student to Pr O rinciples of health care personnel rinciples of health care P A broad orientation to the health orientation A broad ield experience focuses on skill building vides an understanding of the various F o pportunity for the junior or senior student Pr O A detailed study involving the analysis and the analysis A detailed study involving tudy of the health record, including definition, tudy of the health record, S asic insurance course includes the nature of risk; nature course includes the asic insurance B An integrated and comprehensive analysis of financial An integrated and comprehensive An analysis of financial information for the purpose of An analysis of financial A study of various investment alternatives and the general and and alternatives investment A study of various eq. BUAC 102, BUFI 345, and ECON 201 345, and ECON 102, BUFI eq. BUAC eq. BUAC 103 or 203, ECON 201, 202, and MATH 150 201, 202, and MATH ECON 103 or 203, eq. BUAC Pr Pr eq. instructor permission; note on page 131. see special ee special note on page 131. ealth Management Practicum (1-4) Practicum ealth Management S Pr eq. BUAC 102 and ECON 201 102 and ECON eq. BUAC cruitment, selection, and management. Characteristics of the professional health care worker are worker cruitment, health care Characteristics of the professional selection, and management. UHE 310 eports as well as disease processes. Emphasis is placed on the concerns health care managers should managers is placed on the concerns health care Emphasis eports as disease processes. as well found in the health care arena, including terms related to anatomy, physiology, medical and laboratory medical physiology, to anatomy, including terms related arena, found in the health care r this material. based on have, work on special projects under the supervision projects on special work of an instructor of the with expertise in the area project. student’s B agencies in place to promote and maintain health at the community, state, and national levels. state, and national levels. and maintain health at the community, agencies in place to promote of the total medical and social care required for residents of long-term health care facilities. Orien- of long-term health care for residents required of the total medical and social care for the total of the administrator and institution to provide aspects required tation to the various services, include pharmaceutical and recognition, disease process Topics the individual. of care planning, and nutrition. patient assessment, care of patient care, biological aging, psychology BUHE 314 (4) Programs Community Health BUHE 385 H BUHE 410 (4) Facilities Care Health in Long-Term Issues Care Patient BUHE 300 (4) Managers for Health Terminology Medical BUHE 310 services of the health Segments industry identified and described with historical are (4) Systems services industry. Care to Health Orientation of each. roles and future interrelationships, functions, background, BUHE 311 (4) Principles Record Health BUHE 312 (4) Management Personnel Care Health BUFI 350 (4) Investments BUFI 499 under the supervision projects on special to work of an instructor of the with expertise in the area 2 (1-4) in Finance Topics Special project. student’s Health Management BUHE 299 (1-4) Management in Health Topics Special exploration of in general management. Observation of settings. Includes and experience in a variety departments between and the critical need for communication within an organization. the relationship and support workers staff and their roles. health care empathy for the various Also develops BUFI 301 (4) of Insurance Principles BUFI 311 Analysis (4) Statement Financial BUFI 315(4) Institutions Financial BUFI 345 (4) Finance Managerial junior standing specific information that must be considered before thought is directed toward specific industries toward is directed thought before specific information that must be considered in making wise needed for analysis is the study of the tools and sources and businesses. Included decisions. investment re covered. bargaining, continuing education, and training are collective discussed. Legal responsibilities, facilitating the planning, organizing, and controlling functions of management. Includes financial Includes functions of management. organizing, and controlling facilitating the planning, analysis, and capital cash flow value, and future concepts of present statement analysis, budgeting, budgeting decisions. interpretation of financial information contained in financial reports of various entities, including entities, of various contained in financial reports of financial information interpretation of safety. and degree solvency, profitability, of the firm’s measurements markets and institutions emphasizing financial intermediaries and their operation in the markets. financial intermediaries and their operation and institutions emphasizing markets Pr the legal environment; life, health, income, property liability, business risk, government, and and business risk, government, health, income, property life, liability, the legal environment; international insurance. standards for content, and format. Also studied are the interactions of the health care professionals the interactions of the health care for content, and format. Also studied are standards data. contributing to, utilizing, and analyzing health record

204 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE BUFI 301 - BUHE 410 BUHE 411 - BUIS 201 vides 400 hours o A seminar course. Pr vides 400 hours of a o vides understanding of Pr COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 205 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE o Pr The role and responsibility The role iscussion of current topics in iscussion of current Analysis of reimbursement eq. coursework completed and completed eq. coursework ocuses on issues important to D F Pr eq. coursework completed and completed eq. coursework eq. BUAI 101; $ B eq. BUAI Pr Pr tudents code and execute error free programs free error tudents code and execute ntroduces basic computer literacy and skills to ntroduces I A deeper study of COBOL. More complex A deeper study of COBOL. More S eq. BUHE 310 and BUMG 310 310 and BUMG eq. BUHE Pr tudents code and execute error free programs in the programs free error tudents code and execute eq. BUAC 101 and 102 eq. BUAC S eq. BUMG 310 and BUHE 310 310 and BUHE eq. BUMG Pr ntroduction to C language programming in a highly interactive in a highly to C language programming ntroduction Pr I eq. permission (May be repeated for a maximum of 6 hours); see special note on eq. permission be repeated (May eq. BUIS 105; $ B 105; eq. BUIS Pr Pr eq. BUAI 101; $ B eq. BUAI Pr ealth care management problems are studied and recommendations offered for the resolution of for the resolution offered studied and recommendations are management problems ealth care isual BASIC language. This course serves concepts, to computer programming as an introduction isual BASIC language. tudents are also provided the opportunity to develop or refine acceptable keyboarding skills. keyboarding acceptable the opportunity or refine to develop also provided tudents are endered to patients. Emphasis on the manager’s role in a health care organization, caring for indi- organization, care in a health role on the manager’s to patients. Emphasis endered permission; $ B organizational behavior and management practices in non-extended health care facilities. Hands-on health care and management practices in non-extended organizational behavior skills and concepts. application of management related acute health care and supervisedstructured an approved experience within professional the joint supervision and/or managerial tasks under complete assigned projects organization. Students faculty member. facility manager and a university of a health care of a structured and supervised professional experience within an approved extended health care and supervisedof a structured within an approved experience professional and/or managerial tasks under joint supervision complete assigned projects of organization. Students faculty member. facility administrator and a university a health care permission and payment systems for health care related organizations such as acute care, extended care, managed extended care, care, organizations such as acute related and payment systems for health care groups. care and other alternative care, those problems. It is recommended that this problems and policy course be taken as the last course that this problems is recommended It those problems. in the health management concentration. H course. Students write programs that utilize the new topics presented, such as arrays, pointers, and files. the new that utilize topics presented, write programs course. Students BUIS 201 C Language (4) BUIS 105 1 (4) Programming COBOL BUIS 106 2 (4) Programming COBOL BUIS 099 (2) Computer Fundamentals BUIS 103 Visual BASIC 1 (4) BUHE 499 (1-4) Topics Management - Health Seminar Systems Business Information BUHE 452 (6) Management Care Health in Acute Internship BUHE 430 (4) and Reimbursement Finance Care Health BUHE 451 (6) Management Care Health in Extended Internship BUHE 416 (4) Facilities Care in Acute Issues Management BUHE 420 (4) and Policies Management Care in Health Problems BUHE 415 (4) Facilities Care in Acute Administration BUHE 411 (4) Facilities Care in Extended Administration problems, using tables and various utility programs. New instructions and different ways to utilize instructions and different New utility programs. using tables and various problems, presented. them are in the COBOL language and learn the proper methods of top-down design and structured COBOL design and structured methods of top-down in the COBOL language and learn the proper programming. of management as applied to a long-term health care facility. Includes discussion of ethical practices, discussion of Includes facility. health care as applied to a long-term of management and financial management. agency requirements, state and federal licensure, the management, organization, planning, and evaluation of health care facilities and the services facilities and of health care planning, and evaluation the management, organization, r departments of the various services and Identification circumstances. care viduals in non-extended and the interaction of each. available include the Topics and experience using computers. only minimal knowledge those who have use identification and systems and applications programs, comparisons of operating cycle, processing to the internet and Outlook. and introduction desktop, Windows functions within the of the various S the health care arena. arena. the health care page 131. V learn the design techniques of an object-oriented, logic. Students solving, and programming problem graphical user interfaces.develop language used to event-driven eq. eq. Pr Pr pportunity for O ntroduces the laws of ntroduces I eq. BULA 251; $ B eq. BULA A paralegal course in probate vides the essential substantive vides students and legal profes- Pr esents an overview of tort law o o Pr Pr Pr ractical introduction to the career of to the career ractical introduction An introduction to the legal system of An introduction P mploys a step-by-step approach in approach a step-by-step mploys E and overview legal research of A thorough esearch projects are assigned on both an assigned are projects esearch R $ B eq. BULA 101 and ENGL 111S; $ B eq. BULA Pr Comprehensive overview of family law for the nonlawyer. Comprehensive $ B eq. instructor permission; $ B see special note on page 131; Pr eq. sophomore standing; $ B standing; $ eq. sophomore Pr eq. BULA 101; $ B eq. BULA Pr eq. BULA 101; $ B eq. BULA Pr eq. BULA 101; $ B eq. BULA 101; $ B 101; $ B

Pr LA LA eq. BULA 101; $ B eq. BULA ractice-oriented text teaches students the skills and techniques in investigation and analysis and ractice-oriented text teaches students the skills and techniques in investigation ntroduces real property estate transaction, and examines the component parts concepts real of a real ntroduces nstructs students in computer-assisted legal research, using LEXIS. using nstructs students in computer-assisted legal research, elated to the assigned topics. Theoretical systems concepts are explored in the classroom. A formal in the classroom. explored systems concepts are Theoretical topics. elated to the assigned equired to be an effective paralegal or legal assistant. paralegal or legal to be an effective equired sionals with the minimum knowledge about computers that they will need to work efficiently in about computers that they will need to work sionals with the minimum knowledge automated law practice. today’s oriented to paralegals. Specific skill assignments in research analysis, drafting, investigation, and drafting, investigation, analysis, skill assignments in research oriented to paralegals. Specific in the book to the specific law of a particular the law outlined interviewing. can relate Students state. the student to work on special projects under the supervision on special projects the student to work of an instructor expertise with in the project. of the student’s area individual and group basis. Students learn to function in a group setting as they conduct research setting in a group learn to function Students basis. and group individual r is required. presentation and practical skills necessary estate transactions. assistant to participate for a legal in real effectively I description of the a legally sufficient contract, providing including entering into the purchase state of title, and conducting the closing. the property’s the deed, addressing preparing property, Pr dispute resolution in noncriminal matters. Focuses on the process of civil litigation rather than on process on the in noncriminal matters. Focuses dispute resolution in interviewing role clients, drafting pleadings and the paralegal’s issues. Explains legal substantive for trial. Contains examples of actual documents and preparing motions, conducting discovery, pretrial paralegals. drafted by or estate administration. Contains updated tax laws and tax forms affecting wills and estates. or estate administration. Contains updated tax laws and tax forms affecting wills and BU paralegalism. Describes the drafting, digesting, interviewing, the drafting, skills paralegalism. Describes and research investigating, r BULA 264 and the Law (4) Computer Application BULA 265 Law (4) Family BULA 266 (4) and Estate Administration Trusts, Wills, BULA 261 Injury Litigation (4) Law: Personal Tort BULA 262 Litigation (4) to Civil Introduction BULA 263 (4) to Contracts and Restitution Introduction BULA 212 Estate Law for Legal Assistants (4) Real BULA 251 1 (4) Writing and Legal Research BULA 252 2 (4) Writing and Legal Research BUIS 203 (4) Computer Projects Business BUIS 299 (1-4) Systems Information in Business Topics Special Legal Assisting BULA 101 to Legal Assisting (4) Introduction P contract cohabitation, property support division, and of child custody, includes detailed coverage laws. enforcement writing techniques. Covers information on citing cases, finding case law, and interpreting statutes. and interpreting information on citing cases, finding case law, writing techniques. Covers I introducing students to the legal system, interpreting court opinions and applying opinions in legal to the legal system, interpreting students introducing identification and using fact’’ is on the study of court ‘‘key writing. Emphasis through opinions these facts in the application process. contracts and restitution with emphasis on applying the concepts presented to contract analysis and to contract analysis with emphasis on applying the concepts presented contracts and restitution the rules apply to facts, and problems examples of how the rules of law, formation. Chapters present the courts apply the rules. how examined to show that help students apply the rules. are Cases BU

206 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE BUIS 203 - BULA 266 BULA 267 - BUMG 210 eq. BULA eq. BULA Pr Pr eq. BULA Pr COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 207 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE pportunity for the student to eq. BULW 250 eq. BULW O Pr asic elements of criminal law and asic elements of criminal An examination of the creation and An examination of the creation ndividual or small-group study, ndividual or small-group B I This course gives the student a look at the This course gives tudents are placed in businesses where their in businesses where placed tudents are S A survey of course of the basic functions eq. 24 credit hours of BULA, including BULA 252; including BULA hours of BULA, eq. 24 credit An introductory course in management concepts, Pr An introduction to the general provisions of the to the general provisions An introduction ncludes the study of the law covering sales, agency and ncludes the study of the law covering An introduction to the legal environment of business based to the legal environment An introduction I ntroduces the importance fact ntroduces evidence through of obtaining I eq. BULA 101; $ B eq. BULA Pr eq. BULA 101 eq. BULA Pr eq. instructor permission; see special note on page 131 Pr ankruptcy preliminary Code, administration of a bankruptcy case, liquidation, reorganization, ntroduction to the American economic system and the role of profits as the motivating force behind force as the motivating of profits to the American economic system and the role ntroduction 101; see special note on page 131; $ B work on special projects under the supervision under on special projects work of an instructor of the with expertise in the area project. student’s 101; $ B evolution of principles and rules of law, emphasizing an understanding of the court emphasizing an understanding of the system and of principles and rulesevolution of law, and the study of regulations, agencies and government of administrative the role court procedure, criminal, tort, law of contracts. and the substantive U.S. business activity. (Not open to junior and senior business majors.) (Not U.S. business activity. American business with an emphasis on the responsibility of business as a vital segment of society. American business with an emphasis on the responsibility I under the supervision of an instructor, of topics not otherwise to students. available under the supervision of an instructor, B to considerations necessary afforded a bankruptcy prior to commencing remedies case, and various the debtor and creditor. Management BUMG 101 (4) to Business Introduction BUMG 210 Concepts (4) Management BULW 299BULW (1-4) in Legal Environment Topics Special BULW 260BULW Law 2 (4) Business 270BULW (4) of Business The Legal Environment Business Law 250BULW Law 1 (4) Business BULA 273 Law (4) Debtor/Creditor BULA 299 in Legal Assisting (1-4) Topics Special BULA 270 (4) Evidence BULA 272 for the Legal Assistant (4) Ethics BULA 269 (4) Procedure Law/Criminal Criminal BULA 267 (4) Legal Assisting Practicum 101; $ B investigation and develops skills in discovering and organizing facts for use in litigation. and organizing facts skills in discovering and develops investigation 2.0 cumulative grade point average in all coursework and in BULA; and permission and in BULA; of instructor; in all coursework $ B point average grade 2.0 cumulative acquired skills can be utilized and tested. This training is closely supervisedThis training is the instructor by and tested. and be utilized skills can acquired experience. of ‘‘hands-on’’ consists of 160 hours nationally as the ethical expectations for Conduct, accepted Professional of ABA Code and Rules aimed and standards on the Codes and Rules; the case law that has developed legal professionals; specifically at legal assistants. organization, and principles with a detailed analysis of the management functions of planning, organization, and principles with a detailed analysis of the management functions of decision making, and motivation Communications, and controlling. organizing, staffing, directing, open to those as integral concepts in performing emphasized the management functions. (Not are 310.) completed BUMG who have on the uniform commercial code, including the forms and classifications of law, an overview an of the code, including the forms and classifications of law, on the uniform commercial torts principles of and crimes, and the and the law, court social forces systems, court procedure, contract law. employment, commercial paper, personal property, and bailments. property, personal paper, commercial employment, procedure dealing with the interpretation and recognition of the use of the criminal code. Assistance and recognition dealing with the interpretation procedure motions, includes investigations, This process. posttrial through pretrial with all aspects of the skills in this area. expand the student’s assignments Research and research. preparation, A course eq. BUMG 310 or 310 eq. BUMG A course designed to A course designed Pr eq. 60 hours completed pportunity for the student Pr O eq. BUAC 102 or 201 and junior eq. BUAC An integrative course that enables An integrative Pr eq. junior standing and BUMG 320 eq. junior standing and BUMG A study of the quantitative tools and A study of the quantitative Pr rinciples and practices of recruiting, A study of the communication demands eq. BUAI 101, MATH 150, and 170; $ B 101, MATH eq. BUAI P Pr rinciples and techniques of effective letter of effective rinciples and techniques P A study of the fundamental principles of manage- The philosophy, principles, and methods of The philosophy, ntroduces students to international business by ntroduces I Computer assisted statistical analysis using SPSS or current Computer assisted statistical analysis using in Small/General Business (1-4) Business in Small/General eq. instructor permission; note on page 131. see special eq. MATH 150 or BUMG 355 (Suggestion: This course should be taken before 355 (Suggestion: 150 or BUMG eq. MATH Pr Pr eq. BUAI 102 and ENGL 115 eq. BUAI Pr UMG 330.); $ B toward the associate degree, including BUAC 102, BUFI 245, BUMG 210, 242, and BUMK 210 210, 242, and BUMK 245, BUMG 102, BUFI BUAC including the associate degree, toward standing to work on special projects under the supervision projects on special to work of an instructor of the with expertise in the area project. student’s personnel management stressing human resource planning, recruiting, selection, placement, training, selection, placement, planning, recruiting, human resource stressing personnel management have open to those who wage and salaryevaluation, (Not and benefit programs. administration, 335.) completed BUMG statistical application software as a research tool. In-depth use of computer applications for research, use of computer applications for tool. In-depth as a research statistical application software appro- Applications of results. graphic design, and interpretation emphasizing statistical procedures, to suit projects and education. Special psychology, priate to business, social and physical sciences, needs. student’s B students to demonstrate the capacity to synthesize and apply the knowledge and skills acquired from skills acquired and and apply the knowledge students to demonstrate the capacity to synthesize and to case problems; in business, social sciences, and humanities; to analyze disciplines the various business project. communicate a comprehensive and effectively develop BUMG 335 (4) Management Resource Human BUMG 340 (4) Business International BUMG 355 (4) in Business Methods Quantitative BUMG 310 (4) Principles Management BUMG 320 Analysis (4) Data BUMG 330 (4) Communication Organizational BUMG 299 Topics Special BUMG 305 (4) Skills and Development Communication Professional BUMG 225 (4) Business of Small and Operation Organization BUMG 235 (4) Management Personnel BUMG 242 Communications (4) Business BUMG 285 (4) and Strategy Management Enterprise ment emphasizing the managerial functions, basic concepts of systems, decision making processes, ment emphasizing the managerial functions, and its effect on management. organizational theory and behavior, permission selecting, training, developing, compensating, and maintaining a productive employee group through group employee compensating, and maintaining a productive selecting, training, developing, Includes regulations. government management planning consistent with systematic human resource bargaining. and disciplinary and collective attention to grievance procedures designed to enhance students’ awareness of the significant impact that communication skills and of the significant impact that communication skills awareness designed to enhance students’ is placed on the ability to write Emphasis advancement. on their professional business etiquette have for a and business reports business correspondence concise, grammatically correct clear, and present topics include: interviewing, Additional audience. diverse listening, and interpersonal networking, skills. and skills relevant to the student’s future role as a business or professional person. Organizational as a business or professional role future to the student’s and skills relevant in organizing ideas, writing effective communication focuses on principles and techniques involved with computer assisted statistical and oral communication. Applications business letters and reports, analysis and graphic design used to enhance business reports. 150; $ B or MATH techniques applied to business decision-making. The primary is the linear regression tool investigated techniques applied to business decision-making. and the analysis of residual variables, qualitative multiple regression, forecasting, model. Includes calculated explained graphically, are model. Models the linear programming patterns. Also explores fully on the computer. more and then explored manually, exploring a broad spectrum of business activities. Competitive strategy provides the unifying theme. spectrum strategy provides exploring a broad of business activities. Competitive provide the basics of small business: getting started, financial recordkeeping, cash flow management, cash flow started, business: getting the basics of small recordkeeping, financial provide advertising, pricing, and promotion. marketing, management, computers, human resource writing, letter mechanics, writing of personal business letters, including application letters, methods of writing of personal business letters, including writing, letter mechanics, as a means of communication. reports and letters, and internal and external writing business reports $ B

208 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE BUMG 225 - BUMG 355 BUMG 385 - BUMK 325 eq. BUMK 310 eq. BUMK Pr eq. BUMK 210 or eq. BUMK pportunity for the Pr eq. BUMK 210 or 310 eq. BUMK . O COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 209 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE Pr An overview of production and An overview of production pportunity for the junior or senior tudent participates in an off-campus S O A case-oriented course designed to develop A case-oriented course ected at developing skills to make marketing ected at developing r Di eq. BUFI 345, BUMG 310, 385, BUMK 310, and 310, 385, BUMK 345, BUMG eq. BUFI xplores the analysis of business problems using using problems the analysis of business xplores echniques involved in the collection, tabulation, and in the collection, echniques involved Pr A study of the marketing principles, concepts, A study of the marketing A study of marketing fundamentals, consumption, A study of marketing E T The principles and practices of planning, organizing, asic concepts of personal selling at both the industrial and asic concepts of personal selling at both the eq. BUMK 210 or 310 210 eq. BUMK B Pr A study of the principles of advertising,the history including eq. instructor permission; see special note on page 131 eq. instructor permission; note on page 131. see special Pr Pr eq. BUMG 355; $ B eq. BUMG Pr eq. BUMK 210 or 310 or international relations major or 310 or international 210 relations eq. BUMK Pr eq. advisor permission eq. BUMG 355; $ B eq. BUMG UMK 310.) etail level, including preparation for selling, sales processes, and an introduction to sales manage- and an introduction for selling, sales processes, preparation including etail level, work experience with a business specializing in the student’s area of interest. One credit hour is credit One of interest. area with a business specializing in the student’s experience work week. work scheduled clock hours of such activity per standard for a minimum of seven awarded Pr student to work on special projects under the supervision on special projects student to work of an instructor with expertise in the area project. of the student’s skills in the integration of interdisciplinary areas as applied to problems in business. Includes both Includes in business. as applied to problems of interdisciplinaryskills in the integration areas of case problems. written and oral presentation senior standing strategies, and analytical methods used by organizations to market products, services, products, organizations to market strategies, and analytical methods used by and ideas in opportunities, on identifying marketing defining target groups, Emphasis dynamic environments. distribution, and pricing strategies. promotion products, appropriate developing student to work on special projects under the supervision on special projects student to work of an instructor with expertise in the area project. of the student’s motivating, and controlling the sales force. Selection, training, compensation, analysis of sales Selection, sales force. the and controlling motivating, also covered. potentials, and costs are operations management, including procedures and techniques generally employed in both manufac- in both generally employed and techniques procedures management, including operations MRP line balancing, PERT, include forecasting, Topics organizations. turing and nonmanufacturing of computers. use is made inventory planning. Extensive planning, and capacity systems, layout Pr consumer behavior, retailing, wholesaling structures, the functions performed wholesaling structures, marketing in marketing, retailing, consumer behavior, completed open to those who have (Not of marketing. policies, and a critical appraisal of the field B BUMK 325 (4) Research Marketing BUMK 320 (4) Management Sales BUMK 310 (4) Principles Marketing BUMK 315 (4) Marketing International BUMK 239 (1-4) Applications Business Practical BUMK 299 (1-4) in Retailing/Sales/Advertising Topics Special BUMK 220 (4) Salesmanship BUMK 235 (4) Advertising Marketing BUMK 210 Concepts (4) Marketing BUMG 485 (4) and Strategy Policy Business BUMG 499 (1-4) in Management Topics Special BUMG 410 (4) Simulation Business BUMG 385 (4) Management Production/Operations decisions in a global context. This includes finding new markets, customizing products for the This includes finding new customizing products markets, decisions in a global context. demands of new determining needs, channels of distribution, pricing strategies, and markets, segmentation. computer simulations. Outcomes resulting from various inputs are projected and interpreted to aid and interpreted projected inputs are various from resulting Outcomes computer simulations. in decision making. 310 or permission and development of advertising, its relation to the marketing effort to the marketing of the firm and to consumers of advertising, its relation and development the advertiser. of media used by and society in general, and the major groups r opportunities. selling, with a discussion of career on retail ment. Emphasis analysis of marketing information. Includes statistical procedures and their marketing application, and their marketing statistical procedures information. Includes analysis of marketing techniques. research segmentation using marketing brand positioning, and market 150; $ B and MATH eq. eq. Pr $ B Pr eq. keyboarding Pr eq. keyboarding eq. keyboarding eq. BUOA 230; $ B eq. BUOA Pr eq. BUMK 310 eq. BUMK Pr Pr Pr eq. BUOA 217; $ B eq. BUOA Pr A continuation of BUOA eq. BUOA 215; $ B eq. BUOA Pr A continuation of BUOA 215 A continuation of BUOA $ B A study of the touch system of key- A study of the touch pportunitythe junior or senior for eq. BUOA 112, 215, and 217; $ B eq. BUOA An integrated simulation using Office O Pr A study of Access software. software. A study of Access An introduction to PowerPoint presentation to PowerPoint An introduction ntroduction to machine transcription and the to machine transcription ntroduction I are 111. Students Continuation of BUOA A study of Excel software. software. A study of Excel ntroduction to the responsibilities and opportu- to the responsibilities ntroduction A strategic focus on marketing management with focus on marketing A strategic processing concepts and skills are presented to presented concepts and skills are processing I A continuation of BUOA 241, including assisting A continuation of BUOA

esigned to emphasize the principles and practices esigned to emphasize Continuation of BUOA 230. Continuation of BUOA A study of Word desktop publishing software. desktop publishing software. Word A study of rd D eq. BUOA 222; $ B eq. BUOA Wo advanced 221 with more Continuation of BUOA Pr eq. BUOA 222; $ B eq. BUOA eq. BUOA 221; $ B eq. BUOA Pr Pr eq. BUMK 310 and instructor permission; 131. see special note on page eq. BUMK Pr ffice Computer Applications (4) ffice Computer Applications O eq. BUOA 241; $ B eq. BUOA Pr eq. keyboarding skills and basic knowledge of microcomputers; $ B of microcomputers; skills and basic knowledge eq. keyboarding Pr 217 111; $ B 222 or permission; $ B

A 242 2 (4) Administration Office A d, Excel, PowerPoint, Access, and Outlook software. software. and Outlook Access, PowerPoint, d, Excel, r OA OA skills and basic knowledge of microcomputers; $ B of microcomputers; skills and basic knowledge student to work on special projects under the supervision on special projects student to work of an instructor with expertise in the area project. of the student’s BU skills and basic knowledge of microcomputers; $ B of microcomputers; skills and basic knowledge skills and basic knowledge of microcomputers; $ B of microcomputers; skills and basic knowledge with travel arrangements, planning meetings, presenting business data, and handling financial business arrangements, planning meetings, presenting with travel procedures. 217, providing a study of the advanced applications of Access software. software. applications of Access a study of the advanced 217, providing BUOA 222BUOA 2 (4) Processing Word 230BUOA 1 (4) Publishing Desktop 231BUOA 2 (4) Publishing Desktop 241BUOA 1 (4) Administration Office BUO BUOA 215BUOA (4) Applications Spreadsheet BUO 218BUOA (4) Applications Spreadsheet Advanced 219BUOA (4) Computer Applications Office Advanced 221BUOA 1 (4) Processing Word BUOA 112BUOA Communications 2 (4) Office 115BUOA (2) Fundamentals PowerPoint 130BUOA (4) Management Records 214BUOA (4) Practice Office Microcomputer BUMK 400 (4) Management Marketing BUMK 499 (1-4) Marketing in Topics Special Administration Office 108BUOA (4) Processing Beginning Document 111BUOA Communications 1 (4) Office a solid application of basic marketing concepts. Concentrates in the areas of decision making, areas Concentrates in the concepts. of basic marketing a solid application and planning. plan, forecasting, a marketing competitor analysis, formulating is used. software Word processing. training in word the person with no previous software. Word applications of encouraged to master the use of transcription equipment and apply rulesencouraged to master the use of transcription and of punctuation software. A study of PowerPoint difficult business documents. more grammar to increasingly development of transcription skills, which include vocabulary of development spelling, punctuation, development, software A study of Outlook and grammar. BU providing a study of the advanced applications of Excel software. software. applications of Excel study of the advanced a providing boarding at the microcomputer as well as an introduction to Word word processing software. software. processing word Word to as an introduction as well at the microcomputer boarding of effective records management for manual, automated, and computer records systems. Access systems. Access for manual, automated, and computer records management records of effective indexing rules. is used to apply the ARMA alphabetic software software. software. Wo nities of an office administration position encompassing a variety of secretarial duties. Lab work is duties. Lab work of secretarial nities of an office administration position encompassing a variety completed on a microcomputer.

210 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE BUMK 400 - BUOA 242 BUOA 244 - CHEM 141 eq. eq. Pr Pr eq. CHEM 121; 3 eq. placement in Pr Pr COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 211 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE pportunitythe student for O An introductory course in basic An introductory course in basic tudent participates in on-the-job ntroduction to real estate economics real to ntroduction S I ntroduction to legal, locational, and to ntroduction I pportunity on for the student to work The preparation of medical documents, The preparation O eq. high school algebra or MATH 101 or MATH eq. high school algebra Pr esigned for students with an inadequate back- D An introduction to chemistryAn introduction the fundamental through ncludes the law of agency as applied to real estate brokers estate ncludes the law of agency as applied to real I es and Practices (4) es and Practices eq. instructor permission; $ B see special note on page 131; eneral Chemistry 1 (5) Pr eq. instructor permission; note on page 131. see special Pr 222; $ B

es as a preparation for securing a real estate license. for securing a real es as a preparation OA edit allowed for only one of these introductory courses: CHEM 122 or 142. edit allowed rv eq. one year of high school chemistry or CHEM 101 or successful completion of MATH 130; 3 lec. 3 of high school chemistryeq. one year successful completion of MATH or CHEM 101 or alues. Serves as a preparation for securing a license. for securing a license. alues. Serves as a preparation eal estate; real estate markets; and national, regional, and local economic influences on real estate and local economic influences on real and national, regional, estate markets; eal estate; real BU lec. 3 lab; $ NS internship availability and approval; completion of at least 4 quarters of the office administration program completion of at least 4 quarters of the office administration internship and approval; availability classes; and advisor permission; $ B in all BUOA average with a ‘‘B’’ emphasizing specialized terminology and proper procedures for preparing medical reports. medical reports. preparing for procedures and proper terminology specialized emphasizing under the supervision on special projects to work of an instructor of the with expertise in the area project. student’s chemical concepts for nonscience majors. Topics include properties of matter, atomic structure, include properties of matter, Topics chemical concepts for nonscience majors. gases, solutions, and acid-base compound formation, chemical equations, inorganic nomenclature, for only one of these introductory courses: CHEM 121 or 141. allowed Credit chemistry. Pr lab; $ NS chemical bonding, modern include stoichiometry, Topics chemical concepts for nonscience majors. and nuclear chemistry. table, chemical equilibrium, oxidation-reduction, periodic atomic theory, Cr and salesmen, law of fixtures, estates (including leases), conveyancing of real estate, real estate estate, real of real leases), conveyancing estates (including and salesmen, law of fixtures, and condominiums. cooperatives, zoning, managers, license laws of Ohio, and local influences on real national, regional, estate, including economic characteristics of real also explored. monetary systems, loans, foreclosures—is Financing—money, property valuation. Se chemical concepts, inorganic nomenclature, periodic classification, mole concept, stoichiometrychemical concepts, inorganic nomenclature, Credit bonding, and quantum theory. atomic structure, solving, chemical reactions, with problem for only one of these introductory courses: CHEM 121 or 141. allowed 130, a prior course in chemistry highly suggested; 4 lec. 3 lab; $ NS MATH CHEM 122 Chemistry to General 2 (4) Introduction CHEM 141 G CHEM 121 Chemistry to General 1 (4) Introduction Chemistry CHEM 101 Chemistry Fundamental (3) BURE 216 (4) and Finance Estate Appraisal Real BURE 299 Estate (1-4) in Real Topics Special BURE 212 Estate Law (4) Real BUOA 299BUOA (1-4) Administration in Office Topics Special Real Estate BURE 210 Estate Principl Real BUOA 250BUOA (1-4) Internship Administration Office under the supervision special projects of an instructorstudent’s of the with expertise in the area project. BUOA 244BUOA (4) Administration Office Medical work experience which allows the utilization of office administration skills. One credit hour is credit skills. One the utilization of office administration experience which allows work week. work per standard clock hours of work scheduled seven for a minimum of awarded and administration. Includes elementaryand administration. Includes physical, legal, locational, and economic characteristics of r v ground in chemistryground not had high school chemistry or students who have in prior to enrollment familiarity with student’s intended to increase are and material presented Topics CHEM 121 or 141. This course does not count towards and chemical calculations. the periodic table, chemical processes, nor does it contain a laboratory. the GEP requirement eq. Pr eq. CHEM Pr eq. CHEM 305; 3 eq. senior standing, eq. CHEM 142 and Pr Pr Pr ndependent chemistry investi- I tudy of a specific advanced topic tudy of a specific advanced S eq. CHEM 431; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ NS Pr A course in fundamental organic A course in fundamental eq. CHEM 323; 3 lec. 6 lab; $ NS eq. senior standing and instructor Pr Pr n-depth study of a selected topic in I The study of topics not otherwise available oth, First, Second, and Third Laws of Thermo- Laws of Third and Second, oth, First, eq. CHEM 121 or 141; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ NS eq. CHEM 121 or 141; r eq./coreq. CHEM 143, MATH 204, and PHYS CHEM 143, MATH eq./coreq. An introduction to methods of chemical analysis. An introduction xtension of thermodynamics includes ideal and xtension of thermodynamics includes ideal Pr The use of electronic instrumentationThe use of electronic (spectroscopic, A study of topics not otherwiseA study of topics not to students. available Ze E Topics to quantum mechanics. An introduction Pr A course for science majors wishing to acquire a wishing to acquire A course for science majors Continuation of CHEM 305. Continuation of CHEM 305 and 306. An introduction to molecular structure, gas laws, structure, to molecular An introduction including to chemical equilibrium An introduction A theoretical study of the dependence of periodic A theoretical opics in Chemistry (1-4) T eq. CHEM 432; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ NS Pr eq./coreq. CHEM 143; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ NS eq./coreq. Analytical Chemistry 2 (5) eq. junior or senior standing and instructor permission Pr Pr $ NS eq./coreq. CHEM 143 and PHYS 203 or 213 CHEM 143 and PHYS eq./coreq. eq. CHEM 143 and MATH 132; 3 lec. 6 lab; $ NS eq. CHEM 143 and MATH eal gases. One-component phase equilibrium. eal gases. One-component opics include statistics, equilibria, volumetric analysis, and an introduction to instrumental analysis, and an introduction analysis. opics include statistics, equilibria, volumetric xidation number) on quantum mechanical factors such as electron orbital shape. Topics include Topics orbital shape. xidation number) on quantum mechanical factors such as electron econd half of course covers kinetic theory kinetic kinetics. and reaction econd half of course covers ariations in elemental properties (atomic radius, first ionization enthalpy, electronegativity, and electronegativity, ariations in elemental properties (atomic radius, first ionization enthalpy, states of matter and solutions, acid-base, kinetics, thermochemistry, and thermodynamics. and kinetics, thermochemistry, and solutions, acid-base, states of matter chemistry. nuclear and descriptive electrochemistry, acid-base and solubility, lec. 3 lab; $ NS 4 131 or above; MATH CHEM 122 or 141 and MATH 130 or above; 4 lec. 3 lab; $ NS 130 or above; MATH CHEM 122 or 141 and v o symmetry theoryVSEPR and MO approaches. and group and a study of bonding using both Pr chromatographic, and electrochemical) for chemical analyses. and electrochemical) chromatographic, 203 or 213; $ NS T Pr rigid rotor, harmonic oscillator, equation, particle-in-a-box problems, include the Schrodinger molecule ion, MO atoms, the helium atom, the hydrogen methods, hydrogen-like approximation and SCF methods. nonideal solutions, reaction equilibrium in nonideal systems, and multicomponent phase equilibrium. equilibrium in nonideal systems, and nonideal solutions, reaction S sound knowledge of classical and modern organic chemistry. Credit not allowed for both CHEM allowed not Credit and modern organic chemistry. of classical sound knowledge 200 and 305. 306; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ NS lec. 3 lab; $ NS CHEM 485 (1-4; maximum 4) Project Senior CHEM 490 in Chemistry Seminar (1-4; maximum 4) CHEM 495 (1-4; maximum 9) Research Undergraduate CHEM 499 Special CHEM 431 Chemistry Physical 1 (4) CHEM 432 Chemistry Physical 2 (4) CHEM 433 Chemistry Physical 3 (4) CHEM 441 Chemistry Inorganic (4) CHEM 305 Chemistry Organic 1 (4) CHEM 306 Chemistry Organic 2 (4) CHEM 307 Chemistry Organic 3 (4) CHEM 323 Chemistry Analytical 1 (5) CHEM 325 CHEM 142 Chemistry General 2 (5) CHEM 143 Chemistry General 3 (5) CHEM 200 Chemistry to Organic (4) Introduction CHEM 299 in Chemistry (1-4) Topics chemistry. The study of the major functional groups: saturated and unsaturated hydrocarbons, alcohols unsaturated hydrocarbons, saturated and of the major functional groups: The study chemistry. The organic acid derivatives. amines, carboxylic acids, and ketones, carboxylic and ethers, aldehydes chemistry and proteins. lipids, of carbohydrates, chemistry, culminating in the preparation of a senior paper. of a senior paper. in the preparation culminating chemistry, permission; $ NS to students. gation under the direction of a faculty member. A written report is required. is required. A written report of a faculty member. gation under the direction and instructor permission; $ NS in chemistry, point average 2.75 grade in chemistry. in chemistry. dynamics. Standard thermodynamic functions of reactions. Reaction equilibrium in ideal gas mixtures. Reaction thermodynamic functions of reactions. dynamics. Standard R

212 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE CHEM 142 - CHEM 499 DTHY 101 - DTHY 204 $ HS $ HS $ HS eq. DTHY 111; $ HS $ HS COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 213 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE tudy of the development Pr S ugs and anesthetics used and eq. BIOL 101; $ HS Dr Pr An introduction to pathology. Discussion of Discussion to pathology. An introduction ntroduction to the profession and historythe profession to ntroduction of I Continuation of DTHY 121. Clinical skills for Techniques Continuation of DTHY 122. $ HS dactic and laboratory instruction on the physical prop- logy and Embryology (2) logy and Embryology etailed study of the anatomy of the head and neck. Topics neck. etailed study of the anatomy of the head and Di A study of tooth form, function, and occlusion, including A study of tooth form, function, and occlusion, D idactic instruction in dental radiology. Topics include: Topics idactic instruction in dental radiology. A study of the periodontal supporting of the teeth. structures Continuation of DTHY 101. Emphasis on radiographic Continuation of DTHY 101. Emphasis D $ HS The principles of basic human nutrition with emphasis on nutri- The principles of basic $ HS $ HS Anatomy 2 (2) eq. DTHY 101; $ HS Pr eq. BIOL 101 and 162; $ HS Pr eq. AHNR 103 or CHEM 121; $ HS mphasis on exposure factors and their effects on radiographs, effects of radiation biology, and and of radiation biology, and their effects on radiographs, effects factors mphasis on exposure tiologies and classifications of periodontal disease are discussed. The treatment of periodontal The treatment discussed. tiologies and classifications of periodontal disease are erties of materials used in dentistry. Basic principles of the preparation and use of certain restorative of the preparation principles Basic erties of materials used in dentistry. materials, and laboratory chemical sealants, preliminary including materials, impression procedures, and study models. impressions, characteristics of radiation, components and functions of the x-ray machine, and x-ray production. components and functions of the x-ray characteristics of radiation, E also covered. are x-ray films and film processing Dental radiation protection. and lab experiences. Lab experiences include bisection of the angle and lecture technique through and process as extra-oral radiographs on training models. Students paralleling techniques as well landmarks, normal anatomical and technical errors, processing as learn to recognize mount film, as well and pathology. the supporting tissues of the teeth and oral environment. Emphasis on dental vocabulary, terminology, on dental vocabulary, the supporting Emphasis tissues of the teeth and oral environment. of the permanent and primaryand the relationship dentition to clinical dental hygiene. processes of inflammation, necrosis, retrograde changes, and wound healing. Etiologies, diagnosis, changes, and wound healing. Etiologies, retrograde of inflammation, necrosis, processes their supporting of diseases affecting teeth and of oral lesions. Pathology and prognosis treatment, structures. E to the etiologies. disease is discussed in relation include facial bones, muscles of the head and neck, nerve supply, and blood supply. Detailed study Detailed and blood supply. neck, nerveinclude facial bones, muscles of the head and supply, of the oral cavity and pharynx.of the topographical and functional anatomy DTHY 204 and Anesthesiology (3) Pharmacology DTHY 203 (3) Materials Dental DTHY 201 (3) Pathology and Oral General DTHY 202 (3) Periodontics DTHY 122 2 (4) Hygiene Clinical Dental DTHY 123 3 (5) Hygiene Clinical Dental DTHY 121 1 (4) Hygiene Clinical Dental DTHY 112 Oral DTHY 113 Radiology 2 (2) DTHY 103 (3) Nutrition DTHY 111 Anatomy 1 (3) Oral DTHY 101 Radiology 1 (2) DTHY 102 Histo and Oral General Dental Hygiene Dental encountered in dentistry. Discussion of the origin, physical and chemical properties, effects on body Discussion in dentistry. encountered elimination. systems, indications and contraindications for use, and methods of administration and Pr dental hygiene. The principles of preventive dentistry regarding etiology of deposits, caries, inflam- dentistry regarding The principles of preventive dental hygiene. instrumentation outlined. Basic Aseptic techniques are mation, and oral physiotherapy methods. on partners. demonstration by demonstrated on typodonts followed principles are include intra/extra oral examinations, dental/periodontal charting,include intra/extra oral examinations, dental/periodontal polishing techniques, scaling and typodont to partner. from transferred are and fluoride techniques. Skills periodontal probing, desensitization skills include Advanced performed in clinical patient treatment. are dental hygiene care and methods of techniques, instrumentsequencing and planning patient treatment, sharpening, oral disease. to prevent motivating tional diets and their relation to general and oral health. The study of valid nutritional information The study of valid to general and oral health. relation tional diets and their and healthful food selection. of tissues and structures from a histological and embryological a histological of from on development of tissues and structures basis. Emphasis the periodontal supportingtissues of the teeth and structures. $ HS eq. BIOL Pr Continuation of eq. DTHY 202 or $ HS Pr $ HS Continuation of DTHY 224. urrent concepts regarding concepts regarding urrent C $ HS ntroduces students to the economy ntroduces I A study of general microbiology as A study of general microbiology ational income analysis; fiscal and N eq. MATH 101 and 105 or MATH 125 101 and 105 or MATH eq. MATH A study of the economic theories of the An elementary analysis of the principles of An introduction to the elementaryAn introduction principles Pr A study of topics not otherwise to available Continuation of DTHY 123. Techniques and Techniques 123. Continuation of DTHY Analysis of goals for the development of dental goals for the development Analysis of A study of topics not otherwise to students. available eq. ECON 101 and 102 eq. ECON Pr eq. ECON 101 and 102 eq. ECON Pr An introduction to the broad field of public health with field of public health to the broad An introduction $ HS rinciples of Macroeconomics (4) rinciples of Macroeconomics opics in Economics (1-4) opics in Economics P T $ HS 202 299 ON ON ental hygiene clinical practice includes applied nutrition as it relates to current concepts in preven- to current nutrition as it relates ental hygiene clinical practice includes applied 101 and 162; $ HS monetary policies for economic stabilization. of macroeconomics. Includes a study of the economic system and an analysis of national income a study of Includes of macroeconomics. concepts, fiscal and monetary policies, and economic growth. microeconomics. Includes a study of consumer behavior, different types of products and resource types of products different behavior, a study of consumer Includes microeconomics. and an analysis of certain markets, economic problems. nonsurgical treatment of periodontal disease. Major emphasis is placed on assessment of root planing is placed on assessment of root emphasis of periodontal disease. Major nonsurgical treatment with periodontal disease. of patients techniques and maintenance and care permission of the program director; $ HS director; permission of the program D dentistrytive for the dental hygienist. DTHY 226. Complete dental hygiene care involving the use of advanced skills and techniques skills the use of advanced involving DTHY 226. Complete dental hygiene care topics discussed. Selected needs patients are dental hygiene courses. Special learned in previous growth. to aid professional presented are and lectures seminars through applied to oral disease and immunity. An in-depth study of ecology of the oral flora in health and study of ecology of the oral flora in An in-depth and immunity. applied to oral disease and asepsis. used in topics of sterilization principles are microbiology disease. Applied health education programs. Major emphasis is on preparation and use of lesson plans and instruc- and use of lesson preparation emphasis is on Major programs. health education instruction classroom health in public schools. of dental Involves groups. tional materials for teaching $ HS ECON 201ECON (4) of Microeconomics Principles EC EC 301ECON (4) Microeconomics Intermediate 302ECON (4) Macroeconomics Intermediate DTHY 290 (1-3) Periodontics in Advanced Seminar DTHY 299 (1-5) Hygiene in Dental Topics Economics 103ECON Sciences (4) for the Social Economics DTHY 224 4 (5) Hygiene Clinical Dental DTHY 225 (5) Needs 5/Special Hygiene Clinical Dental DTHY 226 (5) Dentistry and Jurisprudence 6/Preventive patients. Ethics, and trial state board Hygiene Clinical Dental on prevention Continuation of DTHY 225 with emphasis to discussed as they relate jurisprudence, organizations are state laws, malpractice, and professional placement is investigated. Career the dental hygiene profession. DTHY 227 (5) Management 7/Career Hygiene Clinical Dental DTHY 205 (3) Education Health Dental DTHY 206 (3) Health Public DTHY 220 (3) Microbiology/Immunology Oral emphasis on dental public health. A basic approach for designing and implementing a public dental for designing and implementing health. A basic approach emphasis on dental public the community. dental diseases in dental health and prevent to promote health program procedures of dental hygiene care and serviceshygiene care of dental as they would be performedprocedures in the clinic atmosphere in the dental office. topics concern medical emergencies in practice. Lecture students. consumer and the firm. Analysis of price and output behavior under various product and market product consumer and the firm. Analysis of price and output behavior under various analysis. market and resource structures and to economics as a way of thinking about the world. Builds on and incorporates basic concepts and to economics as a way of thinking about the world. Builds choice, and institutions in of scarcity, and examines the role and macroeconomics both micro from time. and public sector in the U.S. economy over of the private framing the changing roles

214 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE DTHY 205 - ECON 302 ECON 310 - EDAE 385 eq./coreq. . ECON Pr . ECON eq. admission Pr Preq Preq COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 215 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE eq. ECON 101 and 102 eq. ECON Pr eq. ECON 101 and 102 eq. ECON Pr eq. ECON 101 and 102 eq. ECON eq. ECON 101 and 102 eq. ECON Pr olution of economic thought and olution of economic Pr An analysis of the different economic An analysis of the different ndividual or small-group study, under study, ndividual or small-group Ev I eq. ECON 101 and 102 eq. ECON Analysis of the changes in the economic Analysis of the changes Pr se of economic theory and decision making eq. ECON 101, 102, and MATH 250 101, 102, and MATH eq. ECON Analysis of economic problems and prospects for and prospects Analysis of economic problems elopment of banking and the role of the Federal banking and the role elopment of v U Pr De Theoretical framework of international trade; problems Theoretical conomic analysis of labor markets. Topics include labor Topics conomic analysis of labor markets. E conomic analysis of government finance theory and practice. conomic analysis of government E conomic analysis using linear regression techniques. Emphasis conomic analysis using linear regression E ield-based practicum with a weekly seminar to explore topics seminar to explore ield-based practicum with a weekly F eq. ECON 101 and 102 eq. ECON Pr onometrics (4) ublic Finance (4) ublic Finance ield based practicum with a weekly seminar to explore topics introduced in EDUC topics introduced seminar to explore ield based practicum with a weekly Ec P F eq. ECON 101, 102, and MATH 201 101, 102, and MATH eq. ECON Pr 480 425 ON ON eq. ECON 101 and 102 eq. ECON eserveAnalysis of monetary system in the U.S. of stabilization. policy for purpose ractice (4) mphasis includes an introduction to action research with each student beginning an action research to action research mphasis includes an introduction opics include the role of government in the allocation of resources and the distribution of income, in the allocation of resources of government opics include the role ield placements are in local 7-12 classrooms and focus on education at that setting. and focus on education in local 7-12 classrooms ield placements are techniques in business management. Production and consumer theory, applied price theory, pricing applied price theory, and consumer theory, management. Production techniques in business theoryof final products, management, capital budgeting, cost and demand analysis profit of profits, a solid foundation of economic understanding for use in managerial decision theory to provide making. 101 and 102 and policies for free trade; roles of international institutions. trade; roles and policies for free introduced in EDUC 310 and EDRE 305 and their relationship to the home, school, and community. in EDUC 310 and EDRE 305 and their relationship introduced E learn and practice issue. Students to a specific educational with a self-chosen topic related project analysis skills in grades 7-12. data collection techniques, and procedures, specific research EDRE 305 and EDUC 310; minimum 63 field experience hours, 10 lab; $ Ed EDAE 385 (4) Community Relations School, and - Home, Research 2: Action and Seminar Practicum Adolescent Education EDAE 285P 1: and Seminar Practicum in Professional Observation and Reflection 101 and 102 450ECON (4) Trade International EC 499ECON (1-4) in Economics Topics Special EC ECON 350ECON (4) Labor Economics 405ECON (4) Development Economic 411ECON (4) Systems Economic Comparative ECON 332ECON (4) Economics Managerial ECON 320ECON Thought (4) the classicals, the physiocrats, on the theories and ideas of the mercantilists, methods, with emphasis History of Economic schools of thought. and other the Keynesians, the neoclassicals, the Marxists, 326ECON a survey Includes of days to the present. colonial from of the U.S. and development structure History Economic (4) of the U.S. in economic development. of entrepreneurship and the role American economic life ECON 310ECON (4) and Banking Money systems: capitalism, socialism, communism, and mixed systems. Survey of the differences and of the differences systems. Survey and mixed systems: capitalism, socialism, communism, these systems. similarities of the economic institutions among development in general and of less developed nations in particular. nations in particular. general and of less developed in development 115, 230, 240, and 245 and their relationship to the operation of schools. Emphasis includes skills to the operation of schools. Emphasis 115, 230, 240, and 245 and their relationship practitioner. to become a professional of observation, and learning how techniques of reflection, F to teacher education and EDUC 115; preq./coreq. EDUC 230, 240, and 245; minimum 42 field to teacher education and EDUC 115; preq./coreq. experience hours, 10 lab; $ Ed the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise for credit. to students. Repeatable available the supervision of instructor, Pr R supply and the derived demand for labor, human capital theory, labor market structures, trade structures, labor market theory, human capital demand for labor, supply and the derived labor. toward unions, discrimination, and public policy T and sector, and their effects on the private and tax schemes the selection of alternate expenditure public choice theory. is on particular problems facing applied econometric researchers and practical solutions. Computer is on particular researchers facing applied econometric problems the course. included throughout applications are eq. Pr eq. eq. Pr Pr eq. admission to Pr ntroduces students to students ntroduces I xplores the creative and the creative xplores eq. admission to teacher E An integrated approach to An integrated approach Pr 10 lab vides students with an introduction to vides students with an introduction A cumulative experience of at least ten experience A cumulative o Pr xamines various components involved in components involved xamines various E urriculum Development, Management, and Management, Development, urriculum ield based practicum with a weekly seminar to explore topics seminar to explore with a weekly ield based practicum F esigned to give preservicegive esigned to theory experience in teachers teaching and practice D eq. admission to licensure program (level 2); coreq. EDAE 400 and the appropriate EDAE 400 and 2); coreq. (level program eq. admission to licensure eq. EDUC 115; 10 lab Pr ield based practicum with a weekly seminar to explore topics introduced in EDUC topics introduced seminar to explore ield based practicum with a weekly Pr F eeks in area high schools. Includes a weekly seminar, both topical and process-oriented. both topical and process-oriented. seminar, a weekly high schools. Includes eeks in area ractice (4) nstruction (4) nstruction, and Evaluation (4) nstruction, Evaluation and econceptualized deliveryeconceptualized of services birth age and the education of the whole child from through content methods course; minimum 126 field experience hours, 20 lab; $ Ed content methods course; minimum 126 field education; 10 lab teacher education and EDUC 115; 10 lab the basic components of motor development. Elements of the physical, psychomotor, cognitive, and cognitive, of the physical, psychomotor, Elements the basic components of motor development. include the practices in basic movement appropriate discussed. Developmentally domains are affective motor abilities; fundamental endurance; flexibility; perceptual muscular and cardiovascular of areas skills; decision making; and and manipulative locomotor, motor skills, including non-locomotor, a lab setting. examined and applied in and are social emotional development admission to teacher education and EDUC 115; 10 lab w clinical experience hours, 20 lab; $150.00 student teaching fee admission to student teaching; minimum 300 identifying and responding within the essential roles of an early childhood educator servingroles within the essential identifying and responding children cultural and linguistic diversity. settings that respect birtheight in inclusive age from through responsibilities. key professional Content focuses on issues within twelve EDEC 284 (4) for Children Movement Basic EDEC 285P 1: and Seminar Practicum in Professional Observation and Reflection EDEC 280 (4) of Early Childhood Programs Administration EDEC 283 (4) Models Team and Parental Interprofessional EDAE 490 (12) Seminar and Teaching Directed Early Childhood Education EDEC 150 (4) to Early Childhood Education Introduction EDEC 255 (4) Environments Educational EDAE 400 of C and Strategies Principles EDAE 485I – Curriculum, Research Action 3: Advance and Seminar Practicum I introduced in the appropriate methods courses. Students apply the skills and knowledge gained in apply the skills and knowledge methods courses. Students in the appropriate introduced literacy strategies, setting as they practice teaching methods, courses to the high school university teacher in an management with a classroom and classroom and assessment techniques, evaluation high school. area developing programs that offer quality educational environments. The educational environment that offer quality educational environments. programs developing the space interacts with the inhabit but also how includes not only the physical space that children nurturing, stimulating, and welcoming that are educational environments of creating child. Methods An overview of mental health issues and explored. birth age eight—are through for children—from that put theory Activities to practice is presented. impacts brain development the environment how emphasized. are r are families, and intra- and interagency relationships with parents, of collaboration eight. Methods for cultural and solving techniques and respect and problem examined to include benefits, processes, importanceThe emphasis is on the of communication, teaming, and the assimi- linguistic diversity. relationships. and parental interprofessional through lation of knowledge students ages 12 through 21. Instructional strategies and design, classroom management, differentiated and design, classroom strategies 21. Instructional students ages 12 through exposed are Students in field and clinical practice. addressed are learning needs, and implementation and continuous field work. and to extensive content areas different to peers specializing in content methods EDAE 485 and the appropriate coreq. and EDAE 385; program admission to licensure course; 10 lab 115, 230, 240, and 245 and their relationship to the operation of schools. Emphasis includes skills to the operation of schools. Emphasis 115, 230, 240, and 245 and their relationship and prepares them for administrative and leadership roles in the field of early childhood education. in the field of early childhood and leadership roles them for administrative and prepares Topics and philosophies is presented. types of early childhood programs An overview of various leading programs; implementing, and evaluating planning, include family and community relations; keeping; and establishing policies. record and managing personnel; financing and budgeting;

216 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE EDAE 400 - EDEC 285 EDEC 385 - EDEC 485 Coreq. eq./coreq. Pr COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 217 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE This course extends stu- eq. ARTP 201, MUSI 160, and eq. ARTP Pr athematics and Science for Early Learners (4) athematics and Science for Early Learners eq. admission to teacher education and EDUC 115; to teacher education eq. admission Pr ield based practicum with a weekly seminar to explore topics seminar to explore ield based practicum with a weekly ield-based practicum with a weekly seminar to explore topics to explore seminar with a weekly ield-based practicum F F ntroduction to play, art, music, and dance as essential components drama, to play, ntroduction I This methods course is designed to help the early childhood teacher integrate teaching This methods course is designed to help the eq. MATH 305; coreq. EDEC 400, 420, 485, and admission to licensure program; 10 lab program; to licensure EDEC 400, 420, 485, and admission 305; coreq. eq. MATH Pr eq. admission to licensure program (level 2); coreq. EDEC 415 and 420; minimum 126 field 2); coreq. (level program eq. admission to licensure Pr eq. admission to licensure program; coreq. EDEC 485; 10 lab coreq. program; eq. admission to licensure ofessional issues pertaining to early childhood education are discussed throughout the course. discussed throughout ofessional issues pertainingchildhood education are to early lay, and Dance) (4) and Dance) lay, mphasis includes an introduction to action research with each student beginning an action research with action research to mphasis includes an introduction ield placements are in local prek-3 settings. settings. in local prek-3 are ield placements nstruction, Evaluation (4) nstruction, Evaluation preq./coreq. EDUC 230, 240, and 245; minimum 42 field experience hours, 10 lab; $ Ed and 245; minimum 42 field experience hours, EDUC 230, 240, preq./coreq. dent exposure to curriculum development, the Academic Content Standards, and teaching strategies Content Standards, the Academic to curriculum development, dent exposure children’s which integrate individual course topics, forming a seamless curriculum which encourages history the Child development, development. physical, social, emotional, aesthetic, and cognitive of addressed are of cultural and linguistic diversity and the value early childhood educational programs, to help students understand the continuum of learning and the impact on child development. Pr Pr introduced in the appropriate methods courses. The practicum component of this course provides The practicum component of methods courses. in the appropriate introduced courses in pre- university gained from students the opportunity skills and knowledge to apply the strategies, They implement teaching methods, literacy development grade settings. third school through management under the supervision and assessment techniques, and classroom evaluation of an a supervised discussion of seminars provide Weekly classroom. experienced teacher in a PreK-3 is an element of the development schools. Portfolio issues and elements of effective professional seminar. experience hours, 20 lab skills with the applied theory, practice, and knowledge from previous courses in early childhood. It is courses in early childhood. It previous from practice, and knowledge skills with the applied theory, language arts to appropriate and social studies curriculum as a content-based class, with reference and the NAEYC competency-based models for those content areas indicated in the state of Ohio’s A primary children. and CEC guidelines for the education of young focus of this course is on design curriculum, instructional of early learners. Students language acquisition and development and student performance-based a range of developmental integrating content and evaluation, delivery, of clinical formats; design, demonstrate teaching in a variety and learning style needs. Students teaching effectiveness. their own lesson plans and units; and evaluate and “publish” develop, EDEC 400, 415, 485, and admission to licensure program; 10 lab program; EDEC 400, 415, 485, and admission to licensure introduced in EDUC 310 and EDRE 305 and their relationship to the home, school, and community. to the home, 305 and their relationship in EDUC 310 and EDRE introduced E practice learn and a specific educational issue. Students to with a self-chosen topic related project settings. skills in prek-3 data collection techniques, and analysis procedures, specific research EDRE 302, 304, 305, and EDUC 310; minimum 63 field experience hours, 10 lab; $ Ed and EDUC 310; minimum 63 field experience EDRE 302, 304, 305, EDEC 485I – Curriculum, Research Action 3: Advance and Seminar Practicum EDEC 425 (4) the Early Childhood Curriculum Integrating EDEC 420 for Early (4) Learners Arts Language Studies and Social Developmental Teaching EDEC 415M early childhood teacher integrate teaching skills with the This methods course is designed to help the Developmental Teaching is a content-based childhood. It courses in early previous from practice, and knowledge applied theory, mathematics and science curriculum as indicated in Academic to appropriate class, with reference of young and CEC guidelines for the education and the NAEYC for those areas Content Standards performance-based and student evaluation, design curriculum, instructional delivery, Students children. demonstrate and learning style needs. Students integrating content and a range of developmental teaching their own and evaluate lesson plans and units; “publish” and teaching design, develop, effectiveness. EDEC 400 Art, Music, Early Childhood (Drama, for Expressions P Creative Teaching EDEC 385 (4) Community Relations School, and - Home, Research 2: Action and Seminar Practicum of observation, techniques of reflection, and learning how to become a professional practitioner. to become a professional of observation, how and learning of reflection, techniques F to the educational development of the early learner. Developmental theories in the creative arts, theories in the creative Developmental early learner. of the to the educational development creative appropriate is on designing and applying examined. Emphasis and play are movement, and the Content Standards with Academic accordance learning experiences for the early learner in children. and CEC guidelines for the education of young NAEYC admission to licensure program; coreq. EDEC 415 and 420; 10 lab coreq. program; admission to licensure eq. Pr eq. EDUC Pr ealth and H eq. admission to licensure Collaborative strategies in Collaborative Pr eq. EDIS 250, EDUC 115, Pr A cumulative experience of at least ten experience of A cumulative milarities and differences among the cognitive, milarities and differences Si ental Team Models (4) ental Team eq. EDIS 250, EDUC 115, 245, and admission to eq. EDIS 250, EDUC 115, 245, and admission r pplication and adaptation of assessment tools, methods, Pr A Pa ield-based practicum with a weekly seminar to explore topics seminar to explore ield-based practicum with a weekly F of Exceptionalities (4) of Exceptionalities

ield based practicum with a weekly seminar to explore topics introduced in EDUC topics introduced seminar to explore ield based practicum with a weekly F eq./coreq. EDIS 311, EDRE 302, 304, 305, and EDUC 310; minimum 63 field experience EDIS 311, EDRE 302, 304, 305, and eq./coreq. Pr eq./coreq. EDIS 250, EDUC 230, 240, 245, and admission to teacher education; minimum 42 field EDIS 250, EDUC 230, 240, 245, and eq./coreq. nderstanding of pre-, peri-, and postnatal conditions that affect children’s development and learning. development that affect children’s peri-, and postnatal conditions nderstanding of pre-, eeks, working with children of different age groups and varying age groups experienced classroom abilities. An different of with children eeks, working ractice (4) pply pertinent theories, laws (eligibility, placement, procedural safeguards, etc.), issues (rights/ safeguards, placement, procedural pply pertinent theories, laws (eligibility, mphasis includes an introduction to action research with each student beginning an action research to action research mphasis includes an introduction arious learning environments. The emphasis is on the importance of communication, teaming, arious learning environments. mplications for curriculum development and the learning environment are addressed. addressed. are and the learning environment development mplications for curriculum esponsibilities of parents, students, agencies), and historical information within this context. esponsibilities of parents, physical, cultural, social, and emotional needs of individuals with and without exceptional needs. and without exceptional and emotional needs of individuals with physical, cultural, social, U I minimum 10 lab hours 115, 245, and admission to teacher education; working with individuals with exceptional learning needs, parents, school and community personnel, learning needs, parents, with exceptional with individuals working and problem to include benefits, processes, examined are and intra- and interagency relationships in this is addressed noting how diversity, for cultural and linguistic solving techniques and respect v individual program. of the prescribed monitoring, and periodic review 10 lab hours 245, and admission to teacher education; minimum medical conditions and their implications for learning and prevention. Generic medical terminology Generic for learning and prevention. medical conditions and their implications factors (i.e., nutrition, genetics, practices and the effects of various appropriate and developmentally physical, social, and emotional perceptual, psychomotor, educational, cognitive, on the neurology) technology can assist with planning of how Examination behavior of individuals with exceptionalities. communication and and alternative as movement as well and managing learning environments, learning systems for special needs students. teacher education; minimum 10 lab hours program and admission to student teaching; minimum 300 clinical experience hours, 20 lab; $150.00 minimum 300 clinical experience hours, and admission to student teaching; program w both faculty superviseteacher and university seminar, A weekly the student teaching experiences. to early childhood and the issues related on professional focuses topical and process-oriented, is an element of the seminar. development of teaching. Portfolio profession introduced in EDUC 310 and EDRE 305 and their relationship to the home, school, and community. in EDUC 310 and EDRE 305 and their relationship introduced E learn and practice issue. Students to a specific educational with a self-chosen topic related project techniques, and analysis skills in intervention data collection specialist procedures, specific research settings. hours, 10 lab; $ Ed EDIS 385 (4) Community Relations School, and - Home, Research 2: Action and Seminar Practicum EDIS 285P 1: and Seminar Practicum in Professional Observation and Reflection EDIS 311 Legalities (5) and Theories, Issues, and Related Assessment, Education: Diagnosis, of Special Fundamentals EDIS 252 (5) Technology and Adaptive Issues, Health Movement, EDIS 283and Inter-Professional EDEC 490 (12) and Seminar Teaching Directed Specialist Education Intervention EDIS 250 Survey 115, 230, and 250 and their relationship to the operation of schools and the delivery to the 115, 230, and 250 and their relationship of appropriate services includes skills of observation, to students with disabilities. Emphasis communication and Field practitioner. to become a professional how and learning collaboration, techniques of reflection, program. and a special education of age levels in local schools with a variety placements are Pr experience hours, 10 lab; $ Ed with disabilities (e.g., ecological to accommodate the unique abilities/needs of students and procedures assessments). portfolioinventories, assessments, social skills functional assessments, and future-based A r EDIS 250, EDUC 115, 245, and admission to licensure program; preq./coreq. EDUC 310; minimum preq./coreq. program; EDIS 250, EDUC 115, 245, and admission to licensure 15 lab hours

218 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE EDEC 490 - EDIS 385 EDIS 390 - EDMC 470 eq. Pr eq./coreq. Pr Alternatives eq. admission Pr arious behavioral V COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 219 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE eq. EDIS 250 and admission to eq. EDIS 250 and admission Pr A cumulative experience of ten weeks with experience of ten weeks A cumulative pecialist at the Early Childhood Level (4) Childhood Level pecialist at the Early eq. EDIS 485, and admission to student teaching; minimum 300 eq. EDIS 485, and admission to student teaching; S ield based practicum with a weekly seminar to holistically describe ield based practicum with a weekly Pr ield-based practicum with a weekly seminar to explore topics seminar to explore ield-based practicum with a weekly F F eq. EDIS 390 and admission to licensure program; coreq. EDIS 485; EDIS coreq. program; to licensure eq. EDIS 390 and admission eq. EDIS 385 (for MM K-12 license only), admission to licensure program; admission to licensure eq. EDIS 385 (for MM K-12 license only), Pr Pr ddresses instructional strategies and curriculum theoryddresses for middle childhood A nstructional strategies and curricula for the development of motor, cognitive, cognitive, nstructional of motor, strategies and curricula for the development ield based practicum with a weekly seminar to explore topics introduced in EDUC topics introduced seminar to explore ield based practicum with a weekly I F rriculum (4) ducational Environments for Middle Childhood and Adolescent/Young Adult Childhood and Adolescent/Young for Middle ducational Environments ractice (4) mphasis includes an introduction to action research with each student beginning an action research to action research mphasis includes an introduction tudents (4) ield placements are in local middle schools and focus on education at that setting. ield placements are nstruction, Evaluation (4) nstruction, Evaluation children who have mild/moderate special needs in area schools. Course includes a weekly seminar, schools. Course includes a weekly special needs in area mild/moderate who have children both topical and process-oriented. fee $150.00 clinical experience hours, 20 lab; student teaching licensure program; minimum 15 lab hours program; licensure models, theories, and strategies, appropriate to the needs of individuals with exceptional learning with exceptional the needs of individuals to appropriate and strategies, models, theories, management systems, studied and applied. Personal are of educational settings, needs in a variety developed. are of a congruentinclusive philosophy, educational introduced in EDUC 310 and EDRE 305 and their relationship to the home, school, and community. in EDUC 310 and EDRE 305 and their relationship introduced E learn and practice issue. Students to a specific educational with a self-chosen topic related project techniques, and analysis skills in middle schools. data collection procedures, specific research Ed EDRE 302, 304, 305, and EDUC 310; minimum 63 field experience hours, 10 lab; $ EDMC 470 School Middle for Integrated and Management Strategies Instructional Cu EDMC 385 School, and - Home, Research 2: Action and Seminar Practicum (4) Community Relations Middle Childhood Education EDMC 285 1: and Seminar Practicum P in Professional Observation and Reflection EDIS 490 (12) & Seminar Teaching Directed EDIS 485I – Curriculum, Research Action 3: Advance and Seminar Practicum EDIS 425E in a Continuum of Design and Curriculum Strategies Instructional S EDIS 423 Intervention The EDIS 390 (5) and Models Theorists, Behavior Management, coreq. EDIS 423 and 425 (for IS K-12 license); EDEC 415, 420, and EDIS 423 (for IS PreK-3 license); EDIS 423 and 425 (for IS K-12 license); EDEC 415, 420, and EDIS 423 (for IS PreK-3 coreq. $ Ed minimum 126 field experience hours, 20 lab; their field environment — IS role, materials, methods, degree of collaboration, paraprofessional of collaboration, materials, methods, degree — IS role, their field environment apply the skills and supervision, Students effective. component more etc. and ways to make each courses to the school setting as they practice teaching methods, literacy gained in university knowledge with special education management and assessment techniques, and classroom strategies, evaluation schools. teachers in area admission to licensure program; coreq. EDIS 423 and 485; minimum 10 lab hours as well as field hours as field EDIS 423 and 485; minimum 10 lab hours as well coreq. program; admission to licensure academic, social, language, affective, career, and functional life skills for individuals with exceptional and functional life career, academic, social, language, affective, instructional/behavioral strategies curricula and different different The study of how learning needs. a continuum of education settings for grades 4-12. will be applied/modified to accommodate for teaching skills and strategies to individuals with disabilities, including instructional strategies to individuals with disabilities, for teaching skills and and remedial modifying instructional for methods Techniques and curriculum materials. methods, techniques, students in grades P-3 with differing degrees materials for of specialized and materials and sources and kinds of disabilities. 425 (for IS K-12 licensure only); minimum 20 lab hours 425 (for IS K-12 licensure education. Academic Content Standards and Speciality Professional Association guidelines for all Professional and Speciality Content Standards education. Academic the This course focuses on meeting curriculum plans. year-long used to develop are content areas of parallel the unique problems nine and also addresses needs of learners in grades four through 115, 230, 240, and 245 and their relationship to the operation of schools. Emphasis includes skills to the operation of schools. Emphasis 115, 230, 240, and 245 and their relationship practitioner. to become a professional of observation, and learning how techniques of reflection, F to teacher education and EDUC 115; preq./coreq. EDUC 230, 240, and 245; minimum 42 field to teacher education and EDUC 115; preq./coreq. experience hours, 10 lab; $ Ed eq. Pr pplies A eq. admission to Pr esigned to give esigned to give esigned to acquaint the D eq. admission to licensure esigned to give preserviceesigned to give D Pr D esigned to give preservice esigned to give D eq. admission to licensure program; eq. admission to licensure A cumulative experience of at least ten experience A cumulative Pr eq. admission to licensure program (level 2); coreq. EDMC 470 2); coreq. (level program eq. admission to licensure ield based practicum with a weekly seminar to explore topics seminar to explore ield based practicum with a weekly F Pr eq. admission to licensure program; coreq. EDMC 485 and required EDMC 485 and coreq. program; to licensure eq. admission eq. admission to licensure program; coreq. EDMC 470 and 485; 10 lab coreq. program; eq. admission to licensure Pr Pr eq. admission to licensure program; coreq. EDMC 470 and 485; 10 lab coreq. program; eq. admission to licensure Pr eaching Social Studies in the Middle Grades (4) Grades in the Middle Studies eaching Social ield based practicum with a weekly seminar to explore topics introduced in profes- topics introduced seminar to explore ield based practicum with a weekly F urriculum development, materials review, and assessment techniques appropriate for the social techniques appropriate and assessment materials review, urriculum development, eeks in area middle schools. Includes a weekly seminar, both topical and process-oriented. both topical and process-oriented. seminar, a weekly middle schools. Includes eeks in area ractice (4) mphasis includes skills of observation, techniques of reflection, and learning how to become a pro- mphasis includes skills of observation, and learning how techniques of reflection, nstruction, Evaluation (4) nstruction, Evaluation nstructional strategies and design, classroom management, differentiated learning needs, and learning nstructional management, differentiated and design, classroom strategies onment, curriculum development, assessment, technology, and classroom management are addressed. management are and classroom assessment, technology, onment, curriculum development, admission to student teaching; minimum 300 clinical experience hours, 20 lab; $150.00 student teaching fee admission to student teaching; minimum 300 and the appropriate content methods course; minimum 126 field experience hours, 20 lab; $Ed and the appropriate w introduced in the appropriate content methods course. Students apply the skills and knowledge content methods course. Students appropriate in the introduced courses to the middle school setting as they practice teaching methods, literacy gained in university with a classroom management and assessment techniques, and classroom strategies, evaluation middle school. teacher in an area EDPA 286EDPA (3) Play Dramatic Movement/Dance, Art, Aesthetics: Music, EDMC 485 – Curriculum, Research Action 3: Advance and Seminar Practicum I EDMC 490 (12) and Seminar Teaching Directed Associate Degree Prekindergarten 285EDPA P 1: and Seminar Practicum in Professional Observation and Reflection EDMC 475 T EDMC 476 (4) Grades Science in the Middle Teaching integration and scheduling in middle schools. This course is taken concurrently with content methods is taken concurrently This course schools. and scheduling in middle integration two selected areas. courses in 10 lab content methods courses; EDMC 472 (4) Grades Arts Language in the Middle Teaching EDMC 473 (4) Grades in the Middle Mathematics Teaching knowledge about how children develop and learn to provide opportunities that support their physical, learn to provide and develop children about how knowledge aesthetic children’s emphasis on young with an development, social, emotional, language, and cognitive appropriate developmentally and instructional techniques for presenting Strategies development. of educational envi- Issues presented. art, music, and dramatic play activities are movement/dance, r sional education courses and their relationship to the operation of early care and education programs. to the operation of early care sional education courses and their relationship E students the opportunity to The practicum component of this course provides fessional practitioner. courses in settings serving university between gained from children apply the skills and knowledge centers, prekindergartens, local child care in placements are Field the ages of birth age five. through a supervised issues and discussion of professional seminars provide and elementaryWeekly schools. is an element of the seminar. development schools. Portfolio elements of effective preservice in theory teachers experiences language arts and practice for teaching in grades 4-9. I field and clinical practice. in addressed implementation are EDUC 230 and 245; field experience 42, 10 lab; $ Ed teacher education; preq./coreq. coreq. EDMC 470 and 485; 10 lab EDMC 470 and 485; coreq. teachers experiences in theory strategies for teaching science in grades 4-9. Instructional and practice addressed learning needs, and implementation are management, differentiated and design, classroom in field and clinical practice. student with the practices and problems involved in teaching mathematics to the middle childhood in teaching mathematics involved and problems student with the practices inquiry-based learning, cooperative teaching and learning, Problem-solving, age student (grades 4-9). methods, patterns of instruction, teaching General and emphasized. are and the use of technology discussed, curriculum are as they apply to the middle grades mathematics diagnostic techniques observed, and practiced in both the school setting and clinical experience. EDMC 470 and 485; 10 lab coreq. program; teachers who are preparing to teach social studies in grades 4-9 experience in designing units of study, to teach social studies in grades 4-9 experience preparing teachers who are management, thematic units, and acquiring learning strategies for classroom integrated developing of instructionwith special emphasis on methods and techniques science disciplines. in the social C addressed. sciences are

220 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE EDMC 472 - EDPA 286 EDPA 287 - EDRE 305 elop- v Literature De . ARTP eq. EDEC 255, Preq Pr mphasizes the mphasizes E Coreq. EDPA 286, EDPA Coreq. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 221 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE eq./coreq. EDEC 255, eq./coreq. Pr ntroduces techniques for ntroduces I vides students the opportunity o Pr A two-part directed course: 1) a ten-week vides students with the knowledge and skills vides students with the knowledge o Pr eq. admission to licensure program or possession of a teaching program eq. admission to licensure Pr eq. EDEC 255, 283, 284, and EDUC 245; coreq. EDPA 289; minimum 10 lab hours 289; EDPA coreq. eq. EDEC 255, 283, 284, and EDUC 245; eq. EDUC 240 and admission to teacher education program; 10 lab eq. EDUC 240 and admission to teacher education program; Pr Pr A 290 (8) and Seminar Teaching Directed A 287 (3) and Mathematics Reading, Language, Literacy, Symbolics: elopmentally appropriate practices and instructional methods to teach young children phonemic instructional practices and children elopmentally appropriate methods to teach young v ell as cultural diversity, literacy instruction, and phonemic awareness. Curriculum design, with an Curriculum literacy instruction, and phonemic awareness. ell as cultural diversity, tudents incorporate their knowledge of cultural diversity, literacy instruction, literacy and phonemic awareness of cultural diversity, tudents incorporate their knowledge ariety of instructional deliveries, performance-based evaluation designs, and record keeping formats. ariety of instructional performance-based designs, and record deliveries, evaluation eading are emphasized while students also explore writing, speaking, and expressive arts to support writing, speaking, and expressive while students also explore emphasized eading are 283, 284, EDUC 115, 245, MATH 110S, and NTSC 110S; coreq. EDPA 289; minimum 10 lab EDPA coreq. 110S, and NTSC 110S; 245, MATH 283, 284, EDUC 115, hours; $ Ed to apply the skills and knowledge gained from the university courses in preschool settings. Emphasis courses in preschool the university gained from to apply the skills and knowledge to become a professional include skills of observation, and learning how techniques of reflection, one hour of field for each methods course. for register Students practitioner. 288; 10 lab 287, or EDPA EDPA needed to assess progress in literacy development, design appropriate accommodations to maximize design appropriate in literacy development, needed to assess progress of the many factors students, and be knowledgeable literacy and language acquisition for diverse and writing of early language acquisition and emergent reading contributing to the evolution development. teaching experience in an early childhood educational setting, which includes diverse environments; educational setting, which includes diverse teaching experience in an early childhood collaborating with other of student teachers, in the lives and 2) a seminar for sharing the daily events teaching effective for more to obtain multiple perspectives in order student teachers and professionals specified topics. information regarding and gaining additional substantive 289; 2 lec., minimum 288, and EDPA 287, EDPA 286, EDPA 283, 284, EDUC 115, 245, EDPA 300 clinical experience hours; $ Ed appealing to the young child is utilized to teach the symbolic concepts of language and mathematics. to teach the child is utilized appealing to the young De the concrete from techniques that proceed Instructional examined. are and phonological awareness develop- Curriculum presented. of meaning are realm child’s to the young to the abstract and apply addressed. management are and classroom diversity, ment, assessment, technology, EDRE 305 (4) in the Content Areas Reading Teaching EDRE 304 (5) and Spelling Writing Reading, Phonics: Teaching Reading Education EDRE 302 (5) of Literacy Foundations EDP EDPA 289EDPA (1-3) Practicum Methods Instructional EDPA 288EDPA (3) Studies Science, and Social Nutrition, Health, Empirics: 201, EDEC/EDIS 284, EDPA/EDEC 285, MUSI 160, and admission to teacher education; coreq. 285, MUSI 160, and admission EDPA/EDEC 201, EDEC/EDIS 284, 10 lab hours 289; minimum EDPA EDP The course addresses the need for understanding the nature of learning and human development in and human development of learning the nature the need for understanding addresses The course development. aesthetic in children’s learners and their families with diverse working mentally appropriate practices and instructional techniques in the content areas of science and social practices and instructionalmentally appropriate in the content areas techniques examined. Strategies child are the young of health and nutrition regarding examined. Issues studies are learning environments safe and healthy and psychologically for establishing and maintaining physically management and classroom diversity, technology, assessment, development, studied. Curriculum are addressed. are need for continued attention to direct phonetic instruction at all grade levels. Vocabulary acquisition Vocabulary phonetic instruction at all grade levels. need for continued attention to direct as stressed, strategies are and comprehension and enhancement, diction, inflection, pace, fluency, w and practice a address Students is included. content areas, emphasis on integrating curriculum across v S as well assessment must be passed at a 90% level, Encoding/decoding within these designs/projects. prior area) writing assessment (when applicable to the certification/licensure as a manuscript/cursive a passing grade in the course. to receiving certificate or license; 10 lab integrating multiple avenues of reading and communication to access subject content. Strategies for access subject content. Strategies and communication to of reading integrating multiple avenues r projects and evaluate design, deliver, the curriculum. Students and enhance communication across A study of skills eq. admission to Pr eq. admission to licensure eq. admission Pr An introduction to an explicit An introduction ntroduces techniques of assessing a ntroduces I An extension of EDRE 406 which An extension of EDRE upports students who are awarded transfer awarded upports students who are S ntroduces new students to Shawnee State’s newntroduces students to Shawnee I An examination of the relationship between school between An examination of the relationship eq. EDUC 115; 40 lab; $ Ed Pr eq. EDRE 304 and admission to licensure program or possession of a program to licensure eq. EDRE 304 and admission eq. EDRE 406 and admission to licensure program or possession of a or possession of program eq. EDRE 406 and admission to licensure Pr Pr ield based practicum with a weekly seminar to explore topics introduced in topics introduced seminar to explore ield based practicum with a weekly F eq. EDRE 304, 305, 406, 407 (minimum grade of B in EDRE 304 and 406), and ENGL eq. EDRE 304, 305, 406, 407 (minimum grade Pr 18 field experience hours, 8 lab; $ Ed tfolio. tfolio. r ifferences among readers and diversity of learners is stressed as university students design reading as university is stressed of learners and diversity among readers ifferences oundations of American Education (4) oundations of American Education ield-based experience with an experienced and successful reading teacher at the appropriate age teacher at the appropriate and successful reading ield-based experience with an experienced ntervention (3-6) ntervention oom environment in their content area and school setting where reading is expected and rewarded. reading and school setting where in their content area oom environment equirements and attain the necessaryequirements of portfolio for successful participation level development in 300 or 312, admission to licensure program, and a successful review of a working Reading Portfolio; Reading of a working and a successful review program, 300 or 312, admission to licensure 50-126 clinical hours; $ Ed coreq. teaching certificate or license; 12 field, 8 lab programs for individual students. Various instructional materials and strategies are introduced as introduced instructional and strategies are materials Various for individual students. programs a case from plan, which evolves an individual reading and evaluate students design, implement, a child. of study and report student’s reading ability, diagnosing reading difficulties, and evaluating progress toward literacy. toward progress and evaluating difficulties, diagnosing reading ability, reading student’s D concept of teaching; to norms, conventions, expectations, and rewards for teachers. A general survey for teachers. A expectations, and rewards concept of teaching; to norms, conventions, about schools and school systems, and the historyethics, knowledge of professional of American both in class and in field experience of plan/act/observe/reflect is developed The cycle education. middle, and adolescent levels. observationssettings. All students engage in classroom at the early, are program University’s State scope, sequence, and demands of Shawnee nature, The distinctive outlined. EDUC 215 (2) to Education Orientation EDUC 230 and Computers (4) Technology, Media, Instructional EDUC 240F Society: School and and Ethical Philosophical, Theoretical, Legal, program or possession of a teaching certificate or license; minimum 15 lab hours program Education EDUC 101 (1-4) in Education Seminar EDUC 115 (4) Profession Teaching to the Introduction EDRE 485I and Evaluation, Instruction, Reading and Seminar: Practicum based on their certification/licensure area. Students incorporate their knowledge of cultural diversity, of their knowledge incorporate Students area. certification/licensure based on their these designs/projects. within literacy instruction, awareness and phonemic EDRE 406 Assessment and (5) Diagnosis Reading EDRE 407 (4) Instruction in Reading Strategies and society through the inquiry of perspectives, and society through issues in education. A variety of a set of current taken in the inquiry. including historical, philosophical, ethical, and legal, are teacher education and EDUC 115; 10 lab credit for EDUC 115. By completing this course, transfer students become familiar with program for EDUC 115. By credit r the teacher education program. allows students to expand their instructional strategies for teaching reading, increase their skills at their skills increase students to expand their instructional strategies for teaching reading, allows a class- practice skills to create Students and intervene when necessary. progress, monitoring reading r F element. is a required level teaching certificate or license; 12 field, 8 lab needed for classroom teachers to effectively use media, technology, and computers as tools to enhance use media, technology, teachers to effectively needed for classroom for all learners. A focus on selection and the instructional and the learning environment process to particular packages appropriate operation of media, instructional and computer software aids, instructional strategies and objectives. EDRE 304, 305, 406, and 407 and ENGL 300 or 312. The practicum component of this course The practicum component of this 300 or 312. EDRE 304, 305, 406, and 407 and ENGL gained in the aforementioned the opportunity students skills and knowledge to apply the provides is the The focus once endorsement is attained. courses in the setting to which it will be applied strategies implementation of assessment methods, instructional strategies, and remedial/corrective seminars Weekly under the supervision endorsement/licensure. of an experienced teacher with reading Reading a supervised issues, collaboration activities, and the required discussion of reading provide Po an teacher education and sports with transition to college issues, and gives assists studies programs, and sports. issues in teaching and current in-depth look at careers

222 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE EDRE 406 - EDUC 240 EDUC 245 - EMTP 101 eq. eq. Pr Pr eq. admission Pr eq. admission to licensure COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 223 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE Pr A cumulative experience of at least ten A cumulative $ HS xploration of special topics not included in the xploration of special topics the xploration of special topics not included in luralistic Society: Teaching Special Needs and Needs Special Teaching Society: luralistic E E ncludes the American Red Cross Standard or National Standard Cross ncludes the American Red I eq. admission to licensure program (level 2); pre/coreq. ARTP 2); pre/coreq. (level program eq. admission to licensure Pr ield based practicum with a weekly seminar to explore topics seminar to explore ield based practicum with a weekly ield-based practicum with a weekly seminar to explore topics seminar to explore ield-based practicum with a weekly F F xamination of the diverse microcultures that characterize today’s student today’s that characterize microcultures of the diverse xamination E $ Ed trategies for Assessment, Diagnosis, and Evaluation in the Classroom (4) in the Classroom Evaluation and trategies for Assessment, Diagnosis, ield based practicum with a weekly seminar to explore topics introduced in EDUC topics introduced seminar to explore ield based practicum with a weekly )F erse Learners (4) erse Learners sual Arts Education v oss or American Heart Association adult CPR course. American Red Cross or National Safety or National Cross Association adult CPR course. American Red oss or American Heart eq./coreq. EDRE 305 and EDUC 310; minimum 63 field experience hours, 10 lab; $ Ed eq./coreq. eeks in area schools. Includes a weekly seminar, both topical and process-oriented. both topical and process-oriented. seminar, a weekly schools. Includes eeks in area ractice (4 mphasis includes an introduction to action research with each student beginning an action research with each student beginning to action research mphasis includes an introduction ield placements are in local visual arts on education at that setting. and focus classrooms ield placements are afety Council first aid course related to bleeding control, obstructed to bleeding control, airwayafety Council first aid course related management, splinting nstruction, Evaluation (4) nstruction, Evaluation to student teaching; minimum 300 clinical experience hours, 20 lab; $150.00 student teaching fee to student teaching; minimum 300 clinical experience hours, 20 lab; $150.00 student teaching admission to teacher education and EDUC 115; 10 lab admission to teacher education w 401, 402, and 403; minimum 126 field experience hours, 20 lab; $ Ed introduced in EDVA 401, 402, and 403, and the visual arts methods courses. Students apply the arts 401, 402, and 403, and the visual methods courses. Students in EDVA introduced courses to the school setting as they practice teaching gained in university skills and knowledge management with and assessment techniques, and classroom methods, literacy strategies, evaluation high schools. teachers in area classroom standard curriculum. standard curriculum. standard introduced in EDUC 310 and EDRE 305 and their relationship to the home, school, and community. 310 and EDRE 305 and their relationship in EDUC introduced E learn and practice to a specific educational issue. Students topic related with a self-chosen project art data collection techniques, and analysis skills in visual classes. procedures, specific research Pr S Also includes the American Red procedures. and bandaging techniques, and other emergency care Cr adult CPR certification Association or American Heart Cross Council first aid certification and Red upon successful completion of course. granted are EDVA 490EDVA (12) and Seminar Teaching Directed Paramedic EMTP 101 (2) Aid and CPR First program; 10 lab program; 485EDVA I – Curriculum, Research Action 3: Advance and Seminar Practicum EDVA 385EDVA (4) Community Relations School, and - Home, Research 2: Action and Seminar Practicum EDUC 495 (2-4) Study Independent Vi 285EDVA P 1: and Seminar Practicum in Professional Observation and Reflection EDUC 310 evaluation and confirmative summative, wide range of diagnostic, formative, An examination of a S of assessment as an integral parttechniques to be used Authentic process. of the teaching/learning and on selection, development, This course maintains a focus student learning is emphasized. for individual learners. and evaluation assessment utilization of appropriate population. The course acquaints students with various approaches to multicultural education and approaches students with various The course acquaints population. exceptional the laws regarding of exceptionality, areas frameworks.underlying conceptual Examines adaptations in the classroom classroom, the regular learners in exceptional learners, inclusion of learners. exceptional for instructional procedures environment, and evaluation strategies, EDUC 295 (1-4) Study Independent EDUC 245in a P Individuals Teaching Di 115, 230, 240, and 245 and their relationship to the operation of schools. Emphasis includes skills the operation of schools. Emphasis to 115, 230, 240, and 245 and their relationship practitioner. a professional to become of observation, and learning how techniques of reflection, F admission to teacher education and EDUC 115; preq./coreq. EDUC 230, 240, and 245; minimum 42 preq./coreq. admission to teacher education and EDUC 115; field experience hours, 10 lab; $ Ed eq. EMTP 210, Pr eq. advisor approval; Pr eq. Ohio certified EMT-Basic and six and certified EMT-Basic eq. Ohio eq. EMTP 210 or equivalent eq. EMTP 210 or equivalent Pr Pr ehospital diagnosis and treatment of ehospital diagnosis and treatment Pr ospital and field clinical experiences for ospital and field clinical experiences for vides the student with the theoretical and vides the student with the theoretical H o H Pr The Ohio Basic Emergency Medical Technician Medical Emergency Basic The Ohio Laboratory and clinical experiences which correlate Laboratory correlate and clinical experience which xpansion of basic skills and knowledge gained in the xpansion of basic skills and knowledge mphasizes gaining access to, rescuing, and transporting access to, rescuing, gaining mphasizes ntensive emergency coronary care emphasis. Topics emergency coronary emphasis. ntensive care eq. Ohio certified EMT-Basic and six months EMT-Basic and certified EMT-Basic eq. Ohio I E E Pr ntroduction to pre-hospital emergency medical systems, emergency medical to pre-hospital ntroduction I $ HS $ HS $ HS eq. advisor approval; $ HS eq. advisor approval; echniques of cardiopulmonary resuscitation for adults, children, and for adults, children, of cardiopulmonaryechniques resuscitation Pr T $ HS $ HS anced EMT to perform defibrillation. v eq. advisor approval; $ HS eq. advisor approval; urriculum 2000 and 1998 US D.O.T. EMT-Paramedic National Standard Curriculum as well as as well Curriculum Standard National EMT-Paramedic urriculum 2000 and 1998 US D.O.T. rinciples of emergency care, CPR, vital signs, patient handling, endotracheal intubation, automatic CPR, vital signs, patient handling, endotracheal care, rinciples of emergency arious forms of sudden cardiac death. Focuses on prehospital defibrillation. Includes cardiovascular Includes defibrillation. on prehospital death. Focuses arious forms of sudden cardiac experience; $ HS v assessment and management of cardiopulmonary resuscitation, anatomy and electrophysiology, certified Ohio the completion allows including electrical defibrillation. Successful arrest, cardiac Ad practical foundations necessary environment. the prehospital to manage multiple casualty situations in Pr EMTP 230. with EMTP 230 Paramedic Skills 3. Skills with EMTP 230 Paramedic with EMTP 210 Paramedic Skills 1. Skills with EMTP 210 Paramedic EMTP 210. include pathophysiology, symptomatology, and emergency treatment of coronary and emergency treatment artery disease, MI, symptomatology, include pathophysiology, to the general emergencies. Introduction and other cardiac heartangina pectoris, congestive failure, Therapeutic effects, indications, contraindications, of drugsgroups and the classification of each. Paramedic Ohio emergencies. Follows dosage, and side effects of specific drugs used in cardiac correct C course. Provider Life Support Cardiac Association Advanced the American Heart $ HS 211, 212, and 220 or equivalent; including EMS history, types of systems, medical control, dispatch, quality assurance, communications dispatch, types of systems, medical control, including EMS history, keeping. systems, and record assess- patient and physiology, anatomy fluid therapy, of shock and course, in the areas EMT-Basic endotracheal skills include IV therapy, and respiratory Advanced emergencies. ment, pharmacology, drug and manual administration, pneumatic anti-shock garment, automatic intubation, parenteral 1998 2003). Includes (September curriculum for EMT-Intermediate Ohio defibrillation. Follows Curriculum. Standard National EMT-Paramedic US D.O.T. months patient care experience; $ HS months patient care EMTP 230 3 (8) Skills Paramedic EMTP 231 3 Lab (1) Skills Paramedic EMTP 232 3 Clinical (1) Skills Paramedic EMTP 212 1 Clinical (1) Skills Paramedic EMTP 215 (4) EMT Defibrillation Advanced EMTP 220 2 (3) Skills Paramedic EMTP 130 (2) Response Incident Major EMTP 210 1 (5) Skills Paramedic EMTP 211 1 Lab (1) Skills Paramedic EMTP 102 (1) CPR EMTP 110 (10) Victim Care Emergency EMTP 120 (3) EMS Systems a patient. Recognition and control of certain hazards, such as explosive material, downed electrical material, downed such as explosive certain of and control hazards, a patient. Recognition for the transfer and procedures of radio equipment, protocols, gases, and radiation. Use toxic wires, 2000 and 1998 Curriculum Paramedic Ohio of information to the supervising physician. Follows Curriculum. Standard National EMT-Paramedic US D.O.T. concurrently; $ HS concurrently; training course which provides the framework upon which all other skills and knowledge are developed. are framework the which all other skills and knowledge upon provides training course which P included. are medication administration techniques defibrillation, and patient $ HS infants. American Red Cross or American Heart Association CPR certification Association CPR granted upon is American Heart or Cross Red infants. American of this course. successful completion

224 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE EMTP 102 - EMTP 232 EMTP 240 - ENGL 105 eq. Pr eq. EMTP 230, 231, Pr COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 225 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE eq. placement $ HS Pr vides practice in the process o Pr eq. placement Pr dactic and laboratory instruction in Di vides intensive practice with the basics of vides intensive eq. advisor approval; $ HS eq. advisor approval; o Pr ospital and field clinical experiences for ospital and field clinical Pr H econd level reading course in developmental course reading econd level ndividual or small group study, under the under study, ndividual or small group nitial reading course in developmental education. course in developmental nitial reading I S I Laboratoryclinical experiences which correlate and eq. advisor approval; $ HS eq. advisor approval; epares students to identify and find information epares Pr uilds advanced skills and knowledge in the areas of in the areas skills and knowledge uilds advanced Pr Course develops knowledge and skills relative to and skills relative knowledge Course develops B Course relates field clinical experience of student to field clinical experience of student Course relates $ HS eq. placement eq. placement Pr Pr The university placement test is prerequisite to enrolling in ENGL 111S. Students to enrolling placement test is prerequisite The university $ HS ajor focus is on comprehension and vocabulary improvement, adaptability of reading rate, and adaptability of reading and vocabularyajor focus is on comprehension improvement, esources and to format a bibliography. and to format a bibliography. esources eading are required. required. eading are eading plans, which include pre-reading, reading, and post-reading strategies; identifying and writing and post-reading reading, eading plans, which include pre-reading, of writing and revising paragraphs and short essays. Standard organizational patterns for paragraphs paragraphs and short essays. Standard of writing and revising English. with an emphasis on the use of standard required and essays are advanced emergency procedures, such as nasotracheal intubation, cricothyrotomy, intraosseous intraosseous cricothyrotomy, such as nasotracheal intubation, emergency procedures, advanced and other procedures. pacing, infusion, external cardiac written expression: grammar, punctuation, usage, spelling, and sentence structure. Emphasis on use Emphasis punctuation, usage, spelling, and sentence structure. grammar, written expression: English. of standard education. Major focus is on increasing comprehension and vocabulary growth; using three-stage and vocabulary comprehension growth; is on increasing focus education. Major r and building readers; summarizing textbook material; becoming metacomprehensive main ideas by fiction and nonfiction is required. Reading general vocabulary. with EMTP 240 Paramedic Skills 4. Skills with EMTP 240 Paramedic using appropriate information technology, including the internet and World Wide Web, to evaluate Web, Wide World including the internet and information technology, using appropriate r theory. Utilizes case review, discussion, and lecture for integration of theory discussion, and lecture with practice. case review, Utilizes theory. $ HS advisor approval; medical emergencies, trauma emergencies, obstetric/gynecologic emergencies, pediatrics, and neonatal emergencies, obstetric/gynecologic trauma emergencies, medical emergencies, Curriculum Paramedic Ohio transport. clinical and on-squad experience. Follows placed on Emphasis Curriculum. Standard National EMT-Paramedic 2000 and 1998 US D.O.T. $ HS and 232 or equivalent; completing developmental courses are required to pass not only the course itself but also the course to pass not only the course itself but also required courses are completing developmental with University State Those students who enter Shawnee in ENGL 111S. enrolling exit exam before for will be permitted equivalent to register of 22 or higher or the SAT score subject ACT an English 115S must be placement test. ENGL 111S, 112S, and ENGL 111S without taking any English for advanced This composition sequence is a prerequisite taken in sequence, beginning with 111S. series). (including the civilization and literature in English coursework SPECIAL NOTE: SPECIAL ENGL 099 and Essays (4) 2: Paragraphs Writing Basic ENGL 105 (1) Access Information ENGL 098 2 (4) Development Reading English ENGL 095 (4) 1: Mechanics Writing Basic ENGL 097 1 (4) Development Reading EMTP 270 (3) EMS Management EMTP 295 in EMS (1-4) Topics Special EMTP 250 (3) Procedures Emergency Advanced EMTP 260 (3) Studies EMS Field EMTP 241 4 Lab (1) Skills Paramedic EMTP 242 (1) 4 Clinical Skills Paramedic EMTP 2404 (8) Skills Paramedic M of text structure, but is not limited to, recognition tests. Includes, test-taking skills for standardized and journal and test taking. Recreational strategies for building vocabulary, metacomprehension, r management of an emergency medical service. EMTP 240. supervision of an instructor, of topics not otherwise to students. available supervision of an instructor, 226 — COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ENGL 111S - ENGL 252 ENGL 111S Discourse and Composition1 (4) An introduction to discourse in both public and academic settings. Preq. placement or the appropriate developmental course(s), which may include ENGL 095, 097, 098, 099, and 105; $ H ENGL 112S Composition and Research1 (4) An introduction to the relationship between research and composition. Preq. ENGL 111S; $ H ENGL 115S Composition and Literature (4) An introduction to the relationship between literature and composition. Preq. ENGL 112S; $ H ENGL 120 Vocabulary Expansion (2) A non-developmental course intended primarily to enhance the vocabulary skills of students with a reasonable range of existing vocabulary. $ H ENGL 121 Technical Writing 1 (4) A course which stresses skills needed to produce professional-quality documents that effectively convey technical information. The fundamentals of audience analysis, document design and organization, revision, and achieving a readable style are addressed. Students produce basic workplace documents, such as technical definitions, product descriptions, instructions, and brief reports. Taught in the computer lab. $ H ENGL 200 Introduction to Literature (4) An analysis of selected literary works which aims to develop reading and interpretive skills and to familiarize students with the language of literary study. We encourage English majors to make English 200 one of the first literature courses in which they enroll. Ideally, it should be the first course students take in the major. ENGL 205 Introduction to Women’s Studies (4) An interdisciplinary and cross-cultural examination of the images, power relationships, and cultural and historical sources through which femininity has been constituted within cultures. ENGL 211 Survey of English Literature 1 (4) Survey of the development of English literary traditions from the Medieval Period through the eighteenth century. ENGL 212 Survey of English Literature 2 (4) Survey of the development of English literature beginning with the Romantics and moving into contemporary writers and works. ENGL 221 English in the Workplace (4) Intensive examination of effective writing style. Emphasizes clarity and conciseness in sentence structures, transitional devices and organizational patterns at the paragraph level, formatting as a means of improving the readability of texts, precision in word choice, and developing a personal and persuasive style. Preq./coreq. ENGL 111S and 112S; $ H ENGL 222 Business Writing (4) A study of writing skills essential to the business world with special emphasis on the practical application of those skills to ‘‘real world’’ writing tasks. ENGL 232 Creative Writing (Poetry) (4) An advanced poetry writing course. Students study modern poetry at the same time they are writing their own. They also offer criticism of work done by others in the class. ENGL 240 Screenwriting (4) An introduction to the elements of screenwriting. Students may develop an original screenplay or write a screen adaptation of a published work as well as study important distinctions between visual and literary art forms. ENGL 245 Creative Writing (Fiction) (4) An introduction to the elements of fiction writing. Students critique their own manuscripts as well as study selected works of published writers. ENGL 249 Native American Literature (4) Study of works written by Native American writers. ENGL 251 Survey of American Literature 1 (4) Study of major works and major authors from the Colonial Period through American Romanticism. ENGL 252 Survey of American Literature 2 (4) Study of major works and major authors from the Age of Realism to the twentieth century.

1 In keeping with the general education program’s commitment to computer literacy (see Catalog p. 56), several sections of this course use computers in the teaching of composition. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 227 ENGL 273 - ENGL 335 ENGL 273 ENGL 273 Modern American Poetry (4) Study of themes and forms prevalent in modern American poetry. ENGL 275 American Film History (4) Chronological study of the influence of American history upon American film, and vice versa. Students become acquainted with the work and themes of some of America’s significant film directors and major genres of American popular film. ENGL 280 Introduction to American Studies 1 (4) Interdisciplinary study of American culture. ENGL 281 Introduction to American Studies 2 (4) Interdisciplinary study of American culture. ENGL 299 Topics in English (1-4) Study of selected topics not otherwise available. ENGL 300 Children’s Literature (4) A survey of children’s literature primarily designed for future teachers of young children. Topics include the analysis and evaluation of literature, genres, and creative teaching strategies. ENGL 301 Shakespeare 1 (4) Intensive study of the tragedies and histories. ENGL 302 Shakespeare 2 (4) Intensive study of the comedies and problem plays. ENGL 305 Creative Nonfiction (4) Explores ways of writing for different audiences. Provides opportunities to write about real world topics, employing styles drawn from “new journalism,” memoir writing, literary journalism, creative writing in the sciences, nature and travel, trends in biography and profiles, and narrative nonfiction. Attention is paid to stylistic development and individual voice. Preq. ENGL 111S, 112S, and 115S; $ H ENGL 306 Professional Writing (4) A continuation of ENGL121. This course stresses the techniques of research, organization, and writing that produce professional material for the contemporary workplace. Topics of design and production of internal and external management communications (e.g., newsletters, brochures, fact sheets, annual reports, and information/media kits) are included. Taught in the computer lab. Preq. ENGL 111S, 112S, and 115S; $ H ENGL 311 Major English Authors (Before 1800) (4) A variable content course which focuses on major authors for the purpose of carefully analyzing their works and detailing their development as writers. ENGL 312 Major English Authors (After 1800) (4) A variable content course which focuses on major authors for the purpose of carefully analyzing their works and detailing their development as writers. ENGL 315 Theory and Practice in Composition (4) Study of varied methods and strategies for teaching composition with special attention to classroom application for teachers. $ H ENGL 321 The English Novel (4) A variable content course which examines the emergence and development of the English novel. ENGL 322 Modern English Drama (4) Study of the developments in English theatre in the 20th century. ENGL 323 Adolescent Literature (4) A survey and methods course designed to give secondary and middle-school level preservice teachers experience in the range, quality, genres, and styles of literature suitable for use in classrooms. ENGL 332 Poetry Workshop (4) An advanced poetry writing course with a major emphasis placed on critiquing the writing of the students in the class for the sake of successfully marketing their work. ENGL 335 Interpersonal Communication (4) Combines theory and practice to develop an understanding of effective use of dyadic and small group communication. Methods of problem-solving and decision-making are explored, and effective group member and leader roles and responsibilities are studied and practiced. Students learn how and when to make use of unique or specialized group approaches and how to plan and conduct effective meetings. Strategies for planning and structuring several types of interviews are studied and practiced from the perspective of both the interviewer and interviewee. Preq. ENGL 111S, 112S, and 115S; SPCH 103 eq. ENGL 360 or EDUC A discussion and analysis of Pr ntroduction to influential to ntroduction I tudy of literary which works S tudy of the major works of selected tudy of the major works S eq. ENGL 111S, 112S, and 115S eq. ENGL Pr Overview the major principles, theories, of tudy of both ancient and modern theories of tudy of both ancient and modern theories eq. ENGL 111S, 112S, 115S, and 200 S A study of the literature of Hispanic America of Hispanic the literature A study of ntensive study of one or two major authors to study of ntensive xploration of southern Appalachian experience Appalachian xploration of southern Pr tudy of the major works of selected authors tudy of the major works I A consideration of major works and authors of A consideration of major works E S tudy of topics not otherwise available. tudy of works by and about women. by tudy of works S S A variable content course which examines the content A variable An examination of various English phonological and English An examination of various A survey shaped which have of the patterns and events eq. ENGL 360 tudy of literary works in which rivers are central factors tudy of literary are rivers in which works Pr S tudy of works about the Black experience. about the Black tudy of works S 16th Century Renaissance Literature (4) 16th Century Literature Renaissance eq. ENGL 111S, 112S, 115S, and SPCH 103 and systems of intercultural communication with specific focus on technological and media contexts. and systems of intercultural Pr with emphasis on the most celebrated contemporary on the most celebrated with emphasis writers. of the region products themselves who are past and present authors by works Includes in literature. or poetry. prose in their focused on the region or who have authors such as More, Sidney, Spenser, Marlowe, Shakespeare, Shelton, Wyatt, Surrey, and others. Surrey, Wyatt, Shelton, Shakespeare, Marlowe, Spenser, Sidney, authors such as More, the period. emergence and development of the American novel. emergence and development ENGL 392 (4) Communication Intercultural ENGL 399 (1-4) in Literature Topics ENGL 411 ENGL 421 (4) 17th Century Literature ENGL 424 (4) The 18th Century Novel ENGL 371 (4) The American Novel ENGL 381 (4) of Criticism Fundamentals ENGL 385 (4) Theories and Methods Studies: Cultural ENGL 346 (4) Literature River ENGL 351 (4) American Authors Major ENGL 360 (4) to Language and Linguistics Introduction ENGL 362 (4) of English Patterns ENGL 365 History (4) of English ENGL 340 of the Americas (4) Literature ENGL 341 (4) Experience and of Initiation Literature ENGL 342 (4) Literature in Women ENGL 343 (4) Authors Black ENGL 344 (4) of Appalachia Literature spelling patterns, followed by questions of variation and usage. Aspects of English phrase, clause, phrase, and usage. Aspects of English questions of variation by spelling patterns, followed also examined. are and sentence structure the English language from the time of the Anglo-Saxon to the present. to the present. the time of the Anglo-Saxon from language the English of the history major. historyThis course does not fulfill any course requirements 115; detail growth and development of character. and development detail growth influencing experience. provide a detailed understanding of works, thought, and literary understanding of works, a detailed development. provide of the major systems languages. A review of the world’s the fundamental properties and processes and aspects of of language change, typology, which constitute language. A discussion and features language acquisition. criticism. primarydefine the new helped to and practitioners—who have field of cultural sources—theorists tradition fields of literary the more study since the middle of the twentieth studies, and redefined and consumption of cultural texts and the social impact of include production stressed Issues century. in the formation of identities. Among foundational theories and practices and its role cultural power communications and mass Criticism, and Marxist Marxism the following: in the course are addressed postcolonialism, media, structuralism, history, poststructuralism, postmodernism, psychoanalysis, and theories of race, class, and gender and sexuality. such as Bacon, Carew, Cowley, Donne, Herrick, Jonson, Marvell, Webster, and Milton. Webster, Marvell, Jonson, Herrick, Donne, Cowley, Carew, such as Bacon,

228 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE ENGL 340 - ENGL 424 ENGL 434 - ESL 93 eq. Pr tudents examine eq. senior class S Pr eq. ENGL 360 Pr COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 229 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE eq. ESL 91 eq. ESL 92 Pr Pr A study of the theories, functions, ntensive study of major authors and study of ntensive major authors and study of ntensive I I eq. ENGL 360 eq. ENGL 111S, 112S, and 115S; students A study of the flow of internal and external A study of the flow Pr Pr Language variation by individual speakers is by Language variation elopment of elementary listening, comprehension, v A seminar course in selected topics in literature. enior seminar in selected topics in linguistics: enior seminar in selected topics in linguistics: Continuation of ESL 91. Continuation of ESL 92. A systematic study of how human language develops. how A systematic study of De S ndependent investigation of literaryndependent investigation topics under the I eq. ENGL 111S, 112S, 115S, and SPCH 103; students tudy of the poetry writers, major Romantic of and prose tudy of English poetrytudy of English 1830 to 1900. from and prose Pr S S lementary 1 (5) English eq. ENGL 360 Pr vides preservice in theory essential experiences teachers with language arts and practice for teaching o nglish, English as a second language, and Black English (including Pidgin and Creole). Can be and Creole). (including Pidgin English as a second language, and Black nglish, English pecific topic chosen by the instructor. pecific topic chosen by erbal and non-verbal messages are used. messages are erbal and non-verbal equired. Part of the course involves a portfolio review of previous writings in other courses. a portfolio of previous review of the course involves Part equired. are encouraged to take JOUR 105 before enrolling in this class. enrolling to take JOUR 105 before encouraged are and production of popular arts,and production artifacts, and entertainments, with particular emphasis upon critical and popular music. TV, movies, of literature, evaluation linguistics and literature, social aspects of language, psychological aspects of language, varieties of aspects of language, varieties psychological social aspects of language, linguistics and literature, E offered. themes are than once when different taken more analyzed in relation to the reasons and extent of variation, paying particular and extent of variation, attention to English. the reasons to in relation analyzed of English contact and social varieties and characteristics associated with different Then the processes and patterning is reviewed. variation geographic English detailed. Finally, are ESL 92ESL 93 Elementary 2 (5) English Elementary 3 (5) English ENGL 499 (1-4) in Literature Topics English as a Second Language ESL 91 E ENGL 490 Communication (4) Management ENGL 495 (4) Study Independent ENGL 485 (4) Majors for English/Humanities Experience Senior ENGL 461 (4) 19th Century American Literature ENGL 471 (4) 20th Century American Literature ENGL 480 (4) Media and the Mass Culture Popular ENGL 460 in Linguistics (4) Topics ENGL 452(4) Acquisition Language ENGL 455 (4) Language in Society English students, ages 12 through 21. Instructional strategies and design, classroom management, differentiated and design, classroom strategies 21. Instructional students, ages 12 through in field and clinical practice. addressed are learning needs, and implementation EDAE 400 and 485; $ H coreq. program; to the licensure standing and admission ENGL 441 (4) The Romantics ENGL 446Victorians (4) The ENGL 434 Language Arts in the Secondary Schools (4) Pr Teaching of Methods The course examines what the main factors are that influence language development. Acquisition of Acquisition development. that influence language what the main factors are The course examines central to are a home dialect to a school dialect and the transition from structure dialect vs. standard the course. S speaking, reading, and writing skills in English. Laboratory exercises are used to reinforce these skills. used to reinforce Laboratory are writing skills in English. and speaking, reading, exercises communication within organizations. The on-going communication process is viewed in its environ- The on-going communication process communication within organizations. A combination of mental context and in light of the goals of individuals and the organization itself. informal interactions, channels, and to the study of formal and and practical approaches theoretical v in this class. enrolling to take ENGL 335 before encouraged are in detail a selected topic of the instructor’s specialty. A major research essay and oral presentation are essay and oral presentation A major research specialty. in detail a selected topic of the instructor’s r completion of 60 quarter hours in the major including Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Shelly, Byron, and Keats. Byron, Coleridge, Shelly, Wordsworth, including Blake, direction of a faculty member. direction works of the 19th century. of the 19th works century. of the 20th works eq. Coreq. Pr eq. ETCA 101 or eq. ETCA Pr eq. ESL 94 or satisfactory eq. ETCA 101 or CADD eq. ETCA Pr Pr eq. ETCA 101 or CADD faculty eq. ETCA eq. ESL 95 or satisfactory score on eq. ESL 95 or satisfactory score anced drafting and CADD concepts Pr tudents further and refine develop v Pr eq. ETCA 101 or CADD faculty eq. ETCA eq. ESL 96 or satisfactory score on ESL eq. ESL 96 or satisfactory score S Pr Ad Pr eframe modeling, surface and modeling, tudents develop symbol libraries and icons tudents develop r ntroduction to computer aided machining ntroduction S I Wi elopment of intermediate oral communication elopment of skills in communicative elopment of advanced v v ands on experience using industrial standard H De De Continuation of ESL 94. Continuation of ESL raining in the fundamental skills, including grammar, raining in the fundamental skills, including A follow-up to ESL 96. A course emphasizing oral to ESL 96. A course emphasizing A follow-up T ntermediate English 2 (5) English ntermediate eq. ESL 93 or satisfactory score on ESL assessment test eq. ESL 93 or satisfactory score Pr eq. ESL 96 or satisfactory score on ESL assessment test eq. ESL 96 or satisfactory score eview of sentence structure, mechanics and usage, paragraph development, and shorteview usage, paragraph development, mechanics and of sentence structure, essay organi- nglish. May be taken concurrently with ESL 97, 98, and 99. with ESL 97, 98, be taken concurrently nglish. May nglish fundamentals. Emphasis on revising for clarity, coherence, and organization. Utilizes methods and organization. Utilizes coherence, for clarity, on revising nglish fundamentals. Emphasis score on ESL assessment test score advisor approval; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET 2 lec. 3 lab; advisor approval; approval; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET approval; hardware and software for computer aided drafting. Students learn to set up, edit, and output drawings edit, and learn to set up, for computer aided drafting. Students and software hardware to file management techniques and the disk Introduction using the latest in CADD technology. unless otherwiseon the use of AutoCAD® operating system (DOS). All classes focus stated. 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEG 110 or CADD faculty approval; assessment test proficiency and applied grammatical concepts. Improvement of speed and comprehension in reading of speed and comprehension concepts. Improvement and applied grammatical proficiency of development the progressive and recognizing structure conscious analysis of paragraph through and 99. with ESL 96, 98, be taken concurrently ideas. May ETCA 104ETCA with CADD (3) Drafting Advanced 105ETCA with CADD (3) 3-D Modeling 150ETCA (3) Computer Aided Machining Computer Aided Drafting and Design Drafting Aided Computer 101ETCA to CADD (3) Introduction 102ETCA with CADD (3) Drafting Mechanical 103ETCA (3) Customization CADD Menu ESL 98 2 (5) English Advanced ESL 101R on other models and work of prose and analysis international students, includes reading zation. For to ENGL 111S) (4) (Equivalent Students for International English E ESL students. for appropriate ESL 94 (5) 1 English Intermediate ESL 95 I ESL 96 (5) 3 English Intermediate ESL 97 1 (5) English Advanced faculty approval; $ ET faculty approval; (CAM) and computer numerical control (CNC). Intended for students having no prior CAM or (CNC). Intended (CAM) and computer numerical control display and editing of tool path geometry, The course focuses on the creation CNC experience. of data, and output of CNC code. Laboratory file manipulation, verification control, experiences and CNC machine tool operations. include CAM, CNC programming, solid modeling are taught with an emphasis on mechanical parts design. Students gain an appreciation with an emphasis on mechanical parts taught design. Students solid modeling are for the capabilities and limitations of each modeling technique. approval; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET approval; skills in operating a CADD workstation. Additional commands and more advanced techniques are advanced commands and more Additional skills in operating a CADD workstation. typical 2-D mechanical drafting and design techniques. involving introduced to include surface design and development and advanced descriptive geometry descriptive to include surface and advanced design and development techniques. ETCA 102 or CADD faculty approval; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET 102 or CADD faculty approval; ETCA to be used with student developed tablet and screen menus. tablet and screen to be used with student developed skills in English, but with increased emphasis in reading and writing. May be taken concurrently be taken writing. May and emphasis in reading increased but with skills in English, with ESL 93. E ESL assessment test usage, organization, and development. For international students, includes idiomatic expressions and international students, includes idiomatic expressions For usage, organization, and development. for methodologies appropriate Utilizes speakers of English. to non-native common problems and Composition. international students for Discourse to prepare international students. Designed Pr

230 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE ESL 94 - ETCA 150 ETCA 201 - ETCO 117 $ ET eq. Pr tilization of U COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 231 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE eq. ETCA 103; 2 lec. 3 eq. ETCA Pr $ ET Completion of a set of plans lding processes and procedures are and procedures lding processes ntroduction to architectural drafting to architectural ntroduction I ntroduction to computer hardware, a to computer hardware, ntroduction I We tilization of computer hardware and a tilization of computer hardware ntroduction to computer hardware, a to computer hardware, ntroduction epresentation of piping in single and of piping in epresentation I U R anced techniques in rendering and animating anced techniques in rendering ffered as an elective for CADD students. for as an elective ffered v O Ad $ ET ) to create worksheets, functions, 2D and 3D plots, worksheets, ) to create ® A wide range of design problems are solved using LISP solved are A wide range of design problems eq. ETCA 105 or CADD faculty approval; $ ET 105 or CADD faculty approval; eq. ETCA Pr n-depth instruction in solid modeling using constructive I eq. ETCA 105; $ ET eq. ETCA An introductory course on the methods and techniques of Pr eq. instructor permission Pr ndering and Animation (3) Re eq. ETCA 103; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET 103; 2 lec. 3 lab; eq. ETCA Pr eq. ETCA 103 or CADD faculty approval; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET 103 or CADD faculty approval; eq. ETCA eq. ETCA 101 or CADD faculty approval; $ ET 101 or CADD faculty approval; eq. ETCA Pr 230 Pr CA icroStation (a high-end CAD package). Students develop skills in both 2-D drafting and 3-D skills develop (a high-end CAD package). Students icroStation eq. ETCA 103; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET eq. ETCA eq. ETCA 103; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET 103; 2 lec. 3 lab; eq. ETCA computer concepts, including operating systems, navigation, commands and applications software computer concepts, including operating systems, navigation, commands and applications graphics, and internet navigation. for file management, presentation Covers topics of special interest. of special interest. topics Covers M design. programming, subsequent to a thorough study of LISP functions, variable naming conventions, study of LISP functions, variable subsequent to a thorough programming, are written routines and student of existing LISP routines entity access, and device access. A variety analyzed. lab; $ ET through the design of a residential structure. Students create the drawings necessary the create to complete a Students structure. the design of a residential through techniques, floor plans, not limited to, design include, but are Topics typical set of house plans. schedules. and door window wall sections, foundation plans, elevations, high level programming language, an integrated development environment, control structures, structures, control environment, an integrated development language, programming high level and functions, and graphical user interface computer programs (GUI) concepts to develop procedures and analysis. solving and algorithm development is on problem applications. Focus for various and graphical user interface structures, objects, methods, control language, programming high level on problem applications. Course focus is for various computer programs (GUI) concept to develop and analysis. solving and algorithm development graphics and interactive operations to develop computer programs for technology applications. computer programs operations to develop graphics and interactive environment. Windows students unfamiliar with for corequisite 110 recommended ETCO MATH 131; 4 lec. 4 lab; $ ET MATH ETCO 116ETCO (4) Computer Programming JAVA 117ETCO (4) for Technology Tools Software Engineering Technology EngineeringCore Technology 110ETCO (2) Technology for Engineering Computer Applications 115ETCO (4) VBASIC Computer Programming ETCA 250ETCA (3) Modeling Solid 299ETCA in CADD (1-5) Topics Special ET ETCA 205ETCA (3) LISP Programming 220ETCA (3) MicroStation ETCA 203ETCA with CADD (3) Design Parts Welded 204ETCA (3) with CADD Design and Mold Casting ETCA 202ETCA with CADD (3) Drawings Piping ETCA 201ETCA (3) with CADD Design Building Small high level programming application (Mathcad application programming high level solid geometry and Boolean operations. Students create solid models and calculate mass properties solid models and calculate mass create solid geometry Students and Boolean operations. design problems. mechanical to solve giving the specifications a foundry would need to manufacture a part. The plans include: a pattern giving the specifications a foundry a part. need to manufacture would the casting drawing of the part, drawing, box and machined partdrawing with gates, a core drawing. Pr double line diagrams, isometric and orthographic diagrams. Design of pipe flanges given the size of the size isometric and orthographicdouble line diagrams, flanges given of pipe Design diagrams. angles. for cutting pipe to form turns of various layouts Template pressure. pipe and the operating Pr covered to the extent necessary to make production weldment drawings. Delineating weld symbols is to the extent necessary weld drawings. Delineating weldment to make production covered emphasized. 3-D CAD models for presentation graphics. Animated ‘‘fly-bys’’ and ‘‘walk-throughs’’ allow the allow and ‘‘walk-throughs’’ ‘‘fly-bys’’ graphics. Animated 3-D CAD models for presentation techniques operator to view it or flying past it. Rendering CAD model as though walking through the 3-D Studio. include the use of AutoDesk’s eq. ETEC 102; Pr Coreq. ETCO 220 ETCO Coreq. ndustrial safety, occu- ndustrial safety, I tilization of computer tilization of eq. sophomore standing and eq. sophomore U Pr achine representation of numeric achine representation M $ ET dware and software integration and software dware r eq. advisor approval A study of the principles of torque and of torque A study of the principles Pr Ha anced topics and techniques pertaining to v A study of the functions of various hydraulic A study of the functions of various An introduction to the software development to the software An introduction Ad ntroduction to applications in industry. to ntroduction nderstanding the attributes and skills necessary I U ndividual or small group study, under the supervision of study, ndividual or small group I eq. sophomore standing and GPA of 2.0 or faculty approval GPA standing and eq. sophomore Pr eq. MATH 130 or faculty approval; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET 130 or faculty approval; eq. MATH Pr $ ET eq. MATH 132 or faculty approval; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET 3 lec. 3 lab; $ faculty approval; 132 or eq. MATH Pr eb pages. Topics include Internet browsers, HTML programming language, graphics and file language, graphics HTML programming browsers, Internet include Topics eb pages. alley centered on the Hanging Rock Iron and Coal Region of Ohio and Kentucky. This includes the and Kentucky. of Ohio and Coal Region Iron Rock on the Hanging alley centered mphasis on types, classifications, types of motion, economic impact, and safety. economic impact, and safety. mphasis on types, classifications, types of motion, techniques for stand alone and networked computer systems. Lecture covers motherboards, floppy motherboards, covers computer systems. Lecture techniques for stand alone and networked Lab system software. cabling, and network adaptor cards, network video boards, drives, hard drives, computer system. emphasis on assembling and integrating a networked hardware and a high level programming application (HTML) to design and construct (HTML) to design application programming interactive level and a high hardware w 110 recommended applets. ETCO JAVA™ guestbooks and forms, and management, shareware, environment. Windows with for students unfamiliar corequisite displacement in a wide variety of gearing applications along with the analysis of forces or loads acting along with the analysis of forces of gearing applications variety displacement in a wide torsion, and moment of of materials, friction, and strain, strength of stress upon the system. Analysis inertia. process using a modern structured programming language. Topics include: computer problem solving, include: computer problem Topics language. programming using a modern structured process parameter passing, and elementary debugging techniques, data abstraction, modularity, program data structures. to be an effective team builder, communicator, supervisor, or manager. Prepares the student for Prepares or manager. supervisor, communicator, team builder, to be an effective technology organizations. leadership positions in industrial and high of 2.0 or faculty approval GPA $ ET ETEC 150 (4) Integration Computer System ETEC 199 (1-4) Topics Special ETEC 200 1 (4) Assembly Language Programming ETCO 280ETCO 1750-1870 (3) River Ohio of the Circa exploration of the industrial archeology and interactive tour, walking Classroom, Valley River Ohio of the Archeology The Industrial V foundries and kilns, cold and hot blast furnaces in Scioto County and surrounds, city of Portsmouth, historical preservation is also a component of and supporting and canals, railroads industries. Active the course. Technology Engineering Computer ETEC 102 1 (4) Programming Structured ETEC 103 2 (4) Programming Structured ETCO 220ETCO (3) and Pneumatics Hydraulics 225ETCO (3) Management Industrial 230ETCO (3) to Robotics Introduction ETCO 150ETCO (4) Design Page Programming/Web HTML 202ETCO (4) of Materials and Strength Statics 210ETCO (3) Management Health and Safety Occupational pational health issues, accident prevention, working conditions, provisions and policies of OSHA. provisions conditions, working accident prevention, pational health issues, Voluntary Industry General Course includes OSHA 10-Hour regulations. Compliance with OSHA Compliance Card. and non-numeric data, basic CPU architecture, instruction sets, addressing methods, arithmetic instruction sets, addressing and non-numeric data, basic CPU architecture, and basic input and output techniques. operations with integer and floating point data, subroutines, $ ET and pneumatic components and methods of combining them to build complex systems. Emphasis and pneumatic components and methods transmission on understanding the physical propertiesand gases and their use for power of fluids and for control. an instructor, of topics otherwise to students. not available an instructor, and ETEM 110; 3 lec. 2 lab; $ ET E the software development process using a modern structured language. Topics include: dynamic Topics language. using a modern structured process development the software memory management, arrays, pointers, project allocation, data hiding and encapsulation, structures, to dynamic data structures. debugging techniques, and an introduction advanced

232 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE ETCO 150 - ETEC 200 ETEC 201 - ETEC 361 eq. eq. Pr Pr eq. ETEC 103; anced computer Pr v Ad COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 233 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE pplication design techniques, A eq. ETEC 280 or faculty Pr nterfaces a computer system from A study of the ISO model protocols, )I The design and development of object and development The design 201. Continuation of ETEC 202. Continuation of ETEC eq. advisor approval Pr pplication of calculus to the modeling of eq. ETEC 103; $ ET A vides the time and opportunity for students eq. ETEC 241 and 280; 2 lec. 3 lab Pr o Continuation of ETEC 241. PLD, EPROM, Pr The study of small microprocessor based systems. The study of small microprocessor Pr ocus on advanced microprocessor architectures. microprocessor ocus on advanced eq. ETEM 112 and MATH 202; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET 202; 2 lec. 3 eq. ETEM 112 and MATH F A study of computer systems software and its role A study of computer systems software Pr dividual or small group study, under the supervision of study, dividual or small group In eq. ETEC 241; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET Pr eq. ETEC 242; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET Pr ocessor Circuits 1 (3) ocessor Circuits eq. sophomore standing; 1 lec. 6 lab eq. sophomore etworking and Communications 2 (3) etworking pplications Programming with VBASIC (3) with pplications Programming Pr eq. ETEC 211; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET eq. ETEC 211; 2 lec. Pr eq. ETEC 351; 2 lec. 3 lab eq. ETEC 200; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET imple busses, timing, memory systems, and decoding. Techniques for interfacing MSI, LSI, and Techniques memoryimple busses, timing, systems, and decoding. ecursion, and searching. Lab emphasis is upon the implementation of these structures and techniques is upon the implementation of these structures Lab emphasis ecursion, and searching. to work on the design and development of a computer engineering technology application. Enables of a computer engineering technology design and development on the to work computer engineering technology under the guidance of the student to demonstrate competency in a faculty mentor. an instructor, of topics otherwise to students. not available an instructor, logical connections and services, and datagrams, LANs, and servers. routing, streams internetworking, Pr and EEPROM uses and programming. Basic I/O techniques, signal conditioning, and interfacing to Basic uses and programming. and EEPROM and motors sensors the physical world. Lab emphasis on interfacing transducers such as temperature based system. to a microprocessor approval; 2 lec. 3 lab approval; graphical user interfaces, object module libraries and linking, software testing. Lab emphasis on testing. Lab graphical user interfaces, object module libraries and linking, software application. software designing and building a complete GUI based ETEC 352 N ETEC 361 Analysis 1 (3) Circuit Advanced ETEC 299 (1-14) Topics Special ETEC 345 (3) Computer Architecture ETEC 351 and Communications 1 (3 Networking ETEC 291 Lab (3) Design Intermediate ETEC 287 A ETEC 275 (3) Programming Systems ETEC 280 (4) Structures with Data Programming Applications ETEC 241 Micropr ETEC 242 2 (3) Circuits Microprocessor ETEC 202 2 (4) Programming Oriented Object ETEC 203 3 (4) Programming Oriented Object ETEC 201 1 (4) Programming Oriented Object Lecture topics include internal microprocessor architectures, advanced busses, system components, advanced architectures, topics include internal microprocessor Lecture emphasis on building advanced Lab evaluation. microprocessor and comparative system interconnect, based systems. microprocessor oriented programs using a modern object oriented language. Topics covered include classes, methods, include covered Topics language. a modern object oriented using oriented programs object based system design using UML. and proper polymorphism, encapsulation, $ ET ETEC 201; $ ET ETEC 202; $ ET systems. Mathematical approach to initial conditions. Introduction to (and application of) conditions. Introduction to initial approach systems. Mathematical integral- domain analysis and Laplace and systems. Frequency equations to modeling of circuits differential BASIC, and/or ‘C’ computer of PSPICE, as an analysis tool. Application introduced transforms are systems. to modeling of different programming S based busses. Lab emphasis on expanding and interfacingVLSI chips to system to a microprocessor system. in modern computing systems. Operational and design details of assemblers, compilers, and linking in modern computing systems. Operational interface design. in modern operating systems. User loaders. Command language programming Pr programming and data organization techniques. Dynamic data structures such as lists, stacks, queues, such as lists, stacks, data organization techniques. Dynamic data structures and programming hashing, sorting, in addition to algorithms involving covered heaps, tables, and graphs are trees, r applications. software structured in complete working to external devices which support asynchronous and synchronous communications, flow-control to external devices which support and synchronous asynchronous interfaces. packets, and physical paths, data transfer, eq. ETEC Pr eq. ETEC 216; Pr eq. ETEC 371; $ ET Pr A study of advanced operating A study of advanced pplication of finite state A eq. advisor approval Pr eq. ETEC 280; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET pplication of Laplace transforms to system of Laplace transforms pplication Pr A A study of the methods used to implement A study of the methods used to implement anced operating system topics are covered through covered topics are anced operating system v unction, design, and integration of the partsunction, design, and of an An introduction to models and issues concerned An introduction A capstone experience in computer engineering tech- F Ad ndividual or small group study, under the supervision under of study, ndividual or small group A study of database management systems including the A study of database management systems including I eq. ETEC 103; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET Pr rinciples of concurrent programming. Synchronization and Synchronization programming. rinciples of concurrent eq. ETEC 362; 2 lec. 3 lab P Pr eq. senior standing; 1 lec. 9 lab; $ ET eq. ETEC 280; $ ET perating Systems with UNIX (3) perating Systems eq. ETEC 361; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET eq. ETEC 361; 2 lec. Pr Pr Pr eq. ETEC 421; 2 lec. 3 lab Pr eq. ETEC 103 or advisor approval; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET eq. ETEC 103 or advisor approval; elnet and overall system management. elnet and overall ncludes analog vs. digital machines, open and closed loop systems, block diagrams, and PID closed loop systems, block diagrams, and PID ncludes analog vs. digital machines, open and ncluding the logical and physical representations of hierarchical, simple, and complex data and file of hierarchical, ncluding the logical and physical representations eliability, verification and validation, and maintenance. and maintenance. and validation, verification eliability, elationships and their application in the major data models with a focus on the relational model. elationships and their application in the major data models with a focus on the relational 373; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET nology involving the application of hardware and software components. The student demonstrates components. and software the application of hardware nology involving method to apply computing using the deductive computer engineering technology competence by the under to an applications design project the computer engineering program concepts from guidance of a faculty mentor. control theorycontrol concepts on digital machines. Analog vs. digital machines, open and closed loop physical devices using algorithms. Lab emphasis on controlling control systems, block diagrams, PID algorithms. computer based control theorycontrol ETEC 421. concepts on digital machines extending the competencies gained from I computer based control physical devices using Lab emphasis is on controlling algorithms. control algorithms. with the development of high quality software including the life-cycle models, requirements analysis, models, requirements including the life-cycle of high quality software with the development management, specification and design techniques, implementation, documentation, configuration r design, implementation, and maintenance of databases, applications, and programming techniques. design, implementation, and maintenance of databases, applications, and programming I r Pr systems using UNIX. File systems, processes and process development, remote access using FTP and remote development, and process processes systems, systems using UNIX. File T ETEC 477 (3) Concurrency ETEC 483 (3) Engineering Software ETEC 491 Laboratory Design 1 (4) ETEC 422 2 (3) Systems Control Digital ETEC 430 (3) Systems Database ETEC 373O Advanced ETEC 399 (1-14) Topics Special ETEC 410 (3) and Implementation Compiler Design ETEC 421 1 (3) Systems Control Digital ETEC 362 2 (3) Analysis Circuit Advanced ETEC 371 1 (3) Systems Operating ETEC 372 (3) 2 Systems Operating differential equations in the time and frequency domains with sinusoidal and complete harmonic and complete domains with sinusoidal frequency in the time and equations differential BODE plots, transients in DC/AC and response, transfer functions, frequency include Topics signals. and Theorems Value and Final superposition, the Initial initial conditions, mesh analysis, networks, A laboratory transient effects of at demonstrating the Theorem. component is directed the Shifting and DC stimulus. both AC the examination and implementation of the parts of a working operating system. Topics include process Topics of the partsthe examination and implementation operating system. of a working file systems, secondarysynchronization, cooperating storage management, command interpreters, systems, distributed systems, and security. real-time protection, processes, interference. Data parallel algorithms and barriers. The mutual exclusion problem. Semaphores, problem. exclusion The mutual parallel algorithms and barriers. Data interference. message passing. Remote and asynchronous Synchronous monitors, and conditional critical regions. interaction paradigms. of popular process Exploration call and rendezvous. procedure operating system. Topics include operating system history, policies for scheduling and page-replacement, policies for scheduling include operating system history, Topics operating system. memory deadlock, starvation, allocation, mutual access control, livelock, resource management, and concurrency. exclusion, an instructor, of topics otherwise to students. not available an instructor, of the use of context-free language design and analysis to programming expressions automata as regular of lexical analysis and parsing (top-down Techniques grammars as a formal device for language syntax. handling. code generation, and error and bottom-up), symbol table management, 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET

234 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE ETEC 362 - ETEC 491 ETEC 492 - ETEM 115 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET eq. ETEC 491; 1 lec. eq. ETEC 491; Pr COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 235 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE eq. ETEG 110 or CADD ffered as an elective for as an elective ffered Pr O undamental principles of DC eq. ETEM 110 (non-electrical F eq. instructor permission Pr 2 lec.; $ ET Pr eq. advisor approval imple inductance-resistance and imple inductance-resistance An introductory course in the study of S Pr eq. MATH 130 or equivalent or EM 130 or equivalent eq. MATH Pr anced drafting course. Includes detail and anced drafting course. Includes v An introduction to devices where both electrical to devices where An introduction pplication of basic principles to solve practical pplication of basic principles to solve eq. ETEM 111 or EM faculty approval; 3 lec. 3 eq. ETEM 111 or EM faculty approval; A Ad A basic course for students who have had little or A basic course for students who have A survey of contemporary in developments Pr eq. ETEG 120 or CADD advisor approval; 2 lec. 3 eq. ETEG 120 or CADD advisor approval; Continuation of ETEC 491. Continuation Pr undamentals in reading and interpreting engineering interpreting and undamentals in reading dividual or small group study, under the supervision of study, dividual or small group F In A course in the concepts of electricity and electronics. A course in the concepts of electricity and eq. senior standing or advisor approval; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET 2 lec. 3 lab; advisor approval; eq. senior standing or Pr Coreq. MATH 130 or equivalent or EM faculty approval; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET or EM faculty approval; 130 or equivalent MATH Coreq. lectromechanical Devices (4) Devices lectromechanical s Law, series and parallel circuits, magnetism, simple meters, inductance, and capacitance. series and parallel circuits, s Law, circuit analysis, power factor, and resonance. and resonance. factor, analysis, power circuit ect current effects only. effects only. ect current

m’ r lementary solid state electronics. This course is not for electromechanical or computer engineering This course is not for electromechanical lementary solid state electronics. ntroduction to concepts of Ohm’s Law, resistance, capacitance, inductance, power, and energy. Study and energy. capacitance, inductance, power, resistance, Law, concepts of Ohm’s to ntroduction Di engineering drawing students. Covers topics of special interest. topics of special interest. engineering drawing students. Covers 9 lab; $ ET electricity. Basic definitions of energy and electricity are introduced which lead to studies of resistance, introduced definitions of energy and electricity are Basic electricity. Oh majors); coreq. ETEM 112 (electrical majors) or EM faculty approval; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET EM faculty approval; ETEM 112 (electrical majors) or majors); coreq. and mechanical principles are utilized. Includes DC motors and generators, 3-phase circuits, trans- DC motors and generators, 3-phase circuits, Includes utilized. and mechanical principles are motors. formers, induction motors, alternators, and synchronous computer technology focusing on emerging hardware, software, and integrated systems. Discussions and integrated software, focusing on emerging hardware, computer technology the student in and applications guide processors, architectures, of new technology, communications decisions. career planning for future an instructor, of topics otherwise to students. not available an instructor, ETEM 115 E ETEM 112 (4) 2 (AC) Fundamentals Electrical ETEM 110 (4) to Electricity/Electronics Introduction ETEM 111 1 (DC) (4) Fundamentals Electrical Electromechanical Engineering Technology Engineering Electromechanical ETEM 101 Concepts (4) Electro ETEG 130 3 (3) Drawing Engineering ETEG 299 (1-5) Drawing in Engineering Topics Special ETEG 120 2 (3) Drawing Engineering Engineering Graphics ETEG 105 (2) Reading Blueprint ETEG 110 1 (3) Drawing Engineering ETEC 495 (1-5) in Computing Topics ETEC 499 (1-14) Topics Special ETEC 492 Laboratory Design 2 (4) capacitance-resistance transient circuits; studies of alternating current fundamentals, phasor algebra, studies of alternating current transient circuits; capacitance-resistance AC lab; $ ET advisor approval; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET advisor approval; details and specifications, gear details, classes of fit and tolerances, assembly drawings, parts lists, thread and geometric dimensioning and tolerancing. of reactance, impedance, phasors, and power factors. DC and AC rotating machines are surveyed. machines are rotating factors. DC and AC impedance, phasors, and power of reactance, E an associate degree. technology majors and is not applicable toward engineering problems. Surface design and development and applied descriptive geometry and applied descriptive used to design and development are Surface engineering problems. points, lines, and surfaces between in spaces. determine the relationship lab; $ ET I no experience in engineering drawing. Develops fundamental principles through actual experience in through fundamental principles no experience in engineering drawing. Develops orthographic, multiview Includes sketching and scaled machine drawings. drawings, both freehand geometric constructions, dimensioning practice, sectional views, and auxiliary views. drawings, blueprints, and schematics (pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical, and electronic). Using drawings Using electrical, and electronic). and schematics (pneumatic, hydraulic, drawings, blueprints, bills-of-material. Recognizing details, and to develop to understand specification sheets, installation terminology. drawing symbols and and understanding standard and AC electricity. An introduction to motors, generators, relays, and transformers. An introduction to motors, generators, relays, An introduction electricity. and AC for electro- Not applications, including PLCs. control with emphasis on process to electronics mechanical or computer engineering technology majors. faculty approval; 3 lec. 3 lab faculty approval; An eq. ETEM eq. ETCA 101 eq. ETCA Pr Pr eq. sophomore standing eq. sophomore Coreq. ETEM 112 or EM Coreq. An introduction to systems An introduction Pr eq. ETEM 211 or EM faculty Pr A study of electromechanical open A study of electromechanical eq. ETEM 121 or EM faculty approval; eq. ETEM 121 or EM Pr The study of mechanical drawing of both The study of mechanical esigned to provide the time and opportunity esigned to provide An introduction to solid state, integrated An introduction Continuation of ETEM 211. Integrated circuit Continuation of ETEM 211. Integrated D ncompasses all of the principles which have been ncompasses all of the principles which have E eq. ETEM 201 and 211; coreq. ETEM 212; 1 lec. 6 lab; $ ET eq. ETEM 201 and 211; coreq. ntroduction to discrete, bipolar solid state electronic devices solid state electronic bipolar to discrete, ntroduction I decibels; response; 121. Frequency Continuation of ETEM Pr eq. ETEM 121 or EM faculty approval; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET eq. ETEM 121 or EM faculty approval; Pr Coreq. ETEM 208, 211, and ETCO 220, or EM faculty approval; ETEM 208, 211, and ETCO Coreq. A survey which studies types of industrial robots, course in Robotics $ ET eq. advisor approval Pr utomation Fundamentals with PLCs (4) with PLCs utomation Fundamentals Coreq. ETEM 122 or EM faculty approval; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEM 122 or EM faculty approval; Coreq. ndividual or small group study, under the supervision of an instructor, of topics otherwise not under the supervision of an instructor, study, ndividual or small group equirements are discussed. are equirements 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET control schemes, and applications. schemes, control 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET approval; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET approval; and pollution control restoration and overview of the management of environmental introduction Problem coordination. of the many aspects of project of an appreciation The development projects. plans, health and safety plans, quality techniques, work and definition, investigative discovery and reporting plans, agency interfacing/permitassurance/quality control acquisition, legal regulations, r electronic logic. Practical applications of Boolean algebra, logic gates, binary number pulse circuits, Practical logic. electronic systems, and computer arithmetic. counters, registers, and sequential logic, printed circuits, applications which include combinational to microcomputers. decoders, signal converters, and an introduction ETEM 299 (1-5) Technology Engineering in Electromechanical I Topics Special to students. available Technology Engineering Environmental 110ETEV (3) and Regulations Engineering to Environmental Introduction ETEM 211 1 (4) Logic Circuits Electronic ETEM 212 2 (4) Logic Circuits Electronic ETEM 215 (3) Design Electromechanical ETEM 220 (2) the by and presented analyzed Presentations systems are Electromechanical in the program. previously considered Technical understanding of the applied principles is required. student. A thorough 1 lec. 3 lab faculty approval; and electromechanical ETEM 201 (3) Systems to Electromechanical Introduction ETEM 208 A ETEM 209(3) Robotics ETEM 121 1 (4) Electronics ETEM 122 2 (4) Electronics ETEM 130 (2) Drawing Electromechanical which use both electrical and mechanical principles. Thermal, hydraulic, pneumatic, vacuum, pneumatic, vacuum, Thermal, hydraulic, which use both electrical and mechanical principles. learned combination of previously the coordinated to stress utilized magnetic, and optic systems are concepts. and closed loop analog and digital systems. The microcomputer and programmable logic controller and programmable The microcomputer and closed loop analog and digital systems. used to interface to build complete automatic control of input and output transducers a variety are on understanding interfacing control. systems. Emphasis signals to process feedback 220 and ETEM 211; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETCO 115, 122, and 201; coreq. for students to work on the design, fabrication, assembly, and testing of electromechanical devices or devices and testing of electromechanical on the design, fabrication, assembly, for students to work the the student to develop requiring by and creativity initiative, independent study, systems. Promotes design with minimal staff supervision. and basic electronic circuits, including small signal amplifiers, transistor biasing, equivalent circuits, transistor biasing, equivalent signal amplifiers, including small circuits, and basic electronic and special solid state devices. supplies, DC power unregulated electronic 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET faculty approval; four- circuits; amplifiers; unijunction transistors; control and field effect cascaded, feedback, power, supplies. power DC devices; op amps; and regulated layer electrical and electronic circuits and components using electrical and electronic symbols. Includes electrical and electronic and components using circuits electrical and electronic views. schematics, and pictorial logic diagrams, printed circuits, distribution, power $ ET 1 lec. 3 lab; faculty approval; and ETEG 101 or EM

236 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE ETEM 121 - ETEV 110 ETEV 120 - ETEV 290 eq. Pr eq. ETCO eq. CHEM Pr Pr eq. CHEM 142 and Pr eq. CHEM 142 and eq. ETEM 115, ETEV COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 237 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE Pr Pr Complete closed-loop A study of the long-term vides the necessary formal training eq. CHEM 141; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET eq. CHEM 141; 2 lec. o irst course of a two-course series Pr F Pr eq. advisor approval; $ ET eq. advisor approval; Pr esigned to provide the necessary formal esigned to provide D A study of industrial waste pretreatment eq. CHEM 141, ETEV 110, and 210; 2 lec. 3 eq. CHEM 141, ETEV 110, and 210; 2 lec. Pr A specialized laboratoryA specialized chemistry for course A study of the health and safety issues of hazardous eq. MATH 132 and PHYS 201; $ ET 132 and PHYS eq. MATH dividual or small group study, under the supervision of study, dividual or small group Pr luid properties, fluid statics, including manometry, luid properties, fluid statics, including manometry, In An investigation of the state and federal programs for of the state and federal programs An investigation F eq. CHEM 141; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET Pr azardous Waste Operations (OSHA 29 CFR 1910.120-HAZWOPER) (4) (OSHA 29 CFR 1910.120-HAZWOPER) Operations Waste azardous eq. CHEM 141; coreq. CHEM 142 and ETEV 110; 3 lec. 4 lab; $ ET CHEM eq. CHEM 141; coreq. H Pr 280 V esigned to meet the requirements of OSHA - 29 CFR Part 1910.120(e). Health and safety course 1910.120(e). Health of OSHA - 29 CFR Part esigned to meet the requirements ernoulli’s and energy equations, energy losses, and pump power. Analysis and design of pipe line Analysis and energy equations, energy losses, and pump power. ernoulli’s esponse incidents. Students develop the skills necessary develop waste clean-up to perform hazardous esponse incidents. Students equirements, equipment operation and design, testing, and removal systems. and removal equipment operation and design, testing, equirements, 141, ETEV 110, and MATH 201; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET 141, ETEV 110, and MATH 210, ETEV 280, junior standing, and advisor permission an instructor, of topics otherwise to students. not available an instructor, to allow the student to attempt the State of Ohio Class I Wastewater Operator exam. Emphasizes Operator Wastewater Class I of Ohio attempt the State the student to to allow theorytypes of treatment, applications, basic operating tests such as BOD, DO, of operation, design hygiene and public health aspects, sewerpH, F/M ratio, sludge age, detention timing, systems, and budgetary considerations. submerged surfaces, buoyancy, and stability of floating bodies. The principles of fluid flow, including The principles of fluid flow, and stability of floating bodies. submerged surfaces, buoyancy, B systems, open channels, and pump selection. ETEV 430; coreq. ETEV 440 or advisor approval; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ETEV 440 or advisor approval; ETEV 430; coreq. ETEV 290ETEV 1 (4) Education Cooperative Summer D of hazardous and remediation in the investigation personnel who may be involved for environmental SCBA, SARS, include air monitoring instrumentation, air purifying respirators, Topics waste sites. materials decontamination, and simulations of hazardous entry, clothing, confined space protective r hands-on lab experiences. risk to their safety and health through operations and to minimize ETEV 270ETEV (4) Toxicology Industrial ETE environmental impacts, methods of transporting, reduction, and storage of solid waste. and storage of impacts, methods of transporting, environmental reduction, 250ETEV (3) Mechanics Fluid 260ETEV (3) Technology for Environmental Automation ETEV 230ETEV (3) Technology Waste to Solid Introduction ETEV 240 (3) Treatment Waste Industrial ETEV 220ETEV (3) Waste Hazardous ETEV 199ETEV (1-14) Topics Special ETEV 210 (3) Techniques Treatment Wastewater water/wastewater, air, and solid waste analysis. Course includes collection of samples, appropriate includes collection waste analysis. Course and solid air, water/wastewater, age, fecal tests as heavy metals, F/M ratio, sludge keeping for such and record sampling protocols, pH, and residual, solids, ammonia, chlorine demand, solids, percent coliform, BOD, suspended etc. turbidity, ETEV 130 (3) Techniques Treatment Water ETEV 120ETEV (4) Techniques Laboratory and infectious environments. Exposure limits, monitoring, symptoms, and prevention of the spread limits, monitoring, symptoms, and prevention Exposure and infectious environments. discussed. all forms of waste management are of common diseases through BIOL 151; 3 lec. 2 lab ETEV 220; coreq. r ETEV 220; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET environmental assessments of regulating facilities for the disposal of hazardous wastes and the facilities for the disposal of hazardous assessments of regulating environmental methods, storage, transportation, treatment The creation, programs. recovery resource of development also studied. are wastes’’ and disposal of ‘‘hazardous lab; $ ET training to allow the student to attempt the State of Ohio Class I Water Operator exam. Emphasizes Operator Water Class I of Ohio State the student to attempt the training to allow systems, distribution for water treatment, quality criteria, reasons water water sources/availability, theory residual, water quality tests such as chlorine and design applications. Basic of operations, also covered. are manganese, and nitrate nitrogen fluoride, iron, control of analog process systems with PLC interfaces and computer control. Several loops are loops are interfaces Several and computer control. systems with PLC process of analog control oxygen. and dissolved chemical feeds, temperature, such as flow, analyzed, permission; 132, and advisor 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET 120, 130, 210, MATH designed to provide practical work experience on location at various waste treatment or hazmat facilities. or hazmat waste treatment experience on location at various practical work designed to provide thinking. habits along with analytical portion good work is used to develop The lecture eq. CHEM A compre- Pr eq. ETEV 290 eq. BIOL 151 Pr Pr ntroduction to the ntroduction I eq. ETEV 110 and Pr An overview of basic ground- eq. BIOL 151, CHEM 200, xplores the ISO 14,000 guide- xplores 2 lec. 3 lab E Pr ocuses on the handling, storage, F eq. ETEV 250, MATH 201, and eq. ETEV 250, MATH Continuation of ETEV 290. This 290. Continuation of ETEV eq. advisor approval; $ ET eq. advisor approval; eq. advisor approval; $ ET approval; eq. advisor Pr Pr Pr Overview risk analysis of the environmental eq. ETEV 220; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET Pr A continuation of ETEV 210, designed to prepare A continuation of ETEV continuation of ETEV 130, designed to prepare 130, designed to prepare continuation of ETEV

nergy analysis of engineering systems using the concepts nergy analysis of engineering ndividual or small group study, under the supervision of study, ndividual or small group ndividual or small group study, under the supervision of study, small group ndividual or E I I econd course of a two-part series in the air quality control )A S eq. ETCO 115 or 116 or 117 or 150 and GEOL 112; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET eq. ETCO Pr eq. GEOG 311 and MATH 201; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET eq. GEOG 311 and MATH Pr eq. ETEV 220 and CHEM 142; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET eq. ETEV 220 and CHEM 142; 2 lec. 3 lab; HYS 203 and ETEV 130; coreq. CHEM 200; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET CHEM and ETEV 130; coreq. and ETEV 210; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET transportation, and accident prevention aspects of hazardous materials management. Key EPA, DOT, EPA, Key materials management. aspects of hazardous transportation, and accident prevention labeling, containerization, safety, examined for industrial are and OSHA regulatory requirements concerns. manifesting, and other handling/shipping course provides additional training and practical work experience on location at various waste experience on location at various additional training and practical work course provides 290. those used for ETEV from different or hazmat facilities, which are treatment and advisor permission 440; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET field, including concepts, programs, procedures, and processes. The course introduces and defines The course introduces and processes. procedures, field, including concepts, programs, descriptions, include an overview of risk analysis operations, process Topics of risk analysis. the area analysis, hazard analysis, process analysis, consequence fault tree models, identification, source hazard professional. to the environmental and other topics of vital interest is management. Emphasis design, and groundwater systems, well flow groundwater water hydrology, and management. development aspects of groundwater placed on the environmental 202; 2 lec. 3 lab MATH 200 and GEOG 112; coreq. field. Through industrial emissions modeling, emphasis is placed on environmental impact studies on environmental industrial emissions modeling, emphasis is placed Through field. and emissions removal. hensive examination of treatment and disposal technologies for hazardous wastes. Physico-chemical, and disposal technologies for hazardous of treatment examination hensive include soil vapor Topics presented. thermal methods are biological, stabilization, solidification, and incinerators, and other technologies. chemical oxidation, extraction, carbon absorption, steam stripping, Pr use of computer aided drafting techniques to document municipal, utility, and governmental infor- and governmental use of computer aided drafting techniques to document municipal, utility, mation in a graphics format. ETEV 410ETEV (3) Technologists for Hydrology Engineering 420ETEV (3) Systems Information to Geographic Introduction 422ETEV (3) and Guidelines ISO 14,000 Standards ETEV 365ETEV Risk Analysis (3) Environmental 390ETEV 2 (4) Education Cooperative Summer 399ETEV (1-14) Topics Special ETEV 325 2 (3) Treatment Wastewater 335ETEV 2 (3) Air Pollution 345ETEV (3) Material of Hazardous Management ETEV 355 (3) and Technologies Control Treatment Waste Hazardous ETEV 299ETEV (1-14) Topics Special 310ETEV (3) Thermodynamics 315ETEV 2 (3 Treatment Water students for advanced positions in municipal and industrial water treatment facilities. Course facilities. and industrial water treatment positions in municipal students for advanced parameters. times, and process chemical feed rates, removal includes plant design, and laws of thermodynamics. The principle of the mechanical equivalent of heat, behavior, or pure of heat, behavior, The principle of the mechanical equivalent and laws of thermodynamics. of the Application propertysubstances, use of thermodynamic tables, and study of gas mixtures. heat engines. to both heat engines and reversed Carnot cycle P students for advanced positions in municipal and industrial wastewater treatment facilities. Course positions in municipal and industrial wastewaterstudents for advanced treatment parameters. and process includes plant design, chemical feed rates, lines, including environmental management system specifications, guidelines for environmental lines, including environmental performance, of environmental assessment, evaluation labeling, life cycle auditing, environmental standards. aspects in product and guidelines for inclusion of environmental an instructor, of topics otherwise to students. not available an instructor, an instructor, of topics otherwise of topics to students. not available an instructor,

238 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE ETEV 299 - ETEV 422 ETEV 425 - ETIN 203 vides o eq. eq. ETIN Pr Pr eq. ETEV Pr Pr eq. ETEM eq. ETEV 270; Pr Pr An overview of COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 239 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE eq. ETIN 111; 2 lec. 5 lab; $ ET Pr eq. advisor approval; $ ET eq. advisor approval; A study of American political institutions A study of American Pr esigned to familiarize the student with the esigned to familiarize ntroduction to basic industrial control to basic industrial control ntroduction leven weeks of supervised weeks leven experience work I A continuation of ETIN 202, including A projects course in which students are course A projects D E eq. ETIN 111; 2 lec. 5 lab; $ ET Pr 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET ntroduction to measurement and control and control measurement to ntroduction I tudy of the control and management of a solid and management control tudy of the esigned to familiarize the student with industrial esigned to familiarize S esigned to familiarize the student with the National esigned to familiarize D D dividual or small group study, under the supervision under the of study, dividual or small group In eq. ETEV 280, 335, 355, 365, 420, 430, 435, and advisor permission;eq. ETEV 280, 335, 355, 365, 420, 430, 435, 2 lec. 3 Pr eq. ETEV 220; $ ET Pr eq. ETEM 111 and 112; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET Pr mediation project. mediation project. SCA, FIFRA, the Clean Water Act, the Clean Air Act, and the Asbestos Hazard Emergency Hazard and the Asbestos the Clean Air Act, Act, Water SCA, FIFRA, the Clean esponse Act. esponse Act. lectrical Code and practices used in industry to install electrical conductors, switching equipment, egulations. Emphasis is on NEPA, RCRA, CERCLA, EPCRA, CAA, CWA, SDWA, HMTA, SDWA, EPCRA, CAA, CWA, CERCLA, RCRA, is on NEPA, egulations. Emphasis emote control, and optical electronics are included. are and optical electronics emote control, 120; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET statistical and numerical techniques to analyze environmental monitoring data required for regulatory monitoring data required environmental techniques to analyze statistical and numerical and others as appropriate. soil, air, include groundwater, compliance. Applications 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET given a simulated waste site. The student prepares a site assessment, risk assessment, categorization, a site assessment, risk The student prepares waste site. a simulated given plan, sampling, monitoring, treatment acquisition. A containment plan, and permit requirement a complete site student through The course takes the also developed. shipping, and storage plan are re lab; $ ET and a brief history of the American environmental movement and the resulting environmental environmental the resulting and and a brief history movement of the American environmental r T R an instructor, of topics otherwise to students. not available an instructor, current EPA monitoring guidelines, processes, and equipment required to perform environmental and equipment required processes, monitoring guidelines, EPA current in detail. developed sampling plans are Environmental control. system assessment and electronic circuits, including amplifiers, DC power supplies, and integrated circuits. supplies, and integrated circuits. including amplifiers, DC power circuits, electronic 111 and 112; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET in industry which relates directly to the student’s field of study. Supervisory the instructor visits by field of study. to the student’s in industry directly which relates the industry by with periodic evaluations to critique the performance coordinated of the student. are 40 lab ETIN 203 2 (4) Controllers Programmable ETIN 201 (4) Electronics Instrumentation ETIN 202 1 (4) Controllers Programmable ETIN 185 (6) Internship Instrumentation ETIN 111 (3) Electronics Industrial ETIN 120 (4) Instrumentation Process ETEV 499ETEV (1-14) Topics Special Technology Instrumentation ETIN 103 (3) Electricity Industrial ETEV 445ETEV (3) Remediation Site Hazardous ETEV 440ETEV (3) Law and Policy Environmental ETEV 430ETEV (3) Data for Analysis of Environmental Procedures Statistical 435ETEV (3) Systems and Sampling Monitoring Environmental ETEV 425ETEV 2 (3) Disposal Waste Solid E generators, and machine and equipment. Course study includes motors, protection and overload controls. electronic equipment and devices found in electronic instrumentation. High voltage power supplies, power voltage instrumentation. equipment and devices found in electronic High electronic telemetering, devices, ultrasonics, synchros, amplifiers, input and output transducers, recording r 111; 2 lec. 5 lab; $ ET circuits and schemes using the programmable controller as a control device. Instruction on the proper device. Instruction as a control controller and schemes using the programmable circuits scheme. for the desired the controller methods of programming methods of Proper controller. as a programmable using the controller control advanced more device and peripheral devices. to the controlled interfacing controller the programmable waste reduction and storage facility. Emphasis on process flows, monitoring, and control. and control. monitoring, flows, on process Emphasis and storage facility. waste reduction 202; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET MATH ETEV 230; coreq. characteristics of instruments Dynamic response and fluid flow. pressure, systems for temperature, systems. and control to transducers, transmitters, controllers, and calibration methods. Introduction included. Both electrical and pneumatic systems are eq. Pr nstructs the I $ ET eq. ETIN 252; 2 ntroduction to 3-D ntroduction I Pr eq. ETIN 120; 3 lec. 3 eq. ETIN 120; 3 lec. eq. ETIN 201 and 221; 3 eq. ETIN 201 and 221; Pr (3) eq. ETIN 253; 1 lec. 14 lab; Pr ® tudy of instruments used in S Pr eq. ETIN 252; coreq. ETIN eq. ETIN 252; coreq. Pr ffered as an elective for instru- as an elective ffered eq. ETIN 210 and 251; 3 lec. 2 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET O Pr tudents work in a hospital with in tudents work S Continuation of ETIN 253. Safety testing, Continuation of ETIN 253. Safety tudy of cardiovascular instruments; tudy of cardiovascular The procedures of using and configuring a of using and configuring The procedures S eq. instructor permission esigned to provide the student with a knowl- the provide esigned to D Pr ndustrial methods of measuring pressure, tem- measuring pressure, ndustrial methods of I An introductory plastic overview of the different ntroduction to basic industrial control circuits and circuits to basic industrial control ntroduction I The basics of metal chip making technology. Topics include Topics The basics of metal chip making technology. tudy of the origin and usefulness of ECG, ERG, and EEG. and ERG, tudy of the origin and usefulness of ECG, S T 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET 3 lec. 2 lab; $ ET eq. ETIN 251; 2 lec. 2 lab; $ E est equipment is used to find the malfunctioning components. est equipment is used to find the malfunctioning esins, processing methods, and terminology. Lectures cover different types of plastic, identification different cover Lectures methods, and terminology. esins, processing mentation students. Covers topics of special interest. topics of special interest. mentation students. Covers lec. 2 lab; $ ET r methods. Laboratory and processing experiences in extrusion,tests, polymerization, molecular growth, and other molding and fabricating operations. injection, thermoforming, compression, safety, measurements, bench work, drilling, tuning, shaping, planing, milling, and grinding. Properties bench work, measurements, safety, and foundry cutting fluids, welding, alloys, practices. Laboratory and non-ferrous and uses of ferrous and tooling methods. experiences include chip making processes lab; $ ET student in procedures for finding malfunctioning cards and components in electronic instruments. and components in electronic for finding malfunctioning cards student in procedures T 251; 1 lec. 14 lab; $ ET ETIN 224; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET distributive process control system. The student is required to implement the control system. to implement the control The student is required system. control process distributive schemes. Pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical, and electronic control. control. electronic electrical, and hydraulic, schemes. Pneumatic, ETMA 140 (3) Tools Machine Technology Plastics Engineering ETPL 100 (4) Manufacturing Plastics ETPL 120 AUTOCAD Using to 3D Drawing Introduction ETIN 261 (3) Systems for Circulatory Instrumentation ETIN 262 (3) Voltages Bio ETIN 263 (3) in Hospital Work 2 Internship ETIN 299 (1-5) in Instrumentation Topics Special Machining ETIN 251 (4) Instrumentation Biomedical ETIN 252 (4) Troubleshooting for Electronic and Devices Techniques ETIN 253 (3) in Hospital Work 1 Internship ETIN 221 (4) Fundamentals Instrument ETIN 223 (4) Principles Measurement ETIN 224 (4) Control Industrial ETIN 225 (4) Systems Control Distributive perature, and flow with various types of measuring devices. The theory of operation of manometers, types of measuring devices. with various and flow perature, measuring equipment. gauges, and other precision thermometers, strain lec. 3 lab; $ ET preventive maintenance, inspection, troubleshooting, and repair of biomedical equipment under the and repair maintenance, inspection, troubleshooting, preventive supervision or department of the hospital clinical engineer supervisor. $ ET Pr the circulatory devices. and radiologic system—acoustic, ultrasonic, electronic, modeling concepts using alternate CADD package(s) to help the student progress into the design of modeling concepts using alternate CADD package(s) to help the student progress plastics mold cavities. edge of instruments. Introduction to the field, ship and industrial safety, care and use of hand and and use of hand care safety, ship and industrial to the field, edge of instruments. Introduction instrumentation drawings, measurement and interpreting techniques, reading tools, soldering power and calibration. elements, and standards devices, final control and control lab; $ ET pacemakers; defibrillators; and respiratory, ultrasound, and other life-supporting ultrasound, lifesaving and pacemakers; defibrillators; and respiratory, instruments. biomedical personnel, under the direct supervisionbiomedical personnel, under the direct of the hospital.

240 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE ETIN 221 - ETPL 120 ETPL 200 - ETPL 340 $ ET eq. ETPL Pr tudy of basic S COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 241 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE eq. CHEM 200, ETPL Pr asic topics in the processing of in the processing asic topics B rinciples of plant layout and rinciples of plant layout tudy of the methods used on eq. ETCA 120 or plastics faculty eq. ETCA P S tudy of probability and statistical tudy of probability Pr asic design considerations in use of S eneral overview of plant systems and tudy dealing with processing of tudy dealing with processing B S G asic topics in extrusion and blow molding asic topics in extrusion and blow B undamentals of production analysis, piece partundamentals of production tudent selects a processing method and tudent selects a processing upervised students hands-on lab allowing F S S eq. CHEM 200, ETPL 205, and PHYS 201; $ ET 205, and PHYS eq. CHEM 200, ETPL eq. ETPL 230, MATH 201, and PHYS 203; $ ET 201, and PHYS eq. ETPL 230, MATH Pr eq. ETPL 100 Pr ffered as an elective for plastics students. Covers plastics students. Covers for as an elective ffered Pr tudy of current trends in the plastics industry. May in the plastics industry. trends tudy of current S eq. CHEM 200 and PHYS 201; $ ET eq. CHEM 200 and PHYS ntroduction to a broad field of materials, including metals, field of materials, including to a broad ntroduction )O I Pr eq. MATH 132; $ ET eq. MATH eq. ETPL 100 or plastics faculty approval (plastics faculty approval eq. ETPL 100 or plastics faculty approval eq. ETPL 100; $ ET Pr Pr Pr eq. instructor permission Pr lastics Processing (Extrusion) (4) lastics Processing eq. ETPL 245; $ ET eq. ETPL 100 and PHYS 201; coreq. CHEM 200; $ ET CHEM 200; 201; coreq. eq. ETPL 100 and PHYS Pr Pr eq. MATH 202; $ ET eq. MATH esins. eport, and presents possible options for capacity planning, scheduling, plant layout, and inventory possible options for capacity planning, scheduling, plant layout, eport, and presents machinery. Topics include electrical, hydraulic, and pneumatic system operation, process controls, and pneumatic system operation, process hydraulic, include electrical, Topics machinery. equipment maintenance, and troubleshooting. topics of special interest. topics of special interest. topics involved with thermoforming area of processing and the study of plastic manufacturing and the study of of processing with thermoforming area topics involved secondarymethods. Includes and other such as printing, plating, cementing, stamping, operations decoration finishing operations. costing, mill costs, assembly costs, direct vs. indirect costing methods, and manufacturing cost control. vs. indirect costing, mill costs, assembly costs, direct Pr waived for students in the one-year certificate program); 3 lec.; $ ET certificate in the one-year for students program); waived theory and the relationships of these concepts to applications in a production environment through theory environment to applications in a production of these concepts and the relationships control. statistical process/quality processing. Hands-on operation in the study of the extrusion and blow molding of thermoplastic extrusion operation in the study of the Hands-on and blow processing. r ETPL 340 (4) Manufacturing Advanced ETPL 330 Science (4) Material ETPL 335 2 (4) Control Process/Quality Statistical ETPL 310 (3) Handling and Material Layout Plant ETPL 320 Cost Analysis (4) Production ETPL 300 (3) in Society Plastics ETPL 248 1 (1) Lab Processing Plastics ETPL 299 (1-5 in Plastics Topics ETPL 230 (4) Materials of Polymeric Properties ETPL 235 (4) Control Process/Quality Statistical ETPL 215 (4) (Thermosets) Processing Plastics ETPL 220 (4) Engineering Facilities and Plant ETPL 205 P ETPL 210 (4) and Finishing) (Thermoforming Processing Plastics ETPL 200 (4) Molding) (Injection Processing Plastics ceramics, and wood. Emphasis on their nature and behavior to provide a basis for comparison used provide and behavior to on their nature ceramics, and wood. Emphasis of newpolymers. for in the development markets 100, or plastics faculty approval; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET 100, or plastics faculty approval; polymeric materials. The reasons for using designs and polymers are presented using an applications- presented for using designs and polymers are The reasons polymeric materials. properties usage of tables on and shapes. Extensive oriented approach. thermoplastic resins. Hands-on operation of injection molding machines and introduction to principles to introduction molding machines and of injection operation Hands-on resins. thermoplastic of thermoplastics. of injection molding processing 200, 205, and 215; $ ET operation of injection molding, blow molding, extrusion, thermosetting machines. and operation of injection molding, blow performs SQC/SPC/DOE to determine optimum processing cycle, develops first article develops inspection performs cycle, optimum processing SQC/SPC/DOE to determine r control. materials handling, including utilization of workers, materials, and machines for efficient application materials handling, including utilization of workers, development. to P.L. as related CADD exercises of all resources. 2 lec. 3 lab; $ ET approval; thermoset materials. Hands-on operation of thermoset molding machines and introduction to to introduction of thermoset molding machines and operation thermoset materials. Hands-on thermoset resins. principles of processing include study of the Society of Plastics Engineers or the Society of the Plastic Industry of the Plastic and their Society or the Engineers of Plastics include study of the Society waste policy formation, recycling, bills that affect the industry, legislative impact on the industry, management, and public policy. SQC and SPC, including X bar and R charts p and np charts (variables), (attributes), interpretation 14 points for quality. analysis, histograms and curve fitting, and Demming’s of charts, Pareto eq. eq. Pr Pr eq. ETPL 360; 3 lec. Pr The processing of plastic The processing tudy of the methods used in S nstruction in servicing and trouble- I ffered as an elective for plastics students. as an elective ffered O enior-level supervisedenior-level students lab allowing S eq. ETPL 230; $ ET esign and analysis of plastic partsesign and analysis of made using anced study and training in high technology robot v Pr Continuation of ETPL 345. Integration of Continuation of ETPL 345. Integration D 365. Continuation of ETPL A detailed study of the various theories of processing study of the various A detailed tudy of hardware and software for interfacing and software tudy of hardware Ad tudy of thermoplastic and thermoset parttudy of thermoplastic designs. S S eq. ETPL 335; $ ET eq. ETPL 335 and 370; coreq. ETPL 445; $ ET eq. ETPL 335 and 370; coreq. Pr eq. ETEM 209 or ETCO 230; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET eq. ETEM 209 or ETCO Pr vides a unified view of the composite industry. Topics vides a unified view of the composite industry. Pr Capstone design class for the plastic curriculum. Students Capstone design class for the plastic curriculum. o Pr eq. ETPL 360; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET eq. ETPL 360; 3 lec. eq. instructor permission Pr Pr eq. ETPL 470; $ ET eq. ETRO 212; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET Pr Pr anced Processing 1 (4) anced Processing obotic Applications (4) obotic Applications R eq. ETPL 215, 230, and 330; $ ET $ ET Pr 212 O ay include hot runner systems. eq. ETPL 345; $ ET ariance, and experiment structure are explored through the use of computer software packages software the use of computer through explored are ariance, and experiment structure ETPL 340; $ ET films and foams. Topics include fundamentals of foaming plastics; extruded foams; EPS; polyurethane Topics films and foams. films; and multi-extrusion. films, oriented films; multiplayer blown Process; foams; the Mucell processing the various and fiber reinforcements, various include raw materials, curing agents, fillers, methods. and polymer rheology. Theoretical aspects of material transfer, melting, mechanisms, and part melting, mechanisms, material transfer, aspects of Theoretical rheology. and polymer formation. shooting robotic and peripheral automated systems. Emphasis on mechanics, hydraulics, and associated on mechanics, hydraulics, and peripheral automated systems. Emphasis shooting robotic electrical and electronics. learn CNC programming and basic knowledge to construct a mold for a plastic part. Mold is to construct a mold for a plastic part. and basic knowledge Mold learn CNC programming of assembly, in ETPL 360, 365, and 370. Study constructed and analyzed for design developed machining, and molding of plastic parts. previously acquired processing knowledge with the theoretical knowledge acquired in ETPL 345. acquired knowledge with the theoretical knowledge processing acquired previously Pr Robotics 211ETRO (4) Interfacing Robotic ETR 213ETRO & Servicing (4) Maintenance Robotic ETPL 460 Composites (4) ETPL 470 (4) Project Senior ETPL 499 (1-5) in Plastics Topics Special ETPL 435 3 (4) Control Process/Quality Statistical ETPL 445 2 (4) Processing Advanced ETPL 448 2 (1) Lab Processing Plastics ETPL 453 (4) and Foams) 3 (Films Processing Advanced ETPL 345 Adv ETPL 360 (4) Design Part Plastic ETPL 365 Analysis 1 (4) Part Plastic ETPL 370 Analysis 2 (4) Part Plastic Covers topics of special interest. topics of special interest. Covers 3 lab; $ ET thermoplastic injection molds, extrusion dies, and blow molding using Moldflow Design and Design molding using Moldflow molds, extrusionthermoplastic injection dies, and blow cams, and other special techniques. geometric dimensioning, Includes Analysis and CAD programs. M hands-on operation of plastics manufacturing equipment. Includes equipment maintenance and equipment. Includes hands-on operation of plastics manufacturing machine set-up experience. Assigned projects develop an understanding of design parameters. Emphasis is placed on combining parameters. Emphasis an understanding of design develop Assigned projects to design plastic parts. of knowledge areas several ETRO 211; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ ET operations and applications with emphasis on continuous and controlled path robots, programmable path robots, operations and applications with emphasis on continuous and controlled program- practice in off-line systems and operation. Extended systems, and production logic control cells and materials handling systems. work adjustment, and operation of robotic mable set-up, programmable controllers, microprocessors, and computer control to a robotic arm with interaction to a robotic and computer control microprocessors, controllers, programmable of peripheral machines and equipment. formalized design of experiments. Develops ability to construct, ability a statistically conduct, and analyze of experiments. Develops design formalized studied. Orthoganal arrays, methodologies are and Burman’s Plackett’s, Taguchi’s, sound experiment. v designed specifically for statistical analysis.

242 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE ETPL 345 - ETRO 213 ETWB 111 - GEOG 225 eq. Pr eq. Pr eq. FREN 211 eq. ENGL 115S Pr Pr eq. FREN 111; $ H eq. FREN 112; $ H Pr Pr eq. ETWB 232; $ ET COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 243 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE Pr eq. ETWB 112; coreq. Pr eq. ETWB 103 and 113; $ ET Pr eq. ETWB 221 and 251; $ ET Pr Coreq. ETEC 201; $ ET Coreq. Covers style languages that can be used style languages that can be Covers eq. FREN 212 or instructor approval; $ H eq. FREN 212 or instructor approval; Pr Covers how to use tools such as DOM, JDOM, to how Covers anced vocabulary are and sentence structure v $ H ystematic survey patterns of locational economic An intensive review of grammar and sentence review An intensive Sight of grammar. review Continued intensive Ad eginning course of a three-quarter, first-year eginning course of a three-quarter, The development of software components is studied components of software The development S ystematic survey land of earth-sun relationships, B mpact of various cultures on landscape, distribution of cultures mpact of various S I Continuation of FREN 111. Continuation of FREN 112. An application server applications web is used to develop Covers developing web pages in HTML and XHTML web developing Covers eb services are developed that are accessible by the widely by accessible eb services that are developed are Concerns world’s regions and nations, resource use, and nations, resource regions Concerns world’s eb databases are studied and used to build web sites that studied and used to build web eb databases are W W eq. ETEC 103 and ETWB 113; $ ET Pr pplication Servers (4) pplication Servers lementary French 2 (4) lementary French 3 (4) lementary French A 232

WB eb Engineering elated technologies are also studied, including DTDs, Schemas, Formatting Objects, XLinks, Objects, studied, including DTDs, Schemas, Formatting also elated technologies are cultural groups, and political patterns. Designed to develop an understanding of world affairs and an understanding of world to develop and political patterns. Designed cultural groups, the applications of geography in general. automatically serve dynamic content. diverse types of devices that will be attached to the web—such as cell phones, PDAs, web tablets, PDAs, web as cell phones, devices that will be attached to the web—such types of diverse and PCs. watches, refrigerators, TV set top boxes, automobiles, smart cards, with XML, such as Cascading Style Sheets (CSS) and eXtensible Style Sheets (XSL). Other XML (XSL). Other Sheets and eXtensible Style (CSS) Sheets Style with XML, such as Cascading r (RDF), and Namespaces. Framework Description Resource XPointers, ETEC 203; $ ET forms, climate, soils, and natural vegetation. and their interrelationships. and their interrelationships. GEOG 201 (4) Geography Cultural GEOG 225 (4) Geography Physical GEOG 125 (4) Geography World GEOG 130 (4) Geography Economic FREN 212 (4) 2 French Intermediate FREN 213 3 (4) French Intermediate Geography FREN 112 E FREN 113 E FREN 211 1 (4) French Intermediate French FREN 111 1 (4) Elementary French ET ETWB 243(4) Devices Internet ETWB 251 Components (4) Software ETWB 221 (4) Databases Web ETWB 111 1 (XHTML) (4) XML ETWB 112 XML 2 (DOM, SAX, etc.) (4) ETWB 113 (4) DTDs, Schemas) 3 (XSLT, XML W cultural traits, ecological adaptations, and cultural areas throughout the world. throughout cultural traits, ecological adaptations, and cultural areas along with introducing the fundamental concepts behind XML. the fundamental along with introducing along with how these components are assembled to build applications. are these components along with how sequence. Basic grammatical concepts and patterns. Emphasis is on development of reading, listening, of reading, is on development concepts and patterns. Emphasis grammatical sequence. Basic speaking, and writing skills. comprehension, ETWB 111; coreq. ETEC 202; $ ET ETEC 202; ETWB 111; coreq. and cell phones. that serve browsers multiple clients such as web and SAX to work with XML documents within an object oriented programming language. within an object oriented programming with XML documents and SAX to work FREN 113; $ H or instructor approval; $ H or instructor approval; structure and introduction to selected readings in French literature. Oral expression is stressed. is stressed. expression Oral literature. in French to selected readings and introduction structure idiomatic expressions. drills include advanced Conversational translation is stressed. composition. is on writing and free Emphasis stressed. eq. Pr 3 lec. The U.S. and elationship between R xamination of the E The Middle East — a cradle of East — a cradle The Middle ndividual or small-group study, under study, ndividual or small-group under study, ndividual or small-group ndividual or small-group study, under the study, ndividual or small-group I I I ntroduction to earthntroduction materials. Strong A survey and elements of of the principles I of Life or Death (4) of Life or Death A study of Appalachia from a geographical from A study of Appalachia Analysis of complex interaction between EarthAnalysis of complex interaction between 3 lec. 2 lab; $ NS etailed regional study of physical background, background, study of physical etailed regional D tudy of city function, patterns, and past and current tudy of city function, S xamination of air pollutants and their social and economic xamination of air pollutants and their social E eq. one course in GEOG or ECON Pr eq. GEOG 101, 125, 130, or 201 eq. GEOG 125, 130, or 201 Pr Pr eather systems and traveling cyclones, weather forecasting, and air pollution and human impacts and air pollution and forecasting, weather cyclones, eather systems and traveling arious modes (e.g. rail, water, highway) are discussed in terms of facilities, environmental impacts, discussed in terms of facilities, environmental are highway) arious modes (e.g. rail, water, egetation, minerals, water resources, historical development, settlement patterns, and economic settlement patterns, historical development, egetation, minerals, water resources, approach, including a detailed examination of physical aspects (climate, soil, vegetation, minerals, of physical aspects (climate, soil, vegetation, including a detailed examination approach, settlement patterns, and present, both past and historical development and water resources), the region. economic patterns of meteorology: composition of the atmosphere, radiation balance, precipitation, global circulation, balance, precipitation, radiation of the atmosphere, composition meteorology: w on local and global climate. impacts, control strategies, and air pollution planning. impacts, control emphasis on laboratory topics include several and fossils. Lecture minerals, identification of rocks, key earth and important processes Course includes laboratory geologic theories. assignments and a field trip to fossil localities near Portsmouth. GEOG 499 (1-4) in Geography Topics Special Geology GEOL 111 (4) and Fossils Minerals, Rocks, GEOL 112 (4) Geology Environmental GEOG 351 East (4) of the Middle Geography Regional GEOG 399 (1-4) in Geography Topics Special GEOG 404 (4) and Management Geography Transportation GEOG 299 (1-4) in Geography Topics Special GEOG 310 Geography Geography: Medical GEOG 311 (4) Air Pollution GEOG 350 America (4) of North Geography Geography: Regional GEOG 227 (4) of Meteorology Foundations GEOG 230 (4) Geography Urban GEOG 242 (4) of Ohio Geography GEOG 243 (4) of Appalachia Geography and use. their evolution geography of transport routeways factors governing and the geographic V carriers, and government of shippers, processes and commodities shipped. Decision rate structures, examined. are 2 lab; $ NS and man. Emphasis on natural hazards such as floods, earthquakes, eruptions; volcanic waste disposal; on natural hazards and man. Emphasis Course includes laboratory mineral, and energy resources. assignments. and groundwater, problems confronting the city, including planning, zoning, housing, and urban renewal. housing, and urban renewal. planning, zoning, including the city, confronting problems supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise of courses, repeatable to students. Separate available supervision of instructor, for credit. the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise to students. available the supervision of instructor, repeatable of topics not otherwise courses are Separate to students. available supervision of instructor, for credit. Canada studied from a geographical perspective, including detailed examination of climate, soil, including detailed examination a geographical perspective, Canada studied from v aspects of the region. civilization, birthplace of three world religions, crossroads, oil resource area, site of persistent conflict area, oil resource crossroads, world religions, civilization, birthplace of three geography. these aspects within the context of regional course addresses The WWII. since ENGL 115S disease and the physical and socio-economic environ. Topics include disease ecology, historical include disease ecology, Topics environ. disease and the physical and socio-economic and heart and health, cancer disease, weather disease in the patterns of cholera and plague, tropical to facilities location and introduction distribution of resources, U.S., hunger and the environment, planning. settlement, and economic development. development. settlement, and economic

244 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE GEOG 227 - GEOL 112 GEOL 201 - GOVT 240 eq. Pr 3 lec. 2 lab; $ NS COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 245 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE eq. GEOL 201 or Pr eq. junior or senior standing Pr A survey of political thinking, move- dividual or small-group study, under study, dividual or small-group eq. GEOL 202 or instructor permission; In Pr ndividual or small-group study, under the study, ndividual or small-group ndividual or small-group study, under the under study, ndividual or small-group I I eq. GEOL 111 or permission; 3 lec. 2 lab; $ NS eq. GEOL 111 or permission; 3 lec. 2 lab; $ Pr An introduction to major groups of invertebrates to major groups An introduction iscussion of advanced topics in geology. iscussion of advanced topics in geology. iscussion of advanced iscussion of advanced topics in geology. iscussion of advanced anced study of siliciclastic and carbonate rocks. D D D ndependent geology investigation, under the ndependent geology investigation, ndependent geology investigation, under the under ndependent geology investigation, An analysis of the constitutional basis and develop- v I I Ad The history Earth of the and its inhabitants. Emphasis ntroduction to earth that ntroduction materials and the processes I n-depth study of a selected topic in geology, culminating n-depth study of a selected topic in geology, I tudy and use of the essential methods of field observations,tudy and use of the essential methods of field S eq. junior or senior standing; $ NS ystematic study of minerals that constitute the Earth.ystematic study of minerals that constitute Classifi- Pr S eq. junior or senior standing Pr tebrate Paleobiology (4) tebrate Paleobiology eq. GEOL 202 or instructor permission; 2 lec. 2 lab; $ NS Pr 2 lec. 4 lab; $ NS mphasis on interpretation of depositional environments of sedimentary of depositional environments using modern by mphasis on interpretation rocks 3 lec. 2 lab; $ NS that are commonly preserved in rocks. Emphasis on preservation, morphology, collection, and on preservation, morphology, Emphasis commonly preserved in rocks. that are geological and biological significance of invertebrate fossils. ment of American politics in light of classical democratic theory and contemporary practices; and functions of the national government. processes, emphasis on the structures, on major physical and biological events that have profoundly affected the Earth, profoundly mechanisms on causal that have biological events on major physical and history. of the Earth’s our interpretation changed that have and on the theories of geological events, to localities in southern Ohio. and field trip lab, Course includes lecture, instructor permission; 3 lec. 2 lab; $ NS the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students. Repeatable for credit. of topics not otherwise for credit. to students. Repeatable available the supervision of instructor, shape the Earth’s surface. important on weathering, Emphasis earth such as volcanism, processes shape the Earth’s glaciation, and earthquakes; geologic phenomena. modified our explanation of theories which have and Course includes laboratory Hills. Hocking assignments and a field trip to direction of a faculty member. of a faculty member. direction direction of a faculty member. direction GOVT 240GOVT (4) Ideologies Contemporary Political Government 101GOVT (4) Government National 199GOVT (1-4) in Government Topics Special GEOL 495 (1-4) Study Independent GEOL 499 (1-4) in Geology Topics Special GEOL 401 (4) Methods Field GEOL 485 (1-4) Project Senior GEOL 490 (1-4) in Geology Seminar GEOL 303 (4) Sedimentary Rocks GEOL 390 (1-4) in Geology Seminar GEOL 301 Inver GEOL 302 (4) Mineralogy GEOL 290 (1-4) in Geology Seminar GEOL 295 (1-4) Study Independent GEOL 299 (1-4) in Geology Topics Special GEOL 202 (4) Geology Historical GEOL 201 (4) Geology Physical in the preparation of a senior paper. of a senior paper. in the preparation cation, occurrence, and identification of silicate/nonsilicate minerals. Course builds a foundation for and identification of silicate/nonsilicate cation, occurrence, Earth the study of advanced materials and processes. supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise to students. available supervision of instructor, supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise of to students. available supervision of instructor, E analogues. description, and mapping. Course consists of lecture and detailed field projects in the Portsmouth and detailed field projects of lecture description, and mapping. Course consists area. ments, and regimes. Examines the relationship between political visions and the shaping of attitudes, between the relationship Examines ments, and regimes. beliefs, and political practice. junior or senior standing istorical development of the world istorical development ndividual or small-group study, under study, ndividual or small-group ndividual or small-group study, under study, ndividual or small-group This course, required for all social required This course, ndividual or small-group study, under study, ndividual or small-group H I I ogressive movement, WWI, Republican movement, ogressive acksonian democracy, territorial expansion, acksonian democracy, Pr J )I The conceptual bases underlying the The conceptual bases xploration and colonization; political, social, E eq. junior standing eq. ENGL 115S Pr Pr tudy of the politics of policy formation and tudy of the politics of policy formation and S The individual and collective study of the causes of study of The individual and collective A study of the globalization of the media and its A study of the globalization of the media and xamines the historical, political, and economic realities xamines the historical, political, and economic A critical analysis of the relationship between humans between A critical analysis of the relationship E mphasis on international conflict and cooperation, mphasis on international conflict and cooperation, eq. ENGL 115S E Pr eq./coreq. GOVT 250 GOVT eq./coreq. Pr eq. eight hours GOVT nited States and other nations. nited States equired course for all social science majors. equired prosperity, the Great Depression and the New Deal, WWII and problems of the cold war era, turmoil WWII and problems Deal, and the New Depression the Great prosperity, in the 1980s. in the 1960s, crisis of confidence in the 1970s, and renewal and reform science majors, explains the fundamentals of the field of political science and offers introductory of political science and of the field explains the fundamentals science majors, politics, comparative of the discipline (i.e., political theory, on the four sub-fields treatments American government). and international relations, effects on local, national, and international politics; economics; and socialization processes in the politics; economics; and socialization processes effects on local, national, and international U the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise for credit. to students. Repeatable available the supervision of instructor, Pr the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise available to students. Repeatable for credit. of topics not otherwise for credit. to students. Repeatable available the supervision instructor, of issues, identifies Surveys and global level. at the local, regional, and their physical environment utilizing an by examines actual and possible solutions pertinent and problems, to this relationship social science courses. previous from backgrounds incorporating students’ interdisciplinary approach R colonies to 1763; struggleand economic life of the English devel- for independence; constitutional rise of Jackson. of 1812; War democracy and the era; Jeffersonian opment and the Federalist economy from 1700s to the present with emphasis on international and transnational actors and with emphasis on international 1700s to the present economy from (e.g., trade, debt, institutions, dependency and imperialism, and other selected issues and problems and finance). GOVT 499GOVT (1-4) in Government Topics Special History HIST 111 American History to 1828 (4) HIST 112 1828-1900 (4) American History, HIST 113 1900 (4) American History Since GOVT 399GOVT (1-4 in Government Topics of topics not otherwise for credit. to students. Repeatable available the supervision of instructor, Special 401GOVT (4) World of the State 420GOVT (4) Economy Political International GOVT 330GOVT (4) Politics Media Mass 340GOVT (4) Politics European 350GOVT (4) Issues Policy National 370GOVT (4) Politics Global GOVT 250GOVT (4) Science to Political Introduction 299GOVT (1-4) in Government Topics Special 310GOVT of modes its various its changing concerns, and policy, II foreign (4) Policy War Foreign States of post-World development United World, Third the War, Cold (e.g., the in selected cases and geographic areas policy implementation issues). and North/South 320GOVT (4) Politics World Third growth of sectionalism, Civil War, reconstruction, impact of expanded Industrial Revolution. Revolution. impact of expanded Industrial reconstruction, War, Civil of sectionalism, growth development and underdevelopment, crisis politics, and the prospects for the future of nations in the future for the prospects crisis politics, and and underdevelopment, development Asia, Latin America, and Africa. of selected nations from an individual and a cross-national perspective with additional attention to perspective an individual and a cross-national of selected nations from process. supranational integration development Community’s Economic European the current implementation by the national government in selected areas (e.g., foreign policy, welfare, political welfare, policy, (e.g., foreign in selected areas the national government implementation by and environment). economy, interdependency, and the increasing importance of economic and transnational relations in the importance of economic and transnational relations and the increasing interdependency, contemporaryof of analytic concepts concerning types of a variety world. A critical examination international systems and political behavior.

246 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE GOVT 250 - HIST 113 HIST 199 - HIST 401 eq. Pr eq. HIST 111, Pr eq. ENGL 115S COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 247 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE ey of the cultural legacy Causes and consequences rv Pr eq. HIST 111, 112, and Su Pr A survey relations of U.S. foreign A survey of European historyA survey from of European ndividual or small-group study, under the study, ndividual or small-group ndividual or small-group study, under the study, small-group ndividual or I I A survey of the African and European A survey of the African and European A survey of domestic history from the New Deal to A survey Deal of domestic history the New from and Civilization (4) and Civilization An in-depth survey of the history of medicine from A survey of the Civil War era from the Compromise era from War A survey of the Civil eign Relations (4) eign Relations A survey emphasizing of the history of China and Japan, r An overview of Russian history since the Age of Peter the historyAn overview of Russian since the Age of Peter eparate courses repeatable for credit. credit. for eparate courses repeatable A history of the “Buckeye State” from prehistory from to the A history State” of the “Buckeye S A survey rise of civilization in the from of antiquity A survey of European history from the French Revolution historyA survey the French from of European Fo An examination of Adolf Hitler, Nazi ideology, World War II, War World ideology, Nazi Hitler, An examination of Adolf eq. ENGL 115S Pr ation of the American Nation, 1750-1815 (4) ation of the American Nation, eq. ENGL 115S Pr eat. Emphasis on the period from the Crimean War to the present, examining the ambivalent to the present, War the Crimean the period from on eat. Emphasis sophomore or higher class standing sophomore since 1914. World War I and the Versailles Treaty, interwar of efforts the responsibilities to avoid Treaty, Versailles I and the War World since 1914. conflict in the Soviet-American war, II diplomacy and the origins of the cold War World hegemony, and efforts at detente, exhaustion of the cold war in the 1980s, and War Vietnam World, Third of history.’’ possible ‘‘end the concentration camps, and genocide. experiences in southern Africa from the 17th centuryexperiences in southern Africa from to the present. of the American revolution, Confederation period and establishment of new constitutional order, of the American revolution, in an unfriendly world, 1789-1815. survival of the republic development and space age, emphasizing economic, social, and political topics. the beginning of the Middle Ages to 1789. Middle the beginning of the of 1850 through Reconstruction. The course focuses on the major events of the war, including the including of the war, The course focuses on the major events Reconstruction. of 1850 through soldiers. and “ordinary” slaves, generals, diplomats, statesmen, experiences of presidents, ancient Sumeria and Egypt to the end of the Roman empire. to the end of the Roman and Egypt ancient Sumeria HIST 401 (4) History Medicine of HIST 371 Culture, Religion, Islamic HIST 399 in History (1-4) Topics Special HIST 330 Africa (4) History of Southern HIST 350 (4) History of Ohio HIST 360 East Asian History (4) HIST 325 (4) History of Russia HIST 310 (4) Germany Nazi HIST 320 History of American HIST 303 (4) War American Civil HIST 305 (4) FDR to Reagan From HIST 299 (1-4) Topics Special HIST 301 Form HIST 201 Ancient History (4) HIST 202 (4) Europe and Early Modern Medieval HIST 203 (4) Europe Modern HIST 199 in History (1-4) Topics Special Gr WWI, and subsequent the autocracy in the collapse of modernization efforts of the late Empire, Experiment. of the Soviet triumphs and travails the present. The Great Depression and the New Deal, domestic consequences of World War II and War World domestic consequences of Deal, and the New Depression The Great the present. trauma, exhaustion of liberalism in the 1970s. Vietnam efforts of the 1960s, reform the cold war, antiquity to the modern era. Topics include shamanism and magical methods of healing, exorcism, Topics antiquity to the modern era. obstetrics, surgery, medicine, and the rise of modern dentistry, classical Greek Chinese acupuncture, and psychiatry. the past two centuries. to the present. to the present. 113, or HIST 201, 202, and 203 supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise to students. available supervision of instructor, supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise of topics not to students. available supervision of instructor, of Islam through an integrated look at the religion, social customs, economic practices, arts, and an integrated look at the religion, through of Islam literature. 112, and 113, or HIST 201, 202, and 203 112, and 113, or HIST eq. Pr eq. ENGL 115S Pr eq. ENGL 115S Pr $ H A study of interdisciplinary A study of interdisciplinary $ H ntroduces all forms of mass ntroduces I eq. ENGL 115S ethods of gathering and evaluating newsethods of gathering and evaluating Pr An examination of recent conflicts and conflicts An examination of recent M An interdisciplinary introduction to the An interdisciplinary introduction to the An interdisciplinary introduction eq. senior standing and 44 general education eq. senior standing and 44 general ndividual or small-group study, under the under study, ndividual or small-group riting and marketing free-lance magazine free-lance riting and marketing This course is an interdisciplinary introduction I Pr W one of a course examining humanity’s ideas examining humanity’s one of a course

tudy of selected newspaper topics not otherwise rt S opics in this course include the historyopics in this course include of geology Pa T vides an opportunity for students to place their chosen o Pr in Interdisciplinary Studies (1-4) Studies in Interdisciplinary (1-4) Studies in Interdisciplinary ivilization and Literature 1 (4) ivilization and Literature eq. HIST 111, 112, and 113, or HIST 201, 202, and 203 eq. HIST 111, 112, and 113, or HIST 201, eq. ENGL 115S Pr Pr ournalism tlantis to Shambala). tlantis to Shambala). elationships between today’s turmoil and the development of nationalism and emergence of nation- the development turmoil and today’s elationships between program hours program field of study in an interdisciplinary context with intellectual, ethical, and historical perspectives. The field of study in an interdisciplinary with intellectual, ethical, and historical perspectives. context applying them to the analysis concepts by of various seminar focuses on the synthesis and integration and written chosen in the context of their academic disciplines. Oral and solution of problems required. paper are of a persuasive presentations articles of various types, including personal narrative, informative, how-to, historical, personality how-to, informative, articles types, including personal narrative, of various to generate ideas, get photos, propose learn how Students and interpretative. sketch, investigative, article ideas to editors, and survey and specialty magazine markets. regional turmoil in the Middle East through the following sequence: concise overview of Middle East history, sequence: concise overview of Middle the following East through turmoil in the Middle r conflict, and the Gulf Arab-Israeli of Afghanistan, invasion like the Soviet states, specific conflicts war. to the major thoughts important in the development of western civilization. to the major thoughts important of western in the development JOUR 105 Communication (4) to Mass Introduction JOUR 199 (1-4) in Journalism Topics JOUR 231 (4) Writing and Reporting News JOUR 289 (4) Writing Feature Magazine IDST 227S 3 (4) and Literature Civilization IDST 399 Topics Special IDST 490S (4) Seminar Senior J HIST 499 in History (1-4) Topics Special Studies Interdisciplinary IDST 199 Topics Special IDST 225S C IDST 226S 2 (4) and Literature Civilization HIST 410 History 1 (4) Intellectual HIST 411 History 2 (4) Intellectual HIST 420 (4) Times East in Modern Middle topics not otherwise to students. available topics not otherwise to students. available communication, including newspapers, book publishing, public relations, magazines, radio/television, and ends with an analysis of the communication process advertising, and photojournalism. Begins opportunities. with media career major thoughts important civilization. of American in the development civilizations. non-western major thoughts of various supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise of courses repeatable to students. Separate available supervision of instructor, for credit. and ideas about the earth, ‘‘creation of man’’ legends and the ideology of Darwinism, ‘‘the devil, the of Darwinism, legends and the ideology ‘‘the of man’’ and ideas about the earth, ‘‘creation unicorns to vampires), (from creatures’’ ‘‘imaginary ideas about of evil,’’ Antichrist, and perceptions of the world.’’ about the ‘‘end and scientific theories about the cosmos, the earth, and the human species. Topics in this course include creation myths, course include creation in this Topics the earth,about the cosmos, and the human species. (from places’’ the ideas about ‘‘imaginary concepts of the afterlife, and the history of astronomy, A available. Includes hands-on experience in various newspaper in various hands-on experience positions. Includes available. and writing news stories. Practice work includes covering assignments and writing news copy. writing news assignments and copy. includes covering work and writing news stories. Practice typing proficiency; $ H typing proficiency;

248 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE HIST 410 - JOUR 289 JOUR 295 - MATH 130 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 249 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE eq. MATH 099 eq. MATH Pr A continuation of topics from basic A continuation of topics from A brief review of the fundamentals of arithmetic, A brief review This course addresses questions about the nature questions This course addresses mphasis on estimating answers, percentages, percentages, mphasis on estimating answers, eq. permission supervising of instructor or publication eq. permission of supervising instructor or publication esentation of a variety of techniques for simplifying esentation of a variety E tudy of various topics in journalism not otherwise topics in journalism tudy of various Pr Pr S Pr eq. MATH 101 eq. MATH Pr A course for students with a good background in arithmetic A course for students with a good background ermits students interested in the school newspaper in the school and other interested ermits students the school newspaper in and other ermits students interested P P eq. MATH 105 or placement eq. MATH Pr eq. placement or MATH 101 eq. placement or MATH Pr dmission to MATH courses is determined placement testing or by either by dmission to MATH $ H A eq. placement athematics Core Course (4) athematics Core Pr undamental Mathematics (4) undamental Mathematics ntermediate Algebra (4) ntermediate I F 130 099

TH TH eq. placement or MATH 105; 3 lec. 1 discussion/activity; $ M 105; 3 lec. 1 discussion/activity; eq. placement or MATH enter (351.3594). tudents must collect their work in a portfolio which will be evaluated by the instructor/sponsorportfolio in a by in work tudents must collect their which will be evaluated the instructor/sponsorportfolio in a by in work tudents must collect their which will be evaluated econciliation of a checking account, mark-up, taxes, depreciation, payroll and payroll deductions, and payroll payroll depreciation, taxes, econciliation of a checking account, mark-up, having successfully completed a prerequisite course. Please see the diagram on page 85. Questions on see the diagram Please course. having successfully completed a prerequisite to the Department of Mathematical courses should be directed about placement into appropriate Success to the Student testing should be directed about placement Sciences (351.3301). Inquiries algebraic expressions, solving equations and word problems, and graphing. Topics include linear Topics and graphing. problems, solving equations and word algebraic expressions, functions, right triangle trigonometry exponents, rational and its applications, rational expressions, and quadratic equations. but little or no background in algebra. Topics include solving linear equations, graphing linear equa- include solving Topics in algebra. but little or no background simplifying expressions solving systems of linear equations in two variables, tions in two variables, integral exponents; operations with polynomials. that involve algebra. Rational and radical expressions, graphing lines and linear equations, radical expressions, algebra. Rational and radical expressions, to informal geometry. and an introduction including addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division of integers and rational numbers. An including addition, subtraction, multiplication, the elementary to introduction concepts of basic algebra with emphasis on manipulations of algebraic not count (Does and formula rearrangement. solutions to simple equations, graphs, expressions, a degree.) toward MA MATH 125MATH (4) Mathematics Business MATH 110SMATH M MATH 101MATH Algebra (4) Basic 105MATH Geometry Algebra 2 with Basic (4) C MA Mathematics NOTE: SPECIAL JOUR 395 2 (2) Practicum JOUR 299 (3) Journalism in Topics JOUR 295 1 (2) Practicum and historical development of mathematical thought and knowledge and the impact of mathematics of mathematical thought and knowledge and historical development solving techniques, heuristics, critical thinking, and The course focuses on problem on modern life. topics is included: of the following addition, one or more of data. In the collection and interpretation numeration systems, measurement, symbolic logic, graph theory, statistical inference, probability, with business applications. software and spreadsheet linear programming, basic programming, Pr sponsor; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ H sponsor; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ sponsor; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ H school-related publications to receive two hours of credit for their work if this work is directly super- is directly work if this work for their two hours of credit to receive publications school-related department of the designated publication. or the sponsor a member of the Arts/Humanities vised by S chair of Arts/Humanities. consultation with the super- is directly if this work for their work of credit two hours to receive publications school-related department of the designated publication. or the sponsor a member of the Arts/Humanities vised by S consultation with the chair of Arts/Humanities. r and loans, on investments inventory financial statements, simple and compound interest evaluation, and use of calculators. available to students. available eq. Pr eq. MATH 201 eq. MATH eq. MATH 130 eq. MATH Pr Pr eq. placement or Pr eq. MATH 203 eq. MATH Pr eq. MATH 131 eq. MATH Pr oblem-solving, sets, concepts of oblem-solving, sets, concepts asic algebraic work with equations asic algebraic work Pr B An intuitive introduction to differential introduction An intuitive pplications of mathematical models for A eq. MATH 110S eq. MATH Pr eq. MATH 201 eq. MATH A continuation of MATH 220. In-depth study of 220. In-depth A continuation of MATH Pr ntroduction to the vocabulary, concepts, formulas, the vocabulary, to ntroduction I ntroduces the student to various topics from discrete topics from the student to various ntroduces I olutions to linear systems, matrices and matrix algebra, This college algebra course focuses on functions and their on functions and algebra course focuses This college an in-depth study of the This trigonometry course provides )S econd course in the calculus sequence. The emphasis is on econd course in the calculus sequence. This is the first course in the calculus sequence. The main topics This is the first course in the calculus sequence. S forms, course in the calculus sequence. Indeterminate The third The emphasis is on The last course in the calculus sequence. eq. placement or MATH 105; $ M eq. placement or MATH eq. MATH 202 eq. MATH Pr Pr eq. MATH 130 or placement; $ M eq. MATH eq. MATH 220 or instructor consent eq. MATH Pr iscrete Mathematics (4) Mathematics iscrete Pr lementary Topics in Mathematics 2 (4) in Mathematics Topics lementary eq. MATH 130 or 170 or placement; $ M eq. MATH eq. placement or MATH 131 eq. placement or MATH D E Pr Pr 220 141

TH TH ducation Program. ducation Program. echniques and computational skills emphasized. echniques and computational skills emphasized. ntroduction to vectors. to vectors. ntroduction equirement of Shawnee State University’s General Education Program. Program. Education General University’s State of Shawnee equirement or placement MATH 140 MATH logic, binary operations, systems of numeration, number theory, rational numbers, real numbers, real rational numbers, logic, binary systems of numeration, number theory, operations, and computers. and use of calculators measurement, and presentation of statistics as applied to business, education, and science. Topics include measures Topics education, and science. of statistics as applied to business, and presentation distributions with probability of classical probability, of central tendency and dispersion, definition and computer use. practices and theory, Sampling emphasis on binomial and normal distribution. General University’s State of Shawnee requirement reasoning This course satisfies the quantitative E determinants, n-dimensional real vector spaces and subspaces, linear mappings, diagonalization. spaces and subspaces, vector determinants, n-dimensional real T MATH 132 MATH and integral calculus with an emphasis on applications in business, economics, and life and social and integral calculus with an emphasis on sciences. reasoning This course satisfies the quantitative and applications. functions, limits, derivatives, are r algebraic functions and applications and differentiation integration. Contents include integration of and integration of exponential, logarithmic, trigonometric, and hyperbolic functions. and infinite series, plane curves, and polar coordinates. Formula Taylor’s integrals, improper I functions, calculus. Contents include some discussion and applications of vector-valued multivariable calculus. multiple integrals, and other topics in vector partial derivatives, MATH 204MATH 4 (4) Calculus MA 221MATH 2 (4) Mathematics Discrete 230MATH Linear Algebra (5 MATH 190MATH (4) with Applications Calculus Brief 201MATH 1 (4) Calculus 202MATH 2 (4) Calculus 203MATH 3 (4) Calculus MATH 150MATH (4) of Statistics Principles 170MATH (4) Mathematics Finite Applied MATH 131MATH 1 (4) Precalculus 132MATH 2 (4) Precalculus 140MATH 1 (4) in Mathematics Topics Elementary MA graphs. Students learn the basic properties of linear, polynomial, rational, exponential, and logarithmic rational, exponential, polynomial, learn the basic properties of linear, graphs. Students and operations on functions, include conditionally defined functions, inverse also Topics functions. to use functions and graphs as tools for modeling. learn functions. Students and applications. Conic sections are including graphs, equations, identities, trigonometric functions, also included. graph theory. Topics include basic counting techniques, recurrence equations, trees and spanning equations, trees include basic counting techniques, recurrence Topics graph theory. and graphs. trees, mathematics. Topics include logic; induction; sets, binary and functions; graph theory; relations, Topics mathematics. require- reasoning This course satisfies the quantitative combinatorics and finite probability. proofs; Program. Education General University’s State ment of Shawnee and inequalities in one unknown, systems of equations, metric and nonmetric geometry, coordinate systems of equations, metric and nonmetric geometry, and inequalities in one unknown, and computer use. problem-solving, and probability, of statistics introduction geometry, students in business, economics, and life and social sciences. Models selected from linear functions selected from social sciences. Models students in business, economics, and life and chains, and markov mathematics of finance, probability, and systems, matrices, linear programming, game theory.

250 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE MATH 131 - MATH 230 MATH 250 - MATH 410 tudents explore S eq. MATH 201 eq. MATH Pr COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 251 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE eq. admission to teacher Pr The use of manipulative eq. MATH 201 and 220 eq. MATH eq. MATH 203 eq. MATH Pr Pr eq. MATH 150 and 370 or instructor eq. MATH elected number systems. Investigation ndividual or small-group study, under study, ndividual or small-group S I An introduction to ordinary differential An introduction Pr eq. MATH 220 and 230; MATH 325 also 220 and 230; MATH eq. MATH iscussion of topics in mathematics. iscussion of topics in Pr Classical probability, probability theory, theory, probability Classical probability, ey from Babylonian and Egyptian mathematics and Egyptian Babylonian ey from D ntroduction to axiomatic mathematics through to ntroduction I rv Su An introduction to the general nature, history, and history, to the general nature, An introduction and integer programming Dynamic programming n-depth study of limits, sequence, series, continuity, I eatment of groups, permutations, subgroups, permutations, subgroups, eatment of groups, Tr eq. MATH 203 eq. MATH Pr ntroduction of descriptive statistics and probability. Applications statistics and probability. of descriptive ntroduction A course in multivariate analysis. Includes simple and multiple analysis. Includes A course in multivariate I eq. MATH 250; $ M eq. MATH Pr eq. MATH 201 (preferably with a grade of C or better); $ M with a grade 201 (preferably eq. MATH eq. BUMG 355 or MATH 230 or instructor consent; $ M or MATH 355 eq. BUMG eq. MATH 141 or permission; $ M eq. MATH Pr Pr Pr istory (4) of Mathematics oundations of Geometry (4) ntermediate Analysis (4) ntermediate F I H eq. MATH 203 eq. MATH Pr eq. MATH 201 or permission 201 or eq. MATH 320 335 300

Pr TH TH TH ducation Program. ducation Program. ecommended. ntroductory programming. An introduction to mathematics games and how to use them in teaching ntroductory games and how to mathematics An introduction programming. r isomorphisms, homomorphisms, and quotient groups. isomorphisms, homomorphisms, and quotient groups. conditions of probability, random variables and distribution, characteristic function, central limit and distribution, random variables conditions of probability, and Law of Large Numbers. theorem, mathematics to children. mathematics to children. models in the classroom. Computer software selection and its integration into the curriculum. Computer software models in the classroom. I equations with emphasis on technique and application. Topics include existence and uniqueness of include existence and Topics application. equations with emphasis on technique and and systems. Analytical and numerical equations, equations, linear differential solutions, first order methods. MATH 410MATH Algebra 1 (4) Modern MATH 371MATH 2 (4) Research Operations 405MATH (4) Teacher for the Secondary Enrichment Mathematics MATH 370MATH 1 (4) Research Operations a variety of geometry surfacea variety topology, types, including a consideration of the postulates of Euclid, geometries using and non-Euclidean of plane Euclidean The development and finite geometry. geometric configurations. and the consideration of various models appropriate 350MATH (4) 2 Statistics 360MATH (4) to Probability Introduction MATH 325MATH Theory (4) to Number Introduction MA MATH 305MATH (4) Teacher for the Enrichment Mathematics MA MA 301MATH (4) Equations Differential Ordinary MATH 290MATH (1-4) in Mathematics Seminar 299MATH (1-4) in Mathematics Topics Special MATH 250MATH 1 (4) Statistics of probability distributions with emphasis on binomial, Poisson, and normal distributions. Intro- and normal Poisson, with emphasis on binomial, distributions of probability duction to interval applications. use in student project estimation and hypothesis testing. Computer General University’s State of Shawnee requirement reasoning quantitative This course satisfies the E mean-value theorem, differentiation, and Riemann integration. differentiation, theorem, mean-value linear regression, analysis of variance, and categorical data analysis. Use of statistical computer and categorical data analysis. Use analysis of variance, linear regression, and course projects. software of properties of natural numbers. Topics include proof techniques, prime factorization, Euclidean techniques, prime factorization, include proof Topics of properties of natural numbers. equations, congruences, and divisibility. algorithm, Diophantine A study of the theory simplex algorithm, the philosophy of operations research. of linear programming, such as optimal assignment, problems, and applications. A series of special linear programming methods, shortest path, PERT minimal spanning trees, transportation, flow, transshipment, network salesperson. and traveling such as of operations research models 370). Stochastic (or finished if started studied in MATH are studied. and simulation are chains, queuing theory, markov consent education program, MATH 220, 230, and 320 MATH education program, and communicate secondary perspective an advanced (grades 7-12) mathematical concepts from and exploratory learning. technology, the use of manipulatives, through the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise to students. available the supervision instructor, of to 20th century mathematics with emphasis on development of algebra, geometry, and number and number to 20th century of algebra, geometry, mathematics with emphasis on development theory. eq. Pr eq. MATH Pr eq. MATH 496 eq. MATH 497 eq. MATH Pr Pr eq. MATH 405, at eq. MATH Pr eq. MATH 335 eq. MATH Pr eq. MATH 204 eq. MATH Pr esigned to acquaint students iscussion of advanced topics in iscussion of advanced D D ndividual or small-group study, under study, ndividual or small-group I ntroduction to the profession of Medical to the profession ntroduction I eq. MATH 202 and one computer 202 and eq. MATH eq. MATH 335 eq. MATH eq. department permission Pr Pr ndependent mathematics investigation under ndependent mathematics investigation eq. MATH 410 eq. MATH Pr I Pr The first of a three-quarter sequence, taken near The first of a three-quarter 496. Continuation of MATH 497. Continuation of MATH Construction and analysis of mathematical models eatment of rings and fields, subrings, ideals, rings and fields, subrings, eatment of olynomial interpolation and approximation, numerical and approximation, olynomial interpolation P Algebra of complex numbers, analytic functions, Algebra of complex numbers, analytic functions, Tr Concepts of general topological space and metric space, Concepts of general topological space and rief review of Linear Algebra. Matrix functions and functions and Matrix of Linear Algebra. rief review B opics include set theory, real number theory, compactness, number theory, real opics include set theory, T eq. MATH 202; $ M eq. MATH Pr edical Laboratory (2) Orientation umerical Analysis (5) umerical Analysis enior Research Project 2 (2) Project enior Research 3 (1) Project enior Research enior Research Project 1 (1) Project enior Research S S M S N 497 498 496 430 111

TH TH TH TH TC least 56 credit hours of required mathematical content, and admission to licensure program; coreq. EDAE coreq. program; mathematical content, and admission to licensure hours of required least 56 credit 400 and 485; 3 lec. 2 lab admission or alternate status in the medical laboratory program; $ HS program; admission or alternate laboratory status in the medical 230 or permission mappings, Cauchy Integral Theory, Residue Theory, and applications. Theory, Residue Theory, mappings, Cauchy Integral compact and connected spaces, and separation axioms. compact and connected spaces, and separation homomorphisms, isomorphisms, and Galois theory. theory. and Galois isomorphisms, homomorphisms, MA MA 499MATH (1-4) in Mathematics Topics Special Technology Medical Laboratory ML MATH 480MATH (4) Topology General 490MATH (1-4) in Mathematics Seminar Advanced 495MATH (1-4) Research Undergraduate MA MATH 440MATH (4) Models Mathematical 450MATH (4) Variables Complex 460MATH Analysis (4) Real 470MATH 7-12 (4) in Grades Mathematics Teaching MATH 411MATH 2 (4) Algebra Modern 420MATH Theory (4) Matrix MA integration and differentiation, numerical solution to differential equations. Computer use emphasized. equations. Computer numerical solution to differential integration and differentiation, career in or would like to pursue a interested those who are for recommended This course is strongly actuarial or computer sciences. in applied mathematics, $ M recommended; and/or 301 are 203 language; MATH programming mathematics. with the practices and problems involved in teaching secondary in teaching involved with the practices and problems (grades 7-12) mathematics. Problem teaching methods, solving, inquiry General emphasized. use of technology are based teaching, and the patterns of instruction, and diagnostic techniques, as they apply to the secondary mathematics used in a laboratorycurriculum, are and practiced in field experiences. context and their use in investigation of physical, chemical, biological, engineering, statistical, social, and and their use in investigation is conducted using calculus-based techniques and applicable This analysis problems. environmental computer models. Laboratory Technology, including history, philosophy, development, educational requirements, requirements, educational development, philosophy, including history, Technology, Laboratory employment Ethics, of the medical lab technicians. and responsibilities and role trends, current opportunities, organizations, interpersonal relationships, professional certification and licensure, as the safe handling of potentially infectious materials. as well basic medical terminology, the end of the student’s bachelor program. The student’s in-depth investigation of a mathematical in-depth investigation The student’s bachelor program. the end of the student’s of a senior paper. topic culminates in the presentation the direction of a faculty member. the direction applications, including linear programming, inner products, diagonalization, generalized inverses, diagonalization, generalized inner products, linear programming, applications, including linear algebra. equations and optimization. Numerical and applications to differential completeness, Lebesque measure and general introduction of metric spaces. and general introduction completeness, Lebesque measure the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise to students. available the supervision of instructor,

252 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE MATH 411 - MLTC 111 MLTC 112 - MLTC 217 eq. successful Pr eq. MLTC 212; 2 lec. eq. MLTC Pr COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 253 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE Coreq. BIOL 350; 3 lec. Coreq. eq. BIOL 162 (or 310 and eq. BIOL 162 (or 310 Pr eq. MLTC 112; 1 lec. 2 lab; $ HS eq. MLTC eq. MLTC 112; 2 lec. 6 lab; $ HS eq. MLTC Pr Pr ssues and trends in Medical Laboratory in Medical ssues and trends I ntroduction to basic laboratory and ntroduction procedures iagnostic procedures for identification of medically for identification iagnostic procedures I rinciples, practices, and techniques of analyses of rinciples, practices, and techniques of analyses D P Continuation of MLTC 212. Continuation of MLTC eq. successful completion of all MLTC coursework below coursework eq. successful completion of all MLTC Pr ) ntroduction to basic immunology with emphasis on the to basic immunology with ntroduction I asic laboratory methods in hematology, including cell asic laboratory methods in hematology, A simulated laboratory is designed for students environment Lectures and laboratory banking. in blood Lectures procedures conjunction with MLTC 215, students present case studies case 215, students present conjunction with MLTC

Continuation of MLTC 209 with emphasis on blood cell Continuation of MLTC B ntroduction to medically important to ntroduction human parasites. Emphasis eq. MLTC 202; 2 lec. 6 lab; $ HS eq. MLTC In eq. BIOL 162 (or BIOL 310) and MLTC 112; 2 lec. 2 lab; $ HS eq. BIOL 162 (or BIOL 310) and MLTC tudy of hemostatic mechanism and hemorrhagic disorders as disorders tudy of hemostatic mechanism and hemorrhagic I S hysical, chemical, and microscopic examination of urine. Theory of urine. examination microscopic hysical, chemical, and Pr Pr P eq. BIOL 151, CHEM 141, and MLTC 111; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ HS 141, and MLTC eq. BIOL 151, CHEM Pr eq. BIOL 162 (or 310 and 320) and MLTC 112; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ HS and 320) and MLTC eq. BIOL 162 (or 310 Pr arasitology (1) eq. BIOL 162 (or BIOL 310) and MLTC 112; 2 lec. 6 lab; $ HS eq. BIOL 162 (or BIOL 310) and MLTC Lab Simulation (3) Lab Simulation P (5) Clinical Microbiology Pr 215 204 207 eq. successful completion of all MLTC coursework below MLTC 215; $ HS MLTC below coursework eq. successful completion of all MLTC

Pr TC TC TC eq. MLTC 209; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ HS eq. MLTC ell as their laboratory evaluations. echnology, government regulations, professional development, employment opportunities, resume employment development, professional regulations, government echnology, rinciples of blood grouping and human blood group genetics. Routine procedures for pretransfusion procedures genetics. Routine human blood group and rinciples of blood grouping MLTC 215; $ HS MLTC T discussed. writing, and job-seeking skills are and applications of various laboratory tests in relation to kidney function. Brief discussion of other laboratoryand applications of various to kidney function. Brief tests in relation important fluids. body completion of all MLTC coursework below MLTC 215; 6 lab; $ HS MLTC below coursework completion of all MLTC to participate in performing various tests in chemistry, hematology, urinalysis, blood banking, hematology, to participate in performingchemistry, tests in various assignments, complete their work to organize required are Students coagulation, and microbiology. within established criteria. and monitor quality control the assignments efficiently, principles and applications of serological techniques in diagnostic tests. of serological principles and applications 112; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ HS 320) and MLTC MLTC 217MLTC (1) Studies Case MLTC 216MLTC (1) Seminar Technology Medical MLTC 213MLTC Clinical Chemistry 2 (3 ML MLTC 211MLTC 2 (3) in the study of blood diseases. Hematology and special procedures abnormalities, including anemias, leukemias, Pr 212MLTC Clinical Chemistry 1 (4) MLTC 209MLTC 1 (4) Hematology 210MLTC (2) Hemostasis P are selection, blood collection, and processing and identification. Donor testing, antibody screening, of blood components, and their storage diseases of the newborn, preparations discussed. Hemolytic also introduced. and utilization are ML ML studies of blood cell maturation and Detailed and cell morphology. counting, hemoglobinometry, development. MLTC 202MLTC (3) Immunoserology 203MLTC (4) Banking Blood MLTC 201MLTC (3) Urinalysis MLTC 112MLTC Laboratory (3) Basic Skills 3 lab; $ HS techniques. Emphasis is placed on phlebotomy, microscopy, spectrophotometry, pipetting, use of spectrophotometry, microscopy, on phlebotomy, is placed Emphasis techniques. and basic laboratory instruments. Laboratory balances, bookkeeping, lab safety, centrifuges, analytical of concentrations, and dilution, calculation mathematics, particularly in solution preparations, curve included. are standard assigned in MLTC 215 to interpret and evaluate the clinical correlations and significance of the lab the clinical correlations and evaluate 215 to interpret assigned in MLTC data. important bacteria, viruses, and is on the morphological, cultural, biochemical, fungi. Emphasis and pathogenic bacteria, viruses, of various characteristics and fungi. serological 6 lab; $ HS w is on collection, preservation, and laboratory identification. chemical components in serum, as well as other body fluids, are studied. Instrumentation associated studied. Instrumentation chemical components in serum, fluids, are as other body as well and/or analytical on the specific chemical reactions Emphasis with specific analyses is introduced. aspects of the practical applications, and theoretical quality control, of error, principles, sources to normal and abnormal states. as related procedures above tudy eq. S eq. Pr Pr Coreq. MUSI 103 Coreq. $ HS eq. completion of all Pr eq. MUSI 101 eq. MUSI 102 Pr Pr eq. MUSI 120 or permission; Pr tudy of selected works of 20th tudy of selected works S elopment of listening skills for v elopmental theory course used to usic studies based on the structure and usic studies based on the structure De v tudy of selected works from Baroque from tudy of selected works S M eview of problems and progress during eview and progress of problems De R ndividualized study of Medical Laboratory of Medical study ndividualized I rinciples of notation, meter, major, and minor major, rinciples of notation, meter, P ighteen weeks of internship providing a practical providing of internship ighteen weeks E 220. Continuation of MLTC elodic, harmonic, and rhythmic principles of music and elodic, harmonic, and rhythmic principles M Continuation of MUSI 101. Continuation of MUSI 102. eq. MLTC 220; $ HS eq. MLTC asic techniques of voice production: breathing, diction, breathing, production: asic techniques of voice B Pr eq. MUSI 120 or permission; majors non-humanities Pr eq. theory placement exam Pr eq. MUSI 120 or permission; majors non-humanities Pr eeks in blood banking, one week in urinalysis, and one week of elective. of elective. urinalysis, and one week in one week eeks in blood banking, echnology in a selected area of interest: laboratory of interest: instrumentation,echnology in a selected area quality lab management, tudents are assigned to accredited hospital laboratories as trainees. The rotation schedule consists of schedule consists The rotation hospital laboratories as trainees. assigned to accredited tudents are eport the end of the clinical practicum. on the topic is submitted to the department before equired MLTC courses with a minimum of ‘‘C’’ in the lab and lecture portion of each and a minimum in the lab and lecture courses with a minimum of ‘‘C’’ MLTC equired music reading; Must be taken in sequence or by permission be taken in sequence or by of instructor. Must music reading; aural recognition of intervals and rhythmic, melodic, and harmonic progressions through ear training through of intervalsaural recognition and rhythmic, melodic, and harmonic progressions application. keyboard of harmony through structures and written dictation. Analyzes clinical practicum. Students are required to keep a daily log of the scope and degree of activities in the of activities in of the scope and degree to keep a daily log required are clinical practicum. Students book is filed with the departmentThe log at the end of the clinical practicum. Students laboratory. to participatein laboratory also required inserviceare meetings if (and/or professional activities at the and a four-day Registry review during the clinical rotation Exam exercises possible). Review included. end of the internship are r of 2.5; $ HS GPA scales, rhythmic and melodic reading, singing, and keyboard. scales, rhythmic and melodic reading, Century, both traditional and electronic, through readings, scores, tapes, recordings, and other tapes, recordings, scores, readings, through and electronic, both traditional Century, media. MUSI 122 (3) Periods of the Classical and Romantic to Music Introduction MUSI 123 (3) to 20th Century Introduction Music MUSI 160 (3) of Music Fundamentals MUSI 170 (1) Voice Class MUSI 101Theory 1 (3) Music MUSI 102Theory 2 (3) Music MUSI 103Theory 3 (3) Music MUSI 105 (3) Singing and Sight Training Ear MUSI 120 and significance of music as a fine understanding elements of musical style in historical perspective (4) Literature to Music Introduction art. MUSI 121 (3) Music to Baroque Introduction MLTC 226MLTC Lab (2) in Med Topics Special Music MUSI 100Theory (3) to Music Introduction MLTC 220MLTC (4) 1 Practicum Clinical 221MLTC 2 (8) Clinical Practicum 225MLTC Lab (2) in Med Problems Special projection, tone-color, and interpretation. Repeatable for credit—maximum of six quarters. for credit—maximum Repeatable and interpretation. tone-color, projection, make up deficiency. Introduction to staff, pitch, rhythmic notations, chords, ear training. pitch, rhythmic notations, chords, to staff, Introduction make up deficiency. of selected works from the Classical and Romantic style periods through readings, tapes, recordings, readings, style periods through and Romantic the Classical from of selected works and other media. T immunohematology, immunology, clinical chemistry, hematology, laboratorycontrol, computer, the the faculty member and by The selected topic must be approved and histology. microbiology, to do library and/or laboratoryThe student is required studies, and a typewritten clinical coordinator. r style periods through readings, tapes, recordings, and other media. tapes, recordings, readings, style periods through non-humanities majors notation. application of the skill and knowledge learned during the previous quarters of the curriculum. previous learned during the of the skill and knowledge application S four in microbiology, four weeks in chemistry, weeks in hematology-coagulation, four weeks three w MLTC 220; $ HS MLTC

254 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE MLTC 220 - MUSI 170 MUSI 180 - MUSI 373 $ FA eq. eq. Pr Pr eq. Pr COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 255 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE nderstanding of the history U Continuation and expansion Continuation and expansion $ FA $ FA aterials and methods for teaching M tudy of literature and musical styles tudy of literature and musical styles tudy of literature tudy of literature and musical styles to tudy of literature S S S epeatable for credit—maximum of six quarters. epeatable for credit—maximum Continuation of MUSI 170 series. Repeatable R eq. music concentration; permission of instructor; $ FA eq. music concentration; eq. music concentration; permission of instructor; $ FA eq. music concentration; eq. music concentration; permission of instructor; $ FA eq. music concentration; eq. music concentration; permission of instructor; $ FA eq. music concentration; Continuation of MUSI 180 series. Repeatable for Continuation of MUSI 180 series. Repeatable ey of musical forms, styles, and performance media epeatable for credit—maximum of six quarters. Recital epeatable for credit—maximum Pr Pr Pr Pr tudy of various music topics not otherwisetudy of various to available R rv S ticipation through production or performance production of selected ticipation through epeatable for credit—maximum of six quarters. epeatable for credit—maximum epeatable for credit—maximum of six quarters. of six credit—maximum epeatable for Su r epeatable for credit—maximum of six quarters. Recital epeatable for credit—maximum epeatable for credit—maximum of six quarters. Recital of six quarters. Recital epeatable for credit—maximum R R epeatable for credit—maximum of six quarters. Recital of six quarters. Recital epeatable for credit—maximum R epeatable for credit—maximum of six quarters. epeatable for credit—maximum eq. permission of instructor Pa R tudy of scales and finger techniques for beginning players. techniques for beginning players. tudy of scales and finger eq. permission of instructor; $ FA R Continuation of MUSI 191. Continuation of MUSI 190. Continuation of MUSI R Pr S Pr eq. MUSI 103 Pr eq. MUSI 222 or permission lass Piano 1 (1) lass Piano pplied Woodwind (1) pplied Woodwind eaching Music in Elementary Grades (3) in Elementary Grades eaching Music Pr Country and Appalachian Music History 1 (4) Country Music and Appalachian History 2 (4) Country Music and Appalachian History 3 (4) Country Music and Appalachian eq. MUSI 221 or permission Pr eq. MUSI 220 or permission Pr eq. permission instructor of (audition); 4 lab students: folk and country, rock forum. Repeatable for credit—maximum of three quarters. of three for credit—maximum forum. rock Repeatable students: folk and country, Pr credit—maximum of three quarters. of three credit—maximum performance and recital attendance required. attendance required. performance and recital elementary music. vocal performance and recital attendance required. attendance required. performance and recital MUSI 372 (1) Organ Applied MUSI 373 A MUSI 370 (1) Voice Applied MUSI 371 (1) Piano Applied MUSI 280 Chorus (2) Intermediate MUSI 299 (1-5) in Music Topics MUSI 361 T MUSI 227 MUSI 230 (3) Music-Theater MUSI 270 (1) Voice Class Intermediate MUSI 225 MUSI 226 MUSI 221 1 (3) History and Literature Music MUSI 222 2 (3) History and Literature Music MUSI 223 3 (3) History and Literature Music MUSI 190 C MUSI 191 2 (1) Class Piano MUSI 192 3 (1) Class Piano MUSI 220 (4) Literature Music permission of instructor $ FA (audition); 4 lab; MUSI 181 (2) College Band MUSI 185 (2) Ensemble Vocal MUSI 186 (2) Ensemble Instrumental MUSI 180 College Chorus (2) permission of instructor (audition); 4 lab; $ FA performance and recital attendance required. attendance required. performance and recital of Appalachian music and the people, locations, and stories that underlie the music. Examines the the people, locations, and stories that underlie the music. Examines music and of Appalachian music. of Appalachian and influences evolution songs, dance, and musical families. children’s of MUSI 225, including study of ballads, been of MUSI 226, including country not yet music and musicians that have Appalachian and in MUSI 225 and 226. covered performance and recital attendance required. attendance required. performance and recital for credit—maximum of six quarters. for credit—maximum permission of instructor (audition); 4 lab musical theater projects. 1600-1850. 1850 to present. 1600. from Gregorian to present. Humanities majors. Humanities present. to Gregorian from $ NS eq. enrollment Pr 3 lec. 3 lab; $ NS eq. enrollment in eq. enrollment Pr eq. OTAT 101/OTST eq. OTAT eq. OTAT 101; $ HS eq. OTAT Pr Pr ey of the nature and scope of ey of the nature rv equirement for the General equirement ntroduction to the profession to ntroduction R Su )I tudy and application of human S se of a variety of instructionalse of a variety strategies, U ield and classroom study of Ohio’s natural study of Ohio’s ield and classroom F iscussion of both physical and psychosocial dysfunc- iscussion of both physical and psychosocial ntroduction to the analysis and therapeutic applica- ntroduction eq. music concentration; permission of instructor; $ FA eq. music concentration; I D Pr tudy of group behavior. Practice in leading groups, Practice behavior. tudy of group S eq. music concentration or permission or eq. music concentration epeatable for credit—maximum of six quarters. Recital quarters. of six Recital credit—maximum epeatable for Pr R upervised of qualified clinical experience under the direction S Conducting basic beat patterns; conducting techniques for Conducting basic beat eq. AHNR 102, BIOL 101, and OTAT 101/OTST 101; $ HS 101/OTST eq. AHNR 102, BIOL 101, and OTAT Pr troduction to Environmental Science (4) Science to Environmental troduction eaching Science in Grades 7-12 (4) eaching Science in Grades T In eq. enrollment in OTA program; $ HS program; in OTA eq. enrollment eq. sophomore standing with coursework in the basic sciences, BIOL 151, CHEM 143, or in the basic sciences, BIOL standing with coursework eq. sophomore Pr Pr 433 240 103 1 (4) Pathology Disease 108 1 (2) Practicum 109 Anatomy and Kinesiology (2) Applied 110 Dynamics (2) Group 101Therapy (4 to Occupational Introduction 102 1 (3) Therapeutic Media

SC SC AT AT AT AT AT AT A program; $ HS A program; eq. BIOL 151, CHEM 141, GEOL 111, PSCI 251, EDUC 310, and admission to licensure program; 251, EDUC 310, and admission to licensure eq. BIOL 151, CHEM 141, GEOL 111, PSCI ducation Program Option 1. Course addresses scientific reasoning and methodology. GEP credit and methodology. scientific reasoning 1. Course addresses Option ducation Program OT science curricula, evaluation techniques, and community resources are examined. Establishing and examined. Establishing are techniques, and community resources science curricula, evaluation for The use and care emphasized. are field, and storage areas maintaining safety in the classroom, participate in the experienced. Students manner are living organisms in an ethical and appropriate for students in the field and clinical setting. planning and implementation of science experiences Pr EDAE 400 and 485; 2 lec. 1 lab/clinical 6 field coreq. choral groups; style and interpretation. style and interpretation. choral groups; heritage (geology, impact of glaciation, flora, fauna, and natural resources) and the historical impact impact of glaciation, flora, fauna, and natural resources) heritage (geology, course is terrain; rough long-distance hiking over strenuous, of human activity on that heritage. Some sessions meet for six hours on Fridays; this. Classroom not suitable for persons unable to accomplish limit 12. field trips. Enrollment (7:30 a.m. - 7:30 p.m.) four all-day Friday tion of activities. Includes skill development in selected activities, instruction skill development of peers in an activity, tion of activities. Includes and maintenance of equipment and supplies. and participation care in proper OT OT OT OT Occupational Therapy Assistant Occupational Therapy OT OT NTSC 372NTSC (5) Heritage Natural Ohio’s NT MUSI 374 (1) Brass Applied MUSI 390 Conducting (3) Science Natural 110SNTSC (4) and Methodology Scientific Reasoning NT observing interactions, and participating of groups. types group in various 101, PSYC 101, and SOCI 101; $ HS personnel in a variety of settings. Emphasis is on developing professional communication skills, professional is on developing of settings. Emphasis personnel in a variety learning to accurately document observations, an understanding of other health care developing of OTA requirements academic See and instructing in an activity. professionals, a small group program. E and BIOL 110S. 110S 110S or NTSC 110S and PSCI NTSC for both not allowed performance and recital attendance required. required. attendance performance and recital tions commonly referred to occupational therapy. Includes the symptoms, etiology, and treatments the symptoms, etiology, Includes to occupational therapy. tions commonly referred diseases. of various of occupational therapy, the roles and functions of occupational therapy personnel, the areas of functions of occupational therapy personnel, the areas and the roles of occupational therapy, activities. basis of using goal-directed occupational performance, and the theoretical in OTA program—professional phase; $ HS program—professional in OTA anatomy and basic movement principles as used in occupational therapy. therapy. principles as used in occupational anatomy and basic movement environmental problems. Emphasis on the physical, biological, and human aspects of environmental on the physical, biological, and Emphasis problems. environmental science. GEOL 201; 3 lec. 2 lab; $ NS

256 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE MUSI 374 - OTAT 110 OTAT 203 - OTST 103 eq. eq. Pr Pr xploration E eq. enrollment Pr xploration of E Analysis, adaptation, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 257 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE eq. admission to OT/OTA eq. admission to OT/OTA ntroduction to the profession ntroduction I Pr eq. completion of or concurrent with eq. completion of or concurrent Pr eq. OTAT 208 and 210; $ HS eq. OTAT Pr eq. successful completion of all OTA and other eq. successful completion of all OTA upervised in placement. Experience fieldwork Pr S vides students an opportunity to gain additional o eq. OTAT 109; $ HS eq. OTAT Pr Pr iscussion of both physical and psychosocial dysfunc- iscussion of both physical and psychosocial Analysis, adaptation, and therapeutic application of Analysis, adaptation, D eq. OTAT 208, 210, PSYC 101, 151, and SOCI 101; $ HS eq. OTAT iscussion of the professional roles and responsibilities of the and responsibilities roles iscussion of the professional Pr eq. OTAT 101/OTST 101; $ HS 101/OTST eq. OTAT milar to OTAT 108 but in different types of settings. 108 but in different milar to OTAT D upervised of qualified direction clinical experience under the S Si Pr eq. AHNR 102, BIOL 101 or 151, and OTST 101; $ HS eq. AHNR 102, BIOL 101 or 151, and OTST Pr pecial Topics in OT (1-3) in OT Topics pecial S eq. OTAT 108, 109, 110, PSYC 101, and 151; $ HS 108, 109, 110, PSYC 101, and 151; eq. OTAT eq. OTAT 210; $ HS eq. OTAT 220-221 (8 ea.) Clinical Application 299 212 (4) Health Therapy Assistant in Mental Occupational 210 Dysfunction (5) Therapy Assistant in Physical Occupational 211 (2) Seminar OTA 209 (4) Planning Therapy Assistant Program in Geriatric Occupational 206Therapy (2) in Occupational Contemporary Media 208 3 (3) Practicum 204 2 (3) Practicum 205 (3) 2 Therapeutic Media 203 (5) Disabilities AssistantTherapy in Developmental Occupational Pr Pr

108, 109, and 110; $ HS 108, 109, and 110; $ 204; $ HS 205; $ HS

ST 103 1 (4) Pathology Disease ST 101Therapy (4) to Occupational Introduction AT AT AT AT AT AT AT AT AT AT AT AT AT AT tudy of conditions which interfere with normal growth and development. Introduction to the Introduction and development. with normal growth which interfere tudy of conditions ntroduction to and application of occupational therapy in the treatment of older adults. Emphasis and application of occupational therapy in the treatment to ntroduction ole of the O.T. assistant in treatment of developmental disabilities particularly developmental of school in the public assistant in treatment ole of the O.T. equired courses; $ HS equired OT knowledge or experience in a specific area of occupational therapy. of occupational therapy. or experience in a specific area knowledge and permission of instructor; $ HS program occupational therapy assistant. Includes orientation to licensure, certification, legal and ethical orientation to licensure, occupational therapy assistant. Includes issues. professional and other current issues, peer review, activities not covered in OTAT 102. OTAT in activities not covered OT Occupational Therapy OT OT OT OT OT OT OT I in agencies serving programs the and implementing both activity and rehabilitative is on developing elderly. OT OT setting. OT OT OT S on the disabilities. Emphasis of developmental therapy in the treatment application of occupational r personnel in a variety of settings. Continuation of skill development of OTAT 204 with additional of OTAT of settings. Continuation of skill development personnel in a variety techniques. planning, and occupational therapy treatment treatment emphasis on case study, OT OT and therapeutic applications of ‘‘low-tech’’ and ‘‘high-tech’’ media. Emphasis on computer adaptations, media. Emphasis and ‘‘high-tech’’ of ‘‘low-tech’’ and therapeutic applications construction switches, and use of video in patient treatment. of of occupational therapy theories in the evaluation and treatment of physically disabling conditions. and treatment of occupational therapy theories in the evaluation Lab emphasis on instruction simplification, energy conservation, of activities of daily living, work and fabrication of orthotic devices. and adaptive occupational therapy theories in the evaluation and treatment of psychosocial dysfunction. Lab dysfunction. of psychosocial and treatment occupational therapy theories in the evaluation com- effective of observation leadership, emphasis on the development dynamics, group group skills, munication, and therapeutic use of self. and responsibility for deliveryand responsibility of service the application of academically to patients/clients. Emphasizes leading to the performance of an entry-level knowledge occupational therapy assistant. See acquired program. of OTA academic and clinical requirements r tions commonly referred to occupational therapy. Includes the symptoms, etiology, and treatments the symptoms, etiology, Includes to occupational therapy. tions commonly referred diseases. of various of occupational therapy, the roles and functions of occupational therapy personnel, the areas of and functions of occupational therapy personnel, the areas the roles of occupational therapy, activities. basis of using goal-directed occupational performance,theoretical and the in OT program-professional phase. $ HS program-professional in OT eq. BIOL 314, Pr Analysis, adaptation, eq. OTST 103, PSYC eq. OTST Pr eq. completion of or concurrent with eq. completion of or concurrent Theories, approaches, and principles Theories, approaches, Pr Theories, approaches, and principles of Theories, approaches, Continuation of theory application covered eq. OTST 305 and PSYC 400; $ HS 305 and eq. OTST eq. admission to OT program or OTAT 103; $ HS or OTAT program eq. admission to OT eq. BIOL 311, OTST 305, and PHYS 201; $ HS 305, and PHYS eq. BIOL 311, OTST Pr Pr Pr Theories, approaches, and principles of occupa- Theories, approaches, in Continuation of theory application covered Level 1 Fieldwork. The third competency based The third 1 Fieldwork. Level Level 1 Fieldwork. The second competency based 1 Fieldwork. Level Level 1 Fieldwork. The first competency based field- The 1 Fieldwork. Level Analysis, adaptation, and therapeutic application of Analysis, adaptation, The etiology, clinical course, management, and clinical course, management, and The etiology, Theories, approaches, and principles of gerontic occu- and principles of gerontic Theories, approaches, tudy of group behavior. Practice in leading groups, Practice behavior. tudy of group S ncludes theoretical basis and application of orthotics to enhance ncludes theoretical I eq. admission to OT program and OTST 206; $ HS and OTST program eq. admission to OT eq. OTST 410 and 412; $ HS eq. OTST Pr Pr eq. BIOL 314, OTST 411, 413, and PSYC 151; $ HS eq. BIOL 314, OTST eq. admission to OT program and OTST 101; $ HS and OTST program eq. admission to OT eq. BIOL 314 and OTST 410; $ HS eq. BIOL 314 and OTST eq. OTST 411, 413, and 420; $ HS eq. OTST Pr Pr T in Developmental Disabilities 1 (5) Disabilities T in Developmental Pr Pr eq. BIOL 314 and OTST 412; $ HS eq. BIOL 314 and OTST Pr eq. OTST 101; $ HS eq. OTST 0O Pr 43

ST 420 (2) 2 for OTS Practicum ST 421 (2) 3 for OTS Practicum ST ST 310 (2) 1 for OTS Practicum ST 330 Orthotics (3) ST 410 1 (4) Disabilities in Physical OT ST 411 2 (4) Disabilities in Physical OT ST 412 1 (4) Health in Mental OT ST 413 2 (4) Health in Mental OT ST 416 (4) in Gerontology OT ST 110 Dynamics (2) Group ST 205 2 (3) Media Therapeutic ST 206Therapy (2) in Occupational Contemporary Media ST 305 2 (4) Pathology Disease ST 412, with emphasis on treatment planning, adaptation, prevention, health maintenance, and adaptation, prevention, planning, ST 412, with emphasis on treatment ST 205; $ HS TST 410, and 412; $ HS emediation. O prognosis of congenital, developmental, acute, and chronic disease processes and traumatic injuries. and processes disease chronic acute, and of congenital, developmental, prognosis neuro- is on Focus the life span. on human functioning throughout The effect of such conditions systems. musculoskeletal, and neurological muscular, pational therapy. Theories of aging, normal physiological and psychological changes of aging, specific Theories of aging, normal physiological and psychological pational therapy. quality assurance, of the aging population. Includes diseases and conditions, and common problems aging. nursing homes, and legal issues regarding in of the OTR role consultative of occupational therapy programming for issues related to normal and abnormal patterns of human to normal for issues related of occupational therapy programming application as it pertains to individuals planning, and treatment program Evaluation, development. and their families. tional therapy programming for mental health services theoretical tional therapy programming the life span. Includes throughout and skills in daily living activities, work, to foster age-appropriate basis, assessment, and treatment is on theory Emphasis play/leisure. and assessment. OT r activities. OT OT OT occupational therapy programming for physical function throughout the life span. Includes theoretical the life span. Includes for physical function throughout occupational therapy programming and skills in daily living activities, work, to foster age-appropriate basis, assessment, and treatment is on theory Emphasis play/leisure. and assessment. OT health maintenance, planning, adaptations, prevention, 410, with emphasis on treatment in OTST and remediation. OT OT OT OT OT OT OT OT OT OT observing and participating interactions, types of groups. group in various 101, and SOCI 101; $ HS 101, and SOCI 101; independent daily living performance in work, play/leisure, and self care. Designing, fabricating, and Designing, and self care. independent daily living performance play/leisure, in work, using orthotic devices. fieldwork to develop professional skills in occupational therapy service delivery. Focus on treatment Focus skills in occupational therapy service professional to develop fieldwork delivery. 310 those in OTST from assigned to agencies different are planning and implementation. Students 420. and OTST fieldwork to develop professional skills in occupational therapy service delivery. Focus on observation, Focus skills in occupational therapy service professional to develop fieldwork delivery. from assigned to agencies different are and documentation of client abilities. Students evaluation, 310. those in OTST work course to develop professional skills in health service delivery. Students gain an appreciation of gain an appreciation Students service skills in health professional develop course to work delivery. of agencies servinga variety assigned to are Students therapy in health care. of occupational the role needs. health care OT and therapeutic applications of ‘‘low-tech’’ and ‘‘high-tech’’ media. Emphasis on computer adaptations, media. Emphasis and ‘‘high-tech’’ of ‘‘low-tech’’ and therapeutic applications construction switches, and use of video in patient treatment. of

258 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE OTST 110 - OTST 430 OTST 431 - PHIL 299 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 259 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE eq. OTST 496; $ HS 496; $ eq. OTST Level 2 Fieldwork. One to One 2 Fieldwork. Level Pr tudents learn to be consumers S eq. MATH 150, OTST 411, 413, 150, OTST eq. MATH Continuation of material covered Continuation Pr A study of topics not otherwise available ndividual or small-group study of topics ndividual or small-group An examination of theories of society I An introduction to some of the central An introduction eq. ENGL 115S nquiry belief, into the rationality of religious An introductory and inductive course in deductive Level 2 Fieldwork. Three months of supervised,Three 2 Fieldwork. Level months of supervised,Three 2 Fieldwork. Level I A survey philosophical traditions of Oriental Pr eading and interpretation of selected portions of the New eading and interpretation eading and interpretation of selected portions of the Old eading and interpretation R R eq. ENGL 115S eq. OTST 495; $ HS 495; $ eq. OTST eq. successful completion of all required courses in OT curriculum; courses in OT eq. successful completion of all required Pr Pr Pr eq. BUAI 101 or BUIS 101 and OTST 430; $ HS 101 and OTST 101 or BUIS eq. BUAI Pr $ HS 499Therapy (5) in Occupational Topics

ST ST 496 2 (12) Clinical Application ST 497 (4, 8, or 12) 3 (Optional) Clinical Application ST 495 1 (12) Clinical Application ST 450 (4) in OT and Methods Designs Research ST 451 (4) Planning and Program Management Therapy Occupational ST 431 2 (4) Disabilities in Developmental OT eq. OTST 430; $ HS eq. OTST ccupational therapy service management skills. Includes health care trends, quality assurance, and quality assurance, trends, ccupational therapy service health care management skills. Includes ative American world viewsative is examined. HIL 299 (1-6) in Philosophy Topics Special HIL 283 (4) Testament New HIL 284 (4) East Asian Philosophy HIL 260 (4) of Religion Philosophy HIL 282 (4) Testament Old HIL 200 (4) to Philosophy Introduction HIL 230 (4) Philosophy and Political Social egistered Occupational Therapist. Occupational egistered egistered Occupational Therapist. Occupational egistered estament. Literary, historical, theological, and philosophical interpretations; relation to the Old relation historical, theological, and philosophical interpretations; estament. Literary, estament. estament. Literary, historical, theological, and philosophical interpretations; relation to the New relation historical, theological, and philosophical interpretations; estament. Literary, estament. easoning, with particular and construction emphasis upon the analysis, evaluation, arguments. of philosophical issues within the Western intellectual tradition from ancient Greece to the present ancient Greece intellectual tradition from Western philosophical issues within the primary selected through texts. and the state that have significantly influenced Western thought. Special emphasis is placed upon thought. Special Western significantly influenced and the state that have communitarianism and classical liberalism. between the controversy r in argumentation, especially in advertising,This course also examines the use of rhetoric politics, and public speaking. in OTST 430, with emphasis on neurodevelopmental and sensory emphasis on neurodevelopmental 430, with integration theory and treatment. in OTST Pr P P P P P P P OT Philosophy PHIL 105 (4) and Reasoning Rhetoric OT OT to students. O a model for the delivery develop services of occupational therapy legal issues. Students in a selected agency or facility. OT OT OT OT including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, and Taoism. The relationship between Taosim and Taosim between The relationship Taoism. Confucianism, and Buddhism, including Hinduism, N T T in-depth field experience in a selected practice area of occupational therapy. Student is supervised a by Student of occupational therapy. area in-depth field experience in a selected practice R $ HS is supervised a by 495. Student OTST from different in-depth field experience in a practice area R of research data, conduct literature searches, examine methods of research design and data collection, design and of research examine methods searches, data, conduct literature of research to occupational therapy. related proposal a research and prepare 416, and 430; $ HS not otherwise available. May be repeated for credit with permission of the instructor. with permission of the instructor. for credit not otherwise be repeated May available. three months of supervised, of occupational three experience in a specialty practice area in-depth field Therapist. Occupational is supervised a Registered by Student therapy. T T including the proofs for the existence of God, divine foreknowledge and human freedom, the and human freedom, divine foreknowledge for the existence of God, including the proofs epistemology. of evil, the epistemic status of mystical experience, and religious problem eq. Pr eq. PHYS Pr 3 lec. 3 lab; $ NS eq. MATH 130 or eq. MATH ntroduces the student to ntroduces Pr I asic properties of electric and eq./coreq. MATH 201; 6 hrs., MATH eq./coreq. B Pr xploration of the major currents in currents xploration of the major E A seminar in selected topics in philosophy. ntroductory survey of mechanics for science I wton’s Laws of Motion. Other appropriate topics appropriate Other Laws of Motion. wton’s wing, analysis, and interpretation of international and interpretation wing, analysis, e A study of topics not otherwise to students. available Ne A course intended for special programs and not A course intended for special programs Vi oes the meaning of sport lie in the pleasure of the oes the meaning of sport lie in the pleasure Theories of the environment; alternative views alternative of our Theories of the environment; irst and second laws of thermodynamics. Other irst and second laws of thermodynamics. Other D thical issues in medicine, medical research, and thical issues in medicine, medical research, F E xamination of the relationship between economic and between xamination of the relationship E undamental ideas of astronomy. Topics include the solar system, include the solar Topics undamental ideas of astronomy. F hilosophy (1-4) eq. ENGL 115S Pr eq. sophomore standing eq. sophomore Pr eq. ENGL 115S Pr eq. PHYS 201; 6 hrs., lecture & lab; $ NS 201; 6 hrs., lecture eq. PHYS Pr estern ethical thought, with application to contemporary ethical controversies. Special emphasis is Special with application to contemporaryestern ethical thought, controversies. ethical HYS 202 (4) and Magnetism) 2 (Electricity Physics HYS 203 (4) 3 (Energy) Physics HYS 211 1 (4) Physics Calculus-Based HIL 399 P in Topics HYS 099 (4) Physics Fundamental HYS 201 (4) 1 (Mechanics) Physics HIL 331 (4) Ethics Business HIL 332 (4) Ethics Biomedical HIL 334 (4) Ethics Environmental HIL 340 (4) of Sport Philosophy HIL 300 (4) and Film Philosophy HIL 320S Life (4) and Private Public in Ethics HIL 330 Century in the 21st (4) Technology and Ethics nglish gentleman or the egolessness of the Zen master? What do athletes mean when they speak of master? Zen nglish gentleman or the egolessness of the expressing” or “realizing” themselves? Can we speak of ourselves as living through our bodies in the as living through speak of ourselves Can we themselves? or “realizing” expressing” esponsibility for the environment, including deep ecology; environmental vs. economic values; including deep ecology; environmental esponsibility for the environment, ENGL 115S biotechnology; relations within the health team, informed consent; wellness and illness; right to informed consent; wellness within the health team, biotechnology; relations moral implications of bioengineering. health care; P P PHYS 210(4) Astronomy P P PHIL 499 (1-5) in Philosophy Topics Special Physics P P P P P P desiring a basic course for the college entry-level physics courses. Students a prerequisite considered 201. to PHYS in physics should refer P P P magnetic fields. Other appropriate topics may be included. Laboratory appropriate magnetic fields. Other and demonstrations related to lecture. moral constraints. W own. into rational dialogue with moral viewsplaced upon entering other than one’s E “ sport a our intellect or our aesthetic sense? Is as living through speak of ourselves same way that we metaphor for life? and domestic films and their philosophical, aesthetic, and moral dimensions. and moral dimensions. aesthetic, films and their philosophical, and domestic the major ethical theories in their historical context and examines technological advances and their technological advances in their historical context and examines the major ethical theories Areas and biomedical technology. two major fields: information technology ethical implications in of inquiry on society and the and immediate access to information the effects of the Internet include family planning and genetic engineering, and cloning on genome project, implications of the human health. appropriate topics may be included. Laboratory and demonstrations related to lecture. topics may be included. Laboratoryappropriate to lecture. demonstrations related and & lab; $ NS 201; 6 hrs., lecture Course content varies from year to year. May be repeated for credit. be repeated May to year. year from Course content varies r issues. environmental methods of resolving and engineering students. Introduces the use of calculus in interpreting physical phenomena. Topics physical phenomena. use of calculus in interpreting the and engineering students. Introduces theory of motion. kinematics, and Newton’s include vectors, lecture & lab; $ NS lecture stars, galaxies, black holes, and the history of ideas about the universe. may be included. Laboratory and demonstrations related to lecture. may be included. Laboratory to lecture. and demonstrations related equivalent; 6 hrs., lecture & lab; $ NS 6 hrs., lecture equivalent;

260 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE PHIL 300 - PHYS 211 PHYS 212 - PSYC 098 eq. junior Pr COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 261 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE eq. junior or senior standing; Pr eq. PHYS 214 eq. PHYS Pr eq. PHYS 211 or instructor permission;eq. PHYS Pr An inquiry-based (lab-oriented) course in Topics A continuation of PSCI 251. ndividual or small-group study, under the study, ndividual or small-group I ndividual or small-group study, under the under study, ndividual or small-group ndividual or small-group study, under the under study, ndividual or small-group ndependent physics investigation under the ndependent physics investigation I I I ntroductory survey for of thermodynamics ntroductory survey for and oscillations of waves I ntroductory survey and magnetism of electricity I I iscussion of advanced topics in physics. iscussion of advanced iscussion of advanced topics in physics. iscussion of advanced echniques for learning definitions, vocabulary, lists, echniques for learning definitions, vocabulary, iscussion of advanced topics in physics. topics in physics. iscussion of advanced ndependent physical science investigation under the ndependent physical science investigation ndependent physics investigation under the direction ndependent physics investigation T I D D I D eq. MATH 202 and PHYS 212 or instructor permission; PHYS 202 and eq. MATH 6 lab; $ NS Pr n-depth study of a selected topic in physics culminating n-depth study of a selected topic in physics ntroductory survey spatial of modern physics, including I I 6 lab; $ NS eq. junior or senior standing; $ NS Pr eq. junior or senior standing; $ NS Pr alculus-Based Physics 3 (4) 3 Physics alculus-Based eq. PHYS 213; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ NS 213; 3 lec. 3 lab; eq. PHYS HYS 499 (1-4) in Physics Topics Special HYS 485 (1-4) Project Senior HYS 495 (1-4) Research Undergraduate HYS 299 (1-4) in Physics Topics Special HYS 300 (4) Physics Modern HYS 390 (1-4) in Physics Seminar HYS 290 (1-4) in Physics Seminar HYS 213 C HYS 212 2 (4) Physics Calculus-Based opics include the first and second laws of thermodynamics. opics include the first opics include some of Maxwell’s equations. Maxwell’s opics include some of elationships, quantum mechanics, and atomic and nuclear physics. elationships, quantum mechanics, and atomic eflection, image formation, and color). or senior standing direction of a faculty member. direction r PSYC 098PSYC (4) Orientation Learning PSCI 295 (1-4) Study Independent PSCI 299 Science (1-4) in Physical Topics Psychology PSCI 252 Inquiry Science by 2 (4) Physical P Science Physical PSCI 251 Inquiry Science by 1 (4) Physical P PHYS 490 (1-4) in Physics Seminar P P P P PHYS 214 4 (4) Physics Calculus-Based P PHYS 295 (1-4) Study Independent P P in the preparation of a senior paper. of a senior paper. in the preparation $ NS for science and engineering students. Introduces the use of calculus in interpreting physical phenomena. in interpreting the use of calculus students. Introduces for science and engineering T topics not otherwise of to students. available supervision of instructor, 6 hrs., lecture & lab; $ NS 6 hrs., lecture supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise of to students. available supervision of instructor, the physical sciences designed primarily for those students who expect to teach the physical sciences the physical sciences designed primarily for those students who expect to teach the physical include properties of Topics to science. (K-12) or those who learn better with a hands-on approach (calorimetry, concentration, and solubility) and heat and temperature density, matter (mass, volume, phase change, and heat transfer). and light and optics (refraction, d.c. circuits) energy, power, voltage, (current, include electric circuits r science and engineering students. Introduces the use of calculus in interpreting physical phenomena. in interpreting the use of calculus students. Introduces science and engineering Pr direction of a faculty member. of a faculty member. direction etc. to assist in academic achievement. (The four hours of credit do not apply toward a degree but a degree (The do not apply toward etc. to assist in academic achievement. four hours of credit total hours accumulated at the University.) do apply toward preq./coreq. MATH 202; 6 hrs., lecture & lab; $ NS hrs., lecture 202; 6 MATH preq./coreq. science and engineering students. Introduces the use of calculus in interpreting physical phenomena. use of calculus in interpreting the Introduces engineering students. science and T of a faculty member. supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise to students. available supervision of instructor, eq. PSYC Pr eq. PSYC eq. PSYC 101 Pr eq. PSYC 101 Pr Pr eq. PSYC 101 Pr . PSYC 101 eq. BIOL 110S and PSYC 101 . PSYC 101 tudy of the nature, construction, tudy of the nature, Pr S Preq eq. PSYC 101 tudy of the factors affecting human tudy of the factors affecting Preq An examination of the individual’s S Pr Analysis of personal and school-related ndividual or small-group study, under the under study, ndividual or small-group Courses repeatable for credit. for credit. Courses repeatable I A study of the individual in terms of the individual in terms A study of asic neurology, neurophysiology, and neuro- neurophysiology, asic neurology, B nderstanding of human personality through tudy of learning: classical and instrumental tudy of major theories of adolescent development Theoretical study of adulthood with an emphasis Theoretical S S xamination of statistical procedures that are that are xamination of statistical procedures U pplies social/psychological approach to individual’s to approach pplies social/psychological eq. PSYC 101 E A Pr xploration of student values, interests, and skills in and interests, values, xploration of student A survey during the first of the course of development E . PSYC 101 Preq eq. PSYC 101 Pr chological Tests and Measurements (4) and Measurements Tests chological y dolescent Psychology (4) dolescent Psychology pecial Topics in Psychology (1-4) in Psychology Topics pecial A Ps S 312 290 199 C C C eq. MATH 150; $ M eq. MATH equired course for all social science majors. course for all social equired unaways, suicide, pregnancy, and parenthood. and parenthood. unaways, suicide, pregnancy, esearch on personality. on personality. esearch educing behavior. Required course for all social science majors. Required educing behavior. ecent trends and changes in family relationships, adolescent autonomy, educational and vocational adolescent autonomy, and changes in family relationships, ecent trends elation to careers and choosing a college major. Special emphasis on career counseling. Career emphasis on career Special a college major. and choosing elation to careers oles, moral development and religion, teenage creativity, depression, substance abuse, eating disorders, depression, teenage creativity, and religion, oles, moral development examination of psychoanalytic, humanistic, and learning theories and current biologically-based humanistic, and learning theories and current examination of psychoanalytic, r pharmacology, with emphasis on how they relate to human behavior. to human behavior. they relate with emphasis on how pharmacology, adjustments and conflicts in modern society. Considers problem-solving strategies and anxiety Considers problem-solving adjustments and conflicts in modern society. r on the applications of psychological research for a better understanding of later life. Class presentations research on the applications of psychological social, and personality development changes in physical, cognitive, age-related and discussions cover death, and dying. issues in adult psychopathology, and address PSYC 316PSYC (4) in Children Behavior Problems 340PSYC (4) of the Adult Psychology 361PSYC (4) Psychology Industrial PSYC 299PSYC (1-4) in Psychology Topics Special 300PSYC (4) Theories of Personality 304PSYC (4) of Learning Psychology 310PSYC (4) Child Psychology PSY PSYC 260PSYC of Behavior (4) Neurobiology 273PSYC (4) Adjustment of Human Psychology PSY 295PSYC (4) Methods Quantitative PSYC 101PSYC (4) to Psychology Introduction 105PSYC (4) Planning Career 151PSYC (4) Development and Growth Human PSY and explanation of biological, cognitive, social, emotional, and personality processes. Focus is on Focus social, emotional, and personality processes. and explanation of biological, cognitive, r r r conditioning, discrimination, generalization, verbal, information processing, memory, problem problem memory, information processing, verbal, conditioning, discrimination, generalization, solving, and concept formation. and use of tests and measurements in education, industry, and government, including aptitude, and government, industry, in education, and use of tests and measurements and rating scales; and opinion surveys. tests; attitude and achievement ability, 101 and/or permission 12 years of life, with emphasis on patterns of physical, cognitive, and mental development; parent/ and mental development; of life, with emphasis on patterns of physical, cognitive, 12 years on children. TV and divorce and the influences of child relations; problems of children. Cases of behavior problems with specific intervention Cases of behavior problems techniques. of children. problems maturational, learning, thinking, emotional, motivational, sensory, and perceptual processes. and perceptual sensory, emotional, motivational, learning, thinking, maturational, R 101 or SOCI 101 work behavior. Topics include management approaches to organizational processes resulting in resulting to organizational processes include management approaches Topics behavior. work role. and psychologist’s and satisfaction, change, turbulent environment, productivity commonly used in psychological research. Students collect real data in a variety of computer-based data in a variety collect real Students research. commonly used in psychological is on choosing appropriate is used for data analysis. Emphasis software experiments. Statistical in the computer lab. Taught results. design and interpreting based on research statistical procedures Pr supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise repeatable courses to students. Separate available supervision of instructor, for credit r is available. exploration on the computer growth and development through the life cycle from infancy to advanced maturity. maturity. infancy to advanced from the life cycle through and development growth

262 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE PSYC 101- PSYC 361 PSYC 375 - PTAT 111 eq. eq. at Pr Pr eq. 12 credit Pr eq. 16 credit hours eq. 16 credit chological study of Pr n-depth analysis of y I Ps eq. senior standing and COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 263 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE Pr The purpose, philosophy, eq. PSYC 295; 3 lec. 1 lab eq. 24 credit hours of PSYC (senior eq. 24 credit ndividual or small-group study, under study, ndividual or small-group ndividual or small-group study, under study, ndividual or small-group Pr I I hological investigation of the relationship hological investigation Pr ey of the basic concepts and theories of yc rv Ps chological foundations of education with foundations of education chological ocuses on research methods in psychology. methods ocuses on research Su y F Analysis of historical precedents, epidemiology, Analysis of historical precedents, Ps tudy of anxiety, mood, psychotic, personality, and personality, mood, psychotic, tudy of anxiety, S eq. admission to PTA program; $ HS program; eq. admission to PTA Pr ocus on increased ability to deal with one’s own mortality; own ability to deal with one’s ocus on increased F eq. 20 credit hours of PSYC and/or instructor permission eq. 20 credit Pr eath and Dying (4) D . PSYC 101 Preq eq. PSYC 101 Pr 405 C hysical Therapy Association. The development of the PTA, duties, function, legal responsibilities, of the PTA, The development Therapy Association. hysical undamental research skills are developed with an emphasis on experimental control and research with an emphasis on experimental control developed skills are undamental research between individual behavior and physical environment with analysis of the impact of crowding, individual behavior and physical environment between on individual behavior. lighting, pollution, and architecture noise, temperature, of PSYC and/or instructor permission hours of PSYC and/or instructorhours of PSYC and/or permission skills for working with terminally ill and their families; understanding the complex social system of skills for working death. and philosophical issues surrounding death in American society; and moral, ethical, PSYC 101 or SOCI 101 design. Students design and conduct an independent research project. Strongly recommended for recommended Strongly project. design and conduct an independent research design. Students in psychology. considering graduate work students who are F history, and development of the physical therapy profession, including the function of the American of the physical therapy profession, and development history, P and learning, Teaching documentation. and scope of practice, including medical ethics and standard and disability models, basic conflict management, wellness rural health care, cultural sensitivity, aspects of care. OSHA training, psychosocial PSYC 499PSYC (1-4) in Psychology Topics Special Therapist Assistant Physical 111PTAT Therapist Assistant (3) of Physical Principles PSYC 475PSYC (4) of Contemporary Problems Study Psychological PSYC 430PSYC (4) Psychology Experimental 440PSYC (4) Psychology Environmental PSYC 410PSYC (4) of Counseling Psychology 420PSYC (4) Community Psychology PSY PSYC 399PSYC (1-4) in Psychology Topics Special 400PSYC (4) Psychology Abnormal PSYC 380PSYC (4) Youth and Children of Exceptional Psychology PSYC 375PSYC (4) Psychology Educational emphasis on the teacher as a person and professional, the characteristics of developing students, of developing the characteristics and professional, the teacher as a person emphasis on to apply the encouraged are strategies. Students and evaluation and discipline, learning, motivation behavior and classroom in solving critical teaching incidents knowledge newly gained psychological problems. exceptionality, including the physically, socially, and emotionally handicapped, and the intellectually and emotionally handicapped, socially, the physically, including exceptionality, are and youth children of the exceptional characteristics psychological The handicapped and gifted. and evaluated. identified used to help them are programs and current investigated, the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise to students. available the supervision of instructor, permission the supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise to students. available the supervision instructor, of community resources, primary prevention programs, and the role of psychologists as agents of social as agents of psychologists and the role primary programs, community resources, prevention change. psychoactive substance use disorders as well as substance-induced organic mental disorders. Several organic mental disorders. as substance-induced as well substance use disorders psychoactive examined during discussion of each disorder. are theories and strategies of psychotherapy least 12 credit hours of PSYC least 12 credit counseling: psychodynamic, behavioral, cognitive, and humanistic. Focus is on individual and group is on individual and humanistic. Focus behavioral, cognitive, counseling: psychodynamic, crisis family and marriage, mental health, cross-cultural, counseling, including school, career, intervention, and consultation. students in psychology) current issues, problems, and controversies in psychology. in psychology. and controversies issues, problems, current and review eq. PTAT 114, 115, eq. PTAT eq. PTAT 202, 212, eq. PTAT Pr Pr The third in a series of three The third The first of three, sequential three, The first of The second in a series of three The second in a series uide to PT Practice G eq. PTAT 112; 3 lec. 6 lab; $ HS 112; 3 lec. eq. PTAT eq. AHNR 104 and PTAT 111; 3 lec. 111; eq. AHNR 104 and PTAT ntroductory experience in clinical I Pr Pr anced anatomy course designed specifically anced anatomy course iscussion of physical dysfunctions commonly v The first of two sequential, rehabilitation Ad anced experience in clinical settings, consisting )D v Ad ntermediate three-week, full-time experience in a ntermediate three-week, eq. PTAT 213, 232; coreq. PTAT 255; 38 clinical; $ HS PTAT 213, 232; coreq. eq. PTAT A full-time three-week intermediate experience in a A full-time three-week I ntroduction to the central and peripheral nervous to ntroduction I Pr eq. PTAT 115; $ HS eq. PTAT Pr eq. PTAT 111 and 113; 1 lec. 4 clinical; $ HS eq. PTAT Pr eq. PTAT 111; $ HS eq. PTAT Pr . eq. PTAT 113 and BIOL 311; 3 lec. 6 lab; $ HS eq. PTAT Pr in Physical Dysfunction (3 in Physical

ysical Therapist Assistant Procedures 2 (5) Therapist Assistant Procedures ysical T. P. Ph 115 113 eq. PTAT 113; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ HS eq. PTAT

Pr AT AT Disability/Wellness Models Disability/Wellness eq. PTAT 113; 3 lec. 6 lab; $ HS eq. PTAT tudents submit case history the clinical experience. from generated report, arious diseases for each major human system. Introduction to the Introduction arious diseases for each major human system. eferred to physical therapy. Includes symptoms, etiology, and medical/therapeutic interventions and medical/therapeutic of symptoms, etiology, Includes to physical therapy. eferred esearch review of locomotion, work and force, body composition, tissue healing, as applied to PT body composition, tissue healing, as applied to force, and of locomotion, work review esearch of clinical setting, during which the student performs previously learned, competent interventionsclinical setting, during which the student performs previously for is the The CPI under the close supervisionpatient care of a licensed physical therapist or assistant. and debriefing. primary seminar lectures performance Includes tool utilized. learned, competent interventionsclinical setting, performing previously supervision under of a as primary the CPI performance tool. evaluation licensed physical therapist or assistant. Utilizes S and 231; 2 lec. 12 clinical; $ HS and 117; 2 lec. 12 clinical; $ HS procedural courses, involving the theory courses, involving procedural agents, application of athermal and thermal and therapeutic pump/compression extremity Jobst TENS, biofeedback, currents, and high frequency such as low collection Data as appropriate. and home care, materials, and diathermy for clinic hazardous therapy, to support documentation safe and legal care. and standard PTAT 214PTAT 3 (10) Clinical Practicum 231PTAT 1 (4) Procedures Rehabilitation systems as they relate to physical therapy. to physical therapy. systems as they relate 202PTAT the theory primarily involving courses, procedural principles of muscle testing and application of 3 (5) Therapist Assistant Procedures Physical interventions to prosthetics, relating study and use of rehabilitative Includes and goniometry. and post-partum conditions for clinic conditions, and pre- orthotics, postural dysfunctions, cardiac documentation to support safe and legal care. collection and standard and home education. Data Pr 212PTAT 1 (4) Clinical Practicum 213PTAT 2 (4) Clinical Practicum PT 116PTAT (1) for PTA Neurology 117PTAT (2) and Seminar Clinical Practicum PTAT 112PTAT massage, body cold, and theory bio-physiology courses. Basic procedural of heat, hydrotherapy, PTA 1 (5) Therapist Assistant Procedures Physical traction. Interventions techniques, patient positioning, and mechanics, burns, isolation in the collection clinic and home. Data of these modalities with simple cases for therapeutic application to support documentation safe and legal care. and standard 6 lab; $ HS PT 114PTAT Anatomy and Kinesiology (5) r v settings in which the student performs learned interventions under close supervision for patient care discussed in seminar topics are assistant. Current of a licensed physical therapist or and direction Competencies, and OH State as the CPI, as well style, including a formal debriefing session, lecture documentation/data collection. for the PTA. Palpation of bone and muscular structures in detail as well as a kinesiological and as a kinesiological as well in detail of bone and muscular structures Palpation for the PTA. r cases and dysfunctions. intervention courses, relating primarily to orthopedic/joint dysfunction. Includes study and applica- intervention primarily to orthopedic/joint dysfunction. Includes courses, relating and flexibility training for clinic and exercises tion of range of motion, balance, and coordination to support documentation safe and legal collection and standard patient home education use. Data care. of two, five-week full-time clinical experiences. Includes complex medical cases in the areas of complex medical cases in the areas experiences. Includes full-time clinical of two, five-week or an ethical, legal, or financial A patient/client case report pediatrics, geriatrics, and rehabilitation. 255) course. Includes seminar (PTAT for the corequisite dilemma is identified and researched tool. evaluative the CPI debriefing and utilizes

264 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE PTAT 112 - PTAT 231 PTAT 232 - RDLT 112 eq. Pr entification Id eq. RDLT 101; eq. RDLT Pr eq. RDLT 104; $ HS 104; $ eq. RDLT Pr COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 265 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE Lectures on the radiobiological Lectures eq. RDLT 102; $ HS eq. RDLT Pr eq. RDLT 201; $ HS eq. RDLT Pr The second of two rehabilitation intervention of two rehabilitation The second esigned as a self assessment of the independent xamination of advanced radiographic techniques xamination of advanced A course designed to acquaint the student with A course designed to acquaint the student of Concentration on radiographic positioning of Concentration on radiographic positioning using Concentration on radiographic procedures 104 with emphasis on Continuation of RDLT on pathologic conditions and A series of lectures D E eq. PTAT 213; coreq. PTAT 214; $ HS PTAT 213; coreq. eq. PTAT eq. RDLT 107 and 113; $ HS eq. RDLT , direct access, outcomes measurement, quality access, outcomes measurement, , direct Pr Pr A study of the fundamentals of matter, electrostatics, A study of the fundamentals of matter, eq. RDLT 105; $ HS eq. RDLT tudents present a case study of a patient treated in their a case study of a patient treated tudents present Pr eq. PTAT 117; $ HS eq. PTAT S Pr eq. PTAT 231; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ HS 231; 3 lec. eq. PTAT Pr The Guide to PT Practice The Guide ysical Therapy Trends and Administrative Procedures (2) Procedures and Administrative Trends Therapy ysical adiologic Technology 6 (3) Technology adiologic eq. RDLT 103 and 111; $ HS eq. RDLT eq. MATH 130, RDLT 102, and 200; $ HS 130, RDLT eq. MATH Ph R Pr Pr eq. RDLT 106; $ HS eq. RDLT 106 Pr 235

T AT edical ethics, medicolegal considerations, elementary fundamentals of radiation protection, ome education and training included, as appropriate. Data collection and standard documentation collection and standard Data included, as appropriate. ome education and training ascular and neurological examination, including analysis of equipment used. ascular and neurological einforce learning and provide the opportunity to apply principles and techniques. and provide learning einforce electrodynamics, magnetism, rectification, production, and properties of x-rays, x-ray tubes, and production, magnetism, rectification, electrodynamics, x-ray circuitry. areas of radiation interactions, radiosensitivity, radiation dose/response relationships, early and late relationships, radiation dose/response radiation interactions, radiosensitivity, of areas and health physics. radiation effects, radiation protection, RDLT 112RDLT (3) Radiobiology and Radiation Protection RDLT 108RDLT in the clinical situation. utilized 8 (2) areas cognitive Technology Radiologic 111RDLT (4) Radiologic Physics RDLT 105RDLT 5 (3) Technology Radiologic RDL 107RDLT 7 (3) Technology Radiologic the goals, philosophies, and organizations of the radiography program and the radiology department. the radiography program the goals, philosophies, and organizations of M covered. of the chest and abdomen are and radiographic positioning radiographic exposure, technology $ HS admission to radiologic program; clinical experiences Selected of theorythe appendicular skeleton with application in the laboratory. r $ HS 103RDLT 3 (3) the axial skeleton with application of theory in the laboratory. Technology Radiologic 104RDLT areas specialized and other pediatric radiography, 4 (3) surgery, contrast media, radiographic practices for Technology Radiologic of radiography. v student participation and case in film evaluation Includes their impact on the radiographic process. studies. RDLT 102RDLT 2 (4) Technology Radiologic Radiologic Technology 101RDLT 1 (4) Technology Radiologic PTAT 255PTAT (2) Seminar PTA PT PTAT 232PTAT 2 (4) Procedures Rehabilitation improvement, time management, and resume production. Special emphasis on establishing and Special production. and resume time management, improvement, maintaining patient data collection. of concepts, techniques, and administrative skills used in the efficient operation of the physical skills used in the efficient operation and administrative of concepts, techniques, of the health care The landscape therapy department stages within a total episode of care. in various systems and care of cost containment strategies, within managed including the function arena, Overviewnetworks. of to support safe and legal care. to support and legal care. safe courses, emphasizing applied conceptual knowledge and technical competency for interventions technical competency and knowledge applied conceptual courses, emphasizing nervous complex cases within the central involving nervous system, peripheral system, and respiratory and traumatic brain injuries, spinal for stroke training rehabilitation progressive are system. Included orthopedics, diabetic, advanced injuries, pediatric conditions, and respiratory dysfunctions. cord H and imaging modalities, quality control, fluoroscopy, image intensifiers, conventional tomography, image intensifiers, conventional fluoroscopy, and imaging modalities, quality control, imaging, ultrasound, resonance magnetic computed tomography, xeroradiography, radiography, stereo of imaging. areas and other specialized PTAT 214 clinical assignments. Specifically, a case history or an ethical, legal, or financial analysis Specifically, 214 clinical assignments. PTAT documentation preparation/ include state board topics Special dilemma is identified and researched. clinical education of and lifelong learning. Debriefing development, testing, job placement/career exit surveying. 214 included, along with PTAT 8 clinical; $ HS etailed presentation D eq. ENGL 115S eq. BIOL 162, 310, or Pr Pr An outgrowth of the purposes An outgrowth eq. RDLT 213; $ HS eq. RDLT eq. RDLT 102; $ HS eq. RDLT Pr Pr eq. RDLT 112 and 201; $ HS 112 and 201; eq. RDLT eq. RDLT 214; $ HS eq. RDLT Pr Pr eq. RDLT 212; $ HS eq. RDLT Pr ncludes discussions of film characteristics, artifacts, of film characteristics, ncludes discussions I Lectures on establishing and manipulating on establishing and Lectures esentation of topics related to the production, esentation of topics related ntroduction to the clinical setting, as well as to the clinical setting, as well ntroduction I ractical application of radiologic technology principles, ractical application of Continuation of RDLT 213 with emphasis on Continuation of RDLT 214 with emphasis on Continuation of RDLT 215 with emphasis on Continuation of RDLT Continuation of RDLT 211 with emphasis on spine Continuation of RDLT 212 with emphasis on Continuation of RDLT Pr P ntroduction to respiratory and ntroduction therapy as a profession This lab-oriented course is designed to introduce This lab-oriented course is designed to introduce I vides knowledge and basic skills necessary of the vides knowledge for care eq. admission to respiratory therapy program; 2 lec. 3 lab; $ HS program; therapy eq. admission to respiratory o eq. RDLT 104; $ HS eq. RDLT Pr Pr Pr eq. RDLT 215; $ HS eq. RDLT Pr eq. RDLT 211; $ HS eq. RDLT Pr eq. RPTT102; 3 lec. 3 lab; $ HS 101 and eq. admission to respiratory therapy program; $ HS program; therapy eq. admission to respiratory Pr diopulmonary/Renal Anatomy and Physiology (5) diopulmonary/Renal Anatomy and Physiology Pr r diographic Processing (2) Processing diographic Ca Ra 1 (2) Clinical Experience 113 211 102 T T T eq. RDLT 101; $ HS eq. RDLT OCI 485S (4) Involvement on Community Reflections patient. Includes medical and professional ethics, medical terminology, and interpersonal relationships. terminology, ethics, medical and professional medical patient. Includes Pr gastrointestinal, portable, bonework examinations. gastrointestinal, and advanced radiographic examinations. and advanced surgery, headwork, modalities. imaging advanced and skull examinations. examinations. and gastrointestinal biliary, urographic, handling, and administration of medical gases, including humidity and aerosol therapy, medical gas therapy, handling, and administration of medical gases, including humidity and aerosol for their administration, and the indications, contraindications, and equipment required therapy, of their use. hazards students to human anatomy displayed in sections. Emphasis is on anatomical structures visualized in visualized structures is on anatomical in sections. Emphasis students to human anatomy displayed imaging, and ultrasonography. magnetic resonance computed tomography, RPT RPTT 110Therapy (4) Gas Medical RPTT 115 1 (1) Clinical Application RDLT 312RDLT Anatomy (3) Sectional instructor permission;lab 2 lec. 2 Involvement on Community Reflections R Therapy Respiratory RPTT 101 (3) Care Patient Basic RDLT 212RDLT 2 (3) Clinical Experience 213RDLT 3 (3) Clinical Experience 214RDLT 4 (3) Clinical Experience 215RDLT 5 (3) Clinical Experience 216RDLT 6 (4) Clinical Experience RDL 200RDLT (3) Care Patient 201RDLT (4) Radiographic Exposure RDL and objectives of the University. The series of activities integral to the community involvement course The series of activities integral to the community involvement of the University. and objectives on reflection and promotes the senior seminar, enhances the education of the student, complements obligation to human beings in need and society at large. the student’s instruction in running EKGs, processing of equipment, body mechanics, and patient transfers, as well of equipment, body mechanics, processing instruction in running EKGs, an opportunity to practice the skills and techniques learned in RPTT 101. as providing of the anatomy and physiology of the pulmonary, cardiac, and renal systems. Topics include basic Topics systems. and renal cardiac, of the anatomy and physiology of the pulmonary, and function, system interactions, and basic pathophysiology with emphasis on the structure pulmonary system. to basic clinical assessment and care of patients. Professional duties and responsibilities, ethics and duties and responsibilities, of patients. Professional to basic clinical assessment and care keeping, patient monitoring, pul- skills (patient assessment, record and basic patient care liability, included. monary techniques) are care radiographic exposure factors and on the proper utilization of accessory and on the proper factors radiographic exposure such as grids, devices as well quality, image overall limitation devices. Concentration is on and beam intensifying screens, exposure. as factors affecting patient positioning, and techniques with emphasis on upper and lower extremity examinations in the radiology examinations in the extremity with emphasis on upper and lower positioning, and techniques film critique sessions. departments of affiliate hospitals. Includes film storage and handling, processing room design and function, methods, principles and chemistry methods, principles design and function, room and handling, processing film storage and quality control. reclamation, systems, silver of processing

266 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE RDLT 113 - RPTT 115 RPTT 120 - RPTT 215 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 267 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE tudy of the care and tudy of the care S tudy of the pathology, tudy of advanced techniques tudy of advanced S eq. RPTT 101, 110, and 115; S Pr tudy of the therapeutic and S eq. RPTT 101, 110, and 115; $ HS Pr tudy of the techniques for collecting and S tudy of the methods used for testing the S eq. RPTT 120, 121, 125, 131, and 200; $ HS eq. RPTT 120, 121, 125, 131, and 200; $ HS eq. RPTT clinical; 130, 132, 133, and 135; 16 Pr Pr Pr eq. RPTT205; $ HS 201 and Pr Laboratory in practice of the skills discussed Continuation of RPTT on the 205, with emphasis Continuation of RPTT 125, with emphasis on Continuation of RPTT on the 135 with emphasis Continuation of RPTT 115, with emphasis on the eq. RPTT $ HS 101, 110, and 115; 1 lec. 3 lab; eq. RPTT 120, 121, 125, 131, and 200; $ HS A study of artificial airways, airway obstruction, and eq. RPTT205; $ HS 201 and etailed discussion of respiratoryetailed discussion techniques therapy Pr eq. RPTT 101, 110, and 115; $ HS Pr D Pr Pr tudy of the etiology, diagnosis, pathophysiology, and diagnosis, pathophysiology, tudy of the etiology, S tudy of the general principles of pharmacology, including tudy of the general principles of pharmacology, S tudy of the assessment, monitoring, and treatment of the tudy of the assessment, monitoring, and treatment S eq. RPTT205; $ HS 201 and Pr eq. RPTT 120, 121, 125, 131, and 200; $ HS Pr eq. RPTT 125, 131, and 200; $ HS 120, 121, Pr eq. RPTT205; $ HS 201 and Pr ug groups related to respiratory care are emphasized, including bronchodilators, wetting agents, wetting including bronchodilators, emphasized, are respiratory to care related ug groups eq. RPTT $ HS 101, 110, and 115; 3 lec. 3 lab; eq. RPTT 130, 132, 133, and 135; 5 lec. 3 lab; $ HS elated diseases. acutely ill and traumatized patient. acutely ill and traumatized RPTT 215 5 (3) Clinical Application RPTT 210 (4) Care Critical RPTT 211 Assessment (1) Cardiopulmonary Advanced RPTT 212 (1) Care and Home Rehabilitation Pulmonary RPTT 205 4 (2) Clinical Application RPTT 201 (6) Ventilation Continuous Mechanical RPTT 202 (3) Pathophysiology for the monitoring of cardiopulmonary function. RPTT 135 3 (2) Clinical Application RPTT 200 (3) Pharmacology RPTT 132 (1) Base Gases/Acid Arterial Blood RPTT 133 (1) Laboratory Procedures RPTT 130 (4) Respiratory Care Neonatal and Pediatric RPTT 131 (3) Testing Function Pulmonary RPTT 121 Airway (2) Management RPTT 125 2 (1) Clinical Application RPTT 120 (4) Care Perioperative management of patients receiving pulmonary rehabilitation or home care. Topics include patient Topics pulmonary or home care. management of patients receiving rehabilitation assessment, regulatory implications, and design, progress program selection, education, follow-up, equipment. drug and regulation. types, methods of administration, dosage, effects, indications, contraindications, Dr and corticosteroids. mucolytics, antibiotics, muscle relaxants, used before and after surgery to minimize complications. Topics include respiratory include pharmacology, Topics after surgery and used before complications. minimize to breathing. bronchopulmonary pressure drainage, and intermittent positive spirometry, incentive Pr include design, selection, and insertion of artificial airways Topics the lungs. defense mechanisms of of the lungs. mechanisms as protective as well skills and techniques learned in RPTT 201. those skills developed in RPTTthose skills developed 131, 132, and 133. courses. skills and techniques learned in prerequisite $ HS application of skills and techniques learned in RPTTapplication of skills and and 121. 120 8 clinical; $ HS treatment of some of the most commonly encountered cardiopulmonary diseases. Topics include Topics cardiopulmonary diseases. of some of the most commonly encountered treatment obstructive pulmonary pleural, occupational, and cardiac chronic diseases and common restrictive, r diagnostic techniques used for patients receiving mechanical ventilatory support. Topics include the include Topics mechanical ventilatorydiagnostic techniques used for patients receiving support. maintenance of of mechanical ventilation, indications and hazards for ventilators, selection process ventilatorypatients, respiratory patients from of and hemodynamic monitoring, and weaning support. Pr RPTT 131 and 132. pathophysiology, diagnosis, and treatment of diseases of the newborn and pediatric patient. Topics of the newborn of diseases and pediatric patient. diagnosis, and treatment pathophysiology, respiratory anatomy and physiology and specific and comparative care include developmental for these age groups. considerations required function of the lungs. Topics include the indications and standards for testing, equipment used, for testing, equipment include the indications and standards Topics function of the lungs. systems. and quality control interpretation, analyzing arterial blood samples and detailed discussion of the interpretation of results. Emphasis on Emphasis of results. analyzing arterial blood samples and detailed discussion of the interpretation balance and regulation. acid-base, fluid, and electrolyte eq. Pr eq. Pr eq. SOCI 101 Pr eq. RPTT 115, 125, 135, eq. SOCI 101 Pr Pr ehavior of the individual as influenced B Overview of the field of social welfare: ndividual or small-group study, under the study, ndividual or small-group I ntroduces students to the profession of to the profession students ntroduces I tudies the nature of human society and factors tudies the nature S An overview of major perspectives on social An overview of major perspectives eq. SOCI 201 or 204 eparate courses repeatable for credit on topics not for credit eparate courses repeatable Continuation of RPTT 215 with emphasis on skills Pr ocuses on the socio-cultural dynamics involved in ocuses on the socio-cultural dynamics involved ocial work theory, methodology, and application. methodology, theory, ocial work S F S arious aspects of aging are examined with special arious aspects of aging are xamines the history, methods, and context of work. xamines the history, xamines the major institutions: family, economy, economy, xamines the major institutions: family, V E E cological and nonecological theories are used to study used to cological and nonecological theories are An in-depth view of the current status of human sexuality An in-depth view of the current E esigned to provide final curricular preparation for graduation. for curricular preparation final provide esigned to D Coreq. RPTT$ HS 225; Coreq. eq. SOCI 101 Pr oduction to Social Psychology (4) Psychology oduction to Social eq. PSYC 101 or SOCI 101 Pr other individuals, social groups, and culture. Examines group dynamics, leadership, attitude, and dynamics, leadership, group Examines and culture. other individuals, social groups,

mphasis on the sociological perspectives of work, industry, and occupations. The future of the The future and occupations. industry, of work, mphasis on the sociological perspectives oles in the family, occupational stereotypes, and the changing nature of sex roles. of sex roles. and the changing nature occupational stereotypes, oles in the family, elationship, interviewing,elationship, and problem-solving. eligion, government, and health and medicine. Other important areas of study include populations important and health and medicine. Other areas eligion, government, ncludes oral case presentation, program assessment, systematic content review, and a comprehensive, review, systematic content assessment, program case presentation, ncludes oral the socialization process. Examines differential expectations, male and female identity formation, sex differential Examines the socialization process. r problems and their relevance in contemporary life. Topics include poverty, sexism, racism, aging, include poverty, Topics in contemporary relevance and their life. problems world. and colonialism in the third alienation, crime, human ecology, Areas of study include theory data collection, client-worker design, Areas and concept formation, research r SOCI 101 emphasis on theories of aging, demographics, physical, psychological, and sociological aspects of the physical, psychological, emphasis on theories of aging, demographics, aging process. supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise of to students. available supervision of instructor, SOCI 305 (4) Practice Work Social SOCI 307 (4) Work of Sociology SOCI 310 (4) Socialization Gender SOCI 311(4) Sexuality Human SOCI 224 (4) Sociology Urban SOCI 234 of Aging Sociology (4) SOCI 299 (1-4) in Sociology Topics SOCI 303 Intr SOCI 199 (1-4) in Sociology Topics Special SOCI 201 (4) Welfare to Social Introduction SOCI 204 (4) Work to Social Introduction SOCI 205 (4) Problems Social Current SOCI 206 (4) Institutions Social RPTT 220 (4) Seminar RPTT 225 6 (8) Clinical Application Sociology SOCI 101 (4) to Sociology Introduction r social systems, and social change. behavior, collective and urbanization, the natural environment, social work. Includes an overview of the historical development of social work as a profession; social as a profession; of social work an overview of the historical development Includes social work. and communities; and theorywith individuals, groups, practices work and practice of social work. fundamental concepts and services social policies, historical development. social welfare, in and knowledge developed in RPTT developed 210, 211, 212, and 213. 130, 201, and knowledge behavior, organizations, collective groups, concepts of culture, including affecting its development, majors. course for all social science and institutions. Required 205, and 215; $ HS E is examined. workplace by conflict. group in the U.S. Examines current research; modes of sexual expression and enhancement; physiological, of sexual expression modes research; current in the U.S. Examines and sex ethics. basis of human sexuality; sexual variations; sociological, and psychological SOCI 101 otherwise to students. available the processes of urbanization and the involvements and problems of the urban community. and problems urbanization and the involvements of the processes I student evaluation. cumulative

268 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE RPTT 220 - SOCI 311 SOCI 312 - SOCI 444 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 269 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE eq. SOCI 101 Pr vides preservice teachers eq. SOCI 101 o Pr Pr eq. SOCI 101 Pr asic approaches are used to analyze are asic approaches B eq. SOCI 101 or by permissioneq. SOCI 101 or by eq. admission to licensure program, eq. admission to licensure Controlled experience in a social work experience Controlled eq. SOCI 101 Pr Pr Pr ndividual or small-group study, under the under study, ndividual or small-group I istorical perspective for understanding American istorical perspective ociological analysis of complex organizations. ntensive study of Appalachia from sociological from Appalachia study of ntensive I S Analysis of small-group structure and processes; structure Analysis of small-group H eq. SOCI 204 and 305 eneral theories concerning the place of religion in of religion concerning the place eneral theories G ntroduction to the fascinating and complex concept to the fascinating and complex ntroduction Overview which includes scientific method, Pr ocuses on the growth of technology in the U.S. ocuses on the growth I F Analyzes stratification in the U.S. and other societies, stratification Analyzes eq. SOCI 101 xamination of the concept of deviance in sociology and E Pr A study of major classical and contemporary sociological eq. SOCI 101 Pr eq. SOCI 101 Pr eq. SOCI 101 eq. SOCI 101 Pr eq. SOCI 101 Pr Pr eq. SOCI 101 mphasizes the social organization of industry, life in the work place, and the organizational culture. life in the work the social organization of industry, mphasizes opics include theories, types of organizations, organizational change and conflict, and research in organizational change and conflict, and research opics include theories, types of organizations, elationships, sexuality, family dysfunctions, and changes. family dysfunctions, and elationships, sexuality, E Pr social processes. Religion and its place in the modern world, secularization, fundamentalism, new fundamentalism, world, secularization, its place in the modern and Religion social processes. work and education. Durkheim’s politics, gender, to class, ethnicity, in relation religion movements; process and the rationalization on religion work Weber’s and order as the basis of social on religion emphasized. are measurement, experimentations, survey research, observational experimentations, survey methods, case study techniques, and measurement, research, content analysis. theories and their exponents. with essential experiences in theory and practice for teaching social studies students, ages 12 through needs, and learning management, differentiated strategies and design, classroom 21. Instructional in field and clinical practice. addressed implementation are EDAE 385, social studies education core; coreq. EDAE 400 and 485 coreq. EDAE 385, social studies education core; focusing on income and wealth, role of family and education on social mobility, and inequality and of family and education on social mobility, role focusing on income and wealth, influence of social class on public policy. perspective. Emphasizes demography of Appalachia, sub-cultural characteristics, religion, arts and sub-cultural characteristics, religion, demography of Appalachia, Emphasizes perspective. in Appalachia. crafts, social change, and community power family systems. Of central concern are the contemporary the central concern are and context, family family systems. Of marriage process r topics not otherwise of to students. available supervision of instructor, SOCI 444 (4) Deviance Social SOCI 435 7-12 (4) in Grades Studies Social Teaching SOCI 425 (4) Sociology Industrial SOCI 429 (4) Contemporary Relations Minority SOCI 403 (4) Work in Social Experience Field SOCI 410 (4) Stratification Social SOCI 380 (4) Methods Sociological SOCI 399 (1-4) in Sociology Topics Special SOCI 400 (4) Complex Organizations SOCI 330Theory (4) Social SOCI 340 (4) of Appalachia Sociology SOCI 325 (4) of the Family Sociology SOCI 326 Dynamics (4) Group Small SOCI 320 (4) of Culture Sociology SOCI 312 (4) of Religion Sociology T organizations. examination of roles, interpersonal relations, and leadership; and current theory on and leadership; and current and research interpersonal relations, examination of roles, interaction. small group American minority groups and their contemporary situation. Special emphasis is placed on patterns and their contemporaryAmerican minority groups Special situation. relations. as the dynamics of race and discrimination as well of prejudice of culture, which is shown to vary in complexity, inventiveness, cohesion, and totality. Various Various cohesion, and totality. inventiveness, to vary in complexity, which is shown of culture, with history, over has developed culture how reveals This course explored. are theories of culture and the postmodern world. special emphasis on industrialization setting supervised by a qualified professional in an established agency. Designed to expose students Designed setting supervised in an established agency. a qualified professional by learning. conditions and ‘‘hands-on’’ to realistic its implications for the study of contemporary social behavior. How people develop a concept of people develop How its implications for the study of contemporary social behavior. topics include mental illness, others and act on this definition. Possible from some being different of deviance. and subcultures crime, sexual deviance, nonconformity, eq. Pr eq. native Pr eq. SPAN 111; $ H eq. SPAN 112; $ H eq. SPAN eq. SPAN 211 or eq. SPAN eq. SPAN 113 or eq. SPAN Pr Pr Pr Pr rinciples of public P ociological analysis of ociological S eq. SPAN 213 or fluency in eq. SPAN Pr echniques of oral interpretation and echniques of oral interpretation T A follow-up to SPAN 213 with special to SPAN A follow-up An analysis of nontraditional religions, An analysis of nontraditional ntroduction to the methods and concerns ntroduction tudy of various topics not otherwisetudy of various ndividual or small-group study, under the study, ndividual or small-group I I S elopment of comprehension, speaking, reading, elopment of comprehension, ffers selected readings in Hispanic issues and in Hispanic ffers selected readings mphasizes the ability to read with detailed to read the ability mphasizes v eq. SOCI 101 O 211. Continuation of SPAN E Pr De Continuation of SPAN 111. Continuation of SPAN 112. Continuation of SPAN tudy of structure and internal dynamics of small groups, tudy of structure esigned for native speakers of Spanish or nonnative speakers of Spanish esigned for native S D $ H lementary Spanish 2 (4) lementary Spanish 3 (4) lementary Spanish E E eq. SOCI 101 Pr 112 113 AN AN equent participation discussion activities. in group panish communicative skills panish communicative S SPAN 212 or instructor’s approval; $ H approval; 212 or instructor’s SPAN nature and functions of leadership and group participation, solving and decision making. and functions of leadership and group and problem nature Fr emphasis on oral proficiency and applied grammatical concepts. In preparation to reading and writing, to reading preparation applied grammatical concepts. In and emphasis on oral proficiency contemporarystimulate discussion. used to videos and films are supervision of instructor, of topics not otherwise repeatable courses to students. Separate available supervision of instructor, for credit. Speech SPCH 103 Communication (3) and Human Speaking Public SPCH 215(4) Discussion Group SPCH 220 (4) of Literature Interpretation Oral SPCH 299 (1-4) in Communications Topics SPAN 212SPAN 2 (4) Spanish Intermediate 213SPAN 3 (4) Spanish Intermediate 311SPAN (4) Composition and Conversation 399SPAN (1-4) Topics Special Spanish 111SPAN 1 (4) Elementary Spanish SP SP 211SPAN 1 (4) Spanish Intermediate SOCI 450 (4) and Professions of Occupations Sociology SOCI 499 (1-4) in Sociology Topics Special Social Sciences SOSC 110S (4) Science of Social Foundations SOSC 370 (4) and Cults Religions Alternative instructor’s approval; $ H approval; instructor’s understanding, creative and accurate use of vocabulary items, use of subordinate structures in oral structures and accurate use of vocabulary use of subordinate items, understanding, creative in writing using complex sentence structures. communication, and the ability to communicate literature to continue the development of communicative skills. Lab required. skills. Lab required. of communicative to continue the development literature 2-3 years of high school Spanish; $ H school Spanish; of high 2-3 years speaking and practice in presenting informative and persuasive speeches with emphasis on the and persuasive informative speaking and practice in presenting human communication process. contemporary in the workplace, in the U.S., social stratifications and professions occupations and the individual in the workplace. technology, of social science. Studies perspectives of anthropology, economics, history, geography, political science, geography, economics, history, of anthropology, perspectives of social science. Studies to specific themes or topics. as related and sociology psychology, development of adequate intellectual and emotional responsiveness to meaning of literature. to meaning of literature. of adequate intellectual and emotional responsiveness development their histories, beliefs, and ethics. Apocalyptic, racist, eastern, Magickal, Neo-Pagan, Satanic, UFO, Satanic, Neo-Pagan, racist, eastern, Magickal, their histories, beliefs, and ethics. Apocalyptic, examined. and sexual cults are speakers who have acquired communicative skills in the language. The course analyzes the work of the work The course analyzes skills in the language. communicative acquired speakers who have writers in the U.S. contemporary as Hispano-American Latin-American writers, as well for credit. to students. Repeatable available speaker fluency in communicative skills (listening, speaking, reading, and writing) skills (listening, speaking, reading, speaker fluency in communicative and writing skills in a cultural context. Basic grammar. Lab required. Initial course of three-quarter, Initial Lab required. grammar. and writing skills in a cultural context. Basic sequence. first-year

270 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE SOCI 450 - SPCH 299 SSAT 220 - SSAT 398 $ Ed tudy S tudy of tudy of S S COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 271 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE eq. HPER 320 and eq. HPER Pr Theory and therapeutic tudy of principles and procedures of tudy of principles and procedures tudy of strapping and taping tech- tudy of strapping and tudy of the principles and procedures tudy of the principles ntroduces the profession of athletic the profession ntroduces S pplication of theories and techniques S S I Continuation of SSAT 397. Further Continuation of SSAT A 396. Further Continuation of SSAT eq. SSAT 397 and admission to the athletic eq. SSAT eq. SSAT 396 and admission to the athletic eq. SSAT tudy of modern health concerns of today’s Pr Pr S eq. SSAT 220 and 222; $ Ed eq. SSAT Pr vides information and practical experience dealing with vides information and practical experience o Pr eq. HPER 320, 322, and admission to the athletic training program 320, 322, and admission to the athletic training eq. HPER Pr evention and Assessment of Head, Neck, and Spinal Injuries (4) Injuries and Spinal Neck, and Assessment of Head, evention Pr eq. sophomore rank eq. sophomore eq. HPER 220 and acceptance into athletic training program into athletic training 220 and acceptance eq. HPER eq. HPER 222 and acceptance into athletic training program; $ Ed program; into athletic training 222 and acceptance eq. HPER Pr Pr Pr 324 T T 224 Laboratory (2) and Splinting Bracing eq. HPER 320 and acceptance into athletic training program 320 and acceptance into athletic training eq. HPER ational Athletic Trainers Association and the State of Ohio Athletic Trainers Licensing Board. This Licensing Board. Trainers Athletic of Ohio Association and the State Trainers ational Athletic acceptance into athletic training program acceptance into athletic training training program training training program training hemorrhaging, traumatic shock wounds, respiratory failure, serious illnesses, transportationhemorrhaging, traumatic shock wounds, respiratory of the failure, bones, hypothermia, specific of broken splinting cardiopulmonary resuscitation, sick and injured, certified in CPR and first aid are illnesses. Students injuries, choke-saving, poisoning, burns, heat Cross. the American Red adult) through (infant through training, the roles and functions of the certified athletic trainer, and standards of practice of the standards and certified and functions of the training, the roles athletic trainer, N opportunitieswell for athletic training as and employment the educational preparation course covers of athletic injuries. and rehabilitation treatment, assessment, the prevention, as the foundations of application of modalities such as cryotherapy, thermotherapy, low and high volt electrical currents, and high volt low thermotherapy, application of modalities such as cryotherapy, of athletic injuries. traction, and massage in the rehabilitation intermittent compression, diathermy, Pr therapeutic exercises. Topics include muscle testing, goniometry, flexibility, and progressive resistance progressive and flexibility, testing, goniometry, include muscle Topics therapeutic exercises. of common injuries occurring in athletics. in the rehabilitation exercises techniques in prevention, assessment, and management of common upper extremity injuries in assessment, and management of common upper extremity techniques in prevention, athletics. SSAT 397SSAT (3) Training 2 in Athletic Practicum 398SSAT (3) Training 3 in Athletic Practicum SSAT 396SSAT (3) Training 1 in Athletic Practicum SSAT 325SSAT (4) Injuries of Athletic Rehabilitation 326SSAT (4) in Sportsmedicine Therapeutic Modalities SSAT 320SSAT (3) Injuries Extremity Assessment and Upper of Prevention 322SSAT (4) Injuries Extremity Assessment and Lower of Prevention SSA SSAT 310SSAT (4) Maintenance Health Athlete SSA 227SSAT Aid (4) First SSAT 220SSAT (3) Training to Athletic Introduction 222SSAT Laboratory (2) and Strapping Taping Athletic Training Athletic of applying various bracing and splinting materials to the physically active population. Topics include Topics population. the physically active bracing and splinting materials to of applying various construction orthotics of equipment commonly and orthopedic and fitting of protective appliances training. used in the field of athletic physically active population. Focus is on drug use/misuse, ergogenic aids, sports nutrition, and eating population. Focus physically active disorders. application of theories and techniques of athletic training in a variety of on campus clinical settings. application of theories and techniques of athletic training in a variety and techniques, and periods focus on the discussion of case studies, special procedures Classroom clinical experiences. the students’ solving from problem of athletic training in a variety of on campus clinical settings. Classroom periods focus on the of on campus clinical settings. Classroom of athletic training in a variety the students’ solving from problem and techniques, and discussion of case studies, special procedures clinical experiences. application of theories and techniques of athletic training in a variety of on campus clinical settings. application of theories and techniques of athletic training in a variety and techniques, and periods focus on the discussion of case studies, special procedures Classroom clinical experiences. the students’ solving from problem niques, and fitting of protective equipment commonly used in athletics or for the physically active. used in athletics or for the physically active. equipment commonly niques, and fitting of protective of techniques in evaluating, preventing, and managing athletic injuries to the head, neck, and spine. and managing athletic injuries to the preventing, of techniques in evaluating, techniques in evaluating, preventing, and managing common lower body injuries and illnesses in and managing common lower preventing, techniques in evaluating, athletics. tudy of S eq. SSFD 440 Pr eq. completion of all eq. completion of all eq. completion of all Pr Pr Pr eq. SSFD 450 and senior rank ractical experience in off-campus Pr P tudy of nutrients, nutritional diets, emonstration of various forms of emonstration of various eq. BIOL 162, 310, 320, SSAT 420, eq. BIOL 162, 310, 320, SSAT A study of the theory and application S tudy of standards, policies, and policies, tudy of standards, D Pr S Level III Fieldwork. 11 weeks of 11 weeks III Fieldwork. Level Level III Fieldwork. 12 weeks of 12 weeks III Fieldwork. Level of 11 weeks III Fieldwork. Level esents scientific information concerning asic rules of and fundamentals for each Pr B tudy of the physiological response of the cardio- of physiological response tudy of the S A study of the application of exercise prescription for prescription A study of the application of exercise eq. SSAT 222 eq. SSAT Pr eq. BIOL 162, 310, and 311 eq. BIOL 162, 310, and ascular, respiratory, endocrine, neural, and muscular systems in the human body during exercise. systems in the human and muscular endocrine, neural, respiratory, ascular, the need for physical activity and a personal fitness prescription. Provides background information background Provides fitness prescription. the need for physical activity and a personal out a lifetime fitness to work how step-by-step shown are partson the eleven of fitness. Students their needs and interests. that meets program athletic training program level I and II level program athletic training competencies I and II level program athletic training competencies I and II level program athletic training competencies Health, Education, Physical and Recreation 100SSPE (1) Concert Dance: and Recreational 103SSPE (2) Nutrition to Human Introduction SSPE (1) Activities Education Physical SSPE 104 105SSPE Tennis Table Beginning 106SSPE Archery 1 Beginning Ballet SSFD 261 (2) Fitness of Personal Principles SSFD 440 (4) Prescription Exercise SSFD 450 of physical activity. in the evaluation testing and measurement of graded exercise (4) and Measurement Testing Exercise SSFD 490 (12) Development in Fitness Internship SSAT 497SSAT 4 (3) Training Athletic in Practicum 498SSAT 4 (3) Training Athletic in Practicum Sports Fitness Development Studies SSAT 420SSAT (4) of Exercise Physiology 422SSAT (4) Injuries and Assessment of Non-Orthopedic Prevention 428SSAT (4) Administration Training Athletic 496SSAT 4 (3) Training in Athletic Practicum supervised practice clinical a hospital based, physician office, or private in-depth field experience in includes a combination of assessment Summative on site 20 hours each week. are setting. Students the on-site clinical supervisor. performance by checklists and evaluations supervised clinical practice office, or private field experience in a hospital based, physician in-depth of assessment includes a combination Summative on site 20 hours each week. are setting. Students on-site clinical supervisor. the performance by and evaluations checklists supervised practice clinical a hospital based, physician office, or private in-depth field experience in includes a combination of assessment Summative on site 20 hours each week. are setting. Students the on-site clinical supervisor. performance by checklists and evaluations the following activities. Special emphasis on strategies, team, and individual play. An appreciation of An appreciation emphasis on strategies, team, and individual play. activities. Special the following into later life. All courses graded on pass/no-credit to carryeach of the activities is developed over basis only. v Pr of an athletic training program. in the organization and administration procedures individuals varying fitness levels. in age, physique, and initial and SSFD 261 dance and appreciation of their development. dance and appreciation health. of nutrition in promoting deficiencies, and the role health club or fitness center under direct supervisionhealth club or fitness center under direct of certified personal fitness trainer or exercise 200 hours per quarter. 20 hours per week, physiologist. Requires techniques in prevention, assessment, and management of common non-orthopedic assessment, and injuries and techniques in prevention, illnesses in athletics.

272 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE SSAT 420 - SSPE 106 SSPE 107 - SSPE 203 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 273 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE undamentals, practices, and F A study of nutrients, including sources, composition, A study of nutrients, including sources, appreciation of healthful living. Course addresses health, nutrition, and safety issues from early health, nutrition, and safety issues from of healthful living. Course addresses appreciation the lifespan. of healthy lifestyle choices across on promotion adulthood. Emphasis childhood through SSPE 203SSPE (4) Nutrition Human SSPE 107SSPE 111SSPE 2 Ballet Beginning 113SSPE Basketball 115SSPE Billiards 116SSPE Bowling 117SSPE Gymnastics 119SSPE $ Ed Volleyball 120SSPE $ Ed Walleyball 121SSPE Golf Beginning 122SSPE Golf Intermediate 124SSPE Handball 125SSPE $ Ed Softball 130SSPE $ Ed Soccer 131SSPE Beginning Racquetball 132SSPE Racquetball Intermediate 140SSPE Racquetball Advanced 141SSPE Tennis Beginning 142SSPE Tennis Intermediate 149SSPE Tennis Advanced 150SSPE Badminton 151SSPE Swimming 152SSPE Swimming Intermediate 153SSPE Life Saving 154SSPE Life Saving Advanced 155SSPE Training Life Guard 156SSPE Swimming Advanced 157SSPE Swimming Fitness 158SSPE Aqua-Aerobics 159SSPE Diving 160SSPE Volleyball Water 161SSPE Aerobics 162SSPE Yoga 163SSPE Yoga Advanced 165SSPE Dance Modern 170SSPE Beginning Gymnastics 171SSPE Karate 172SSPE Judo 180SSPE Defense Self 181SSPE Jogging 182SSPE Skiing 183SSPE Orienteering 184SSPE Climbing Rock 185SSPE Caving 186SSPE Backpacking SSPE 187 Cycling Road SSPE 188 1 Training Conditioning and Weight 189SSPE 2 Training Conditioning and Weight 190SSPE Riding Horseback 191SSPE Beginning Scuba 197SSPE Water Scuba—Open 202SSPE Canoeing the Lifespan (4) Across and Nutrition Health function, and metabolism in the human body. The human life cycle is considered in planning is considered The human life cycle function, and metabolism in the human body. diets. appropriate esume writing, job esume writing, R rganizing and administering a O upervised experience while work eq. permission of instructor S An introduction to the various An introduction Pr ules, mechanics, and procedures in procedures ules, mechanics, and ules, mechanics, and procedures in ules, mechanics, and procedures R R ules, mechanics, and procedures in procedures ules, mechanics, and ules, mechanics, and procedures in ules, mechanics, and procedures R R ntroduction to high school interscholastic to ntroduction I An in-depth study of alcohol, tobacco, and other A presentation of sports and assessments programs A presentation Theory of skills, of coaching basketball. Analysis Theory Analysis of skills, of coaching volleyball. Theory of skills, of coaching football. Analysis tudy, observation, and research in selected physical observation, and research tudy, Theory of coaching softball. Analysis of skills, strategies, S xploration of opportunities, controversies, organization, xploration of opportunities, controversies, Theory of coaching track. Analysis of skills, strategies, E tudy, under the supervision of instructor, of topics not under the supervision of instructor, tudy, )S eq. permission of instructor Pr Coaching of Softball (2) Coaching of Softball eq. senior rank or permission; 1 lec. 1 lab eq. senior rank eq. education and sports studies majors Pr Pr 344 E drugs and how chemical dependency on these drugsdrugs can affect individual performance and how and behavior. that can be made available to the disabled. How to organize and administer such sporting as to organize events to the disabled. How that can be made available track and field, softball, and tennis. bowling, competing aquatics, wheelchair basketball, archery, strategies, methods, duties, and responsibilities. strategies, methods, duties, and responsibilities. program of intramural sports for all age levels. Designed especially for elementary sports of intramural Designed program for all age levels. and secondary teachers. otherwise to students. available strategies, methods, duties, and responsibilities. methods, duties, and responsibilities. application, interviewing, contact follow-up, letter writing, job hunting strategies, and potential strategies, and letter writing, job hunting interviewing,application, follow-up, contact employers. aspects of athletics, intramural, and recreation administration. aspects of athletics, intramural, and recreation SSP 352SSPE (3) the Disabled for Sports 360SSPE (4) Abuse Drugs/Substance 495SSPE (1-4 Topics Special Sports Management SSSM 201 (3) Management to Sports Introduction SSPE 295SSPE (2) Study Independent 340SSPE (2) Volleyball Coaching of 341SSPE (2) Coaching of Basketball 342SSPE (2) Coaching of Football 343SSPE (2) Track Coaching of SSPE 241SSPE (3) Officiating—Baseball Athletic 242SSPE (3) Officiating—Volleyball Athletic 245SSPE to Coaching (2) Introduction 252SSPE (3) and Sports Youth 281SSPE (4) Athletics of Intramural Administration SSPE 235SSPE (1) Industry Employment to Sport Orientation 236SSPE Industry (2-6) in Sport Experience Field 239SSPE (3) Officiating—Football Athletic 240SSPE (3) Officiating—Basketball Athletic officiating. Practice under actual game conditions. State certification upon successful completion of State under actual game conditions. officiating. Practice state examination. OHSSA fee for certification and books. methods, duties, and responsibilities. officiating. Practice under actual game conditions. State certification upon successful completion of actual game conditions. State under officiating. Practice fee for certificationstate examination. OHSSA and books. athletics, including history, structures, job opportunities, structures, and contemporary programs. athletics, including history, officiating. Practice under actual game conditions. State certification upon successful completion of actual game conditions. State under officiating. Practice fee for certificationstate examination. OHSSA and books. officiating. Practice under actual game conditions. State certification upon successful completion of State under actual game conditions. officiating. Practice state examination. OHSSA fee for certification and books. gaining skills and knowledge of various aspects of the sports of various industry. gaining skills and knowledge safety, values, rules, leadership, benefits, and settings of youth sports benefits, and settings of youth programs. rules, values, leadership, safety, education fields. Under the direction of HPER faculty member. faculty member. of HPER the direction education fields. Under

274 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE SSPE 235 - SSSM 201 SSSM 228 - THAR 135 eq. eq. Pr Pr COURSE DESCRIPTIONS — 275 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE eq. SSSM 201, BUMK Pr eq. sophomore rank or above rank eq. sophomore Pr An advanced study of the facilities study An advanced eq. senior rank and faculty approval eq. senior rank Pr rinciples, techniques, and practice in the ey of the legal framework of the athletic P esigned to provide information concerning information provide esigned to rv ey of development of theater from classical of theater from ey of development D Su rv dentification and discussion of ethical conduct dentification and discussion I Su ffers students the opportunity to learn correct prin- ffers students the opportunity to learn correct A survey of the recreational aquatics environment. A survey recreational of the O esigned to investigate the role physical education and the role esigned to investigate D An advanced study of sports study strategies for the An advanced marketing 2 lec. 1 lab; $ FA ent Management (4) ent Management eq. SSSM 228 and sophomore rank eq. SSSM 228 and sophomore $ FA ractical training in general operation of recreational setting. ractical training in general operation of recreational upervised field experience at an off-campus sport organization. Pr ntroductory supervised studio practice in theatrical production. Ev P I S eq. SSSM 368, 390, 392, and senior rank Pr $ FA ay be repeated up to 8 credit hours. up to 8 credit ay be repeated eq. SSSM 407, senior rank, and faculty approval eq. SSSM 407, senior rank, eq. sophomore rank or above rank eq. sophomore ands on training in filtration systems and their general operation, an understanding of federal and systems and their general operation, ands on training in filtration taffing requirements and training of aquatics personnel for indoor and outdoor facilities. of aquatics personnel for indoor and outdoor and training taffing requirements tudy of policies, standards, and procedures in the organization and administration of physical and procedures tudy of policies, standards, ncludes activity preparation, personnel evaluation, and budget analysis. Also includes an on campus personnel evaluation, ncludes activity preparation, ecreational environment, both internal and external. Promotional guidelines and discussion of both internal and external. Promotional environment, ecreational equired for the recreational environment. An analysis of indoor and outdoor designs and utilization. An analysis of indoor and environment. for the recreational equired 310, and junior rank Pr ciples and applications of sport psychology. Provides a better understanding of how individuals can individuals a better understanding of how Provides ciples and applications of sport psychology. in sport advances psychology. enhance peak performance recent through in sport as it relates to professionals in the sports industry. Discussion of appropriate conduct in of appropriate Discussion in the sports to professionals in sport industry. as it relates sporthandling ethical/moral situations facing the industry professional. r A procedures. and staff development staffing requirements, An overview of the personnel process, tournament including class structure, environment, the recreational for study of activity programming and storage. selection of activities, and equipment needed and its care proper procedures, H Legal aspects of the aquatics area. for pool operation and maintenance. state guidelines and licensor S SSSM 201 and junior rank sports the context of sport, of individuals, societies, and countries. Considers play in the lives focusing sporton the meaning of what happens in sport, fits—or does not fit—into society and why. where Pr THAR 135 1 (2) Practicum Theater THAR 100Theater (4) to Introduction THAR 120 (3) Scenery Props and Stagecraft: SSSM 408 2 (6) Practicum SSSM 450S (4) and Athletics Programs of Sport and Administration Organization education and athletic programs. SSSM 407 1 (4) Practicum SSSM 390 and Facility Sport SSSM 392 (4) Marketing Sport SSSM 386 (4) of Sport Sociology SSSM 368 Law (4) to Sport Introduction SSSM 370 (3) Aspects of Sport Ethical SSSM 385 (4) of Sports Psychology SSSM 366 (4) Management Aquatics SSSM 228 (4) in Sports Law and Liability I includes a combination of assessment Summative to the profession. seminar to discuss issues relating the on-site supervisor. performance by checklists and evaluations the role of law in sport of the role a variety deal with and manage for those who must and physical activity basis. legal concerns on a routine construction of stage props and scenery. construction and scenery. of stage props r of the budgetary of budget styles, and imple- differentiations process, Study activity. promotional mentation of the budgetary and public sector. in both the private process to modern times, emphasizing the artists and craftspersons of the theater and their contributions to its development. M environment. The nature of the legal system and law pertaining to sports, including tort law, law pertaining of the legal system and to sports,The nature tort including law, environment. civil law. and contractual agreements, HPER 392 HPER eq. THAR 212 Pr anced supervised studio v $ FA Ad rinciples and practices of managing rinciples and P $ FA $ FA A course recommended for students who A course recommended A course recommended for students who A course recommended tudy of various topics not otherwise tudy of various available eq. THAR 212 or permission of instructor; $ FA eq. S Pr eq. THAR 235 tudio in advanced acting, using various techniques to acting, using various tudio in advanced Pr S elopment of theater and drama. A study of topics not otherwise to students. available Theory as the and practice of stage management anagement (3) anagement v De anced principles, procedures, and practices in direction are and practices in direction anced principles, procedures, v ntermediate studio practice in theatrical production. May be May in theatrical production. ntermediate studio practice rinciples and practices of directing for stage. rinciples and practices of directing I Ad P tudio acting class with emphasis on physical and character tudio acting class with and scene development, emphasis on voice, tudio acting class with tudio acting class with emphasis on developing trust emphasis on developing tudio acting class with and freedom. ndividual or small group study, under the supervision of an study, ndividual or small group I S S eq. THAR 135; $ FA eq. eq. THAR 331 or permissionTHAR 331 or of instructor; $ FA eq. Pr )S Pr eq. THAR 212 or 235 or permissionTHAR 212 or of instructor; 1 lec. 2-6 lab; $ FA eq. Pr arm-up techniques, theater games, improvisation, acting exercises. acting exercises. games, improvisation, arm-up techniques, theater esigned to help students improve their personal skills in order to become more involved members involved to become more their personal skills in order esigned to help students improve HAR 212 3 (4) Acting ecommended for entering freshmen with a high school GPA of 2.0 or lower. Teaches study skills Teaches of 2.0 or lower. school GPA with a high ecommended for entering freshmen epeated up to 8 credit hours. hours. epeated up to 8 credit W place into at least two developmental education courses and optional for any student on campus. place into at least two developmental R on goal setting, time management, note taking, studying and and test-taking techniques. Emphasis memory and and improving textbooks, taking exams, finding and using learning resources, marking concentration. UNIV 199 (1-4) Topics THAR 499 Theater in (1-4) Topics Special University UNIV 101 (4) Skills Development Academic UNIV 102 (4) Skills Development Personal THAR 299Theater (1-4) in Topics THAR 310 (4) Scene Development THAR 331 1 (4) Directing THAR 332 Theater History (3) THAR 335 (1-4) in Production Practicum Advanced THAR 420 (4) Management Stage THAR 431 2 (4) Directing THAR 205 M and Planning Theater THAR 210 1 (4 Acting THAR 211 2 (4) Acting THAR 235 2 (2) Practicum organizational center of theatrical production. organizational center of theatrical production. instructor, of topics otherwise to students. not available instructor, r to students. May be repeated for credit. be repeated to students. May movement. Body awareness, dance, mask work, improvisation. improvisation. work, dance, mask Body awareness, movement. performance.work, scene exercises, text exploration. Acting T explored in a studio format. explored place into at least two developmental education courses and optional for any student on campus. place into at least two developmental D attitudes, self-esteem, include Topics richer personal lives. of the academic community and to have money management/ problem-solving, creativity, anxiety and stress, communication, wellness/health, services. exploration, and orientation to university personal finance, career theatrical-producing organizations. Problems of finance, personnel, policy, program building, building, program personnel, policy, of finance, Problems organizations. theatrical-producing and public relations. advertisement, publicity, explore prepared scenes. Emphasis on ensemble work. on ensemble work. scenes. Emphasis prepared explore practice in acting, directing, stagecraft, design, or production management work for performance management work of production stagecraft, design, or practice in acting, directing, SSU theater productions.

276 DESCRIPTIONS — COURSE THAR 205 - UNIV 199 TRUSTEES, STAFF &FACULTY 278 — TRUSTEES AND DEPARTMENT HEADS

Scheurer, Timothy E. (2001) Board of Trustees Deans Chairperson, Professor Davis, George L., III Chairperson Rader, Martha C. (2002) Department of English and Humanities Harcha, Howard H., Jr. Dean, Professor College of Arts and Sciences McCoy, Jack College of Professional Studies B.A., St. Mary’s University B.S., M.S., Ph.D., The Ohio State Univ. M.A., Mankato State University McKinley, William Ph.D., Bowling Green State University Payne, A. Burton, M.D. Holt, Jerry G. (1990) Reynolds, Kay Dean, Professor Scurlock, Debra (2000) Teichman, Robert College of Arts and Sciences Program Director, Senior Instructor B.S., Oklahoma State University Occupational Therapy Warren, Jim M.A., Ph.D., University of Oklahoma College of Professional Studies Leo, Tracy Student B.S., The Ohio State University Department Heads M.A., Ohio University Trustee Emeritus Stead, Thomas D. (1969) Coppoletti, Sam (2001) Chairperson, Associate Professor Ferguson, Orville R., The Late Program Director, Senior Instructor Department of Fine, Digital, and Hyland, Frank D., The Late Physical Therapist Assistant Performing Arts College of Professional Studies College of Arts and Sciences B.S., Northern Illinois University B.F.A., M.F.A., Ohio University President Emeritus M.P.T., University of Iowa Sykes, William W. (1981) Taylor, Frank C., The Late Fiske, Michael B. (2001) Chairperson, Associate Professor Veri, Clive C., Ph.D. Chairperson, Associate Professor Radiologic Technology Dept. of Mathematical Sciences College of Professional Studies College of Arts and Sciences A.A.S., Central Ohio Technical College President and A.B., Univ. of California at Santa Cruz B.S., The Ohio State University M.A., School of Theology, Claremont M.B.A., Xavier University Executive Staff M.A., The Ohio State University Ph.D., The Ohio State University Thomas, Donald L. (1986) Morris, Rita Rice (2003) Chairperson, Associate Professor President and Professor Gemmer, Gary P. (1983) Respiratory Therapy B.A., California State University at Chairperson, Professor College of Professional Studies Long Beach Department of Natural Sciences A.S., Kettering College of Medical Arts M.A., Northern Illinois University College of Arts and Sciences B.S., Georgia State University Ph.D., State University of New York at B.S., Morehead State University M.S., Marshall University Buffalo M.A.T., Miami University Thoroughman, Marla H. Donohue, Stephen P. (1994) Hilgarth, Carl O. (1990) (1989) Vice President and General Counsel Chairperson, Associate Professor Chairperson, Associate Professor B.S., U.S. Military Academy Department of Industrial and Medical Laboratory Science M.B.A., Colorado State University Engineering Technologies College of Professional Studies J.D., Stetson University College of Law College of Professional Studies B.S., M.A., Morehead State University B.S., The City College of New York M.S., Morehead State University Field, Michael (1999) M.S., University of Missouri-Rolla Vice President for Academic Affairs and Todt, David E. (1978) Provost Kehres, Edward C. (1996) Chairperson, Professor B.A., SUNY at Stony Brook Program Director, Senior Instructor Department of Teacher Education M.A., Ph.D., Cornell University Occupational Therapy Assistant College of Arts and Sciences College of Professional Studies B.S., M.En.S., Miami University Mangus, Larry L. (1995) B.S., M.S., The Ohio State University Ph.D., The Ohio State University Vice President for Student Affairs B.S., M.Ed., Ohio University Miller, James M. (1989) Turner, William (2000) Ed.D., Indiana University Chairperson, Assistant Professor Interim Program Director, Instructor Department of Social Sciences Emergency Medical Technology Murphy, Roger T. (1996) College of Arts and Sciences College of Professional Studies Vice President for Business Affairs B.S., Manchester College A.A.S., Shawnee State University B.A., M.B.A., Michigan State University Ph.D., Kent State University B.S., Columbia Southern University Murray, Nancy L. (1992) Program Director, Assistant Professor Dental Hygiene College of Professional Studies B.S., The Ohio State University M.S., Marshall University ADMINISTRATION — 279

Congos, Dennis (2003) Hamilton, Jeff (2002) Administration Director, Student Success Center Head Coach, Athletics Amburgey, Tim (2001) B.A., Cleveland State University B.A., College of Wooster Program Assistant, UB Math Science M.S.Ed., Indiana University M.S., Ohio University and Educational Talent Search B.S., Ohio University Crawford, Matthew (1998) Hannah, William A. (1987) Programmer/Analyst Associate Dir., Instructional Technology Arnzen, James W. (1988) B.B.A., Morehead State University B.S., M.A., Ohio University Director, Athletics B.S., Defiance College Crawford, Vickie (1998) Hapney, Terry L., Jr. (1998) M.S., University of Dayton Senior Analyst/Programmer Director of Communications and B.B.A., Eastern Kentucky University Assistant to the President Ballengee, Greg (1996) B.A., University of Kentucky Assistant Controller Cummings, Mary Elizabeth M.A.J., Marshall University A.S., Shawnee State Community College (1988) B.S., Miami University Librarian, Reference Harr, Rebecca (2000) B.S.Ed., Ohio University Assistant Director, Upward Bound Blanchard, Jerry (1999) M.S.L.S., University of Kentucky B.S., Shawnee State University Project Director, 21st Century M.A., Marshall University Community Learning Centers Hedrick, Amanda (2000) B.A., M.A., Morehead State University Daehler, Carl (1995) Preschool Teacher, Children’s Learning Exec. Dir., Vern Riffe Ctr. for the Arts Center Blanton, Lee B. (1996) B.M.E., M.M.E., D.M.A., University B.S., The Ohio State University Accountant of Michigan B.S., Berea College Horne, Megan, (1998) Davidson, Tom (1998) Program Manager, School-to-Work and Boyles, Elinda C. (1988) Counselor, Talent Search University Outreach Services Director, HR/Payroll/EEO B.A., M.A., Marshall University B.A., Berea College B.S., Eastern Kentucky University M.Ed., University Nevada Las Vegas Donnally, April (2002) Howard, Richard R. (1971) Athletic Trainer Counselor, Talent Search Bradbury, Barbara L. (1980) B.S., Shawnee State University B.S., The Ohio State University Director, Pre-College Programs/Staff M.A., Eastern Kentucky University Ombuds Duncan, William Peter (1983) B.S., Ohio University Director, Instructional Technology Hughes, Michael J. (1990) M.S., University of Dayton B.S., Ohio University Director, Counseling and Psych. Services B.S., M.S., University of Scranton Burchett, Mark (1991) Evans, Elaine N. (1994) Ed.D., West Virginia University Science Laboratory Assistant Assistant Director/Counselor Department of Natural Sciences Student Support Services Kotcamp, Lloyd (Butch) (1990) College of Arts and Sciences B.A., Anderson University Director , Facilities M.S.W., The Ohio State University B.S., M.S., Morehead State University Lata, Kimberly A. (1998) Carson, Pat L. (1984) Ferguson, Cindy (2001) Institutional Research Analyst Director, Purchasing and Printing Svcs. Director, Children’s Learning Center B.A., M.A., Edinboro University of B.A., Mount Union College Pennsylvania Charles, Joanne T. (1979) M.Ed., Kent State University Controller Lawson, George (2001) B.B.A., Temple University Gerlach, Leigh A. (1996) Project Director, Ohio South Tech Prep M.B.A., Morehead State University Internet Manager Consortium C.P.A. A.A.B., Shawnee State University B.S.Ed., Ohio University M.Ed., Xavier University Charles, Thomas K. (1979) Gregory, Stephen (1989) Academic Skills Specialist/Counselor Director, Career Services Madden, Jaime M. (1995) Student Support Services B.B.A., Ohio University Project Manager, UIS A.S., Henry Ford Community College M.S., University of Dayton B.S., University of Dayton B.S., M.A., Western Michigan University Grundler, Mark W. (1992) Madden, Paul M. (1992) Chrisman, Fred (1998) Assoc. Dir., Administrative Computing Director, Preprofessional Services Assistant Dir./Counselor, Talent Search A.S., Iowa Technical Institute College of Arts and Sciences B.S., Ohio University B.S., University of Iowa B.S.Ed., University of Dayton M.Ed., Xavier University M.Ed., Ohio University Haffner, Ruthie J. (1991) Coordinator, SOACDF 280 — ADMINISTRATION

Malone, Mary Ann (1993) Moore, Patricia J. (1971) Rodgers, David R. (2000) Project Dir., Student Support Services Dir., Financial Aid/Veteran’s Affairs Librarian, Technical Services B.S., Ohio Dominican College A.S., Shawnee State University B.A., Hendrix College M.A., Ohio University B.B.A., Ohio University M.L.S., Indiana University M.Ed., University of Dayton M.Div., Vanderbilt University Maroudis, Mary (2001) Manager, Education for Industry Moore, Virginia C. (1984) Russell, Mark (2000) B.S., The Ohio State University Director, University Outreach Services Programmer/Analyst M.Ed., University of Rio Grande B.S.Ed., M.B.A., Ohio University B.S., Morehead State University Matthews, Eustace P. (1990) Mullins, Cathy (1990) Salyer, Gary (2000) Coord., Multicultural Student Services Academic Grants Officer/Assistant to County Coord. (Scioto), 21st Century A.A., Shawnee State University the Provost Community Learning Centers B.A., M.Ed., Ohio University B.S., M.B.A., Ohio University B.A., M.S., Marshall University McCall, Ryan (1999) Musick, Larry (2002) Salyers-Stoner, Connie E. Director, UB Math Science and Manager, Contract Training, Education (1988) Educational Talent Search for Industry Associate Dir., Library/Public Services B.S., Shawnee State University B.A., Marshall University B.S., Wright State University M.S., Morehead State University M.L.S., George Peabody College for NG, Man Tjun (2000) Teachers McGraw, Judith E. (1990) Accountant Manager, Human Resources B.S., University of Kentucky Saul, Brian (2000) M.B.A., Eastern Kentucky University Admission Officer McKenzie, DeAnn (2002) B.A., Shawnee State University Accountant Osborn, H. Garry B.S., Shawnee State University Director, GEAR-UP Schlosser, Leo A. (1995) B.S. Ohio University Tech. Dir., Vern Riffe Ctr. for the Arts McKenzie, Teresa (1998) M.A., Marshall University B.A., Northern Kentucky State College Outreach Coordinator, EOC M.F.A., Ohio University B.S., Western Carolina University Phillips, Hetty (1999) Head Teacher, Children’s Learning Ctr. Seals, David D. (2000) Meeker, Judy (1991) B.A., Ohio University County Coordinator (Lawrence), 21st Program Mgr., Ohio South Tech Prep M.Ed., Rio Grande University Century Community Learning Ctrs. Consortium and Univ. Outreach Svcs. B.A., M.A., Morehead State University A.S., B.S., Shawnee State University Pinson, Michael (1990) Systems/Network Manager Shimfessel, Lois (1999) Merb, Rick (1994) A.A.S., Shawnee State University Preschool Teacher, Children’s Learning Associate Director, Admission Center B.S., M.Ed., Bowling Green State Univ. Powell, Sherri (1989) B.S.Ed., Union College HEI Coordinator Midkiff, Stephen J. (1975) A.A.B., Shawnee State Community Col. Shoemaker, Jared (1999) Registrar B.B.A., Ohio University Assistant Director, Athletics/Sports B.A., University of Kentucky M.S., University of Dayton Information Director M.Ed., Harvard University B.A., M.S., University of Kentucky Ph.D., Ohio University Preston, Deanna (2001) Admission Officer Short, Ann Marie (1997) Midkiff, Tess D. (1975) B.A., Shawnee State University Librarian, Circulation Director, Library B.A., Mary Washington College of the B.A., University of Kentucky Rader, Lisa (2002) University of Virginia M.L.S., Simmons College Accountant M.S.L.S., University of Tennessee B.S., Shawnee State University Minnix, David (2001) Stephens, Danny R. (2000) County Coordinator (Pike), 21st Rase, Lois (1993) Coordinator, GEAR-UP Century Community Learning Centers Coordinator, BEARS Program B.S., Shawnee State University B.S., M.A., Xavier University B.S., M.S., Ohio University Stewart, Janet (2001) Moore, Mark A. (1987) Redoutey, Teresa (1994) Systems Librarian Associate Registrar Coordinator, Academic Support B.A., Stephen F. Austin State University A.A.S., Shawnee State Community Col. B.S., Ohio University M.L.S., Kent State University B.A., Ohio University M.S.Ed., University of Dayton Rockwell, C. William (1997) Coord., Housing and Residence Life B.B.A., University of Cincinnati FACULTY — 281

Taylor, Dale F. (1988) Chrisman, Elizabeth A. (1980) Coordinator, Student Academic Faculty Professor, Dental Hygiene Assessment Services Basham, Julia L. (1982) College of Professional Studies A.I.S., Shawnee State Community Col. Professor, Biology A.A.S., Scioto Technical College B.G.S., Ohio University College of Arts and Sciences B.S., M.Ed., Ohio University M.H.E., Morehead State University B.A., B.S., M.S., Univ. of Cincinnati L.S.W., State of Ohio M.S., Marshall University Coll, Julia R. (1987) Professor, Spanish Tomlin, Mary A. (1975) Bauer, Jeffrey A. (1987) College of Arts and Sciences Assistant Director, Financial Aid Professor, Geology Licenciada en Educacion, A.A.B., Shawnee State University College of Arts and Sciences Universidad de Oriente B.S., Bowling Green State University M.A., M.Ed., Ph.D., Univ. of Arizona Trusz, Robert J. (2000) M.S., Ph.D., The Ohio State University Director, Admission Conn, Barbara J. (1997) B.S., M.S.Ed., Purdue University Blau, Phil (2000) Associate Professor, Nursing Associate Prof., Mathematical Sciences College of Professional Studies VanDeusen, Joseph (2003) College of Arts and Sciences B.S., The College of St. Teresa Assistant Director, Facilities B.A., SUNY Binghamton M.S., The Ohio State University A.S., Shawnee State University Ph.D., Univ. of Massachusetts, Amherst B.S., M.B.A., University of Findlay Cram, Matthew S. (1999) Bostick, Trudy (1977) Instructor, Art Warman, Randall K. (1992) Sr. Instructor, Mathematical Sciences College of Arts and Sciences Dir., Student Activities and Auxiliaries College of Arts and Sciences B.F.A., Morehead State University B.S.C., Ohio University B.S., Ohio University M.F.A., Vermont College of the Union Institute Warner, Charles (2000) M.S., Wright State University Director, University Information Services Bullock, Barbara (Beth) (1998) Crummie, Karen S. (1993) B.A., M.B.A., The Ohio State Univ. Senior Instructor, Nursing Associate Professor, Legal Assisting College of Professional Studies College of Professional Studies Warsaw, Susan S. (1983) B.S.N., Indiana University B.A., Mount Vernon Nazarene College Executive Director, Development M.S.N., University of Phoenix J.D., Valparaiso University School of Law B.A., The Ohio State University Burke, Robbie A. (1974) Darbro, Douglas G. (1998) Watson, Deborah E. (1991) Professor, Business Management Assistant Prof., Mathematical Sciences Coordinator, Academic Advising College of Professional Studies College of Arts and Sciences B.A., M.A., Morehead State University B.A., West Virginia Wesleyan B.S., Morehead State University Weaver, Tiffany (2002) M.S., M.B.A., Marshall University M.A., Ph.D., University of Kentucky Coordinator, Student Activities Burns, Eugene H., Jr. (1999) Day, D. James (1987) B.A., Shawnee State University Associate Professor, Biology Professor, Business Management College of Arts and Sciences College of Professional Studies Webb, Regina (1991) B.S., West Liberty State College OACHE Program Specialist B.S., Ph.D., University of Tennessee M.B.A., Eastern New Mexico University A.A.B., Shawnee State University Byrne, Francis X. (1987) Ph.D., The University of Iowa Professor, English/Linguistics Weber, Debbie (1997) Deal, D. Robert (1988) Coord., Clinical and Field Experiences College of Arts and Sciences Professor, Biology/Research Officer B.A., Shawnee State University B.A., M.A., Colorado State University M.A., Ph.D., University of Arizona College of Arts and Sciences White, Dan (1995) B.A., Capital University User Support Manager Canter, Mary Ann (1987) M.A., Miami University B.S., Shawnee State University Clinical Coordinator, Assoc. Professor Ph.D., Cornell University Respiratory Therapy White, Wayne (1993) College of Professional Studies Denning, Leeann (2001) Exec. Director, Ohio Appalachian B.S.A.S., Youngstown State University Senior Instructor, Nursing Center for Higher Education M.H.S.A., Ohio University M.S.N., University of Phoenix M.A.Ed.Admn., Ohio University Chaffin, Cathy M. (1980) Dillard, Mary L. (1989) Yager, Rhonda L. (1997) Professor, Office Administration Professor, English Systems Manager/Assistant Director, College of Professional Studies College of Arts and Sciences Financial Aid B.S., Berea College B.S.Ed., M.S.T., Georgia Southern Col. A.A.B., B.S., Shawnee State University M.B.E., Morehead State University Ed.D., University of Tennessee Yarnell, Mark A. (1997) Dixon, W. Dean (2001) Network Systems Engineer Instructor, Emergency Medical Tech. College of Professional Studies A.A.S., B.I.S., Shawnee State University 282 — FACULTY

Doster, Steven J. (1989) Gampp, Anna R. (1971) Jenkins, Loretta (1982) Professor, Accounting Associate Professor, Nursing Assistant Professor, Accounting College of Professional Studies College of Professional Studies College of Professional Studies B.S., The Col. of William and Mary B.S.N., The Ohio State University A.A.B., Shawnee State Community Col. M.B.P.A., Southeastern University M.Ed., Ohio University B.B.A., M.Ed., Ohio University D.B.A., Argosy University C.P.A., C.M.A. Goetting, Melvin J. (1987) Johnson, Janice (1998) Assistant Prof., Business Info. Systems Sr. Instructor, Business Info. Systems Duncan, Barbara S. (1980) College of Professional Studies College of Professional Studies Professor, Dental Hygiene B.B.A., M.B.A., University of Toledo B.B.A., Shawnee State University College of Professional Studies M.B.A., Morehead State University A.A.S., Scioto Technical College Hadjiyannis, Stylianos I. (1989) B.S., M.Ed., Ohio University Professor, Political Science Kacir, Christopher (2002) College of Arts and Sciences Assistant Professor, Psychology Dzik, Anthony J. (1988) B.A., California State University College of Arts and Sciences Associate Professor, Geography M.A., Ph.D., University of California B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Ohio University College of Arts and Sciences B.A., Roosevelt University Hagen-Smith, Robin G. (1984) Kelley, John L. (1969) M.A., University of Toledo Senior Instructor, Physical Education Professor, History/Political Science Ph.D., Northwestern University College of Arts and Sciences College of Arts and Sciences B.S., Rio Grande College B.A., Marian College Essman, Larry C. (1975) M.Ed., Xavier University M.A., Indiana University Professor, Accounting Ph.D., Ohio University College of Professional Studies Hamilton, Virginia M. (1987) B.A., M.B.A., Ohio University Professor, Mathematical Sciences Kiser, Shannon (1972) C.P.A. College of Arts and Sciences Associate Professor, English B.A., M.S., Ball State University College of Arts and Sciences Estepp, Larry M. (1972) B.A., Morehead State University Associate Prof., Business Management Hanlon, William J. (1988) M.A., University of Kentucky College of Professional Studies Asst. Prof., Business Info. Systems B.B.A., Ohio University College of Professional Studies Kosan, Julius Ted (1990) M.S., M.B.A., Marshall University B.S., University of Pittsburgh Assistant Professor, Computer Eng. Tech. M.B.A., Cleveland State University College of Professional Studies Ferguson, Orville R. II (1989) C.D.P. B.S., M.S., Bowling Green State Univ. Professor, Mathematics Developmental Education Harris-Fain, Darren (1995) Kunkle, Barbara K. (1981) College of Arts and Sciences Associate Professor, English Associate Professor, English B.S., West Virginia State University College of Arts and Sciences College of Arts and Sciences M.S. Ed.Adm., Xavier University A.B., Ohio University B.A., University of Kentucky M.A., Ph.D., Kent State University M.A., Marshall University Finlow, David E. (1999) Ph.D., Bowling Green State University Assoc. Prof., Plastics Engineering Tech. Herrmann, Sibylle R. (1969) College of Professional Studies Assoc. Professor, Biological Sciences Lawson, Shannon (2001) B.S., University of Liverpool College of Arts and Sciences Senior Instructor, English M.S., Univ., of Newcastle-Upon-Tyne B.S., Ohio University College of Arts and Sciences Ph.D., University of Rhode Island M.S., University of Michigan B.A., University of the Witwatersand M.A., Marshall University Flavin, James P. (1983) Houser, Jean P. (1997) Professor, English Associate Prof., Computer Science Leedom, Wm. Patric (1993) College of Arts and Sciences College of Professional Studies Associate Professor, Education B.A., M.A., Ft. Hays Kansas State Univ. B.S., M.A., Morehead State University College of Arts and Sciences Ph.D., Miami University M.S., University of Evansville B.A., San Francisco State University M.Ed., Xavier University Forrey, Robert J. (1989) Huang, Xiaodan (1993) Ed.D., University of Cincinnati Professor, English Professor, Education College of Arts and Sciences College of Arts and Sciences Leighfield, Kenneth (1998) B.A./M.A., Wesleyan University B.A., Nanchang Teachers College Associate Professor, Education Ph.D., Yale University M.Ed., St. Bonaventure University College of Arts and Sciences Ph.D., Cornell University B.A., McMaster University Gallaher, Janna B. (1991) M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Virginia Asociate Prof., Computer Eng. Tech. Ison, Steven A. (1996) College of Professional Studies Assistant Prof., Environmental Eng. Tech. Li, Jinlu (1989) B.S., St. Louis University College of Professional Studies Professor, Mathematical Sciences M.S., University of Missouri B.S.I.E., Texas Tech University College of Arts and Sciences Ph.D., Ohio University M.S.I.E., Purdue University B.S., Beijing University P.E. M.S.M., Troy State University Ph.D., Wayne State University FACULTY — 283

Linde, Mary Kathryn (1997) Milliken, Roberta L. (1996) Penn, William H. (1977) Professor, Medical Laboratory Science Associate Professor, English Associate Professor, Computer College of Professional Studies College of Arts and Sciences Aided Drafting and Design B.S., Northwestern State University B.A., M.A., Ohio University College of Professional Studies M.S., Ph.D., The Ohio State University Ph.D., University of Toledo B.S.A.S., Miami University M.Ed., Ohio University Locke, Kathryn G. (1999) Miner, Edward C. (1983) Associate Professor, Education Professor, Sociology and Psychology Poirot, Clifford S., Jr. (1999) College of Arts and Sciences College of Arts and Sciences Director, Honors Program/Assistant B.S.Ed., M.A.Ed., Ed.D., Univ. of Akron B.A., Youngstown State University Associate Professor, Economics Administrative Cert., Kent State Univ. M.A., Kent State University College of Arts and Sciences Ph.D., Kent State University and B.A. Guilford College Lonney, Larry W. (1989) University of Akron Ph.D., University of Utah Assistant Professor, Physics College of Arts and Sciences Mirabello, Mark L. (1987) Pope, Priscilla G. (2002) B.S., Illinois State University Associate Professor, History Sr. Instructor, Physical Therapist Asst. M.S., Purdue University College of Arts and Sciences College of Professional Studies Ph.D., Washington State University B.A., University of Toledo B.S., Pennsylvania State University M.A., University of Virginia M.P.H., University of Hawaii Lorentz, John H. (1990) Ph.D., University of Glasgow (Scotland) Director, Center for International Powell, Michael (2002) Programs/Professor, History Mize, Adair L. (2002) Senior Instructor, English College of Arts and Sciences Senior Instructor, Nursing College of Arts and Sciences B.A., Miami University College of Professional Studies B.A., Shawnee State University M.A., Harvard University B.S.N., M.S.N., Bellarmine University M.A., Ohio University Ph.D., Princeton University Moore, Dan M. (1988) Priode, Carl E. (1985) Lyons, Gregory A. (2000) Professor, Business Management Associate Professor, Electromechanical Assistant Professor, Art College of Professional Studies Engineering Technology College of Arts and Sciences B.S., University of Virginia College of Professional Studies B.F.A., Shawnee State University M.B.A., D.B.A., Georgia State University B.S.E.T., Franklin University M.F.A., Memphis College of Art M.S., East Tennessee State University Napper, Andrew M. (2002) Massie, Gayle D. (1982) Assistant Professor, Chemistry Raber, Christine (1998) Associate Professor, Nursing College of Arts and Sciences Assistant Prof., Occupational Therapy College of Professional Studies B.S., University College of Wales, College of Professional Studies B.S.N., Spalding University Swansea University (UK) B.S., M.S., The Ohio State University M.S.N., University of Tennessee Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh Rader, Steven D. (1996) Mauldin, Robert (1994) Nickel, Linda K. (1978) Associate Professor, Sports Studies Director, General Education Program/ Professor, Dental Hygiene College of Arts and Sciences Professor, Chemistry College of Professional Studies B.S.P.E., M.S.A., Ph.D., Ohio University College of Arts and Sciences A.A.S., Scioto Technical College B.S., University of Tennessee at Martin B.S., M.Ed., Ohio University Raiser, Lane C. (1989) Ph.D., University of Tennessee Associate Professor, Art O’Connor, Christopher (1992) College of Arts and Sciences McCoy, Jerry M. (2001) Associate Prof., Mathematical Sciences B.A., Kutztown State College Senior Instructor, Health Management College of Arts and Sciences M.F.A., Brooklyn College College of Professional Studies B.A., Univ. of California at Santa Cruz B.S., M.S., Ohio University M.S., San Jose State University Renfroe, Brenda S. (1991) Ph.D., University of Oregon Assistant Professor, Radiologic Tech. Meriwether, Nicholas K. (1996) College of Professional Studies Associate Professor, Philosophy Oliver, Scott D. (1976) A.A.S., B.U.S., Morehead State Univ. College of Arts and Sciences Professor, Biological Sciences M.S., Midwestern State University B.A., Hendrix College College of Arts and Sciences M.A., Trinity Evangelical Div. School D.D.S., M.S., The Ohio State University Roach, Rose B. (2002) Ph.D., Purdue University Assistant Professor, Nursing Pambookian, Hagop S. (1987) College of Professional Studies Miller, Larry M. (2001) Professor, Psychology B.S.N., University of Akron Assistant Professor, Plastics Eng. Tech. College of Arts and Sciences M.S., San Jose University College of Professional Studies B.A., American University of Beirut B.S., The Ohio State University M.A., Columbia University Robson, Vivian (1995) M.S., Ph.D., Ohio University Ph.D., University of Michigan Associate Professor, Theatre College of Arts and Sciences B.A., University of Massachusetts Boston M.F.A., Univ. of Wisconsin, Madison 284 — FACULTY

Ruby, Jerry L. (1988) Taylor, Krista (1999) Professor, Finance Associate Prof., Mathematical Sciences Professor Emeritus College of Professional Studies B.S., University of Oregon Hodgden, Betty L., The Late B.B.A., Ohio University M.S., Ph.D., Univ. of Nebraska, Lincoln Wilson, Robert L., Ph.D. M.B.A., Morehead State University Thiel, Becky A. (1981) Scheurer, Pam (2002) Associate Professor, Nursing Assistant Professor, Education College of Professional Studies College of Arts and Sciences B.S.N., The Ohio State University B.S., College of Saint Teresa M.S.N., University of Tennessee M.A., Ph.D., The Ohio State University Trampe, George M. (1977) Schwing, Carl M. (1998) Associate Professor, Chemistry Assistant Professor, Environmental College of Arts and Sciences Engineering Technology B.S., University of Illinois College of Professional Studies Ph.D., Purdue University B.S., Xavier University M.S., Washington University Valentine, Eugene J. (1990) P.E. Professor, Philosophy College of Arts and Sciences Scott, Sharon M. (1978) A.B., Harvard University Professor, Nursing M.A., Ph.D., Michigan State University College of Professional Studies A.D.N., B.S.N., M.Ed., Ohio University Vestich, Eli T. (1997) M.S.N., Bellarmine College Assistant Professor, Computer Aided Drafting and Design Shipley, Gay Lynn (1998) College of Professional Studies Associate Professor, Education B.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania College of Arts and Sciences M.Ed., Bowling Green State University B.A., Wilmington College M.S., Ph.D., University of Dayton Walker, Marsha L. (1987) Assoc. Prof., Office Administration Simon, Kathleen M. (1971) College of Professional Studies Professor, English B.S., M.A., The Ohio State University College of Arts and Sciences B.A., M.A., Eastern Kentucky University Ward, James Anthony (2001) Ph.D., Ohio University Senior Instructor, Sports Studies/ Athletic Training Sissel, Melinda D. (1988) College of Arts and Sciences Instructor, Occupational Therapy B.A., M.S., Marshall University College of Professional Studies A.A.S., Shawnee State Community Col. Warfield, Kenneth W. (1983) B.I.S., Shawnee State University Assistant Prof., Electromech. Eng. Tech. College of Professional Studies Smith, Lyle B. (1975) B.G.S., Ohio University Coordinator, Assistant Professor Plastics Engineering Technology Whitaker, John J. (2003) College of Professional Studies Assistant Prof., Mathematical Sciences B.S., Ohio University College of Arts and Sciences B.S., Birmingham-Southern College Spradlin, Patricia Conley Ph.D., Louisiana State University (2000) Assistant Professor, English Yost, Carlson W. (1987) College of Arts and Sciences Associate Professor, English B.A., M.A., Marshall University College of Arts and Sciences B.S., Cornell University Strunk, Priscilla A. (Sunny) B.A., Utica College of Syracuse Univ. (1984) M.A., Ph.D., Texas A & M University Instructor, Respiratory Therapy College of Professional Studies Yost, Paul (1996) A.A.S., B.I.S., Shawnee State University Assistant Professor, Computer Eng. Tech. College of Professional Studies B.S., Shawnee State University M.S., University of Cincinnati INDEX — 285

Advanced Technology Center, 6 radiologic technology, 161, 162 Advising, 40, 61 respiratory therapy, 162-164 Index Affiliated Organizations, 183, 184 Associate of Arts, 62, 63 Alumni Association, 52 Associate Degree Nursing, 150-152 American Mideast Conference (AMC), 6, 47 accreditation, 151 A American or British Literature Minor, 69 admission requirements, 148-150 Academic Advising, 61, 62 Appeal Procedure, 18, 20, 35, 39, 145 guidelines for appealing dismissal, 145 Academic Assessment, 38 dismissal from health science programs, 145 program requirements, 151 Academic Calendar, 10-13 financial aid, 35 Associate of Individualized Studies, 64, 129 Academic Integrity, 37 grades, 39 Associate of Science, 63 Academic Policies, 36-42 transfer credit, 18, 20 Athletic Training, Bachelor of Science in Academic Probation, 40 Applicants with GED, 16 Sports Studies, 122, 123 Academic Programs, 53, 54 Application, 15-23, 31, 122 Athletics, Intercollegiate, 47 Academic Suspension/Dismissal, 40 bachelor of science, sports studies, 122 Athletics, Intramural, 47 Accelerated Bachelor’s Degree Programs, 60 financial aid, 31 ATM, 50 Accounting Technology, Associate of Applied for admission, 15-23 Attendance, 40 Business in, 137, 138 high school students, 22, 23 Audit, 40 Accreditations and Approvals Art Education, Bachelor of Fine Arts in, 74-76 Awarding of Credit, 37 associate degree nursing, 9, 151 Articulation Agreements, 16 dental hygiene, 8, 152 Articulation and Transfer, State Policy, 17, 18 emergency medical technology, 9, 154 Arts and Sciences, College of, 58-125 B health management, 9, 134, 135 academic advising, 61 Baccalaureate Degree Requirements, 61 medical laboratory technology, 8, 156 accelerated bachelor’s degree programs, 60 Bachelor of Arts, 66-69, 97-104 nursing, 9, 145 associate of arts, 62, 63 English/humanities, 67-69 occupational therapy assistant (associate associate of science, 63 with integrated language arts with degree), 8, 158 associate of individualized studies, 64 adolescent to young adult licensure, occupational therapy (bachelor’s degree), baccalaureate degree requirements, 61 68, 69 8, 147 bachelor of individualized studies, 61, 62 history, 97, 98 physical therapist, 8, 160 course scheduling and offerings, 64 international relations, 98, 99 radiologic technology, 8, 161 double major guidelines, 61 psychology, 99, 100 respiratory therapy, 8, 163 English and humanities, department of, social science, 100, 101 teacher education, 8 65-71 with integrated social studies with two-year business programs, 8 faculty, 60 adolescent to young adult licensure, university, of the, 8, 9 fine, digital, and performing arts, 101-103 ACT/SAT, 15, 21, 26, 177 department of, 72-78 social science, legal assisting (2 + 2), 101 Adding a Class, 41 mathematical sciences, department of, 79-85 sociology, 103, 104 Administration, 279-281 minors, 62 Bachelor of Fine Arts, 73-78 Administrative Hold, 37, 38 natural sciences, department of, 86-95 art education, 74-76 Admission Policies, 14, 23, 42 pass/no-credit policy, 64 ceramics, drawing, painting, and ACT/SAT, 15, 21 preparation for teacher licensure, 64 photography/imaging, 74-76 advanced placement, 16 programs offered, 59, 60 studio arts, 76, 77 applicants with GED, 15, 16 selecting and declaring a degree major, visualist digital design and interactive media, bachelor of individualized studies, 61, 62, 60, 61 77, 78 128, 129 social sciences, department of, 96-106 Bachelor of Individualized Studies, 61, 62, degree-seeking high school graduates, 15 teacher education, department of, 107-125 128, 129 freshman studies, 16 telephone number, 4, 59 Bachelor of Science, 80-84, 88-93, 111-114, health science students, 15 Assessment, 38 122-124, 131-137, 145-148, 167-170 high school students, 21-23 Associate of Applied Business, 137-142 biology, 88 honors program, 42 accounting, 137, 138 business administration international students, 20, 21 business information systems, 138, 139 accounting, 132, 133 non-degree students, 21, 23 business management, 139, 140 general business, 134 senior citizens, 21 legal assisting, 140, 141 health management, 134, 135 sports studies, 122, 123 office administration technology, 141, 142 legal assisting (2 + 2), 136 transfer students, 17-20 Associate of Applied Science, 150-164, management information systems, 136, transient students, 21 170-173 137 undeclared major/undecided students, 16 computer aided design, 170, 171 chemistry, 88, 89 Adolescent to Young Adult Licensure, dental hygiene, 152, 153 computer engineering technology, 167, 168 68, 69, 82, 83, 91, 92, 101-103, 114-119 early childhood development, 121 education, licensure in early childhood, earth, life, or physical science, 90, 91, 117, electromechanical engineering technology, 111, 112 118 171, 172 education, licensure in early childhood integrated language arts, 68, 69, 114, 115 emergency medical technology, 154-156 intervention specialist, 112 integrated mathematics, 82, 83, 115 medical laboratory technology, 156, 157 education, licensure in middle childhood, integrated science, 91, 92, 118, 119 nursing, 150-152 112, 113 integrated social studies, 101-103, 115-117 occupational therapy assistant, 158, 159 education, licensure in multiage intervention Advanced Placement, 16 physical therapist assistant, 159-161 specialist, 113, 114 for LPNs, 152 plastics engineering technology, 172, 173 286 — INDEX

environmental engineering technology, Degrees Offered, 54 168-170 C Dental Hygiene, Associate of Applied mathematical sciences, 80-82 CADD Certificate Program, 173 Science in, 152, 153 integrated mathematics with adolescent CADD Sequence, 171 academic requirements, 153 to young adult licensure, 82, 83 Calendar, 10-13 accreditation, 152 natural science, 89-93 Campus Tours, 23 admission requirements, 148-150 earth, life, or physical science with Campus View Rates (room and board), 31 guidelines for appealing dismissal, 145 adolescent to young adult licensure, Career Counseling, 177 job opportunities, 152, 153 90, 91 Career Services, 48 program goals, 152 integrated science with adolescent to Career Exploration for Women, 182 Department Heads, 278 young adult licensure, 91, 92 Carriage House Rates (room and board), 31 Developmental Education, 44 mathematics, 83 Catalog Rights, 37 Dining, 50, 51 mathematics and science with middle Cedar House Rates (room and board), 31 Disability Services, 49 childhood licensure, 83, 84, 92, 93 Center for International Programs and Dismissal, 40 nursing (RN-BSN), 145, 146 Activities, 6, 43, 44 District Science Day, 180 occupational therapy, 146-148 Ceramics, Drawing, Painting, and Double Major Guidelines, 61 plastics engineering technology, 170 Photography/Imaging, Bachelor of Fine Drawing, 74, 76 sports studies, athletic training, 122, 123 Arts in, 74-76 Dropping a Class, 41 sports studies, fitness development, 123, 124 Certificates, 93, 125, 173 sports studies, sports management, 124 computer aided drafting and design, 173 Bad Check Policy, 30 deaf studies, 125 E Basic Adult Skills in a College Setting environmental science, 93 Early Childhood Development, Associate (BASICS), 177 plastics engineering technology, 173 of Applied Science in, 121 BEAR CUBS Program, 177 web engineering technology, 173 Early Childhood Licensure, 111, 112 Biology, Bachelor of Science in, 88 Changing Grades, 39 Early Childhood Intervention Specialist Biology Minor, 93 Chemistry, Bachelor of Science in, 88, 89 Licensure, 112 Board of Trustees, 277 Chemistry Minor, 93 Earth, Life, or Physical Science with Bookstore, 47 Children at the University, 41 Adolescent to Young Adult Licensure, 90, Bureau of Worker’s Compensation, 180 Children’s Learning Center, 6, 47, 48, 109 91, 117, 118 Business Administration, Bachelor of Class Ranking, 37 Economics Minor, 104 Science in, 131-137 Class Scheduling, 144 Education, Bachelor of Science in, 111-114 accounting, 132-134 Clark Memorial Library, 6, 44, 45 licensure in early childhood, 111, 112 general business, 134 Clark Planetarium, 6 licensure in early childhood intervention health management, 134, 135 College Level Examination Program (CLEP), specialist, 112 legal assisting (2 + 2), 136 39 licensure in middle childhood, 112, 113 management information systems, 136, 137 College Work Study, 31, 33 licensure in multiage intervention Business Administration, Department of, Communication with the University, 4 specialist, 113, 114 130-142 Communications System Fee, 31 Education Field Fee, 30 associate of applied business, 137-142 Community Education Program, 180 Educational Opportunity Center, 184 accounting technology, 137, 138 Composition/Foreign Language Labs, 66 Educational Testing Service, 16 business information systems, 138, 139 Computer Aided Design, Associate of Elderhostel, 180 business management technology 139, Applied Science in, 170, 171 Electromechanical Engineering Technology, 140 CADD sequence, 171 Associate of Applied Science in, 171, 172 legal assisting technology, 140, 141 Computer Aided Design, Minor in, 174 E-mail address, 4 office administration technology, 141, 142 Computer Aided Drafting and Design Emergency Loan Fund, 33 bachelor of science, business administration, Certificate in, 173 Emergency Medical Technology, 154-156 131-137 Computer Engineering Technology, academic requirements, 154, 155 accounting, 132-134 Bachelor of Science in, 167, 168 accreditation, 154 general business, 134 Computer Enrichment Training, 180 admission requirements, 148-150 health management, 134, 135 Computer Labs, 44 certification, 154 legal assisting (2 + 2), 136 Contract Training, 181 employment opportunities, 154 management information systems, 136, Counseling, 48, 49 entrance requirements, 155 137 Counseling and Psychological Services, 48 guidelines for appealing dismissal, 145 programs offered, 131 Course Descriptions, 185-276 Employment, Student, 33 minor, business administration, 142 Course Scheduling and Offerings, 64 English/Humanities, Bachelor of Arts in, minor, health management, 142 Credit by Arrangement, 29, 40 67-69 special notes, 131, 132 Credit by Examination, 30, 38, 39 English and Humanities, Department of, telephone number, 4, 131 Credit for Military Educational Experiences, 65-71 Business Information Systems, Associate of 39 academic advising, 61 Applied Business in, 138, 139 associate of arts, 62, 63 Business Management Technology, Associate bachelor of arts, English/humanities, 67-69 of Applied Business in, 139, 140 D integrated language arts with adolescent Deaf Studies, 125 to young adult licensure, 68, 69 Deans, 278 composition/foreign language labs, 66 Dean’s List, 38 English sequence, 66 Declaring a Major, 60, 61 minors, 69-71 INDEX — 287

programs offered, 66 employment, 33 admission requirements, 15, 148-150 telephone number, 4, 66 grants, 32 appealing dismissal, 145 English Language and Linguistics Minor, 69, loans, 32, 33 associate of applied science, 148-164 70 notification and disbursement, 32 dental hygiene, 152, 153 English Sequence, 66 probation, 34 emergency medical technology, 154-156 Enterprise Ohio Network, 181 scholarships, 32 medical laboratory technology, 156, 157 Environmental Engineering Technology, standards of satisfactory progress for federal nursing, 150-152 Bachelor of Science in, 168-170 financial aid, 33-35 occupational therapy assistant, 158, 159 Environmental Science Certificate, 93 student loans, 32, 33 physical therapist assistant, 159-161 Environmental Science Minor, 93, 94 veterans, state programs, 33 radiologic technology, 161, 162 EOC, 184 work study, 33 respiratory therapy, 162-164 Explore Your Future, 182 Fine, Digital, and Performing Arts, Department bachelor of science, 145-148 of, 72-78 nursing (RN-BSN), 145, 146 academic advising, 61 occupational therapy, 146-148 F bachelor of fine arts, 73-78 class scheduling, 144 Faculty, 60, 281-284 art education, 74-76 certification, 154, 156, 158, 162, 163 Faculty Advising, 40 ceramics, drawing, painting, and deadline, application materials, 150 Faculty Expectations and Responsibilities, 40, photography/imaging, 76 emergency medical technology, 154-156 41 studio arts, 76, 77 hospital clinical sites, 144 Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, 26 visualist, 77, 78 pass/no-credit policy, 144, 145 FAX Number, 4 minors, 78 programs offered, 144 Federal Family Education Loan Program, 32 programs offered, 73 selective admission criteria, 144 Federal Parent Loan for Undergraduate telephone number, 4, 73 telephone number, 4, 144 Students (PLUS), 33 Fitness Development, Bachelor of Science in, Health Services, 49 Federal Pell Grant, 31, 32 123, 124 High School Students, 21-23 Federal PLUS Loan, 33 Free Application for Federal Student Aid History, Bachelor of Arts in, 97, 98 Federal Stafford Loan, 32, 34 (FAFSA), 31-33 History of the University, 6 Federal Subsidized Stafford Student Loan, 32 Fresh Start, 40 History Minor, 105 Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Freshman Studies, 16 Hodgden Travel Fund, 6 Grant (SEOG), 32 Hold, Administrative, 37, 38 Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, 32 Honors, Graduation, 42 Federal Work Study, 33 G Honors Program, 42 Fees, 29-31 Game Room, 50 admission policy, 42 bad check, 29, 30 GED, Applicants with, 15, 16, 21 requirements for graduation, 42 campus view (room and board), 31 General Education Program, 55-57, 85, 104 Hospital Clinical Sites, 144 carriage house (room and board), 31 mathematics requirement, 85 Housing and Residence Life, 51 cedar house (room and board), 31 General Fee, 29 Housing Fees (see Room and Board) communications fee, 31 Geography Minor, 104, 105 Housing Policy, 51 credit by arrangement, 29 Goals and Priorities of the University, 7 How to Reach us, 4 credit by examination, 30 Grade Appeals, 39 education field, 30 Grade Point Average, 39 full-time students, 29 Grade Reports, 41 I general, 30 Grading/Awarding of Credit, 37 I-20 Form, 21 graduation, 30 Graduate Center, 43 ID Card Replacement Fee, 30 graduation re-petition, 30 Graduation Fee, 30 Identification Cards, 30, 49, 50 health science, 30 Graduation Re-Petition Fee, 30 Improper Registration, 25 ID card replacement, 30 Graduation Requirements, 30, 41, 42 Incomplete Grades, 37 instructional, 29 fee, 30 Individualized Studies Degree, Associate of, lab fees, 30 with honors, 42 64, 129 late payment, 30, 31 Graduation with Honors, 42 Individualized Studies Degree, Bachelor of, out-of-state, 29 Grants, 32 61, 62, 127, 128 parking tag replacement, 30 Grants Management, 180 Industrial and Engineering Technologies, part-time students, 29 Department of, 165-175 private music lessons, 30 associate of applied science, 170-173 refund of, 30, 31 H computer aided design, 170, 171 responsibility for, 30 Health Clinic, 49 electromechanical engineering technology, room and board, 31 Health Executives and Administrators Learning 171, 172 short term loan, 30 Society (HEALS), 135 plastics engineering technology, 172, 173 technology, 29 Health Insurance, 20, 30 bachelor of science, 167-170 transcript, 30 Health Management, Bachelor of Science, computer engineering technology, 167, tuition, 21, 29 134, 135 168 university townhouse (room and board), 31 Health Management, Minor, 142 environmental engineering technology, Fellowships, 182 Health Science Fee, 30 169, 170 Financial Aid, 31-35 Health Sciences, Department of, 143-164 plastics engineering technology, 170 application procedure, 31 accreditation, 8, 9, 145, 147, 151, 152, 154, CADD sequence, 171 eligibility requirements, 31, 32 156, 158, 160, 161, 163 288 — INDEX

certificate, 173, 174 academic advising, 61 Multicultural Student Services, 48, 49 computer aided drafting and design, 173 associate degrees, 63 Music Minor, 78 plastics engineering technology, 173 bachelor of science, mathematical sciences, web engineering technology, 173, 174 80-84 industrial and engineering technology integrated mathematics with adolescent N programs at Shawnee State, 166, 167 to young adult licensure, 82, 83 National Association of Intercollegiate minors, 174 bachelor of science, natural science, 83, 84 Athletics (N.A.I.A.), 6, 47 pass/no-credit policy, 167 mathematics, 83 Natural Science, Bachelor of Science in, 89-93 pre-engineering curriculum, 174, 175 mathematics and science with middle earth, life, or physical science with programs offered, 166 childhood licensure, 83, 84 adolescent to young adult licensure, 90, robotics option, 174 general education mathematics requirement, 91 telephone number, 4, 166 85 integrated science with adolescent to young Instruction, Supplemental, 44 minor, 84 adult licensure, 91, 92 Instructional Fee, 29 programs offered, 80 mathematics, 83 Insurance, Student, 20, 30 telephone number, 4 mathematics and science with middle Integrated Language Arts with Adolescent Mathematical Sciences, Minor in, 84 childhood licensure, 83, 84, 92, 93 to Young Adult Licensure, 68, 69, 114, 115 Mathematics Requirement, General Education, Natural Sciences, Department of, 86-95 Integrated Mathematics with Adolescent to 85 academic advising, 61 Young Adult Licensure, 82, 83, 115 Medical Laboratory Technology, 156, 157 associate degree, 63 Integrated Science with Adolescent to Young academic requirements, 157 bachelor of science, 87-93 Adult Licensure, 91, 92, 118, 119 accreditation, 156 biology, 88 Integrated Social Studies with Adolescent to admission requirements, 148-150, 157 chemistry, 88, 89 Young Adult Licensure, 101-103, 115-117 certification, 156 natural science, 89-93 Intercollegiate Athletics, 47 employment opportunities, 156 earth, life, or physical science with International Programs and Activities, 43, 44 guidelines for appealing dismissal, 145 adolescent to young adult licensure, International Relations, Bachelor of Arts in, health and physical ability requirements, 90, 91 43, 98, 99 157 integrated science with adolescent to International Students, 20, 21 scholarships, 156, 157 young adult licensure, 91, 92 International Study Programs, 43 Michigan Test of English Language Proficiency mathematics and science with middle Internet Cafe, 50 (MTELP), 20 childhood licensure, 92, 93 ® Internship Guidelines, 40 Microsoft IT Academy, 180 certificate, environmental science, 93 Internships, 77 Military Educational Experience, Credit for, minors, 93, 94 Intramural Sports, 47 39 premedical studies, 94, 95 Middle Childhood Licensure, programs offered, 87 mathematics and science, 119 telephone number, 4 J Minors, 62, 69-71, 78, 84, 93, 94, 104-106, Non-Degree Students, 21-23 James A. Rhodes Athletic Center, 6 124, 142, 174 Nursing, Associate of Applied Science in, Job Placement, 48 American or British literature, 69 150-152 Journalism Minor, 70 biology, 93 Nursing (RN-BSN), Bachelor of Science in, business administration, 142 145, 146 chemistry, 93 admission requirements, 145, 146 computer aided design, 174 program requirements, 146 L economics, 104 Lab Fees, 30 English language and linguistics, 69, 70 Late Payment, 30, 31 environmental science, 93, 94 Legal Assisting Technology, Associate of geography, 104, 105 O Applied Business in, 140, 141 Occupational Therapy, Bachelor of Science health management, 142 Legal Assisting (2 + 2), 136 in, 146-148 history, 105 bachelor of arts in social science (2 + 2), 101 admission requirements, 147, 148 journalism, 70 bachelor of science in business accreditation, 147 mathematical sciences, 84 administration (2 + 2), 136 guidelines for appealing dismissal, 145 music, 78 Library, 6, 44, 45 Occupational Therapy Assistant, Associate philosophy, 70 Loans, 32, 33 of Applied Science in, 158, 159 plastics engineering technology, 174 Lounges, 50 academic requirements, 158 political science, 105 accreditation, 158 professional writing, 70 admission requirements, 148-150 psychology, 105, 106 clinical requirements, 158, 159 sociology, 106 M guidelines for appealing dismissal, 145 Mailing Address, 4 sport coaching, 124 Office Administration Technology, Management Information Systems, 135, 136 teaching English to speakers of other Associate of Applied Business in, 141, 142 bachelor of science in, 136, 137 languages, 70, 71 Ohio Academic Competitions, 180, 181 Mathematical Sciences, Bachelor of Science in, theater, 78 Ohio Appalachian Center for Higher 80-82 Miscellaneous Fees, 29, 30 Education, 6, 184 integrated mathematics with adolescent to Mission Statement, University, 6, 7 Ohio Appalachian Educational Opportunity young adult licensure, 82, 83 Multiage Intervention Specialist Licensure, Center, 184 Mathematical Sciences, Department of, 113, 114 Ohio Instructional Grant, 32 79-85 Multiage Visual Arts Licensure, 119-121 INDEX — 289

OhioLINK, 44, 45 industrial and engineering technologies, integrated social studies with adolescent Online Learning, 181 department of, 165-175 to young adult licensure, 101-103 Open Enrollment, 74 programs offered, 127 international relations, 98, 99 Orientation, 23, 26, 27 telephone number, 4, 127 psychology, 99, 100 for postsecondary options program Professional Writing Minor, 70 social science, 100, 101 students, 23 Professor Emeritus, 284 social sciences, legal assisting (2 + 2), 101 Outreach Programs, 179-182 Programs of Study, 54 sociology, 103, 104 Out-of-State Fees, 29 Psychology Minor, 105, 106 minors, 104-106 Psychology, Bachelor of Arts in, 99, 100 programs offered, 97 telephone number, 4, 97 P Social Science, 63, 64, 100, 101 Painting, 76, 77 R associate of arts in, 63, 64 Paramedic Program, 154-156 Radiologic Technology, Associate of Applied bachelor of arts in, 100, 101 Parent Loan for Undergraduates, 33 Science in, 161, 162 legal Assisting (2 + 2), 100, 101 Parking Tag Replacement Fee, 30 academic requirements, 161 Sociology Minor, 106 Pass/No-Credit Policy, 38, 64, 144, 145, 166 accreditation, 161 Sociology, Bachelor of Arts in, 103, 104 Pell Grant, 32 admission requirements, 148-150 Special Non-Degree Students, 21 Philosophy Minor, 70 guidelines for appealing dismissal, 145 Sport Coaching, Minor, 124 Physical Therapist Assistant, Associate of Reading Education Program, 121, 122 Sports Management, Bachelor of Science in Applied Science in, 159-161 Reciprocity, 29 Sports Studies, 124 accreditation, 160 Refund of Fees, 30, 31 Sports Studies, Bachelor of Science in, 122-124 admission requirements, 148-150 Registration, 22, 24-27 application for admission, 122, 123 guidelines for appealing dismissal, 145 continuing or returning students, 25 athletic training, 122, 123 Placement Testing, 26 degree seeking freshmen, 25 fitness development, 123, 124 Planetarium, 6 family educational rights and privacy act, 26 sports management, 124 Plastics Engineering Technology, 170, 172, 173 high school students, 23 Stafford Student Loan, 32-34 associate of applied science in, 172, 173 improper, 25 Standards of Satisfactory Progress for Federal bachelor of science in, 170 orientation, 26, 27 Financial Aid, 33-35 certificate in, 173 placement testing, 26 State Policy on Articulation and Transfer, minor in, 174 residency information, 25 17, 18 Political Science Minor, 105 selective service, 25 Strategic Plan, 7, 8 Postage Stamp Machines, 50 Repeating Coursework, 39 Student Activities, 49-52 Postsecondary Options Program, 21-23 Residency Information, 25 Student Emergency Loan Fund, 33 acceptance, notification, and reporting, 23 Respiratory Therapy, Associate of Applied Student Employment, 33 application, 22, 23 Science in, 162-164 Student Insurance, 20, 30 college credit (Option A), 22 academic requirements, 163 Student Load, 29 deadline, 23 accreditation, 163 Student Loans, 32, 33 eligibility, 22 admission requirements, 148-150, 163 Student Lounges, 50 high school and college credit (Option B), certification, 162, 163 Student Success Center, 16, 26, 27, 41, 48, 49 22 employment opportunities, 163 computer labs, 44 orientation and registration, 23 guidelines for appealing dismissal, 145 disability services, 49 other (non-Pop Program) high school Responsibility for Fees, 30 multicultural student services, 48, 49 students, 23 ROAD:MAP 2005, 184 orientation, 26, 27 program continuation, 22 Robotics, 174 placement testing, 26 validation of credit, 23 Room and Board, 31 supplemental instruction, 44 PRAXIS Series Tests, 110 tutoring, 44 Pre-College Programs, 176-178 Student Support Services, 49 Pre-engineering Curriculum, 174, 175 Student Visa, 21 S Studio Arts, Bachelor of Fine Arts in, 76, 77 Preferential Registration, 25 Satisfactory Academic Progress, 33-35 Summer Honors Institute, 181 Premedical Studies, 94, 95 Scholarships, 32, 156, 157 Supplemental Education Opportunity Grant Preparation for Teacher Licensure, 64 School-to-Work, 181 (SEOG), 32 Prerequisites, 39, 186 Science (See Natural Sciences, Department of) Supplemental Instruction, 44 President, 3, 278 Science Degree, Associate of, 62, 63 Suspension/Dismissal, Academic, 40, 41 President Emeritus, 278 Secretarial (See Office Administration Suspension, Non-Attendance, 34 President’s List, 38 Technology) Previous Keyboard Training, 142 Selecting and Declaring a Major, 60 Probation, Academic, 40 Selective Admission Criteria, 144 Probation, Financial Aid, 34, 128, 129 Selective Service Registration, 25, 32 T Professional Development, 182 Senior Citizens, 21 Talent Search, 177 Professional Studies, College of, 126-175 Senior Scholar Program, 21 Targeted Industries Training Program, 181 associate of individualized studies, 129 Short Term Loan, 30 Teacher Education, Department of, 107-125 bachelor of individualized studies, 128, 129 Social Sciences, Department of, 96-106 academic advising, 61 business administration, department of, academic advising, 61 adolescent to young adult licensure, 114-119 130, 142 associate of arts, 62, 63 earth, life, or physical science, 117, 118 faculty, 127, 128 bachelor of arts, 97-104 integrated language arts, 114, 115 health sciences, department of, 143-164 history, 97, 98 integrated mathematics, 115 290 — INDEX

integrated science, 118, 119 University Chronicle, 51, 52 integrated social studies, 115-117 University Outreach Services, 179-182 application for admission, sports studies, University Townhouse Rates (room and 122, 123 board), 31 associate of applied science, early childhood Upward Bound, 177, 178 development, pre-K associate licensure, Upward Bound Math Science Center, 178 121 bachelor of science, education, 111-114 licensure in early childhood, 111, 112 V licensure in early childhood intervention Vern Riffe Center for the Arts, 6, 73 specialist, 112 Veterans, 33 licensure in middle childhood, 112, 113 Visitors to Class, 41 licensure in multiage intervention Visualist Design and Interactive Media, specialist, 113, 114 Bachelor of Fine Arts in, 77, 78 bachelor of science, sports studies, 122-124 application for admission, 122, 123 athletic training, 122, 123 fitness development, 123, 124 W Waller Conservatory, 87 sports management, 124 Web Engineering Technology, Certificate in, certificate, deaf studies, 125 173, 174 children’s learning center, 109 Welcome, 3 eligibility criteria, 109, 110 Welcome Center, 50 middle childhood licensure, mathematics Withdrawal/Refund Dates, 30, 31 and science, bachelor of science, natural Withdrawing from College, 41 science, 119 Work Study, 31, 33 minor, sport coaching, 124 World Wide Web Address, 4 multiage visual arts licensure, bachelor of fine arts, 119-121 portfolio requirement, 110 postbaccalaureate, 110, 111 PRAXIS series tests, 110 preprofessional services, 109 programs and licensure offered, 108 reading education program, 121, 122 Shawnee State graduates, 111 teacher licensure programs, 108-121 telephone number, 4, 108 transfer, 110, 111 Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages Minor, 70, 71 Tech Prep Ohio South Consortium, 181 Technology Fee, 29 Telephone Directory, 4 Test of English as a Second Language (TOEFL), 20 Theater Minor, 78 Tours, Campus, 23 Transcripts, 15, 16, 21, 30, 41 fee, 30 Transfer of Credit, 17-20 appeal procedure, 18, 20 Transfer Module, 17-20 Transfer Students, 17-20 Transient Students, 21 TRIO Programs, 6 Tr ustee Emeritus, 278 Tr ustees, Staff, and Faculty, 277-284 Tuition and Fees, 29-31, 186 Tutoring, 44 Twenty-First Century Community Learning Centers, 182 U Undeclared Major/Undecided Student, 16 University Center, 50 SURVEY — 291 Survey This catalog was prepared for your use by Shawnee State University’s Printing & Graphic Services with input from many segments of the university community. Our aim is to provide a publication that is helpful to you—the student, faculty advisor, or counselor. Please let us know how we’re doing by completing the questionnaire below and returning it to: Shawnee State University, Printing & Graphic Services, 940 Second Street, Portsmouth, Ohio 45662-4344.

1. Did we leave any information out of the 2003-2005 catalog that would have helped you make your educational plans? Yes No

If yes, what? ______

______

2. After using the catalog, were you left with questions that had to be answered in another way? Yes No

If yes, what? ______

______

3. Did you find any contradictory or confusing information in the catalog? Yes No

If yes, what? ______

______

4. How can we make the information concerning your degree or major more understandable?

______

5. What was most helpful about the 2003-2005 catalog? ______

______

(continued on next page) 292 — SURVEY

6. What was least helpful about the 2003-2005 catalog?

______

Additional Comments: Please make any comments that will help us improve the looks or content of the next catalog.

______

Thank you for taking the time to respond. You have our best wishes as you pursue your educational goals!